Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 6, 2014

Registration No. 333-190979

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 4
to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



EP ENERGY CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  1311
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-3472728
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



1001 Louisiana Street
Houston, Texas 77002
713-997-1200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrants' principal executive offices)



Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
EP Energy Corporation
1001 Louisiana Street
Houston, Texas 77002
713-997-1200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



With copies to:


Rosa A. Testani
John Goodgame
Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
One Bryant Park
New York, NY 10036
212-872-8115

 

Gregory A. Ezring
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019-6064
212-373-3458

 

Sean T. Wheeler
Latham & Watkins LLP
811 Main Street, Suite 3700
Houston, TX 77002
713-546-7418



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

           If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

Large Accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price per
Share(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  46,000,000   $27.00   $1,242,000,000   $160,729.60

 

(1)
Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes 6,000,000 additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)
The Registrant previously paid $13,640 of the total registration fee in connection with prior filings of this Registration Statement. Concurrently with the filing of this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement, the Registrant has transmitted $147,089.60, representing the additional filing fee.

            The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 6, 2014

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

         40,000,000 Shares

LOGO

EP Energy Corporation

Common Stock



        This is our initial public offering. We are selling 40,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share. All references to common stock herein refer to Class A common stock.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of the Class A common stock is expected to be between $23.00 and $27.00 per share. We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "EPE." Following the completion of this offering, we will remain a "controlled company" as defined under the NYSE listing rules because the group consisting of our Sponsors, which is comprised of affiliates of Apollo Global Management, LLC, Riverstone Holdings LLC, Access Industries and Korea National Oil Corporation, will beneficially own 83.0% of our shares of outstanding common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to 6,000,000 additional shares from us. See "Principal Stockholders" on page 155.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 6,000,000 additional shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments of shares.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" on page 20.

 
  Price to Public   Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
  Proceeds to
EP Energy
Corporation
 
Per Share     $     $     $  
Total   $     $     $    

(1)
We refer you to "Underwriting" beginning on page 193 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                        , 2014.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan

Citigroup   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley   Deutsche Bank Securities

UBS Investment Bank   BMO Capital Markets   RBC Capital Markets   Wells Fargo Securities



Evercore   Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co.   Barclays   Jefferies   BofA Merrill Lynch

BBVA   Nomura   Scotiabank / Howard Weil   SOCIETE GENERALE   TD Securities



Capital One Securities   CIBC   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
ING   Mizuho Securities   SMBC Nikko
Stephens Inc.   Lebenthal Capital Markets   Topeka Capital Markets



The date of this prospectus is                        , 2014.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    20  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    53  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    54  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    55  

CAPITALIZATION

    56  

DILUTION

    57  

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    59  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    62  

BUSINESS

    92  

MANAGEMENT

    122  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    155  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    158  

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

    167  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    170  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

    181  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    187  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

    189  

UNDERWRITING

    193  

LEGAL MATTERS

    199  

EXPERTS

    199  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    200  

GLOSSARY OF OIL AND NATURAL GAS TERMS

    A-1  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  



         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any person to provide you with any information or represent anything about us or this offering that is not contained in this prospectus. If given or made, any such other information or representation should not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. We are not making an offer in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.


DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION

         Until                        , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus includes statements regarding factors that have impacted our and our customers' industries, such as our customers' access to capital. Such statements regarding our and our customers' industries and market share or position are statements of belief and are based on market share and industry data and forecasts that we have obtained from industry publications and surveys, as well as internal company sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. Although we believe that the third party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. In addition, while we believe that the market share, market position and other industry information included herein is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" on page 20.


PRESENTATION OF RESERVES INFORMATION

        The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") permits oil and gas companies, in their filings with the SEC, to disclose only estimated proved, probable and possible reserves that meet the SEC's definitions of such terms. We disclose estimated proved reserves in this prospectus. Our estimates of proved reserves contained in this prospectus were estimated by our internal staff of engineers and comply with the rules and definitions promulgated by the SEC. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we engaged Ryder Scott Company, L.P., an independent petroleum engineering consultant firm, to perform reserve audit services with respect to a substantial portion of our proved reserves.


EQUIVALENCY

        This prospectus presents certain production and reserves-related information on an "equivalency" basis. When we refer to oil and natural gas in "equivalents," we are doing so to compare quantities of oil with quantities of natural gas or to express these different commodities in a common unit. In calculating equivalents, we use a generally recognized standard in which one Bbl of oil and/or NGLs is equal to six Mcf of natural gas. Also, when we refer to cubic feet measurements, all measurements are at a pressure of 14.73 pounds per square inch. These conversions are based on energy equivalency conversion methods primarily applicable at the burner tip and do not represent value equivalencies at the wellhead. Although these conversion factors are industry accepted norms, they are not reflective of price or market value differentials between product types.


USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        In this prospectus, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures. We believe these supplemental measures provide meaningful information to our investors. Below are the non-GAAP measures used along with reference to where they are defined and reconciled with their comparable GAAP measures:

ii


Table of Contents

iii


Table of Contents


SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under "Risk Factors" on page 20 and the pro forma and historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain oil and gas industry terms used in this prospectus are defined in the "Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms" beginning on page A-1 of this prospectus.

         Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "EP Energy," "we," "us," "our," "the Company" and "our company" refer to (i) EP Energy Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for periods following the completion of the Corporate Reorganization on August 30, 2013 and (ii) EPE Acquisition, LLC and its predecessor entities and their subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for periods prior to the Corporate Reorganization (including the operations of predecessor entities prior to the Acquisition (as defined below)).

         Except as otherwise indicated, all of the information in this prospectus assumes or reflects (i) no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to 6,000,000 additional shares of common stock from us, (ii) an initial offering price of $25.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (iii) the 62.553-for-one stock split effected on January 2, 2014. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after completion of this offering is based on 40,000,000 shares of our common stock to be sold by us in this offering and, except where indicated otherwise, does not give effect to 12,433,749 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (as defined in "Management—Executive Compensation" on page 138).

         Estimates of our oil, natural gas and NGLs reserves, related future net cash flows and the present values thereof as of September 30, 2013 included in this prospectus were prepared by our internal staff of engineers and audited by the independent petroleum engineering firm of Ryder Scott Company, L.P. ("Ryder Scott").

         Unless we indicate otherwise, all production, reserve and operating data in this prospectus give effect to our pending and recently completed divestitures described in "—Recent Divestitures" on page 9.


Our Company

        We are an independent exploration and production company engaged in the acquisition and development of unconventional onshore oil and natural gas properties in the United States. We are focused on creating shareholder value through the development of our low-risk drilling inventory located in four core areas: the Eagle Ford Shale (South Texas), the Wolfcamp Shale (Permian Basin in West Texas), the Altamont field in the Uinta Basin in northeastern Utah and the Haynesville Shale (North Louisiana). In our core areas, we have identified approximately 5,200 drilling locations (including 916 drilling locations to which we have attributed proved undeveloped reserves as of September 30, 2013), of which approximately 96% are oil wells. At current activity levels, this represents approximately 24 years of drilling inventory. As of September 30, 2013, we had proved reserves of 513 MMBoe (54% oil and 67% liquids) and for the three months ended September 30, 2013, we had average net daily production of 88,149 Boe/d (45% oil and 54% liquids).

        Our management team has significant experience identifying, acquiring and developing unconventional oil and natural gas assets. The majority of our senior management team has worked together for over a decade at prominent oil and gas companies that have included El Paso Corporation, ConocoPhillips and Burlington Resources. We believe our management's experience in both acquiring resource-rich leasehold positions and efficiently developing those properties will enable us to generate attractive rates of return from our capital programs.

 

1


Table of Contents

        Each of our core areas is characterized by a favorable operating environment, long-lived reserve base and high drilling success rates. We have established significant contiguous leasehold positions in each area, representing approximately 441,000 net (619,000 gross) acres in total. Beginning in 2012, our capital programs have focused predominantly on the Eagle Ford Shale, the Wolfcamp Shale and Altamont, three of the premier unconventional oil plays in the United States, resulting in oil reserve and production growth of 47% and 95%, respectively, from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012. In July and August 2013, we divested non-core domestic natural gas assets for a total consideration of approximately $1.3 billion. In July 2013, we entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement relating to the sale of our Brazil operations, which is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014. Additionally, in September 2013, we sold our equity interest in Four Star Oil & Gas Company ("Four Star") for approximately $183 million. As a result of this strategic repositioning, we are a higher-growth, 100% onshore U.S., oil-weighted company with a large inventory of high-return, low-risk drilling locations. We intend to continue developing our oil-weighted assets, which offer the best rates of return in our portfolio in the current commodity price environment. In addition, our Haynesville Shale position is 100% held-by-production, which gives us the flexibility to allocate capital in the future to this natural gas-weighted asset.

        The following table provides a summary of oil, natural gas and NGLs reserves as of September 30, 2013 and production information for the three months ended September 30, 2013 for each of our areas of operation. Our estimated proved reserves have been prepared by our internal reserve engineers and audited by Ryder Scott Company, L.P., our independent petroleum engineering consultants since 2004.

 
  Estimated Proved Reserves    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  PV-10(1)    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Average
Net Daily
Production(2)
(MBoe/d)
   
 
 
  Oil
(MMBbls)
  NGL
(MMBbls)
  Natural Gas
(Bcf)
  Total
(MMBoe)
  Liquids
(%)
  Proved
Developed
(%)
  Value
($MM)
  % of Total
(%)
  R/P
(Years)(3)
 

Core Areas

                                                             

Eagle Ford Shale

    165.4     48.5     333.4     269.5     79 %   22 %   4,896     61 %   40.2     18.4  

Wolfcamp Shale

    38.8     14.4     98.6     69.7     76 %   26 %   746     9 %   6.4     29.8  

Altamont

    71.9         150.3     96.9     74 %   38 %   1,891     23 %   12.1     21.9  

Haynesville Shale

            367.8     61.3     0 %   68 %   412     5 %   24.7     6.8  
                                                 

Total Core Areas

    276.1     62.9     950.1     497.4     68 %   31 %   7,945     98 %   83.4     16.3  

Other(4)

    2.0     1.1     77.9     16.0     19 %   84 %   136     2 %   4.8     9.1  
                                                 

Total Consolidated

    278.1     64.0     1,028.0     513.4     67 %   33 %   8,081     100 %   88.2     15.9  
                                                 

(1)
PV-10 is a non-GAAP measure and is derived from the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. To determine PV-10 we used SEC pricing, including the unweighted arithmetic average of the historical first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months, which were $95.20 per barrel of oil and $3.60 per MMBtu of natural gas as of September 30, 2013. The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows as of September 30, 2013 is $6,718 million which differs from our PV-10 as the standardized measure reflects discounted future income taxes related to our domestic operations. Please see "—Summary Pro Forma Operating and Reserve Information" on page 18.

(2)
Represents daily production for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

(3)
Calculated as total proved reserves as of September 30, 2013 divided by the annualized Average Net Daily Production for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

(4)
Comprised of South Louisiana Wilcox and Arklatex Tight Gas assets.


Operating Areas

Core Areas

        Eagle Ford Shale.     The Eagle Ford Shale, located in South Texas, is one of the premier unconventional oil plays in the United States, having produced over 750 MMBoe since 2008, including approximately 348 MMBoe in 2012. We were an early entrant into this play in late 2008, and since that time have acquired a leasehold position in the core of the oil window, primarily in La Salle and Atascosa counties. The Eagle Ford formation in La Salle county has up to 125 feet of net thickness (165 feet gross), which we believe results in some of the most prolific acreage in the area. Due to its high carbonate content, the formation is also very brittle, and exhibits high productivity when fractured, with initial 30-day oil equivalent production rates up to 1,100 Boe/d, comprised of 893 Bbl/d of oil,

 

2


Table of Contents

97 Bbl/d of NGLs and 662 Mcf/d of natural gas. We currently have 96,126 net (109,603 gross) acres in the Eagle Ford, in which we have identified 951 drilling locations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 40,169 Boe/d, representing growth of 75% over the same period in 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had six rigs running and we plan to drill 126 wells in 2013 (of which 100 have been drilled through September 30, 2013), representing 58% of our total wells planned in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 our average cost per gross well was $7.3 million ($6.7 million per net well), representing a 14% decline from our average cost per gross well (22% per net well) for the same period in 2012. We expect our average cost per well to continue to decline.

        Wolfcamp Shale.     The Wolfcamp Shale is located in the Permian Basin, which has produced more than 29 billion barrels of oil and 75 Tcf of gas over the past 90 years and is estimated by industry experts to contain recoverable oil and natural gas reserves exceeding what has already been produced. With oil production of over 880 MBbls/d from over 80,000 wells during the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Permian Basin represented 51% of the crude oil produced in the State of Texas and approximately 17% of the crude oil and condensate produced onshore in the lower 48 United States. The basin is characterized by numerous, stacked oil reservoirs that provide excellent targets for horizontal drilling. We are currently targeting the Wolfcamp Shale in the Southern Midland Basin, where industry horizontal drilling has added over 50 MBoe/d to the basin's production since 2010.

        In 2009 and 2010, we leased 138,130 net (138,469 gross) acres on the University of Texas Land System in the Wolfcamp Shale, located primarily in Reagan, Crockett, Upton and Irion counties. Our large, contiguous acreage positions are characterized by stacked pay zones, including the Wolfcamp A, B, and C, which combine for over 750 feet of net (approximately 1,000 feet of gross) thickness. The Wolfcamp has high organic content and is composed of interbedded shale, silt, and fine-grained carbonate that respond favorably to fracture stimulation. We are currently in full development of the Wolfcamp B and C. Our initial 30-day oil equivalent production rates are up to 600 Boe/d, comprised of 494 Bbl/d of oil, 50 Bbl/d of NGLs and 336 Mcf/d of natural gas. On our most recent four wells, our initial 30-day oil equivalent production rates have averaged 469 Boe/d, comprised of 350 Bbl/d of oil, 57 Bbl/d of NGLs and 374 Mcf/d of natural gas. As of September 30, 2013, we have identified 2,923 drilling locations in the Wolfcamp A, the Wolfcamp B and the Wolfcamp C across our acreage.

        The acreage is also prospective for the Cline Shale, which has approximately 100 feet of net (approximately 200 feet of gross) thickness, and potential vertical drilling locations in the Spraberry and other stacked formations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 6,383 Boe/d, representing growth of 185% over the same period in 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had three rigs running and we plan to drill 65 wells in 2013 (of which 48 have been drilled through September 30, 2013), representing 30% of our total wells planned in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 our average cost per gross well was $5.6 million ($5.6 million per net well), representing a 27% decline from our average cost per gross well (27% per net well) for the same period in 2012. Similar to the Eagle Ford Shale, we expect our average cost per well to continue to decline.

        Altamont.     The Altamont field is located in the Uinta Basin in northeastern Utah. The Uinta Basin has produced 577 MMbbls since its discovery in 1949 and is characterized by naturally fractured, tight oil sands with multiple zones. Our operations are primarily focused on developing the Altamont Field Complex (comprised of the Altamont, Bluebell and Cedar Rim fields), which is the largest field in the basin. We own 170,523 net (315,272 gross) acres in Duchesne and Uinta Counties, making us the largest lease owner in the Altamont Field Complex. Since their discovery, the Altamont, Bluebell and Cedar Rim fields have produced a combined total of over 300 MMBbls from the oil-rich Wasatch and Green River sandstones. With gross thicknesses over 4,300 feet across multiple sandstone and

 

3


Table of Contents

carbonate intervals, we believe the Wasatch and Green River formations are ideal targets for low-risk, infill, vertical drilling and modern fracture stimulation techniques. The commingled production from over 1,500 feet of net stimulated rock results in initial 30-day oil production rates of up to 900 Boe/d, comprised of approximately 745 Bbl/d of oil and 932 MMcf/d of natural gas. Our current activity is mainly focused on the development of our vertical inventory on 160-acre spacing. We have identified an inventory of 1,135 drilling locations (781 vertical and 354 horizontal). The industry is currently piloting 80-acre vertical downspacing programs in the Wasatch and Green River formations and horizontal development programs in the multiple shale and tight sand intervals. Due to the largely held-by-production nature of our acreage position, if these programs are successful, it will result in additional vertical and horizontal drilling opportunities that could be added to our inventory of drilling locations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 12,089 Boe/d, representing growth of 16% over the same period in 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had two rigs running and we plan to drill 26 wells in 2013 (of which 20 have been drilled through September 30, 2013), representing 12% of our total wells planned in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 our average cost per gross well was $5.5 million ($4.7 million per net well), representing a 6% decline from our average cost per gross well (21% per net well) for the same period in 2012.

        Haynesville Shale.     In addition to our key oil programs, we hold significant natural gas assets in the Haynesville Shale, located in East Texas and Northern Louisiana. Our operations are concentrated primarily in Desoto Parish, Louisiana in the Holly Field. This area is within the core of the Haynesville Shale with net thickness of 114 feet (210 feet gross), resulting in initial 30-day gas equivalent production rates up to 18 MMcf/d. We currently have 36,718 net (55,815 gross) acres in this area. As of September 30, 2013, we have identified 190 drilling locations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 148 MMcfe/d. As of September 30, 2013, we had 191 producing wells, which provide cash flow to fund the development of our core oil programs. We do not plan to drill any new wells in the Haynesville in 2013. Although we believe our wells generate attractive returns in the current natural gas price environment, we have chosen to allocate capital to our higher-return, oil-weighted areas. Our acreage in the Haynesville Shale is 100% held-by-production, giving us the flexibility to allocate capital in the future to this natural gas-weighted asset.

        The following table provides a summary of acreage and inventory data for our core areas as of September 30, 2013:

 
  Core Acreage and Inventory Summary as of September 30, 2013(1)  
 
  Acres    
  2013
Drilling
Locations(2)
(#)
   
   
 
 
  Drilling
Locations
(#)
  2010 - 2013
Drilling
Success Rate
  Inventory
Life
(Years)(3)
 
 
  Gross   Net  

Core Areas

                                     

Eagle Ford Shale

    109,603     96,126     951     126     100 %   7.5  

Wolfcamp Shale

    138,469     138,130     2,923     65     94 %   45.0  

Altamont

    315,272     170,523     1,135     26     100 %   43.7  

Haynesville Shale

    55,815     36,718     190         99 %   NA  
                               

Total Core Areas

    619,159     441,497     5,199     217     99 %   24.0  
                               

(1)
For more information regarding our acreage and inventory data, see "Business—Our Properties and Core Areas" on page 93.

(2)
Represents gross operated wells to be completed in 2013.

(3)
Calculated as Drilling Locations divided by 2013 Drilling Locations.

Other

        In addition to our core areas, we have other producing assets that contribute cash flow toward the development of our oil-focused core areas. These assets are comprised of our South Louisiana Wilcox assets, located primarily in Beauregard Parish, Louisiana, and our Arklatex Tight Gas assets located in Northern Louisiana that produce from reservoirs such as Travis Peak, Hosston, and Cotton Valley.

 

4


Table of Contents


Business Strategy

        We are a high-growth, 100% onshore U.S., oil-weighted company with a large inventory of high-return, low-risk drilling locations. We are focused on creating shareholder value by implementing the following strategies:

Grow Oil Production, Cash Flow and Reserves through the Development of our Extensive Drilling Inventory

        We have assembled a drilling inventory of approximately 5,200 drilling locations (including 916 drilling locations to which we have attributed proved undeveloped reserves as of September 30, 2013) across approximately 441,000 net (619,000 gross) acres in the Eagle Ford Shale, the Wolfcamp Shale, Altamont and the Haynesville Shale. The concentration and scale of our core leasehold positions, coupled with our technical understanding of the reservoirs, should allow us to efficiently develop our core areas and allocate capital to maximize the value of our resource base. In 2012, we invested $1.5 billion (92% in our core oil areas) of capital expenditures and grew oil production by 11,578 Bbls/d, or 95%, from an average of 12,203 Bbls/d in 2011 to an average of 23,781 Bbls/d in 2012. Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX increased by 39% from 2011 to 2012 and consolidated income from continuing operations, including $221 million of transition and restructuring costs in 2012, decreased by 102% from 2011 to 2012. We also increased proved oil reserves by 81 MMBbls, or 47%, from 174 MMBbls at December 31, 2011 to 255 MMBbls at December 31, 2012. In 2013, we plan to invest approximately $1.9 billion of capital expenditures, of which 95% is dedicated to developing our core oil areas. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our capital expenditures were $1,403 million. We believe that our extensive inventory of low-risk drilling locations, combined with our operating expertise, will enable us to continue to deliver production, cash flow and reserve growth and create shareholder value. We consider our inventory of drilling locations to be low risk because they are in areas where we (and other producers) have extensive drilling and production experience and success. For additional information regarding Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures" on page 81.

Maintain an Extensive Low-Risk Drilling Inventory

        We have a demonstrated track record of identifying and cost effectively acquiring low-risk resource development opportunities. We follow a geologically driven strategy to establish large, contiguous leasehold positions in the core of prolific basins and opportunistically add to those positions through bolt-on acquisitions over time. We were an early entrant into the Eagle Ford and Wolfcamp Shales through grassroots leasing efforts, amassing average positions of over 100,000 net acres, and we methodically expanded our position in Altamont through targeted acquisitions. We will continue to identify and opportunistically acquire additional acreage and producing assets to add to our multi-year drilling inventory.

Enhance Returns by Continuously Improving Capital and Operating Efficiencies

        We maintain a disciplined, returns-focused approach to capital allocation. Our large and diverse portfolio of drilling locations allows us to conduct cost-efficient operations and allocate capital to our highest-margin assets in a variety of commodity price environments. We continuously monitor and adjust our development program in order to maximize the value of our extensive portfolio of drilling opportunities. In each of our core areas, we have realized improvements in EURs while delivering reductions in drilling and completion costs since 2011. We have reduced our average cost per gross well in the Wolfcamp by 43% (43% per net well), Eagle Ford by 26% (32% per net well) and Altamont by 17% (26% per net well) from 2011 through the first nine months of 2013. These cost reductions have been due to many improvements, including substantial reductions in cycle times and successful

 

5


Table of Contents

negotiations for supplies and services. We expect further cost reductions going forward due to additional learning and efficiencies, including drilling wells from common pad sites, shared use of pre-existing central facilities and other economies of scale.

Identify and Develop Additional Drilling Opportunities in our Portfolio

        Our existing asset base provides numerous opportunities for our highly experienced technical team to create shareholder value by increasing our inventory beyond our currently identified drilling locations. In the Permian Basin, we have evaluated multiple Wolfcamp horizons, and we are currently running pilot delineation programs in the Wolfcamp A and C horizons. Additionally, this acreage is prospective for the Cline Shale, the Spraberry and other stacked formations. We believe Altamont has a significant inventory of low-risk, vertical infill drilling locations. Altamont is also currently being assessed for additional horizontal development potential in multiple shale and tight sands intervals. Our primary focus in the Eagle Ford Shale is increasing incremental returns through a reduction in drilling and completion costs. Our 3-D seismic programs in the Uinta and Permian Basins should further enhance our ability to increase the number of and high grade our drilling locations.

Maintain Liquidity and Financial Flexibility

        We intend to fund our organic growth predominantly with internally generated cash flows while maintaining ample liquidity. We will continue to maintain a disciplined approach to spending whereby we allocate capital in order to optimize returns and create shareholder value. Upon completion of this offering, we will have $2.5 billion available for borrowing under our reserve-based revolving credit facility (the "RBL Facility"). As we pursue our strategy of developing high-return opportunities in our core areas, we expect our cash flow and borrowing base to grow, thereby further enhancing our liquidity and financial strength. We protect these future cash flows and liquidity levels by maintaining a three year rolling hedge program. In general, we target hedging levels of over 50% of expected production on a rolling three year basis.


Competitive Strengths

        We believe the following strengths provide us with significant competitive advantages:

Large, Concentrated Operated Positions in the Core Areas of Prolific Oil Resource Plays

        We own and operate contiguous leasehold positions in the core areas of three of the premier North American oil resource plays: the Eagle Ford Shale, the Wolfcamp Shale and Altamont. We have approximately 405,000 net (563,000 gross) acres across these three plays that we have substantially de-risked through our ongoing drilling programs. We view this acreage as de-risked because the drilling locations were selected based on our extensive delineation drilling and production history in the area and well-established industry activity surrounding our acreage. Since 2010, we have drilled and completed 401 horizontal wells across these three plays with a success rate of approximately 99%. Based on our analysis of subsurface data and the production history of our wells and those of offset operators, we have confirmed high quality reservoir characteristics across a broad aerial extent with significant hydrocarbon resources in place. Based upon our well costs and production rates, we believe our core oil areas offer some of the best single well rates of return of all North American resource plays.

Multi-Year Inventory of Low-Risk Drilling Opportunities

        Our approximately 5,200 low-risk drilling locations across our core areas as of September 30, 2013 (including 916 drilling locations to which we have attributed proved undeveloped reserves as of September 30, 2013) provide us with approximately 24 years of drilling inventory, of which 96% are oil

 

6


Table of Contents

wells. We have used the subsurface data from our development programs to identify and prioritize our inventory. These drilling locations are included in our inventory after they have passed through a rigorous technical evaluation. In addition to our approximately 5,200 identified drilling locations, we believe we have the potential to increase our multi-year drilling inventory with horizontal drilling locations in the Cline Shale and vertical drilling locations in the Spraberry and other stacked formations in the Permian Basin, and vertical infill and horizontal drilling locations in the Wasatch and Green River formations in Altamont. Our ongoing technical assessment and development activities provide the potential for identification of additional drilling opportunities on our properties.

High-Quality Proved Reserve Base with Substantial Current Production

        Our leasehold position and inventory of low-risk drilling locations is complemented by a substantial proved reserve base. As of September 30, 2013, we had proved reserves of 513 MMBoe (54% oil and 67% liquids) with a PV-10 of $8.1 billion (84% oil and 91% liquids) and a standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows of $6.7 billion. For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 88,149 Boe/d, which was 45% oil and 54% liquids. Our current production provides a stable source of cash flow to fund the development of our core programs. This significantly reduces our reliance on outside sources of capital. In addition, our extensive inventory improves our ability to replace and grow proved reserves.

Significant Operational Control with Low Cost Operations

        Our significant operational control permits us to efficiently manage the amount and timing of our capital outflows, allowing us to continually improve our drilling and operating practices. We operate over 88% of our producing wells and have operational control of approximately 95% of our core area drilling inventory as of September 30, 2013. We employ a centralized operational structure to accelerate our internal knowledge transfer between our drilling and completion programs and to continually enhance our field operations and base production performance. We have decreased our average cost per gross well by 27% (27% per net well), 14% (22% per net well) and 6% (21% per net well) in the Wolfcamp Shale, Eagle Ford Shale and Altamont, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to our average cost per well for the same period in 2012.

Capital Allocation Flexibility and Scale across Multiple Basins

        Our existing assets are geographically diversified among many of the major basins of North America, which helps to insulate us from regional commodity pricing and cost dislocations that occur from time to time. While our existing producing assets are well diversified, they are also of a critical mass (on average over 100,000 net acres in each core area), which enables us to drive efficiencies and benefit from economies of scale across multiple basins. Furthermore, because of our centralized operational structure, we are able to quickly transfer operational efficiencies from one project to the next. From January 1, 2008 to September 30, 2013, we have drilled 443 horizontal shale wells. From this deep operational knowledge base and sizeable, concentrated positions in multiple basins, we have the flexibility to allocate significant amounts of capital across our properties in an efficient and value-maximizing manner.

Ability to Direct Capital to the Prolific Haynesville Shale

        The Haynesville Shale is a key asset for us and is likely to compete for development capital if natural gas prices improve. Because our operations are surrounded by existing infrastructure, future returns are primarily driven by drilling and completion costs and natural gas prices. Since our Haynesville wells have demonstrated high initial production rates and strong EURs, small movements in natural gas prices can drive significant incremental value creation. Since these leases are held-by-production, we have the ability to redirect capital to this prolific asset in the future.

 

7


Table of Contents

Significant Liquidity and Financial Flexibility

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have $2.5 billion available for borrowing under our RBL Facility. We maintain a robust hedging program in order to protect our cash flows through commodity cycles. As of September 30, 2013, our hedged volumes for 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 represent 95%, 91%, 87% and 14%, respectively, based on an annualized total equivalent production amount using equivalent production for the three months ended September 30, 2013. After the completion of this offering, we expect that liquidity provided by operating cash flow, availability under the RBL Facility and available cash will give us the financial flexibility to pursue our planned capital expenditures for the foreseeable future.

Experienced Management Team

        With an average of 24 years of experience, our senior management team has built a track record at El Paso Corporation and in former leadership roles with Burlington Resources, ConocoPhillips and other leading energy companies. The majority of our senior management team has worked together for over a decade and has significant experience in identifying, acquiring and developing unconventional oil and natural gas assets, including experience in horizontal drilling and developing shales. Through a combination of invested equity and incentive programs, we believe our management is motivated to deliver high returns, create shareholder value and maintain safe and reliable operations.


2013 and 2014 Capital Budget

        We have a projected 2013 capital program of approximately $1.9 billion. Our capital program will remain focused on continuing to grow production, cash flows, and reserves in our highest return oil programs. In particular, the Eagle Ford Shale currently generates the highest returns in our portfolio and, as a result we are investing the majority of our capital in this program. We expect that liquidity provided by operating cash flow, availability under the RBL Facility and available cash will be sufficient to fund the 2013 capital plan.

 
  2013 Capital Program    
   
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2013
 
($ in Millions)
  Drilling &
Completion
  Facilities &
Other
  Total   % of
Total
  Active Rigs(2)   2013 Drilling
Locations(3)
  Capital
Expenditures
  Gross Wells
Drilled
 

Core Areas

                                                 

Eagle Ford Shale

  $ 897   $ 221   $ 1,118     58 %   6     126   $ 865     100  

Wolfcamp Shale

    447     54     501     26 %   3     65     377     48  

Altamont

    137     58     195     10 %   2     26     145     20  

Haynesville Shale

        2     2     0 %           2      
                                   

Total Core Areas

  $ 1,481   $ 335   $ 1,816     95 %   11     217   $ 1,389     168  

Other(1)

    14     84     98     5 %       1     14      
                                   

Total

  $ 1,495   $ 419   $ 1,914     100 %   11     218   $ 1,403     168  
                                   

(1)
Consists of South Louisiana Wilcox, Arklatex Tight Gas and approximately $70 million of capitalized general and administrative, interest and other costs.

(2)
Active Rigs as of September 30, 2013.

(3)
Represents gross operated wells to be completed in 2013.

        In the beginning of the year, we projected a 2013 capital program of approximately $1.7 billion. Based on the results of the first half of the year and the results of our asset divestitures, we increased our 2013 capital program by up to $175 million for incremental drilling and completion activity. This incremental capital has added 36 wells to the original budget of 182 wells to be completed in 2013.

        For 2014, our total capital budget will be approximately $2 billion, substantially all of which will be expended in our core oil programs.

 

8


Table of Contents


Recent Divestitures

        During the third quarter of 2013, we sold certain of our natural gas properties, including our CBM properties (Raton, Arkoma and Black Warrior Basin), the majority of our Arklatex natural gas properties and our natural gas properties in South Texas, in three separate transactions. The total consideration from these transactions was approximately $1.3 billion, and proceeds were used to repay outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility and to fund capital expenditures.

        In July 2013, certain of our subsidiaries entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement relating to the sale of all of our Brazil operations. Pursuant to the Quota Purchase Agreement, the subsidiaries have agreed to sell all of our equity interests in two Brazilian subsidiaries to a third party. The transaction is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014, subject to Brazilian regulatory approval and certain other customary closing conditions.

        Additionally, in September 2013, we sold our approximate 49% equity interest in Four Star for approximately $183 million.

        As a result of these pending and completed divestitures, we are a higher-growth, 100% onshore U.S., oil-weighted company with a large inventory of high-return, low-risk drilling locations.


Risk Factors

        Investing in our common stock involves risks that include the speculative nature of oil and natural gas exploration, competition, volatile commodity prices and other material factors. For a discussion of these risks and other considerations that could negatively affect us, including risks related to this offering and our common stock, please read "Risk Factors" on page 20 and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" on page 53.


Corporate History and Structure

        EP Energy Corporation, which was incorporated on August 8, 2013, is a holding company, and its sole asset is its direct and indirect ownership of EPE Acquisition, LLC ("EPE Acquisition") and EPE Acquisition's subsidiaries. On May 24, 2012, EPE Acquisition indirectly acquired all of the equity interests in various entities that collectively owned all of El Paso Corporation's exploration and production assets (the "Acquisition").

        Prior to our corporate reorganization (the "Corporate Reorganization") on August 30, 2013, affiliates of Apollo Global Management, LLC, Riverstone Holdings LLC, Access Industries and Korea National Oil Corporation (collectively, the "Sponsors"), other co-investors, members of our management team and certain of our employees directly and indirectly owned all of the Class A membership units and Class B membership units in EPE Acquisition. Class A membership units represented full value or capital interests and Class B membership units represented profits interests. Members of our management and certain employees held their Class B membership units through EPE Employee Holdings, LLC.

        As part of our Corporate Reorganization, through a series of contributions (i) all of the Class A membership units in EPE Acquisition were directly or indirectly exchanged for shares of common stock of EP Energy Corporation, which have substantially the same interests, rights and obligations as the Class A membership units and (ii) all of the Class B membership units in EPE Acquisition were exchanged for shares of Class B common stock of EP Energy Corporation, which have substantially the same interests, rights and obligations as the Class B membership units. We refer to (i) these direct and indirect holders of common stock and their permitted transferees as the "Legacy Class A Stockholders," (ii) the holder of the Class B common stock and its permitted transferees as the "Legacy Class B Stockholder" and (iii) the Legacy Class A Stockholders and the Legacy Class B Stockholder together as the "Legacy Stockholders." Please read "Corporate Reorganization" on page 167.

 

9


Table of Contents

        The diagram below sets forth a simplified version of our organizational structure after giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization, the stock split, our pending and completed divestitures and this offering. The diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not include all of our subsidiaries.

GRAPHIC


(1)
The Sponsors, the public stockholders and management will hold 81.0%, 18.1% and 0.9% of 254,674,975 shares of common stock, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

(2)
Management holds 808,304 shares of Class B common stock through EPE Employee Holdings, LLC, representing 92% of the issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock" on page 171 for information regarding the Class B common stock.

(3)
Entity holds 70,000 shares of Class B common stock, representing 8% of the issued and outstanding Class B common shares, which are reserved for current and future employee incentive awards.

(4)
Co-Issuers of the PIK notes.

(5)
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness" on page 181.

(6)
Co-Issuer of EP Energy LLC's senior secured notes and senior notes.

(7)
Guarantors of RBL Facility, senior secured term loans, senior secured notes and senior notes.

 

10


Table of Contents


Our Sponsors

        Apollo Global Management, LLC (together with its subsidiaries, "Apollo"), founded in 1990, is a leading global alternative investment manager with offices in New York, Los Angeles, Houston, London, Frankfurt, Luxembourg, Singapore, Mumbai and Hong Kong. As of September 30, 2013, Apollo had assets under management of approximately $113 billion in private equity, credit and real estate funds invested across a core group of nine industries, including natural resources, where Apollo has considerable knowledge and resources. Apollo's team of more than 250 seasoned investment professionals possesses a broad range of transactional, financial, managerial and investment skills, which has enabled the firm to deliver strong long-term investment performance throughout expansionary and recessionary economic cycles.

        Riverstone Holdings LLC (together with its affiliates, "Riverstone"), founded in 2000, is an energy and power-focused private equity firm with approximately $26 billion of equity capital raised across seven investment funds and co-investments as of September 30, 2013. Riverstone conducts buyout and growth capital investments in the midstream, exploration & production, oilfield services, power and renewable sectors of the energy industry. With offices in New York, London and Houston, the firm has committed approximately $24 billion to 103 investments in North America, Latin America, Europe, Africa and Asia as of September 30, 2013.

        Access Industries ("Access") is a privately held, U.S.-based industrial group with long-term holdings worldwide. Founded by industrialist Len Blavatnik, Access' focus spans three key sectors: natural resources and chemicals; telecommunications and media; and real estate. Access has offices in New York, London and Moscow.

        Korea National Oil Corporation ("KNOC") was incorporated in 1979 to engage in the development of oil fields, distribution of crude oil, maintenance of petroleum reserve stock and improvement of the petroleum distribution structure under the Korea National Oil Corporation Act. KNOC is wholly owned by the Korean government and located in Anyang, Gyeonggi-do in Korea. KNOC also has nine petroleum stockpile offices, one domestic gas field management office, 13 overseas offices in Vietnam and other countries and numerous overseas subsidiaries and affiliates in the United States and other countries.


Corporate Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 1001 Louisiana Street, Houston, Texas 77002. Our telephone number is (713) 997-1000. Our website address is www.epenergy.com. We expect to make available our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC, free of charge through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

11


Table of Contents


The Offering

Issuer

  EP Energy Corporation

Common stock offered by us

 

40,000,000 shares

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after the offering

 

248,674,975 shares (or 254,674,975 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after the offering

 

878,304 shares (see "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock" on page 171).

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering

 

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 6,000,000 additional shares at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

Common stock voting rights

 

Each share of our common stock will entitle its holder to one vote.

Dividend policy

 

We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our board of directors (our "Board") in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our financial condition, earnings, available cash, business opportunities, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements and other contracts, including requirements under the Stockholders Agreement described elsewhere in this prospectus, and other factors our Board deems relevant. See "Dividend Policy" on page 55.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $947 million, or approximately $1.1 billion if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, in each case after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses of approximately $53 million payable by us and assuming the shares are offered at $25.00 per share, which represents the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds (i) to redeem all of the outstanding 8.125%/8.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 issued by our subsidiaries, EPE Holdings LLC and EP Energy Bondco Inc., and pay the redemption premium and the accrued and unpaid interest on those notes, (ii) to repay outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility, (iii) to pay an approximately $94 million fee under the amended and restated management fee agreement with certain affiliates of our Sponsors and (iv) for general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 54.



   

 

12


Table of Contents

Listing

 

We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the trading symbol "EPE."

Risk factors

 

You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under "Risk Factors" beginning on page 20 of this prospectus and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

13


Table of Contents


Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

        Set forth below is the summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated for EP Energy Corporation, the holding company whose sole asset is its direct and indirect ownership of EPE Acquisition, LLC (formed February 14, 2012). Historical financial results of EP Energy Corporation in this prospectus for the period before the Acquisition on May 24, 2012 are referred to as those of the predecessor and after the Acquisition are referred to as those of the successor in accordance with the required GAAP presentation. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on page 62 and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We have derived the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 (successor) and December 31, 2011 (predecessor), and the statements of income data and statements of cash flow data for the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 (successor), the period from January 1, 2012 through May 24, 2012 (predecessor) and each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011 (predecessor), from the audited consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 from the consolidated historical predecessor financial statements of EP Energy Corporation, which are not included in this prospectus. The summary unaudited historical consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such period. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any future period.

        The table below also includes EP Energy Corporation's (issuer) unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income data, giving pro forma effect to pending and recently completed divestitures, the Corporate Reorganization, certain other adjustments in connection with the Acquisition, a 62.553-for-one stock split effected on January 2, 2014 and this offering, all as if they had occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet has been prepared as if these transactions had occurred on September 30, 2013. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management believes are factually supportable and that are reasonable under the circumstance. The pro forma financial data is provided for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would have been if these transactions had occurred at any other date, and such data does not purport to project our results of operations for any future period.

        The following summary historical and pro forma financial data should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings "—Recent Divestitures" on page 9, "—Corporate History and Structure" on page 9, "—The Offering" on page 12, "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" on page 59, "Use of Proceeds" on page 54, "Capitalization" on page 56 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on page 62 and the

 

14


Table of Contents

historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  EP Energy
Corporation
Pro Forma
  EP Energy
Corporation
Historical
 
 
   
   
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
(Successor)
  February 14
to
December 31,
(Successor)
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Nine
months
ended
September 30,
2013
   
 



  January 1 to
May 24,
(Predecessor)
  Year ended
December 31,
(Predecessor)
 
 
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
 
 
  2013   2012    
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 

 


 

        (in millions)


 

Statement of income data

                                               

Operating revenues:

                                               

Oil and condensate

  $ 929   $ 801   $ 929   $ 523       $ 310   $ 513   $ 316  

Natural gas

    259     365     259     234         228     901     919  

NGL

    54     49     54     32         29     57     60  
                                   

Physical sales

    1,242     1,215     1,242     789         567     1,471     1,295  

Financial derivatives(1)

    (107 )   303     (107 )   (62 )       365     284     390  

Other

                            1     19  
                                   

Total operating revenues

    1,135     1,518     1,135     727         932     1,756     1,704  
                                   

Operating expenses:

                                               

Natural gas purchases

    16     19     16     19                  

Transportation costs

    70     77     70     51         45     85     88  

Lease operating expense

    119     112     119     71         80     177     157  

General and administrative

    143     407     162     358         69     185     175  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization            

    443     208     443     209         307     579     449  

Impairments/ceiling test charges

    2         2     1         62     6     25  

Exploration expense

    39     142     39     43                  

Taxes, other than income taxes

    63     63     63     41         31     76     72  
                                   

Total operating expenses

    895     1,028     914     793         594     1,108     966  
                                   

Operating income (loss)

    240     490     221     (66 )       338     648     738  

Loss from unconsolidated affiliate(2)

            (13 )   (1 )       (5 )   (7 )   (7 )

Other income

    1     2     1             2     1     1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (9 )   (14 )   (9 )   (14 )                

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

    (211 )   (270 )   (269 )   (219 )       (14 )   (14 )   (23 )
                                   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes            

    21     208     (69 )   (300 )       321     628     709  

Income tax expense

    7     72     30             134     243     258  
                                   

Income (loss) from continuing operations            

    14     136     (99 )   (300 )       187     385     451  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

            496     44         (9 )   (123 )   (8 )
                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 14   $ 136   $ 397   $ (256 )     $ 178   $ 262   $ 443  
                                   

Net income (loss) per common share—basic and diluted            

  $ 0.06   $ 0.55   $ 1.90   $ (1.23 )                      

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    248,674,975     248,674,975     208,674,975     208,674,975                        

Statement of cash flows data

                                               

Net cash provided by (used in):

                                               

Operating activities

              $ 787   $ 449       $ 580   $ 1,426   $ 1,067  

Investing activities

                17     (7,893 )       (628 )   (1,237 )   (1,130 )

Financing activities

                (798 )   7,513         110     (238 )   (46 )

Other financial data

                                               

Capital expenditures(3)

  $ 1,403   $ 1,560   $ 1,403   $ 941       $ 619   $ 1,644   $ 1,318  

Adjusted EBITDAX(4)

    859     1,182     859     732         520     1,308     1,132  

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDAX(4)

    859     1,182     859     727         456     848     456  

 

15


Table of Contents

 
  Pro Forma   Historical  
 
   
  As of
September 30,
(Successor)
  As of
December 31,
(Successor)
   
  As of
December 31,
(Predecessor)
  As of
December 31,
(Predecessor)
 
 
   
   
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2013
 


 
 
  2013   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in millions)
 

Balance sheet data

                                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 558   $ 75   $ 69       $ 25   $ 74  

Total assets

    8,364     7,992     8,306         5,103     4,942  

Total debt

    3,744     4,117     4,695         851     301  

Stockholders'/members' equity

    3,729     2,852     2,748         3,100     3,067  

(1)
Includes $5 million, $11 million and $11 million for the period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income associated with accounting hedges. No amount was reclassified for the period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 or thereafter.

(2)
Includes equity earnings from Four Star, net of amortization of the excess of our investment in Four Star over the underlying equity in its net assets. We sold our approximate 49% equity interest in Four Star in September 2013.

(3)
Represents accrual based capital expenditures, including acquisitions capital, and excludes asset retirement obligations.

(4)
Adjusted EBITDAX and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX are non-GAAP measures, and are not measurements of operating performance computed in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as substitutes for operating income (loss), income (loss) from continuing operations, net income (loss) or cash flows provided by operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP. These measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures" on page 81.

 

16


Table of Contents

         The following table provides an unaudited reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDAX and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX:

 
  EP Energy
Corporation
Pro Forma
  EP Energy
Corporation
Historical
 
 
   
   
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
(Successor)
  February 14
to
December 31,
(Successor)
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Nine
months
ended
September 30,
2013
   
   
  January 1 to
May 24,
(Predecessor)
  Years ended
December 31,
(Predecessor)
 
 
   
 


 
 
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
 
 
  2013   2012    
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in millions)
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 14   $ 136   $ (99 ) $ (300 )     $ 187   $ 385   $ 451  

Income tax expense

    7     72     30             134     243     258  

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

    211     270     269     219         14     14     23  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    443     208     443     209         307     579     449  

Exploration expense

    39     142     39     43                  
                                   

EBITDAX

    714     828     682     171         642     1,221     1,181  

Mark-to-market on financial derivatives(a)

    107     (303 )   107     62         (365 )   (284 )   (390 )

Cash settlements and premiums on financial derivatives(b)

    (2 )   382     (2 )   217         165     331     291  

Impairments and ceiling test charges

    2         2     1         62     6     25  

Transition and restructuring costs(c)

    7     220     7     215         5     6      

Loss from unconsolidated affiliate(d)

            13     1         5     7     7  

Non-cash compensation expense(e)

    22     41     22     35         6     21     18  

Management fee(f)

            19     16                  

Loss on extinguishment of debt(g)

    9     14     9     14                  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDAX

    859     1,182     859     732         520     1,308     1,132  
                                   

Less: Adjusted EBITDAX—divested assets(h)

                5         64     460     676  
                                   

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX

  $ 859   $ 1,182   $ 859   $ 727       $ 456   $ 848   $ 456  
                                   

(a)
Represents the income statement impact of financial derivatives.

(b)
Represents actual cash settlements received/(paid) related to financial derivatives, including cash premiums. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 we received $9 million of cash premiums, and for the period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 we paid $3 million of cash premiums. There were no cash premiums for the year ended December 31, 2011 and we paid $7 million of cash premiums for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(c)
Reflects the transaction costs paid as part of the Acquisition in 2012 and severance costs incurred in connection with divested assets in 2013 and the closure of our office in Denver in 2011.

(d)
Reflects the elimination of non-cash equity income (losses) recognized from Four Star, net of amortization of our purchase cost in excess of our equity interest in the underlying net assets, as a result of the sale of Four Star in September 2013.

(e)
Represents the non-cash portion of compensation expense.

(f)
Represents the pro-rata portion of the annual management fee to be paid to affiliates of the Sponsors and other investors. The annual management fee of $25 million will terminate in connection with the closing of this offering.

(g)
Represents the loss on extinguishment of debt recorded related to re-pricing of the term loan and redetermination of the RBL Facility.

(h)
Consists of Adjusted EBITDAX contributions related to assets that have been divested, including our (i) CBM, South Texas and Arklatex assets, (ii) Gulf of Mexico assets, (iii) Blue Creek West, Minden and Powder River operations and (iv) Catapult operations and Altamont processing plant and related gathering systems.

 

17


Table of Contents


Summary Pro Forma Operating and Reserve Information

Proved Reserves

        The following table summarizes our estimated net proved reserves and related PV-10 and standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows as of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to our pending and recently completed divestitures described in "—Recent Divestitures" on page 9. The proved reserves as of September 30, 2013 are based on our internal reserve report. The reserve data represents only estimates, which are often different from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered. The risks and uncertainties associated with estimating proved oil and natural gas reserves are discussed further in "Risk Factors" on page 20. Net proved reserves exclude royalties and interests owned by others and reflect contractual arrangements and royalty obligations in effect at September 30, 2013. You should refer to "Risk Factors" on page 20, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on page 62 and "Business" on page 92 in evaluating the material presented below. The information in the following table does not give any effect to or reflect our commodity hedges.

        Ryder Scott conducted an audit of the estimates of the proved reserves that we prepared as of September 30, 2013 and concluded that the overall procedures and methodologies we utilized in preparing these estimates complied with current SEC regulations and the overall proved reserves for the reviewed properties as estimated by us are, in aggregate, reasonable within the established audit tolerance guidelines of 10% as set forth in the Society of Petroleum Engineers ("SPE") auditing standards.

 
  As of
September 30, 2013
 

Proved reserves:

       

Natural gas (MMcf)

    1,028,014  

Oil/Condensate (MBbls)

    278,087  

NGLs (MBbls)

    63,950  

Total estimated net proved reserves (MBoe)

    513,373  

Proved developed producing (MBoe)

    153,313  

Proved developed non-producing (MBoe)

    16,140  

Proved undeveloped (MBoe)

    343,920  

Percent proved developed reserves (%)

    33%  

PV-10 (in millions)(1)

  $ 8,081  

Standardized measure (in millions)

  $ 6,718  
(1)
PV-10 is a non-GAAP measure and is derived from the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Our PV-10 differs from our standardized measure because our standardized measure reflects discounted future income taxes related to our domestic operations. We believe that the presentation of PV-10 is relevant and useful to investors because it presents the relative monetary significance of our oil, natural gas and NGLs properties regardless of tax structure. Further, investors may utilize the measure as a basis for comparison of the relative size and value of our reserves to other companies. We use this measure when assessing the potential return on investment related to our oil, natural gas and NGLs properties. PV-10, however, is not a substitute for the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows. Our PV-10 measure and the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows do not purport to present the fair value of our oil (including NGLs) and natural gas reserves. The unweighted arithmetic average of the historical first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months was $95.20 per barrel of oil and $3.60 per MMBtu of natural gas as of September 30, 2013.

 

18


Table of Contents

         The following table provides a reconciliation of PV-10 to the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (in millions):

 
  As of
September 30, 2013
 

PV-10

  $ 8,081  

Income taxes, discounted at 10%

    1,363  
       

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

  $ 6,718  
       

Production, Revenues and Price History

        The following table sets forth information regarding net production and certain price and cost information for each of the periods indicated.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
  Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Production data:

                   

Oil/Condensate (MBbls)

    9,561     8,704     4,454  

Natural gas (MMcf)

    72,182     134,857     119,869  

NGLs (MBbls)

    1,806     1,301     238  

Combined production (MBoe)

    23,398     32,481     24,670  

Average combined daily production (MBoe/d)

    85.7     88.7     67.6  

Average realized prices on physical sales:

                   

Oil (Bbl)

  $ 97.13   $ 92.02   $ 88.36  

Natural gas (Mcf)

    3.36     2.57     3.82  

NGLs (Bbl)

    29.74     36.93     52.39  

Average realized prices, including financial derivative settlements(1):

                   

Oil (Bbl)

  $ 98.96   $ 96.78   $ 86.78  

Natural gas (Mcf)

    3.08     5.08     6.64  

NGLs (Bbl)

    29.74     36.93     52.39  

Average cash operating cost per Boe(2):

                   

Lease operating expenses

  $ 5.11   $ 3.49   $ 3.29  

Production taxes(3)

    2.98     2.04     1.38  

General and administrative expenses

    6.93     13.04     6.29  

Taxes other than production and income taxes

    (0.29 )   (0.10 )   0.20  
               

Total

  $ 14.73   $ 18.47   $ 11.16  
               

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

  $ 18.92   $ 12.25   $ 12.93  

(1)
Amounts reflect settlements on derivative instruments, including cash premiums. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 we received cash premiums of $9 million and for the year ended December 31, 2012 we paid $3 million of cash premiums. There were no cash premiums for the year ended December 31, 2011.

(2)
Total adjusted cash operating costs per unit for each period were $12.69/Boe, $9.93/Boe and $10.10/Boe. Adjusted cash operating cost is a non-GAAP measure. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Cash Operating Costs and Adjusted Cash Operating Costs" on page 74 for a reconciliation of this measure to operating expenses, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

(3)
Production taxes include ad valorem and severance taxes.

 

19


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not believed by us to be material may also negatively impact us.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The supply and demand for oil, natural gas and NGLs could be negatively impacted by many factors outside of our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition .

        Our success depends on the domestic and worldwide supply and demand for oil, natural gas and NGLs which will depend on many other factors outside of our control, including:

    adverse changes in global, geopolitical and economic conditions, including changes that negatively impact general demand for oil and its refined products; power generation and industrial loads for natural gas; and petrochemical, refining and heating demand for NGLs;

    the relative growth of natural gas-fired power generation, including the speed and level of existing coal-fired generation that is replaced by natural gas-fired generation, which could be offset by the growth of various renewable energy sources;

    adverse changes in domestic regulations that could impact the supply or demand for oil, natural gas and NGLs, including potential restrictive regulations associated with hydraulic fracturing operations;

    adoption of various energy efficiency and conservation measures;

    increased prices of oil, natural gas or NGLs that could negatively impact the demand for these products;

    perceptions of customers on the availability and price volatility of our products, particularly customers' perceptions on the volatility of natural gas and oil prices over the longer-term;

    adverse changes in geopolitical factors, including the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries ("OPEC") to agree upon and maintain certain production levels, political unrest and changes in foreign governments in energy producing regions of the world and unexpected wars, terrorist activities and other acts of aggression;

    technological advancements that may drive further increases in production from oil and natural gas shales;

    the need of many producers to drill to maintain leasehold positions regardless of current commodity prices;

    the oversupply of NGLs that may be caused by the wider spread between oil and natural gas prices;

    competition from imported and potentially exported liquefied natural gas ("LNG"), Canadian supplies and alternate fuels;

    increased costs to explore for, develop and produce oil, natural gas or NGLs, including increases in oil field service costs; and

    the impact of weather on demand for oil, natural gas and/or NGLs.

20


Table of Contents

The prices for oil, natural gas and NGLs are highly volatile and could be negatively impacted by many factors outside of our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition .

        Our success depends upon the prices we receive for our oil, natural gas and NGLs. These commodity prices historically have been highly volatile and are likely to continue to be volatile in the future, especially given current global geopolitical and economic conditions. There is a risk that commodity prices could become depressed for sustained periods, especially natural gas prices. Except to the extent of our risk mitigation and hedging strategies, we can be impacted by short-term changes in commodity prices. We would also be negatively impacted in the long-term by any sustained depression in prices for oil, natural gas or NGLs, including reductions in our drilling opportunities. The prices for oil, natural gas and NGLs are subject to a variety of additional factors that are outside of our control, which include, among others:

    changes in regional, domestic and international supply of, and demand for, oil, natural gas and NGLs;

    natural gas inventory levels in the United States;

    political and economic conditions domestically and in other oil and natural gas producing countries, including, among others, countries in the Middle East, Africa and South America;

    actions of OPEC and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production controls;

    volatile trading patterns in capital and commodity-futures markets;

    changes in the costs of exploring for, developing, producing, transporting, processing and marketing oil, natural gas and NGLs;

    weather conditions;

    technological advances affecting energy consumption and energy supply;

    domestic and foreign governmental regulations and taxes, including administrative and/or agency actions;

    availability, proximity and cost of commodity processing, gathering and transportation and refining capacity;

    the price and availability of supplies of alternative energy sources;

    the effect of LNG deliveries to or the ability to export LNG from the United States;

    the strengthening and weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies; and

    variations between product prices at sales points and applicable index prices.

        In addition to negatively impacting our cash flows, prolonged or substantial declines in commodity prices could negatively impact our proved oil and natural gas reserves and impact the amount of oil and natural gas production that we can produce economically in the future. A decrease in production could result in a shortfall in our expected cash flows and require us to reduce our capital spending or borrow funds to cover any such shortfall. Prices also affect our cash flow available for capital expenditures and our ability to access funds under the RBL Facility and through the capital markets. The amount available for borrowing under the RBL Facility is subject to a borrowing base, which is determined by our lenders taking into account our proved reserves, and is subject to periodic redeterminations based on pricing models determined by the lenders at such time. Declines in oil, natural gas and NGLs prices may adversely impact the value of our proved reserves and, in turn, the bank pricing used by our lenders to determine our borrowing base. Any of these factors could

21


Table of Contents

negatively impact our liquidity, our ability to replace our production and our future rate of growth. On the other hand, increases in these commodity prices may be offset by increases in drilling costs, production taxes and lease operating costs that typically result from any increase in such commodity prices. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The success of our business depends upon our ability to find and replace reserves that we produce.

        Similar to our competitors, we have a reserve base that is depleted as it is produced. Unless we successfully replace the reserves that we produce, our reserves will decline, which will eventually result in a decrease in oil and natural gas production and lower revenues and cash flows from operations. We historically have replaced reserves through both drilling and acquisitions. The business of exploring for, developing or acquiring reserves requires substantial capital expenditures. If we do not continue to make significant capital expenditures (for any reason, including our access to capital resources becoming limited) or if our exploration, development and acquisition activities are unsuccessful, we may not be able to replace the reserves that we produce, which would negatively impact us. As a result, our future oil and natural gas reserves and production, and therefore our cash flow and results of operations, are highly dependent upon our success in efficiently developing and exploiting our current properties and economically finding or acquiring additional recoverable reserves. We may not be able to develop, find or acquire additional reserves to replace our current and future production at acceptable costs or at all. If we are unable to replace our current and future production, the value of our reserves will decrease, and our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

        In addition, we have certain areas in which we have incurred material costs to explore for and develop reserves. These unproved property costs include non-producing leasehold, geological and geophysical costs associated with unevaluated leasehold or drilling interests, and exploration drilling costs in investments in unproved properties and major development projects in which we own a direct interest. If costs are determined to be impaired, we record in our income statement the amount of any impairment.

Our oil and natural gas drilling and producing operations involve many risks, and our production forecasts may differ from actual results.

        Our success will depend on our drilling results. Our drilling operations are subject to the risk that (i) we may not encounter commercially productive reservoirs or (ii) if we encounter commercially productive reservoirs, we either may not fully recover our investments or our rates of return will be less than expected. Our past performance should not be considered indicative of future drilling performance. For example, we have acquired acreage positions in domestic oil and natural gas shale areas for which we plan to incur substantial capital expenditures over the next several years. It remains uncertain whether we will be successful in developing the reserves in these regions. Our success in such areas will depend in part on our ability to successfully transfer our experiences from existing areas into these new shale plays. As a result, there remains uncertainty on the results of our drilling programs, including our ability to realize proved reserves or to earn acceptable rates of return on our drilling programs. From time to time, we provide forecasts of expected quantities of future production. These forecasts are based on a number of estimates, including expectations of production from existing wells and the outcome of future drilling activity. Our forecasts could be different from actual results and such differences could be material.

        Our decisions to purchase, explore, develop or otherwise exploit prospects or properties will depend in part on the evaluation of data obtained through geophysical and geological analyses, production data and engineering studies, the results of which are often inconclusive or subject to varying interpretations. In addition, the results of our exploratory drilling in new or emerging areas are

22


Table of Contents

more uncertain than drilling results in areas that are developed and have established production. Our cost of drilling, completing, equipping and operating wells is often uncertain before drilling commences. Overruns in budgeted expenditures are common risks that can make a particular project uneconomical or less economic than forecasted. Further, many factors may increase the cost of, or curtail, delay or cancel drilling operations, including the following:

    unexpected drilling conditions;

    delays imposed by or resulting from compliance with regulatory and contractual requirements;

    unexpected pressure or irregularities in geological formations;

    equipment failures or accidents;

    fracture stimulation accidents or failures;

    adverse weather conditions;

    declines in oil and natural gas prices;

    surface access restrictions with respect to drilling or laying pipelines;

    shortages (or increases in costs) of water used in hydraulic fracturing, especially in arid regions or regions that have been experiencing severe drought conditions;

    shortages or delays in the availability of, increases in the cost of, or increased competition for, drilling rigs and crews, fracture stimulation crews, equipment, pipe, chemicals and supplies and transportation, gathering, processing, treating or other midstream services; and

    limitations or reductions in the market for oil and natural gas.

        Additionally, the occurrence of certain of these events, particularly equipment failures or accidents, could impact third parties, including persons living in proximity to our operations, our employees and employees of our contractors, leading to possible injuries or death or significant property damage. As a result, we face the possibility of liabilities from these events that could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, uncertainties associated with enhanced recovery methods may not allow for the extraction of oil and natural gas in a manner or to the extent that we anticipate and we may be unable to realize an acceptable return on our investments in certain of our projects. The additional production and reserves, if any, attributable to the use of enhanced recovery methods are inherently difficult to predict.

Our use of derivative financial instruments could result in financial losses or could reduce our income.

        We use fixed price financial options and swaps to mitigate our commodity price, basis and interest rate exposures. However, we do not typically hedge all of these exposures, and typically do not hedge any of these exposures beyond several years. As a result, we have substantial commodity price and basis exposure since our business has multi-year drilling programs for our proved reserves and unproved resources.

        The derivative contracts we enter into to mitigate commodity price risk are not designated as accounting hedges and are therefore marked to market. As a result, we still experience volatility in our revenues and net income due to changes in commodity prices, counterparty non-performance risks, correlation factors and changes in the liquidity of the market. Furthermore, the valuation of these financial instruments involves estimates that are based on assumptions that could prove to be incorrect and result in financial losses. Although we have internal controls in place that impose restrictions on the use of derivative instruments, there is a risk that such controls will not be complied with or will not

23


Table of Contents

be effective, and we could incur substantial losses on our derivative transactions. The use of derivatives, to the extent they require collateral posting with our counterparties, could impact our working capital and liquidity when commodity prices or interest rates change.

        To the extent we enter into derivative contracts to manage our commodity price, basis and interest rate exposures, we may forego the benefits we could otherwise experience if such prices and rates were to change favorably and we could experience losses to the extent that these prices and rates were to increase above the fixed price. In addition, these hedging arrangements also expose us to the risk of financial loss in the following circumstances, among others:

    when production is less than expected or less than we have hedged;

    when the counterparty to the hedging instrument defaults on its contractual obligations;

    when there is an increase in the differential between the underlying price in the hedging instrument and actual prices received; and

    when there are issues with respect to legal enforceability of such instruments.

        Our derivative counterparties are typically large financial institutions. The risk that a counterparty may default on its obligations has been heightened by the recent financial sector crisis and losses incurred by many banks and other financial institutions, including our counterparties or their affiliates. These losses may affect the ability of the counterparties to meet their obligations to us on hedge transactions, which would reduce our revenue from hedges at a time when we are also receiving a lower price for our oil and natural gas sales. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

        In addition, our commodity derivative activities could have the effect of reducing our revenue and net income. As of September 30, 2013, the net unrealized asset represented by our commodity hedging contracts was $62 million. We may continue to incur significant unrealized gains or losses in the future from our commodity derivative activities to the extent market prices increase or decrease and our hedging arrangements remain in place.

The derivatives reform legislation adopted by the U.S. Congress could have a negative impact on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business.

        In 2010, Congress adopted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"), which, among other matters, provides for federal oversight of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities that participate in that market. The Dodd-Frank Act mandates that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), adopt rules and regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act and further defining certain terms used in the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the CFTC and the prudential banking regulators to establish margin requirements for uncleared swaps. Although there is an exception from swap clearing and trade execution requirements for commercial end-users that meet certain conditions (the "End-User Exception"), certain market participants, including most if not all of our counterparties, will also be required to clear many of their swap transactions with entities that do not satisfy the End-User Exception and will have to transact many of their swaps on swap execution facilities or designated contract markets, rather than over-the-counter on a bilateral basis. These requirements may increase the cost to our counterparties of hedging the swap positions they enter into with us, and thus may increase the cost to us of entering into our hedges. The changes in the regulation of swaps may result in certain market participants deciding to curtail or cease their derivatives activities. While many regulations have been promulgated and are already in effect, the rulemaking and implementation process is ongoing, and the ultimate effect of the adopted rules and regulations and any future rules and regulations on our business remains uncertain.

24


Table of Contents

        We qualify as a "non-financial entity" for purposes of the End-User Exception and satisfy the other requirements of the End-User Exception. As a result, our hedging activity will not be subject to mandatory clearing, we do not expect to clear our swaps and our swap transactions will not be subject to the margin requirements imposed by derivatives clearing organizations. Because the margin regulations for uncleared swaps have not been adopted, we do not yet know whether our counterparties will be required to collect liquid margin from us for those swaps.

        A rule adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act imposing position limits in respect of transactions involving certain commodities, including oil and natural gas was vacated and remanded to the CFTC for further proceedings by order of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, U.S. District Judge Robert L. Wilkins on September 28, 2012. The CFTC appealed this decision and on November 5, 2013, filed a consensual motion to dismiss its appeal. The same day, the CFTC proposed a new position limits rule which would limit trading in New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) contracts for Henry Hub Natural Gas, Light Sweet Crude Oil, New York Harbor Ultra-Low Sulfur No. 2 Diesel and Reformulated Blendstock for Oxygen Blending Gasoline and other futures and swap contracts that are economically equivalent to such NYMEX contracts. Comments on the proposed rule are due 60 days after the publication of the proposed rule in the Federal Register. We cannot predict whether or when the proposed rule will be adopted or the effect of the proposed rule on our business. The Dodd-Frank Act and the rules promulgated thereunder could significantly increase the cost of derivative contracts (including through requirements to post collateral), materially alter the terms of derivative contracts, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing derivative contracts, and increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties. Finally, the Dodd-Frank Act was intended, in part, to reduce the volatility of oil and natural gas prices, which some legislators attributed to speculative trading in derivatives and commodity contracts related to oil and natural gas. Our revenues could therefore be adversely affected if a consequence of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations is to lower commodity prices. Any of these consequences could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We require substantial capital expenditures to conduct our operations, engage in acquisition activities and replace our production, and we may be unable to obtain needed financing on satisfactory terms necessary to execute our operating strategy .

        We require substantial capital expenditures to conduct our exploration, development and production operations, engage in acquisition activities and increase our proved reserves and production. We have established a capital budget for 2013 of approximately $1.9 billion and we intend to rely on cash flow from operating activities, available cash and borrowings under the RBL Facility as our primary sources of liquidity. We also may engage in asset sale transactions such as the pending and recently completed divestitures to, among other things, fund capital expenditures when market conditions permit us to complete transactions on terms we find acceptable. There can be no assurance that such sources will be sufficient to fund our exploration, development and acquisition activities. If our revenues and cash flows decrease in the future as a result of a decline in commodity prices or a reduction in production levels, however, and we are unable to obtain additional equity or debt financing in the capital markets or access alternative sources of funds, we may be required to reduce the level of our capital expenditures and may lack the capital necessary to increase or even maintain our reserves and production levels.

        Our future revenues, cash flows and spending levels are subject to a number of factors, including commodity prices, the level of production from existing wells and our success in developing and producing new wells. Further, our ability to access funds under the RBL Facility is based on a borrowing base, which is subject to periodic redeterminations based on our proved reserves and prices that will be determined by our lenders using the bank pricing prevailing at such time. If the prices for

25


Table of Contents

oil and natural gas decline, if we have a downward revision in estimates of our proved reserves, or if we sell additional oil and natural gas reserves, our borrowing base may be reduced.

        Our ability to access the equity and debt markets and complete future asset monetization transactions is also dependent upon oil, natural gas and NGLs prices, in addition to a number of other factors, some of which are outside our control. These factors include, among others, domestic and global economic conditions and conditions in the domestic and global financial markets.

        Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that funding, if needed, will be available to the extent required, or on acceptable terms. If we are unable to access funding when needed on acceptable terms, we may not be able to fully implement our business plans, take advantage of business opportunities, respond to competitive pressures or refinance our debt obligations as they come due, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Estimating our reserves involves uncertainty, our actual reserves will likely vary from our estimates, and negative revisions to our reserve estimates in the future could result in decreased earnings and/or losses and impairments.

        All estimates of proved reserves are determined according to the rules prescribed by the SEC. Our reserve information is prepared internally and is audited by an independent petroleum engineering consultant. There are numerous uncertainties involved in estimating proved reserves, which may result in our estimates varying considerably from actual results. Estimating quantities of proved reserves is complex and involves significant interpretation and assumptions with respect to available geological, geophysical and engineering data, including data from nearby producing areas. It also requires us to estimate future economic factors, such as commodity prices, production costs, plugging and abandonment costs, severance, ad valorem and excise taxes, capital expenditures, workover and remedial costs, and the assumed effect of governmental regulation. Due to a lack of substantial production data, there are greater uncertainties in estimating proved undeveloped reserves and proved developed non-producing reserves. There is also greater uncertainty of estimating proved developed reserves that are early in their production life. As a result, our reserve estimates are inherently imprecise. Furthermore, estimates are subject to revision based upon a number of factors, including many factors beyond our control such as reservoir performance, prices (including commodity prices and the cost of oilfield services), economic conditions and government restrictions and regulations. In addition, results of drilling, testing and production subsequent to the date of an estimate may justify revision of that estimate. Therefore, our reserve information represents an estimate and is often different from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered or proven recoverable.

        The SEC rules require the use of a 10% discount factor for estimating the value of our future net cash flows from reserves and the use of a 12-month average price. This discount factor may not necessarily represent the most appropriate discount factor, given our costs of capital, actual interest rates and risks faced by our exploration and production business, and the average price will not generally represent the market prices for oil and natural gas over time. Any significant change in commodity prices could cause the estimated quantities and net present value of our reserves to differ and these differences could be material. You should not assume that the present values referred to in this prospectus represent the current market value of our estimated oil and natural gas reserves. Finally, the timing of the production and the expenses related to the development and production of oil and natural gas properties will affect both the timing of actual future net cash flows from our proved reserves and their present value.

        We account for our activities under the successful efforts method of accounting. Changes in the present value of these reserves could result in a write-down in the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties, which could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our net income

26


Table of Contents

and stockholder's equity. Changes in the present value of these reserves could also result in increasing our depreciation, depletion and amortization rates, which could decrease earnings.

        A portion of our proved reserves are undeveloped. Recovery of undeveloped reserves requires significant capital expenditures and successful drilling operations. In addition, because our proved reserve base consists primarily of unconventional resources, the costs of finding, developing and producing those reserves may require capital expenditures that are greater than more conventional resource plays. Our estimates of proved reserves assume that we can and will make these expenditures and conduct these operations successfully. However, future events, including commodity price changes and our ability to access capital markets, may cause these assumptions to change.

Our business is subject to competition from third parties, which could negatively impact our ability to succeed.

        The oil, natural gas and NGLs businesses are highly competitive. We compete with third parties in the search for and acquisition of leases, properties and reserves, as well as the equipment, materials and services required to explore for and produce our reserves. There has been intense competition for the acquisition of leasehold positions, particularly in many of the oil and natural gas shale plays. Our ability to acquire additional properties and to discover reserves in the future will be dependent upon our ability to evaluate and select suitable properties and to consummate transactions in a highly competitive environment. In addition, because we have fewer financial and human resources than many companies in our industry, we may be at a disadvantage in bidding for exploratory prospects and producing oil properties. Similarly, we compete with many third parties in the sale of oil, natural gas and NGLs to customers, some of which have substantially larger market positions, marketing staff and financial resources than us. Our competitors include major and independent oil and natural gas companies, as well as financial services companies and investors, many of which have financial and other resources that are substantially greater than those available to us. Many of these companies not only explore for and produce oil and natural gas, but also carry on refining operations and market petroleum and other products on a regional, national or worldwide basis. These companies may be able to pay more for productive oil and natural gas properties and exploratory prospects or define, evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties and prospects than our financial or human resources permit. In addition, these companies may have a greater ability to continue exploration activities during periods of low oil and natural gas market prices.

        Furthermore, there is significant competition between the oil and natural gas industry and other industries producing energy and fuel, which may be substantially affected by various forms of energy legislation and/or regulation considered from time to time by the U.S. government. It is not possible to predict the nature of any such legislation or regulation that may ultimately be adopted or its effects upon our future operations. Such laws and regulations may substantially increase the costs of exploring for, developing or producing oil and natural gas and may prevent or delay the commencement or continuation of a given operation. Our larger competitors may be able to absorb the burden of existing, and any changes to, federal, state and local laws and regulations more easily than we can, which could negatively impact our competitive position.

        Our industry is cyclical, and historically there have been shortages of drilling rigs, equipment, supplies or qualified personnel. During these periods, the cost of rigs, equipment, supplies and personnel are substantially greater and their availability may be limited. These services may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We cannot predict whether these conditions will exist in the future and, if so, what their timing and duration will be. The high cost or unavailability of drilling rigs, equipment, supplies, personnel and other oil field services could significantly decrease our profit margins, cash flows and operating results and could restrict our ability to drill the wells and conduct the operations that we currently have planned and budgeted or that we may plan in the future. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

27


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to operational hazards and uninsured risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our oil and natural gas exploration and production activities are subject to all of the inherent risks associated with drilling for and producing natural gas and oil, including the possibility of:

    Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, and/or other climate related matters —including extreme cold or heat, lightning and flooding, fires, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes and other natural disasters. Although the potential effects of climate change on our operations (such as hurricanes, flooding, etc.) are uncertain at this time, changes in climate patterns as a result of global emissions of greenhouse gas ("GHG") could also have a negative impact upon our operations in the future, particularly with regard to any of our facilities that are located in or near coastal regions;

    Acts of aggression on critical energy infrastructure —including terrorist activity or "cyber security" events. We are subject to the ongoing risk that one of these incidents may occur which could significantly impact our business operations and/or financial results. Should one of these events occur in the future, it could impact our ability to operate our drilling and exploration processes, our operations could be disrupted, and/or property could be damaged resulting in substantial loss of revenues, increased costs to respond or other financial loss, damage to reputation, increased regulation and litigation and/or inaccurate information reported from our exploration and production operations to our financial applications, to our customers and to regulatory entities; and

    Other hazards —including the collision of third-party equipment with our infrastructure; explosions, equipment malfunctions, mechanical and process safety failures, well blowouts, formations with abnormal pressures and collapses of wellbore casing or other tubulars; events causing our facilities to operate below expected levels of capacity or efficiency; uncontrollable flows of natural gas, oil, brine or well fluids, release of pollution or contaminants (including hydrocarbons) into the environment (including discharges of toxic gases or substances) and other environmental hazards.

        Each of these risks could result in (i) damage to and destruction of our facilities, (ii) damage to and destruction of property, natural resources and equipment; (iii) injury or loss of life; (iv) business interruptions while damaged energy infrastructure is repaired or replaced; (v) pollution and other environmental damage; (vi) regulatory investigations and penalties; and (vii) repair and remediation costs. Any of these results could cause us to suffer substantial losses. Our offshore operations in Brazil which are in the process of being divested may encounter additional marine perils, including adverse weather conditions, damage from collisions with vessels, and governmental regulations (including interruption or termination of drilling rights by governmental authorities based on environmental, safety and other considerations).

        While we maintain insurance against some of these risks in amounts that we believe are reasonable, our insurance coverages have material deductibles, self-insurance levels and limits on our maximum recovery and do not cover all risks. For example, from time to time, we may not carry, or may be unable to obtain, on terms that we find acceptable and/or reasonable, insurance coverage for certain exposures, including, but not limited to certain environmental exposures (including potential environmental fines and penalties), business interruption and, named windstorm/hurricane exposures and, in limited circumstances, certain political risk exposures. The premiums and deductibles we pay for certain insurance policies are also subject to the risk of substantial increases over time that could negatively impact our financial results. In addition, we may not be able to renew existing insurance policies or procure desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms. There is also a risk that our insurers may default on their insurance coverage obligations or that amounts for which we are insured, or that the proceeds of such insurance, will not compensate us fully for our losses. Any of these

28


Table of Contents

outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Some of our operations are subject to joint ventures or operations by third parties, which could negatively impact our control over these operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

        A small portion of our operations and interests are operated by other third-party working interest owners. In such cases, (i) we have limited ability to influence or control the day-to-day operation of such properties, including compliance with environmental, safety and other regulations, (ii) we cannot control the amount of capital expenditures that we are required to fund with respect to properties, (iii) we are dependent on third parties to fund their required share of capital expenditures and (iv) we may have restrictions or limitations on our ability to sell our interests in these jointly owned assets.

        The failure of an operator of our properties to adequately perform operations or an operator's breach of applicable agreements could reduce our production and revenue. As a result, the success and timing of our drilling and development activities on properties operated by others depends upon a number of factors outside of our control, including the operator's timing and amount of capital expenditures, expertise and financial resources, inclusion of other participants in drilling wells and use of technology.

We currently sell most of our oil production to a limited number of significant purchasers. The loss of one or more of these purchasers, if not replaced, could reduce our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, three purchasers accounted for approximately 80% of our oil revenues. We depend upon a limited number of significant purchasers for the sale of most of our production. The loss of any of these customers should we be unable to replace them could adversely affect our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that any of our customers will continue to do business with us or that we will continue to have access to suitably liquid markets for our future production.

We are subject to a complex set of laws and regulations that regulate the energy industry for which we have to incur substantial compliance and remediation costs.

        Our operations, and the energy industry in general, are subject to a complex set of federal, state and local laws and regulations over the following activities, among others:

    the location of wells;

    methods of drilling and completing wells;

    allowable production from wells;

    unitization or pooling of oil and gas properties;

    spill prevention plans;

    limitations on venting or flaring of natural gas;

    disposal of fluids used and wastes generated in connection with operations;

    access to, and surface use and restoration of, well properties;

    plugging and abandoning of wells;

    air quality, noise levels and related permits;

29


Table of Contents

    gathering, transportation and marketing of oil and natural gas (including NGLs);

    taxation; and

    competitive bidding rules on federal and state lands.

        Generally, over time the regulations have become more stringent and have imposed more limitations on our operations and, as a result, have caused us to incur more costs to comply. Many required approvals are subject to considerable discretion by the regulatory agencies with respect to the timing and scope of approvals and permits issued. If permits are not issued, or if unfavorable restrictions or conditions are imposed on our drilling activities, we may not be able to conduct our operations as planned or at all. Delays in obtaining regulatory approvals or permits, the failure to obtain a drilling permit for a well, or the receipt of a permit with excessive conditions or costs could have a material negative impact on our operations and financial results. We may also incur substantial costs in order to maintain compliance with these existing laws and regulations, including costs to comply with new and more extensive reporting and disclosure requirements. Failure to comply with such requirements may result in the suspension or termination of operations and may subject us to criminal as well as civil and administrative penalties. We are exposed to fines and penalties to the extent that we fail to comply with the applicable laws and regulations, as well as the potential for limitations to be imposed on our operations. In addition, our costs of compliance may increase if existing laws and regulations are revised or reinterpreted, or if new laws and regulations become applicable to our operations. Such costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Also, some of our assets are located and operate on federal, state, local or tribal lands and are typically regulated by one or more federal, state or local agencies. For example, we have drilling and production operations that are located on federal lands, which are regulated by the U.S. Department of the Interior ("DOI"), particularly by the Bureau of Land Management. We also have operations on Native American tribal lands, which are regulated by the DOI, particularly by the Bureau of Indian Affairs ("BIA"), as well as local tribal authorities. Operations on these properties are often subject to additional regulations and compliance obligations, which can delay our access to such lands and impose additional compliance costs. There are also various laws and regulations that regulate various market practices in the industry, including antitrust laws and laws that prohibit fraud and manipulation in the markets in which we operate. The authority of the Federal Trade Commission and the CFTC to impose penalties for violations of laws or regulations has generally increased over the last few years.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our counterparties, contractors and suppliers.

        We have significant credit exposure related to our sales of physical commodities, payments to contractors and suppliers and hedging activities. If our counterparties fail to make payments/or perform within the time required under our contracts, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Although we maintain strict credit policies and procedures, they may not be adequate to fully eliminate the credit risk associated with our counterparties, contractors and suppliers.

We are exposed to the performance risk of our key contractors and suppliers.

        As an owner of drilling and production facilities with significant capital expenditures in our business, we rely on contractors for certain construction, drilling and completion operations and we rely on suppliers for key materials, supplies and services, including steel mills, pipe and tubular manufacturers and oil field service providers. We also rely upon the services of other third parties to explore or analyze our prospects to determine a method in which the prospects may be developed in a cost-effective manner. There is a risk that such contractors and suppliers may experience credit and performance issues that could adversely impact their ability to perform their contractual obligations

30


Table of Contents

with us, including their performance and warranty obligations. This could result in delays or defaults in performing such contractual obligations and increased costs to seek replacement contractors, each of which could negatively impact us.

The loss of the services of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        The leadership of our executive officers and other members of our senior management has been a critical element of our success. These individuals have substantial experience and expertise in our business and have made significant contributions to our growth and success. We do not have key man or similar life insurance covering our executive officers and other members of senior management. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers, including Brent J. Smolik, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Dane E. Whitehead, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, but these agreements do not guarantee that these executives will remain with us. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our executive officers or members of senior management could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business requires the retention and recruitment of a skilled workforce and the loss of employees and skilled labor shortages could result in the inability to implement our business plans and could negatively impact our profitability.

        Our business requires the retention and recruitment of a skilled workforce including engineers, technical personnel, geoscientists, project managers, land personnel and other professionals. We compete with other companies in the energy industry for this skilled workforce. We have developed company-wide compensation and benefit programs that are designed to be competitive among our industry peers and that reflect market-based metrics as well as incentives to create alignment with the Sponsors and other investors, but there is a risk that these programs and those in the future will not be successful in retaining and recruiting these professionals or that we could experience increased costs. If we are unable to (i) retain our current employees, (ii) successfully complete our knowledge transfer and/or (iii) recruit new employees of comparable knowledge and experience, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted. In addition, we could experience increased costs to retain and recruit these professionals.

        We may be affected by skilled labor shortages, which we have from time-to-time experienced, especially in North American regions where there are large unconventional shale resource plays. These shortages could negatively impact the productivity and profitability of certain projects. Our inability to bid on new and attractive projects, or maintain productivity and profitability on existing projects, due to the limited supply of skilled workers and/or increased labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Part of our strategy involves drilling in existing or emerging shale plays using some of the latest available horizontal drilling and completion techniques, the results of which are subject to drilling and completion technique risks, and drilling results may not meet our expectations for reserves or production.

        Many of our operations involve utilizing the latest horizontal drilling and completion techniques in order to maximize cumulative recoveries and therefore optimize our returns. Drilling risks that we face include, but are not limited to, landing our well bore in the desired drilling zone, staying in the desired drilling zone while drilling horizontally through the formation, running our casing the entire length of the well bore and being able to run tools and other equipment consistently through the horizontal well bore. Risks that we face while completing our wells include, but are not limited to, being able to fracture stimulate the planned number of stages, being able to run tools the entire length of the well bore during completion operations and successfully cleaning out the well bore after completion of the final fracture stimulation stage.

31


Table of Contents

        Ultimately, the success of these drilling and completion techniques can only be evaluated over time as more wells are drilled and production profiles are established over a sufficiently longer period. If our drilling results are less than anticipated, the return on our investment for a particular project may not be as attractive as we anticipated and we could incur material write-downs of unevaluated properties and the value of our undeveloped acreage could decline in the future.

Drilling locations that we decide to drill may not yield oil, natural gas or NGLs in commercially viable quantities.

        We describe potential drilling locations and our plans to explore those potential drilling locations in this prospectus. These potential drilling locations are in various stages of evaluation, ranging from a location which is ready to drill to a location that will require substantial additional interpretation. There is no way to predict in advance of drilling and testing whether any particular location will yield oil, natural gas or NGLs in sufficient quantities to recover drilling or completion costs or to be economically viable. The use of technologies and the study of producing fields in the same area will not enable us to know conclusively, prior to drilling, whether oil, natural gas or NGLs will be present or, if present, whether oil, natural gas or NGLs will be present in sufficient quantities to be economically viable. Even if sufficient amounts of oil, natural gas or NGLs exist, we may damage the potentially productive hydrocarbon-bearing formation or experience mechanical difficulties while drilling or completing the well, resulting in a reduction in production from the well or abandonment of the well. We cannot assure you that the analogies we draw from available data from other wells, more fully explored locations or producing fields will be applicable to our other identified drilling locations. Further, initial production rates reported by us or other operators may not be indicative of future or long-term production rates. The cost of drilling, completing and operating any well is often uncertain, and new wells may not be productive.

Our drilling locations are scheduled to be drilled over several years, making them susceptible to uncertainties that could materially alter the occurrence or timing of their drilling.

        Our management has identified and scheduled potential drilling locations as an estimate of our future multi-year drilling activities on our existing acreage. All of our potential drilling locations, particularly our potential drilling locations for oil, represent a significant part of our growth strategy. Our ability to drill and develop these locations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including the availability of capital, seasonal conditions, regulatory approvals, oil, natural gas and NGLs prices, costs and drilling results. Because of these uncertainties, we do not know if the drilling locations we have identified will ever be drilled or if we will be able to produce oil, natural gas or NGLs from these or any other potential drilling locations. Pursuant to existing SEC rules and guidance, subject to limited exceptions, proved undeveloped reserves may only be booked if they relate to wells scheduled to be drilled within five years of the date of booking. These rules and guidance may limit our potential to book additional proved undeveloped reserves as we pursue our drilling program.

New technologies may cause our current exploration and drilling methods to become obsolete.

        The oil and natural gas industry is subject to rapid and significant advancements in technology, including the introduction of products and services using new technologies. As competitors use or develop new technologies, we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage, and competitive pressures may force us to implement new technologies at a substantial cost. In addition, competitors may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources that allow them to enjoy technological advantages and may in the future allow them to implement new technologies before we can. One or more of the technologies that we currently use or that we may implement in the future may become obsolete. We cannot be certain that we will be able to implement technologies on a timely basis or at a cost that is acceptable to us. If we are unable to maintain technological advancements consistent with industry standards, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

32


Table of Contents

Our business depends on access to oil, natural gas and NGLs processing, gathering and transportation systems and facilities.

        The marketability of our oil, natural gas and NGLs production depends in large part on the operation, availability, proximity, capacity and expansion of processing, gathering and transportation facilities owned by third parties. We can provide no assurance that sufficient processing, gathering and/or transportation capacity will exist or that we will be able to obtain sufficient processing, gathering and/or transportation capacity on economic terms. A lack of available capacity on processing, gathering and transportation facilities or delays in their planned expansions could result in the shut-in of producing wells or the delay or discontinuance of drilling plans for properties. A lack of availability of these facilities for an extended period of time could negatively impact our revenues. In addition, we have entered into contracts for firm transportation and any failure to renew those contracts on the same or better commercial terms could increase our costs and our exposure to the risks described above.

Our operations are substantially dependent on the availability of water. Restrictions on our ability to obtain water may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        Water currently is an essential component of deep shale oil and natural gas production during both the drilling and hydraulic fracturing processes. Historically, we have been able to purchase water from local land owners for use in our operations. According to the Lower Colorado River Authority, during 2011, Texas experienced the lowest inflows of water of any year in recorded history. As a result of this severe drought, some local water districts have begun restricting the use of water subject to their jurisdiction for hydraulic fracturing to protect local water supply. If we are unable to obtain water to use in our operations from local sources, we may be unable to economically produce our reserves, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may face unanticipated water and other waste disposal costs.

        We may be subject to regulation that restricts our ability to discharge water produced as part of our operations. Productive zones frequently contain water that must be removed in order for the oil and natural gas to produce, and our ability to remove and dispose of sufficient quantities of water from the various zones will determine whether we can produce oil and natural gas in commercial quantities. The produced water must be transported from the lease and injected into disposal wells. The availability of disposal wells with sufficient capacity to receive all of the water produced from our wells may affect our ability to produce our wells. Also, the cost to transport and dispose of that water, including the cost of complying with regulations concerning water disposal, may reduce our profitability.

        Where water produced from our projects fails to meet the quality requirements of applicable regulatory agencies, our wells produce water in excess of the applicable volumetric permit limits, the disposal wells fail to meet the requirements of all applicable regulatory agencies, or we are unable to secure access to disposal wells with sufficient capacity to accept all of the produced water, we may have to shut in wells, reduce drilling activities, or upgrade facilities for water handling or treatment. The costs to dispose of this produced water may increase if any of the following occur:

    we cannot obtain future permits from applicable regulatory agencies;

    water of lesser quality or requiring additional treatment is produced;

    our wells produce excess water;

    new laws and regulations require water to be disposed in a different manner; or

    costs to transport the produced water to the disposal wells increase.

33


Table of Contents

Our acquisition attempts may not be successful or may result in completed acquisitions that do not perform as anticipated.

        We have made and may continue to make acquisitions of businesses and properties. However, suitable acquisition candidates may not continue to be available on terms and conditions we find acceptable or at all. Any acquisition, including any completed or future acquisition, involves potential risks, including, among others:

    we may not produce revenues, reserves, earnings or cash flow at anticipated levels or could have environmental, permitting or other problems for which contractual protections prove inadequate;

    we may assume liabilities that were not disclosed to us and for which contractual protections prove inadequate or that exceed our estimates;

    we may acquire properties that are subject to burdens on title that we were not aware of at the time of acquisition that interfere with our ability to hold the property for production and for which contractual protections prove inadequate;

    we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully and realize anticipated economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner, which could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems;

    we may encounter disruption to our ongoing business, distract management, divert resources and make it difficult to maintain our current business standards, controls, procedures and policies;

    we may issue (or assume) additional equity or debt securities or debt instruments in connection with future acquisitions, which may affect our liquidity or financial leverage;

    we may make mistaken assumptions about costs, including synergies related to an acquired business;

    we may encounter difficulties in complying with regulations, such as environmental regulations, and managing risks related to an acquired business;

    we may encounter limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;

    we may make mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt used to finance any such acquisition;

    we may encounter difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger expertise and/or market positions;

    we may lose key customers; and

    we may lose key employees and/or encounter costly litigation resulting from the termination of those employees.

Any of the above risks could significantly impair our ability to manage our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain of our undeveloped leasehold acreage is subject to leases that will expire in several years unless production is established on units containing the acreage.

        Although most of our reserves are located on leases that are held-by-production or held by continuous development, we do have provisions in many of our leases that provide for the lease to expire unless certain conditions are met, such as drilling having commenced on the lease or production in paying quantities having been obtained within a defined time period. If commodity prices remain low or we are unable to fund our anticipated capital program there is a risk that some of our existing

34


Table of Contents

proved reserves and some of our unproved inventory could be subject to lease expiration or a requirement to incur additional leasehold costs to extend the lease. This could result in a reduction in our reserves and our growth opportunities (or the incurrence of significant costs) and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

If oil and/or natural gas prices decrease, we may be required to take write-downs of the carrying values of our properties, which could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

        Accounting rules require that we review periodically the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties for impairment. Under the successful efforts method of accounting, we review our oil and natural gas properties periodically (at least annually) to determine if impairment of such properties is necessary. Significant undeveloped leasehold costs are assessed for impairment at a lease level or resource play level based on our current exploration plans, while leasehold acquisition costs associated with prospective areas that have limited or no previous exploratory drilling are generally assessed for impairment by major prospect area. Proved oil and natural gas property values are reviewed when circumstances suggest the need for such a review and may occur if actual discoveries in a field are lower than anticipated reserves, reservoirs produce below original estimates or if commodity prices fall to a level that significantly affects anticipated future cash flows on the property. If required, the proved properties are written down to their estimated fair market value based on proved reserves and other market factors.

        We may incur impairment charges in the future depending on the value of our proved reserves, which are subject to change as a result of factors such as prices, costs and well performance. These impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition for the periods in which such charges are taken.

Our operations are subject to governmental laws and regulations relating to environmental matters, which may expose us to significant costs and liabilities and could exceed current expectations. In addition, regulations relating to climate change and energy conservation may negatively impact our operations.

        Our business is subject to laws and regulations that govern environmental matters. These regulations include compliance obligations for air emissions, water quality, wastewater discharge and solid and hazardous waste disposal, spill prevention, control and countermeasures, as well as regulations designed for the protection of threatened or endangered species. In some cases, our operations are subject to federal requirements for performing or preparing environmental assessments, environmental impact studies and/or plans of development before commencing exploration and production activities. In addition, our activities are subject to state regulations relating to conservation practices and protection of correlative rights. These regulations may negatively impact our operations and limit the quantity of natural gas and oil we produce and sell. We must take into account the cost of complying with such requirements in planning, designing, constructing, drilling, operating and abandoning wells and related surface facilities, including gathering, transportation, storage and waste disposal facilities. The regulatory frameworks govern, and often require permits for, the handling of drilling and production materials, water withdrawal, disposal of produced water, drilling and production wastes, operation of air emissions sources, and drilling activities, including those conducted on lands lying within wilderness, wetlands, Federal and Indian lands and other protected areas. Various governmental authorities, including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA"), the Department of the Interior ("DOI"), the Bureau of Indian Affairs ("BIA") and analogous state agencies and tribal governments, have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and regulations and the permits issued under them, often requiring difficult and costly actions, such as installing and maintaining pollution controls and maintaining measures to address personnel and process safety and protection of the environment and animal habitat near our operations. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations and permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal

35


Table of Contents

penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations, the imposition of stricter conditions on or revocation of permits, the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our operations, delays in granting permits and cancellation of leases. Our exploration and production operations in Brazil (which we expect to be sold by the end of the first quarter of 2014) are subject to various types of regulations similar to those described above, which are imposed by the Brazilian government, and which may affect our operations and costs within that country. Liabilities, penalties, suspensions, terminations and increased costs resulting from any failure to comply with regulations and requirements of the type described above, or from the enactment of additional similar regulations or requirements in the future or a change in the interpretation or the enforcement of existing regulations or requirements of this type, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        On December 15, 2009, the EPA published its findings that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane, and other GHGs, present an endangerment to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to the warming of the earth's atmosphere and other climate changes. These findings served as a statutory prerequisite for EPA to adopt and implement regulations that would restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the Clean Air Act. The EPA has adopted two sets of related rules, one of which regulates emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and the other of which regulates emissions of GHGs from certain large stationary sources of emissions such as power plants or industrial facilities. The EPA finalized the motor vehicle rule in April 2010 and it became effective January 2011. The EPA adopted the stationary source rule, also known as the "Tailoring Rule," in May 2010, and it also became effective January 2011, although on October 15, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court announced it will review aspects of the rule in 2014. Additionally, in September 2009, the EPA issued a final rule requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the U.S., including NGLs fractionators and local natural gas/distribution companies, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring in 2010. In November 2010, the EPA expanded its existing GHG reporting rule to include onshore and offshore oil and natural gas production and onshore processing, transmission, storage and distribution facilities, which may include certain of our facilities, beginning in 2012 for emissions occurring in 2011. In addition, the EPA has continued to adopt GHG regulations of the oil and gas and other industries, such as the September 2013 proposed GHG rule that, if finalized, would set New Souce Performance Standards for new coal-fired and natural gas-fired power plants. As a result of this continued regulatory focus, future GHG regulations of the oil and natural gas industry remain a possibility.

        In addition, the U.S. Congress has from time to time considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs and almost one-half of the states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs primarily through the planned development of GHG emission inventories and/or regional GHG cap and trade programs. Although the U.S. Congress has not adopted such legislation at this time, it may do so in the future and many states continue to pursue regulations to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Most of these cap and trade programs work by requiring major sources of emissions, such as electric power plants or major producers of fuels, such as refineries and natural gas processing plants, to acquire and surrender emission allowances that correspond to their annual emissions of GHGs. The number of allowances available for purchase is reduced each year until the overall GHG emission reduction goal is achieved. As the number of GHG emission allowances declines each year, the cost or value of such allowances is expected to escalate significantly.

        Regulation of GHG emissions could also result in reduced demand for our products, as oil and natural gas consumers seek to reduce their own GHG emissions. Any regulation of GHG emissions, including through a cap-and-trade system, technology mandate, emissions tax, reporting requirement or other program, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, to the extent climate change results in more severe weather and significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, floods, droughts and other climatic

36


Table of Contents

effects, our own, our counterparties' or our customers' operations may be disrupted, which could result in a decrease in our available products or reduce our customers' demand for our products.

        Further, there have been various legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels to provide incentives and subsidies to (i) shift more power generation to renewable energy sources and (ii) support technological advances to drive less energy consumption. These incentives and subsidies could have a negative impact on oil, natural gas and NGLs consumption.

        Any of the above risks could impair our ability to manage our business and have a material adverse effect on our operations, cash flows and financial position.

Our operations may be exposed to significant delays, costs and liabilities as a result of environmental and health and safety laws and regulations applicable to our business and new legislation or regulation on safety procedures in exploration and production operations could require us to adopt expensive measures and adversely impact our results of operation.

        There is inherent risk in our operations of incurring significant environmental costs and liabilities due to our generation and handling of petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes, because of our air emissions and wastewater discharges, and as a result of historical industry operations and waste disposal practices. Some of our owned and leased properties have been used for oil and natural gas exploration and production activities for a number of years, often by third parties not under our control. During that time, we and/or other owners and operators of these facilities may have generated or disposed of wastes that polluted the soil, surface water or groundwater at our facilities and adjacent properties. For our non-operated properties, we are dependent on the operator for operational and regulatory compliance. We could be subject to claims for personal injury and/or natural resource and property damage (including site clean-up and restoration costs) related to the environmental, health or safety impacts of our oil and natural gas production activities, and we have been from time to time, and currently are, named as a defendant in litigation related to such matters. Under certain laws, we also could be subject to joint and several and/or strict liability for the removal or remediation of contamination regardless of whether such contamination was the result of our activities, even if the operations were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time the contamination occurred and even if we no longer own and/or operate on the properties. Private parties, including the owners of properties upon which our wells are drilled and facilities where our petroleum hydrocarbons or wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal, may also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance, as well as to seek damages for non-compliance, with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage. We have been and continue to be responsible for remediating contamination, including at some of our current and former facilities or areas where we produce hydrocarbons. While to date none of these obligations or claims have involved costs that have materially adversely affected our business, we cannot predict with certainty whether future costs of newly discovered or new contamination might result in a materially adverse impact on our business or operations.

        Partially as a result of an explosion on an offshore platform of a third party in 2010 and subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, there have been various regulations proposed and implemented that could materially impact the costs of exploration and production operations, as well as cause substantial delays in the receipt of regulatory approvals from both an environmental and safety perspective in the Gulf of Mexico. Although we have sold our Gulf of Mexico assets, it is also possible that similar, more stringent, regulations might be enacted or delays in receiving permits may occur in other areas, such as in offshore regions of other countries (such as Brazil) and in other onshore regions of the United States (including drilling operations on other federal or state lands).

37


Table of Contents

Our operations could result in an equipment malfunction or oil spill that could expose us to significant liability.

        Despite the existence of various procedures and plans, there is a risk that we could experience well control problems in our operations. As a result, we could be exposed to regulatory fines and penalties, as well as landowner lawsuits resulting from any spills or leaks that might occur. While we maintain insurance against some of these risks in amounts that we believe are reasonable, our insurance coverages have material deductibles, self-insurance levels and limits on our maximum recovery and do not cover all risks. For example, from time to time we may not carry, or may be unable to obtain on terms that we find acceptable and/or reasonable, insurance coverage for certain exposures including, but not limited to, certain environmental exposures (including potential environmental fines and penalties), business interruption and named windstorm/hurricane exposures and, in limited circumstances, certain political risk exposures. The premiums and deductibles we pay for certain insurance policies are also subject to the risk of substantial increases over time that could negatively impact our financial results. In addition, we may not be able to renew existing insurance policies or procure desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms. There is also a risk that our insurers may default on their insurance coverage obligations or that amounts for which we are insured, or that the proceeds of such insurance, will not compensate us fully for our losses. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Although we might also have remedies against our contractors or vendors or our joint working interest owners with regard to any losses associated with unintended spills or leaks the ability to recover from such parties will depend on the indemnity provisions in our contracts as well as the facts and circumstances associated with the causes of such spills or leaks. As a result, our ability to recover associated costs from insurance coverages or other third parties is uncertain.

Legislation and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing could result in increased costs and additional operating restrictions or delays.

        We use hydraulic fracturing extensively in our operations. The hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production. The Safe Drinking Water Act (the "SDWA") regulates the underground injection of substances through the Underground Injection Control ("UIC") program. While hydraulic fracturing generally is exempt from regulation under the UIC program, the EPA has taken the position that hydraulic fracturing with fluids containing diesel fuel is subject to regulation under the UIC program as "Class II" UIC wells. On October 21, 2011, the EPA announced its intention to propose federal Clean Water Act regulations by 2014 governing wastewater discharges from hydraulic fracturing and certain other natural gas operations. In addition, the DOI published a revised proposed rule on May 24, 2013 that would update existing regulation of hydraulic fracturing activities on federal lands, including requirements for disclosure, well bore integrity and handling of flowback water. The revised proposed rule was subject to an extended 90-day public comment period, which ended on August 23, 2013.

        The EPA has commenced a study of the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities, and a committee of the U.S. House of Representatives is also conducting an investigation of hydraulic fracturing practices. The EPA issued a Progress Report in December 2012 and a final draft is anticipated by 2014 for peer review and public comment. As part of these studies, both the EPA and the House committee have requested that certain companies provide them with information concerning the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. These studies, depending on their results, could spur initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or otherwise. Congress has in recent legislative sessions considered legislation to amend the SDWA, including legislation that would repeal the exemption for hydraulic fracturing from the definition of "underground injection" and require federal permitting and regulatory control of hydraulic fracturing, as well as legislative proposals to

38


Table of Contents

require disclosure of the chemical constituents of the fluids used in the fracturing process, were proposed in recent sessions of Congress. The U.S. Congress may consider similar SDWA legislation in the future.

        On August 16, 2012, the EPA published final regulations under the Clean Air Act ("CAA") that establish new air emission controls for oil and natural gas production and natural gas processing operations. Specifically, EPA promulgated New Source Performance Standards establishing emission limits for sulfur dioxide (SO2) and volatile organic compounds (VOCs). The final rule requires a 95% reduction in VOCs emitted by mandating the use of reduced emission completions or "green completions" on all hydraulically-fractured gas wells constructed or refractured after January 1, 2015. Until this date, emissions from fractured and refractured gas wells must be reduced through reduced emission completions or combustion devices. The rules also establish new requirements regarding emissions from compressors, controllers, dehydrators, storage tanks and other production equipment. In response to numerous requests for reconsideration of these rules from both industry and the environmental community and court challenges to the final rules, EPA announced its intention to issue revised rules in 2013. The EPA published revised portions of these rules on September 23, 2013 for VOCs emissions for production oil and gas storage tanks, in part phasing in emissions controls on storage tanks past October 15, 2013.

        Several states have adopted, or are considering adopting, regulations that could restrict or prohibit hydraulic fracturing in certain circumstances and/or require the disclosure of the composition of hydraulic fracturing fluids. For example, Texas enacted a law requiring oil and natural gas operators to publicly disclose the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process, effective as of September 1, 2011. The Texas Railroad Commission adopted rules and regulations applicable to all wells for which the Texas Railroad Commission issues an initial drilling permit on or after February 1, 2012. The new regulations require that well operators disclose the list of chemical ingredients subject to the requirements of the OSHA for disclosure on an internet website and also file the list of chemicals with the Texas Railroad Commission with the well completion report. The total volume of water used to hydraulically fracture a well must also be disclosed to the public and filed with the Texas Railroad Commission. Furthermore, on May 23, 2013, the Texas Railroad Commission issued an updated "well integrity rule," addressing requirements for drilling, casing and cementing wells. The rule also includes new testing and reporting requirements, such as (i) clarifying the due date for cementing reports after well completion or after cessation of drilling, whichever is earlier, and (ii) the imposition of additional testing on "minimum separation wells" less than 1,000 feet below usable groundwater, which are not found in the Eagle Ford Shale or Permian Basin. The "well integrity rule" takes effect in January 2014. Similarly, Utah's Division of Oil, Gas and Mining passed a rule on October 24, 2012 requiring all oil and gas operators to disclose the amount and type of chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing operations using the national registry FracFocus.org. Finally, the federal Bureau of Land Management ("BLM") has proposed rules requiring similar disclosure of hydraulic fracturing fluid used on BLM lands to FracFocus.org and optionally directly to the BLM.

        A number of lawsuits and enforcement actions have been initiated across the country alleging that hydraulic fracturing practices have adversely impacted drinking water supplies, use of surface water, and the environment generally. If new laws or regulations that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing, such as amendments to the SDWA, are adopted, such laws could make it more difficult or costly for us to perform fracturing to stimulate production from tight formations as well as make it easier for third parties opposing the hydraulic fracturing process to initiate legal proceedings based on allegations that specific chemicals used in the fracturing process could adversely affect groundwater. In addition, if hydraulic fracturing is further regulated at the federal or state level, our fracturing activities could become subject to additional permitting and financial assurance requirements, more stringent construction specifications, increased monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, plugging and abandonment requirements and also to attendant permitting delays and potential increases in costs.

39


Table of Contents

Such legislative changes could cause us to incur substantial compliance costs, and compliance or the consequences of any failure to comply by us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Until such regulations are finalized and implemented, it is not possible to estimate their impact on our business. At this time, no adopted regulations have imposed a material impact on our hydraulic fracturing operations.

        Any of the above risks could impair our ability to manage our business and have a material adverse effect on our operations, cash flows and financial position.

Tax laws and regulations may change over time, including the elimination of federal income tax deductions currently available with respect to oil and gas exploration and development.

        Tax laws and regulations are highly complex and subject to interpretation, and the tax laws and regulations to which we are subject may change over time. Our tax filings are based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various jurisdictions at the time that the filings were made. If these laws or regulations change, or if the taxing authorities do not agree with our interpretation of the effects of such laws and regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Legislation has been proposed that would eliminate certain U.S. federal income tax provisions currently available to oil and gas exploration and production companies. Such changes include, but are not limited to:

    the repeal of the percentage depletion allowance for oil and gas properties;

    the elimination of current expensing of intangible drilling and development costs;

    the elimination of the deduction for certain U.S. production activities; and

    an extension of the amortization period for certain geological and geophysical expenditures.

        It is unclear whether any such changes will be enacted or how soon such changes could be effective. The elimination of such U.S. federal tax deductions, as well as any other changes to or the imposition of new federal, state, local or non-U.S. taxes (including the imposition of, or increases in production, severance or similar taxes) could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our Brazilian operations involve special risks.

        In July 2013, we entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement relating to the sale of our Brazil operations, which is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014. Pending the closing of that divestiture, we will continue activities in Brazil, which are subject to the risks inherent in foreign operations and other additional risks not associated with assets located in the United States, which include:

    protracted delays in securing government consents, permits, licenses, customer authorizations or other regulatory approvals necessary to conduct our operations;

    loss of revenue, property and equipment as a result of hazards such as wars, insurrection, piracy or acts of terrorism;

    changes in laws, regulations and policies of foreign governments, including changes in the governing parties, nationalization, expropriation and unilateral renegotiation of contracts by government entities;

    difficulties in enforcing rights against government agencies, including being subject to the jurisdiction of local courts in certain instances;

40


Table of Contents

    the effects of currency fluctuations and exchange controls, such as devaluation of foreign currencies, relative inflation risks, and the imposition of foreign exchange restrictions that may negatively impact convertibility and repatriation of our foreign earnings into U.S. dollars;

    protracted delays in payments and collections of accounts receivables from state-owned energy companies;

    transparency and corruption issues, including compliance issues with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom bribery laws and other anti-corruption compliance issues; and

    laws and policies of the United States that adversely affect foreign trade and taxation.

We have certain contingent liabilities that could exceed our estimates.

        We have certain contingent liabilities associated with litigation, regulatory, environmental and tax matters, described in Note 8 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, the positions taken in our federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns require significant judgments, use of estimates and interpretation of complex tax laws. Although we believe that we have established appropriate reserves for our litigation, regulatory, environmental and tax matters, we could be required to accrue additional amounts in the future and/or incur more actual cash expenditures than accrued for and these amounts could be material.

We have significant capital programs in our business that may require us to access capital markets, and any inability to obtain access to the capital markets in the future at competitive rates, or any negative developments in the capital markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        We have significant capital programs in our business, which may require us to access the capital markets. Since we are rated below investment grade, our ability to access the capital markets or the cost of capital could be negatively impacted in the future, which could require us to forego capital opportunities or could make us less competitive in our pursuit of growth opportunities, especially in relation to many of our competitors that are larger than us or have investment grade ratings.

        In addition, the credit markets and the financial services industry in recent years have experienced a period of unprecedented turmoil and upheaval characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions and an unprecedented level of intervention from the United States government. These circumstances and events led to reduced credit availability, tighter lending standards and higher interest rates on loans. While we cannot predict the future condition of the credit markets, future turmoil in the credit markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and cash flows, particularly if our ability to borrow money from lenders or access the capital markets to finance our operations were to be impaired.

        Although we believe that the banks participating in the RBL Facility have adequate capital and resources, we can provide no assurance that all of those banks will continue to operate as going concerns in the future. If any of the banks in our lending group were to fail, it is possible that the borrowing capacity under the RBL Facility would be reduced. In the event of such reduction, we could be required to obtain capital from alternate sources in order to finance our capital needs. Our options for addressing such capital constraints would include, but not be limited to, obtaining commitments from the remaining banks in the lending group or from new banks to fund increased amounts under the terms of the RBL Facility, and accessing the public and private capital markets. In addition, we may delay certain capital expenditures to ensure that we maintain appropriate levels of liquidity. If it became necessary to access additional capital, any such alternatives could have terms less favorable than the terms under the RBL Facility, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

41


Table of Contents

Retained liabilities associated with businesses or assets that we have sold could exceed our estimates and we could experience difficulties in managing these liabilities.

        We have sold and have agreed to sell various assets and either retained certain liabilities or indemnified certain purchasers against future liabilities relating to businesses and assets sold or to be sold, including breaches of warranties, environmental expenditures, asset retirements and other representations that we have provided. We may also be subject to retained liabilities with respect to certain divested assets by operation of law. Although we believe that we have established appropriate reserves for any such liabilities, we could be required to accrue additional amounts in the future and these amounts could be material.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from making debt service payments.

        We are a highly leveraged company. As of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to our pending and recently completed divestitures and repayment of certain debt obligations, we had approximately $4.1 billion of outstanding indebtedness, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, after giving effect to our pending and recently completed divestitures and repayment of certain debt obligations, we had total debt service payment obligations of $235 million.

        Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for you. For example, it could:

    limit our ability to borrow money for our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes;

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness;

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the repayment of our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available to us for other purposes;

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business;

    make us more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;

    make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy;

    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions, engaging in development activities, introducing new technologies or exploiting business opportunities;

    cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;

    limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds or dispose of assets; or

    expose us to the risk of increased interest rates, as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the RBL Facility and our senior secured term loan, are at variable rates of interest.

In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of substantially all of our indebtedness.

42


Table of Contents

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt, which could intensify the risks described above.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial indebtedness in the future. Although the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. After completion of this offering, we will have $2.5 billion available for borrowing under the RBL Facility, all of which would be secured. In addition, the covenants under any other existing or future debt instruments could allow us to incur a significant amount of additional indebtedness. The more leveraged we become, the more we, and in turn our investors, will be exposed to certain risks described above under "—Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from making debt service payments" on page 42.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.

        Our ability to pay principal and interest on our debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:

    our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control; and

    our future ability to borrow under the RBL Facility, which depends on, among other things, our compliance with the covenants in the credit agreement governing such facility.

        We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that we will be able to draw under the RBL Facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs, including the payment of principal and interest on our debt obligations.

        If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. If we are required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations, we may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due. The Sponsors and their affiliates have no continuing obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and could negatively impact our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which in turn could negatively impact your investment in our common stock.

        If we cannot make scheduled payments on our indebtedness, we will be in default and lenders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, terminate their commitments to loan money, foreclose against the assets securing their indebtedness and we could be

43


Table of Contents

forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. All of these events could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        Our existing debt agreements contain, and any other existing or future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our and our subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

    incur additional debt, guarantee indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

    pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

    prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;

    make loans or certain investments;

    sell certain assets;

    create liens on certain assets;

    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates;

    alter the businesses we conduct;

    enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends; and

    designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

        In addition, the RBL Facility requires us to comply with certain financial covenants. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—The RBL Facility" on page 181.

        As a result of these covenants, we will be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

        A failure to comply with the covenants under the RBL Facility or any of our other indebtedness could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event of any such default, the lenders thereunder:

    will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

    could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit; or

    could require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings.

        Such actions by the lenders could cause cross defaults under our other indebtedness. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders or holders under the RBL Facility and our other secured indebtedness could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the RBL Facility, our senior secured term loan and our senior secured notes.

        If any of our outstanding indebtedness under the RBL Facility or our other indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness" on page 181.

44


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if an active trading market will develop, which could impede your ability to sell your shares and may depress the market price of our common stock.

        There has not been a public market for our common stock prior to this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. See "Underwriting" on page 193. Consequently, you may be unable to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you pay in this offering.

Our Sponsors control us and their interests may conflict with or differ from your interests as a stockholder.

        After the consummation of this offering, our Sponsors, as a group, will collectively own approximately 83.0% of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or 81.0% if the underwriters exercise their option in full. As a result, subject to the rights of the other Legacy Class A Stockholders contained in the Stockholders Agreement described in this prospectus, our Sponsors will continue to control all matters affecting us, including decisions regarding extraordinary business transactions, fundamental corporate transactions, appointment of members to our management, election of directors and our corporate and management policies. This concentration of ownership makes it unlikely that any other holder or group of holders of our common stock will be able to affect the way we are managed or the direction of our business. The interests of our Sponsors with respect to matters potentially or actually involving or affecting us, such as future acquisitions, financings and other corporate opportunities and attempts to acquire us, could conflict with your interests as a holder of our common stock. For example, the concentration of ownership held by our Sponsors could delay, defer or prevent a change of control of us or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination that you as a stockholder may otherwise view favorably. Further, a sale of a substantial number of shares of stock in the future by our Sponsors could cause our stock price to decline.

        In addition, the Stockholders Agreement that we have entered into with the Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Sponsors will have certain rights with respect to the designation of directors to serve on our Board. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement—Composition of the Board" on page 160. In addition, the Stockholders Agreement provides that for so long as each Sponsor has the right to designate a director or an observer to the Board, we will cause any committee of our Board to include in its membership such number of members that are consistent with, and reflects, the right of each Sponsor to designate a director or observer to the Board, except to the extent that such membership would violate applicable securities laws or stock exchange or stock market rules. The members of the board or of any committee can exclude any board observer from any board or committee meeting to protect attorney-client privilege, in connection with a conflict of interest, or for any other reason with the consent of the Legacy Class A Stockholder that appointed the board observer, which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" on page 158.

        Furthermore, for so long as the Legacy Class A Stockholders hold at least 25% of our outstanding common stock and either Apollo or Riverstone is entitled to designate at least one director pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement (the "Negative Control Condition"), our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires Special Board Approval (as defined below) for certain corporate actions, including amendments to our organizational documents, equity issuances, acquisitions or

45


Table of Contents

dispositions of material assets, changing the composition of our Board, hiring or firing our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and any other member of senior management and certain other significant matters (see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158). Under our Stockholders Agreement, "Special Board Approval" means the approval by a majority of our Board, which majority includes (a) at least one director designated to our Board by Apollo and (b) at least one director designated to our Board by one of the other Sponsors or one replacement director designated to our Board by a vote of the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding a majority in interest of our outstanding common stock then held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in the event a Sponsor has lost its right to designate its applicable director and the Legacy Class A Stockholders hold at least 50% of our outstanding common stock.

Our Sponsors and their affiliates may operate or acquire businesses that compete with us.

        The Sponsors and their respective affiliates either operate businesses, or may from time to time acquire businesses, that compete directly or indirectly with us, as well as businesses that represent major customers of our business, or are in the business of making investments, or managing funds that make investments, in companies and one or more of them may from time to time acquire and hold interests, or manage funds that acquire and hold interests, in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, as well as businesses that represent major customers of our business. The Sponsors and their affiliates, including funds managed by certain of the Sponsors and their respective affiliates, may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

        Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering (the "Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation") provides that we expressly renounce any interest or expectancy in any business opportunity in which any Legacy Class A Stockholder or any of our directors who is also, without limitation, an employee, partner, officer or director of a Legacy Class A Stockholder or any of their affiliates (each, a "Covered Person") participates or desires or seeks to participate in. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158 and "Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity" on page 180.

We will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

        Upon the closing of this offering, our Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders, as a group, will continue to control a majority of our voting common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of applicable corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

    the requirement that we have a majority of independent directors on our Board;

    the requirement that we have a governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the governance and nominating and compensation committees.

        Following this offering, we intend to utilize the foregoing exemptions from the applicable corporate governance requirements. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors.

46


Table of Contents

In addition, our compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and we will not be required to have an annual performance evaluation of the compensation committee. See "Management" on page 122. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE's corporate governance requirements.

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your common stock at or above the price you paid for your common stock. The market price for our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, including:

    our operating and financial performance and prospects;

    changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts who track our common stock or industry;

    market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy; and

    sales of common stock by us, our stockholders, our Sponsors, or members of our management team.

        In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in recent years. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry, and the changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price.

We currently have no plans to pay regular dividends on our common stock, so you may not receive funds without selling your common stock.

        We currently have no plans to pay regular dividends on our common stock. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our Board deems relevant. The terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness include limitations on our ability to pay dividends and/or the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our dividend and other obligations.

        We are a holding company and have no direct operations and no material assets other than our direct or indirect ownership of 100% of the equity interests of EPE Acquisition, our wholly owned holding company that holds our operating subsidiaries indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay any dividends on our common stock and have no other means of generating revenue. Restrictions in the RBL Facility, our other existing debt agreements and other agreements that may govern future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our common stock or other obligations. To the extent we need funds and EPE Acquisition or any of our other subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of their financing arrangements, or

47


Table of Contents

they are otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

Future sales or the possibility of future sales of a substantial amount of our common stock may depress the price of shares of our common stock.

        We may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings or otherwise, including to finance acquisitions. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue 550,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 248,674,975 shares will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. The outstanding share number includes shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold immediately in the public market. The remaining outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale under the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described in "Underwriting" on page 193, but may be sold into the market in the near future. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" on page 187 for a discussion of the shares of our common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future.

        Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Legacy Class A Stockholders have certain rights to demand underwritten registered offerings in respect of the approximately 208,674,975 shares of common stock that they will own immediately following this offering, and we have granted the Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders incidental registration rights, in respect of shares of common stock. Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement would be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which are held or may be acquired by any of our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" on page 164.

        Pursuant to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in connection with certain sales of common stock by Apollo and/or Riverstone (the "Specified Stockholders"), holders of Class B common stock will have their Class B shares exchanged for shares of newly issued common stock. In connection with the exchanges of Class B common stock, we intend to file one or more shelf registration statements under the Securities Act covering the newly issued shares of common stock. Accordingly, these registered shares may become available for sale in the open market upon the completion of such exchanges, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock" on page 171 and "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Exchange" on page 173. As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering 12,433,749 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan described elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under such registration statement may become available for sale in the open market upon grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, subject to vesting restrictions, Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and contractual lock-up provisions.

        We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including any shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

Our organizational documents and the Stockholders Agreement may impede or discourage a takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares.

        Provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering (our "Amended and Restated

48


Table of Contents

Bylaws") and the Stockholders Agreement may make it more difficult for, or prevent a third party from, acquiring control of us without Special Board Approval. These provisions include:

    granting each Sponsor, for so long as it beneficially owns certain percentages of its ownership of common stock as of the effective time of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (the "Effective Time"), the right to designate a certain number of directors and the sole right to remove any director designated by it, with or without cause, and to fill any vacancy caused by the removal of any such director;

    classifying our Board into three classes of directors;

    prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

    authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock without stockholder approval; and

    for so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, requiring Special Board Approval for certain corporate actions, including amendments to our organizational documents, equity issuances, acquisitions or dispositions of material assets, changing the composition of our Board, hiring or firing our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and any other member of senior management and certain other significant matters (see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158).

        In addition, for so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, our Board may, by Special Board Approval, issue preferred stock in one or more series, designate the number of shares constituting any series, and fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares.

        Together, our organizational documents and the Stockholders Agreement could make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock owned by the Sponsors following this offering and their individual rights to designate a specified number of directors in certain circumstances, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock. Our organizational documents and the Stockholders Agreement could also deter potential acquirers of us, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition. See "Description of Capital Stock—Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions" on page 176 and See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement—Consent Rights" on page 162.

The corporate opportunity provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation could enable the Sponsors to benefit from corporate opportunities that might otherwise be available to us.

        Subject to the limitations of applicable law, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides, among other things, that:

    any Covered Person has the right to, and has no duty to abstain from, exercising such right to conduct business with any business that is competitive or in the same line of business as us, do business with any of our clients or customers, or invest or own any interest publicly or privately in, or develop a business relationship with, any business that is competitive or in the same line of business as us;

    if a Covered Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, he or she has no duty to offer such corporate opportunity to us; and

49


Table of Contents

    we have renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, such corporate opportunities.

        As a result, the Legacy Class A Stockholders and their affiliates may become aware, from time to time, of certain business opportunities, such as acquisition opportunities, and may direct such opportunities to other businesses in which they have invested, in which case we may not become aware of or otherwise have the ability to pursue such opportunity. Further, such businesses may choose to compete with us for these opportunities. As a result, our renouncing our interest and expectancy in any business opportunity that may be presented to the Legacy Class A Stockholders and their affiliates could adversely impact our business or prospects if attractive business opportunities are procured by such parties for their own benefit rather than for ours. Please read "Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity" on page 180.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

        Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have engaged in transactions with our affiliates and expect to do so in the future. The terms of such transactions and the resolution of any conflicts that may arise may not always be in our or our stockholders' best interests.

        We have engaged in transactions and expect to continue to engage in transactions with affiliated companies, as described under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" on page 158. The resolution of any conflicts that may arise in connection with any related party transactions that we have entered into with the Sponsors, the other Legacy Class A Stockholders or their affiliates, including pricing, duration or other terms of service, may not always be in our or our stockholders' best interests because the Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders may have the ability to influence the outcome of these conflicts. For a discussion of potential conflicts, please read "—Our Sponsors control us and their interests may conflict with or differ from your interests as a stockholder" on page 45.

You will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase.

        After giving effect to this offering and the other adjustments described in "Dilution," we expect that our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 would be $15.00 per share. Based

50


Table of Contents

on an assumed initial public offering price of $25.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $10.00 per share in net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, our pro forma net tangible book value per share would be $15.20 and the dilution to new investors in this offering would be $9.80 per share. See "Dilution" on page 57, including the discussion of the effects on dilution from a change in the price of this offering.

We may issue preferred stock with terms that could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

        Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our Board may determine, subject to Special Board Approval for so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied. The terms of any class or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions" on page 176.

We have issued shares of Class B common stock to management with terms that may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

        Certain of our employees and members of our management team indirectly hold 808,304 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share. In addition, following the Corporate Reorganization, we issued an additional 70,000 shares of our Class B common stock to EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC, a subsidiary through which we will grant to our current and future employees awards representing the right to receive the proceeds paid in respect of such shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The terms, preferences and rights of the Class B common stock set forth in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may under certain circumstances reduce the amount of dividends and liquidation proceeds otherwise distributable to holders of common stock and dilute existing holders of common stock as a result of an exchange of shares of Class B common stock for shares of common stock. Pursuant to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and subject to certain limitations, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to participate in dividends and distributions of proceeds upon a liquidation of the company. The extent to which holders of Class B common stock participate in dividends and distributions of liquidation proceeds will depend on the return on invested capital in the Company and EPE Acquisition received by our Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders, but will in any event be limited to 8.5% of the amount of such returns in excess of such invested capital by the Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders. For additional information regarding the participation of the Class B common stockholders in dividends and distributions of proceeds upon liquidation, see "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock—Dividend Rights" on page 171 and "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock—Liquidation Rights" on page 171. Upon any sale of shares of common stock by the Specified Stockholders where the net return on Invested Capital (as defined below) to the Specified Stockholders after taking into account costs and expenses incurred in connection with generating such return (but only to the extent not reimbursed by us pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement) is at least 1.0, we will exchange with each holder of Class B common stock a number of shares of Class B common stock for a number of newly issued shares of common stock in such amount and in the manner described in "Description of Capital

51


Table of Contents

Stock—Class B Exchange" on page 173. For additional information regarding the exchange of Class B common stock, see "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Exchange" on page 173.

The additional requirements of having a class of publicly traded equity securities may strain our resources and distract management.

        Even though EP Energy LLC currently files reports with the SEC, after the consummation of this offering, we will be subject to additional reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act") and the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act effects comprehensive changes to public company governance and disclosures in the United States and will subject us to additional federal regulation. We cannot predict with any certainty the requirements of the regulations ultimately adopted or how the Dodd-Frank Act and such regulations will impact the cost of compliance for a company with publicly traded common stock. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to the Dodd-Frank Act and other new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. All laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed. We also expect that being a company with publicly traded common stock subject to these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K beginning with the Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. This may divert management's attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are effective, investors may lose confidence in our financial reports and our stock price may decline.

52


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions or beliefs that we believe to be reasonable; however, assumed facts almost always vary from the actual results and such variances can be material. Where we express an expectation or belief as to future results, that expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and is believed to have a reasonable basis. We cannot assure you, however, that the stated expectation or belief will occur. The words "believe," "expect," "estimate," "anticipate," "intend" and "should" and similar expressions will generally identify forward-looking statements. All of our forward-looking statements are expressly qualified by these and the other cautionary statements in this prospectus, including those set forth in "Risk Factors" on page 20. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements include, among others:

    the supply and demand for oil, natural gas and NGLs;

    our ability to meet production volume targets;

    the uncertainty of estimating proved reserves and unproved resources;

    the future level of service and capital costs;

    the availability and cost of financing to fund future exploration and production operations;

    the success of drilling programs with regard to proved undeveloped reserves and unproved resources;

    our ability to comply with the covenants in various financing documents;

    our ability to obtain necessary governmental approvals for proposed exploration and production projects and to successfully construct and operate such projects;

    actions by credit rating agencies;

    credit and performance risk of our lenders, trading counterparties, customers, vendors and suppliers;

    changes in commodity prices and basis differentials for oil and natural gas;

    general economic and weather conditions in geographic regions or markets we serve, or where our operations are located, including the risk of a global recession and negative impact on demand for oil and/or natural gas;

    the uncertainties associated with governmental regulation, including any potential changes in federal and state tax laws and regulations;

    political and currency risks associated with our international operations;

    competition; and

    the other factors described under "Risk Factors" on page 20.

        In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the events anticipated by these forward-looking statements may not occur, and, if any of such events do occur, we may not have anticipated the timing of their occurrence or the extent of their impact on our actual results. Accordingly, you should not place any undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and we undertake no obligation, other than as required by applicable law, to update or revise our forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events, anticipated or unanticipated circumstances or otherwise.

53


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        Assuming an initial public offering price of $25.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $947 million, or approximately $1.1 billion if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, in each case after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other estimated expenses of approximately $53 million payable by us.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $25.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $38 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses payable by us, by approximately $24 million, assuming the initial public offering price per share remains the same.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (i) to redeem all of the outstanding 8.125%/8.875% senior PIK toggle notes due 2017 issued by our subsidiaries, EPE Holdings LLC and EP Energy Bondco Inc., and pay the redemption premium and the accrued and unpaid interest on the notes, (ii) to repay outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility, (iii) to pay a fee of approximately $94 million under the amended and restated management fee agreement with certain affiliates of our Sponsors and (iv) for general corporate purposes. We will also reimburse the Legacy Stockholders for expenses incurred in connection with the Corporate Reorganization and this offering. The following table sets forth the approximate amounts for each of our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering.

Intended Use
  Net Proceeds
(in millions)
 

Redemption of the senior PIK toggle notes(1)

  $ 386  

Repayment of outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility

  $ 295  

Payment of fee under the amended and restated management fee agreement

  $ 94  

General corporate purposes

  $ 172  
       

Total

  $ 947  
       

(1)
Includes $8 million PIK toggle premium for prepayment.

        The PIK notes were issued on December 21, 2012 and mature on December 15, 2017. The net proceeds from the PIK notes were used to pay a distribution to the EPE Acquisition equity holders. The issuers may elect to pay interest on the PIK notes (i) in cash, (ii) by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding notes or issuing new notes ("PIK interest") or (iii) in cash on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes and in PIK interest on the remaining 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes. The PIK notes accrue cash interest at a rate of 8.125% per annum and PIK interest at a rate of 8.875% per annum. The PIK notes may be redeemed with the net cash proceeds of this offering at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior PIK Toggle Notes" on page 185. As of December 1, 2013, we had $378 million of outstanding aggregate principal amount on the PIK notes.

        As of December 1, 2013, we had $295 million of outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility. The RBL Facility matures on May 24, 2017 and bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.50%. The borrowings to be repaid were incurred primarily to fund capital expenditures and other general corporate expenditures. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—The RBL Facility" on page 181.

54


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. The decision whether to pay dividends in the future will be made by our Board in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our financial condition, earnings, available cash, business opportunities, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements and other contracts, including requirements under our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement described elsewhere in this prospectus, and other factors our Board deems relevant. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158.

        We are a holding company and have no direct operations. We will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and funds received from our subsidiaries, whose ability to make any payments to us will depend upon many factors, including their operating results and cash flows. In addition, the RBL Facility and the indentures governing our subsidiaries' existing notes limit the ability of our subsidiary, EP Energy LLC, to pay distributions on its equity interests. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 83, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations" on page 86, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Commitments and Contingencies" on page 87 and "Description of Certain Indebtedness" on page 181.

55


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2013:

            (1)   on a historical basis,

            (2)   on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to our pending and completed divestitures and the use of proceeds therefrom as described in "Summary—Recent Divestitures" on page 9, and

            (3)   on a pro forma as further adjusted basis to give effect to our sale of 40 million shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $25.00, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and our use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds" on page 54.

        You should read this table in conjunction with "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" on page 59, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on page 62 and our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the sections "Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" on page 14 and "Use of Proceeds" on page 54 included in this prospectus.

 
  September 30, 2013  
 
  Historical(1)   Pro Forma as
Adjusted
  Pro Forma
as Further
Adjusted(2)
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 75   $ 86   $ 558  
               

Debt:

                   

RBL Facility(3)

  $   $   $  

Senior secured term loans due 2018 and 2019

    644     644     644  

Senior secured notes due 2019

    750     750     750  

9.375% senior notes due 2020

    2,000     2,000     2,000  

7.750% senior notes due 2022

    350     350     350  

8.125% / 8.875% senior PIK toggle notes due 2017          

    373     373      
               

Total debt

    4,117     4,117     3,744  

Equity

                   

Common stock

            1  

Additional paid-in-capital

    2,800     2,800     3,746  

Retained earnings

    52     52     (18 )
               

Total equity

    2,852     2,852     3,729  
               

Total capitalization

  $ 6,969   $ 6,969   $ 7,473  
               

(1)
The data has been derived from the unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $25.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $38 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses payable by us.

(3)
We will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay amounts outstanding under our RBL Facility. As of December 1, 2013, we had $295 million of outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility. At the completion of this offering, we will have borrowing availability of $2.5 billion under the RBL Facility. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—The RBL Facility" on page 181.

56


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the common stock to be sold in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date. There will be shares of our common stock reserved for future awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan as of the consummation of this offering.

        Our net tangible book value (tangible assets less total liabilities) as of September 30, 2013, before giving pro forma effect to the transactions described in "Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" on page 14, was approximately $2.9 billion, or $13.67 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value by our shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including giving effect to the transactions described in "Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" on page 14. After giving effect to the receipt of approximately $947 million of estimated net proceeds (after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses payable by us), from our sale of 40 million shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $25.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 would have been approximately $3.7 billion, or $15.00 per share. This represents an immediate increase in our pro forma net tangible book value of $1.33 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $10.00 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate per share dilution to new investors:

 
   
  Per Share  

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 25.00  

Pro forma net tangible book value prior to the offering

    13.67        

Increase per share attributable to investors in the offering

    1.33        
             

Pro forma net tangible book value after the offering

          15.00  
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $ 10.00  
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $25.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by $38 million, or $0.15 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.85 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses payable by us.

        The following table summarizes on an as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2013:

    the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us;

    the total consideration paid to us, assuming an initial public offering price of $25.00 per share (before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses payable by us); and

57


Table of Contents

    the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  
 
  (in millions)
 

Existing stockholders

    208,674,975     83.9 % $ 3,323     76.9 % $ 15.92  

Investors in this offering

    40,000,000     16.1 %   1,000     23.1 %   25.00  
                         

Total

    248,674,975     100 % $ 4,323     100 % $ 17.38  
                               

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $25.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by $40 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

        The tables and calculations above also assume no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase 6,000,000 additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 6,000,000 additional shares in full, then the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to 46,000,000, or approximately 18.1% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, our pro forma net tangible book value per share would be $15.20 and the dilution to new investors in this offering would be $9.80 per share.

58


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        Set forth below is the selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated for EP Energy Corporation, the holding company whose sole asset is its direct and indirect ownership of EPE Acquisition, LLC (formed February 14, 2012). We have derived the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 (successor) and December 31, 2011 (predecessor), and the statements of income data and statements of cash flow data for the period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 (successor), the period from January 1, 2012 through May 24, 2012 (predecessor) and each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011 (predecessor), from the audited consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. EP Energy Corporation, was the ultimate holding company after our Corporate Reorganization. Historical financial results of EP Energy Corporation in this prospectus for the period before the Acquisition on May 24, 2012, are referred to as the predecessor and after the Acquisition are referred to as the successor in accordance with the required GAAP presentation.

        We have derived the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, and the statements of income data and statements of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 from the consolidated historical predecessor financial statements of EP Energy Corporation, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected unaudited historical consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (successor) and for the period from February 14, 2012 through September 30, 2012 (successor), have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such period. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any future period.

        The following selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings "Summary—Corporate History and Structure" on page 9 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on page 62

59


Table of Contents

and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  EP Energy Corporation   Historical
EP Energy
Corporation
 
 
  Nine
months
ended
September 30,
(Successor)
  February 14
to
September 30,
(Successor)
  February 14
to
December 31,
(Successor)
   
  January 1
to
May 24,
(Predecessor)
  Years ended
December 31,
(Predecessor)
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2012    
  2012   2011   2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in millions)
   
 

Statement of income data

                                                     

Operating revenues:

                                                     

Oil and condensate

  $ 929   $ 282   $ 523       $ 310   $ 513   $ 316   $ 208   $ 424  

Natural gas

    259     134     234         228     901     919     811     1,952  

NGL

    54     18     32         29     57     60     53     105  
                                       

Physical sales

    1,242     434     789         567     1,471     1,295     1,072     2,481  

Financial derivatives(1)

    (107 )   (124 )   (62 )       365     284     390     687     196  

Other

                        1     19     44     65  
                                       

Total operating revenues

    1,135     310     727         932     1,756     1,704     1,803     2,742  
                                       

Operating expenses:

                                                     

Natural gas purchases

    16     13     19                          

Transportation costs

    70     30     51         45     85     88     97     79  

Lease operating expenses

    119     38     71         80     177     157     190     237  

General and administrative expenses           

    162     281     358         69     185     175     182     146  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    443     106     209         307     579     449     430     803  

Impairments/Ceiling test charges           

    2     1     1         62     6     25     2,074     2,345  

Exploration expense

    39     26     43                          

Taxes, other than income taxes           

    63     24     41         31     76     72     61     126  

Other

                                    38  
                                       

Total operating expenses

    914     519     793         594     1,108     966     3,034     3,774  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

    221     (209 )   (66 )       338     648     738     (1,231 )   (1,032 )

(Loss) income from unconsolidated affiliates

    (13 )   (3 )   (1 )       (5 )   (7 )   (7 )   (30 )   (93 )

Other income (expense)

    1                 2     1     1     3     6  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (9 )   (14 )   (14 )                        

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

    (269 )   (137 )   (219 )       (14 )   (14 )   (23 )   (27 )   (67 )
                                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (69 )   (363 )   (300 )       321     628     709     (1,285 )   (1,186 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    30                 134     243     258     (462 )   (452 )
                                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (99 ) $ (363 ) $ (300 )     $ 187   $ 385   $ 451   $ (823 ) $ (734 )
                                       

(1)
Includes $5 million for the periods from January 1 to May 24, 2012, and $11 million, $11 million, ($406) million and $88 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income associated with accounting hedges.

60


Table of Contents


 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  EP Energy Corporation   Historical EP Energy
Corporation
 
 
  Nine
Months
ended
September 30,
(Successor)
  February 14,
to September 30,
(Successor)
  February 14,
to
December 31,
(Successor)
   
  January 1,
to
May 24,
(Predecessor)
  Years ended
December 31,
(Predecessor)
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2012    
  2012   2011   2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in millions)
   
 

Statement of cash flows data

                                                     

Net cash provided by

                                                     

(used in):

                                                     

Operating activities

  $ 787   $ 255   $ 449       $ 580   $ 1,426   $ 1,067   $ 1,573   $ 2,218  

Investing activities

    17     (7,491 )   (7,893 )       (628 )   (1,237 )   (1,130 )   (1,156 )   (993 )

Financing activities

    (798 )   7,388     7,513         110     (238 )   (46 )   (336 )   (1,237 )

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  EP Energy Corporation   Historical EP Energy Corporation  
 
  As of
September 30,
(Successor)
  As of
December 31,
(Successor)
   
  As of
December 31,
(Predecessor)
  As of December 31,  
 
  2013   2012    
  2011   2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in millions)
   
 

Balance sheet data

                                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 75   $ 69       $ 25   $ 74   $ 183   $ 102  

Total assets

    7,992     8,306         5,103     4,942     4,457     6,384  

Total debt

    4,117     4,695         851     301     835     915  

Stockholders'/Members' equity

    2,852     2,748         3,100     3,067     2,529     3,697  

61


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         Our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in "Risk Factors" on page 20. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Additionally, the financial results for the successor periods include the application of the acquisition method of accounting and the application of the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and natural gas properties. All periods included in these financial statements present our Brazil operations as discontinued operations. The successor periods also present certain domestic natural gas assets sold, including the CBM, South Texas and the majority of our Arklatex assets, as discontinued operations. Predecessor periods do not present these domestic sales as discontinued operations due to the application of the full cost method of accounting prior to the Acquisition. As a result of these differences in presentation, trends and results in future periods may be different than those that existed prior to the Acquisition. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this MD&A section to "we," "our," "us" and "the Company" refer to EP Energy Corporation (the issuer) (prior to the Corporate Reorganization all such references were to EPE Acquisition, LLC) and its predecessor entities and each of its consolidated subsidiaries.


Our Business

        Overview.     We are an independent exploration and production company engaged in the acquisition and development of unconventional onshore oil and natural gas properties in the United States. We are focused on creating shareholder value through the development of our low-risk drilling inventory located in our four core areas: the Eagle Ford Shale (South Texas), the Wolfcamp Shale (Permian Basin in West Texas), Altamont field in the Uinta Basin (Northeastern Utah) and the Haynesville Shale (North Louisiana).

        During the third quarter of 2013, we sold certain of our natural gas properties, including CBM properties located in the Raton, Black Warrior and Arkoma basins, the majority of our Arklatex natural gas properties and our natural gas properties in South Texas. The total consideration from these transactions was approximately $1.3 billion. In July 2013, certain of our subsidiaries entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement relating to the sale of all of our Brazil operations. This transaction represents the sale of all of our remaining international assets and is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014, subject to Brazilian regulatory approval and certain other customary closing conditions. In addition, in September 2013, we sold our interests in Four Star for approximately $183 million.

        Factors Influencing Our Profitability.     Our profitability is dependent on the prices we receive for our oil and natural gas, the costs to explore, develop, and produce our oil and natural gas, and the volumes we are able to produce, among other factors. Our long-term profitability will be influenced primarily by:

    growing our proved reserve base and production volumes through the successful execution of our drilling programs or through acquisitions;

    finding and producing oil and natural gas at reasonable costs;

    managing cash costs; and

    managing commodity price risks on our oil and natural gas production.

        In addition to these factors, our future profitability and performance will be affected by our ability to execute our strategy, volatility in the financial and commodity markets, changes in the cost of drilling

62


Table of Contents

and oilfield services, operating and capital costs and our debt level and related interest costs. Additionally, we may be impacted by weather events, or domestic or international regulatory issues or other third party actions outside of our control (e.g., oil spills).

        To the extent possible, we attempt to mitigate certain of these risks through actions such as entering into longer term contractual arrangements to control costs and entering into derivative contracts to stabilize cash flows and reduce the financial impact of downward commodity price movements on commodity sales. In addition, because we apply mark-to-market accounting, our reported results of operations, financial position and cash flows can be impacted significantly by commodity price movements from period to period. Adjustments to our strategy and the decision to enter into new positions or to alter existing positions are made based on the goals of the overall company.

        Derivative Instruments.     During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, approximately 94% of our liquids production and 90% of our natural gas production were hedged and settled at average floor prices of $99.98 per barrel and $3.53 per MMBtu, respectively. The following table reflects the contracted volumes and the prices we will receive under derivative contracts we held as of September 30, 2013.

 
  2013   2014   2015   2016  
 
  Volumes(1)   Average
Price(1)
  Volumes(1)   Average
Price(1)
  Volumes(1)   Average
Price(1)
  Volumes(1)   Average
Price(1)
 

Oil

                                                 

Fixed Price Swaps

    4,373   $ 100.08     15,987   $ 98.10     21,014   $ 90.08     4,484   $ 85.46  

Ceilings

    644   $ 97.86     1,126   $ 100.00     1,095   $ 100.00       $  

Three Way Collars Ceiling

      $     2,920   $ 103.76       $       $  

Three Way Collars Floors(2)(3)

      $     2,920   $ 95.00       $       $  

Basis Swaps

    1,012   $ Various     5,840   $ Various     3,650   $ Various     1,830   $ Various  

Natural Gas

                                                 

Fixed Price Swaps

    20   $ 3.25     63   $ 4.02     44   $ 4.28       $  

Ceilings

      $     13   $ 4.02       $       $  

(1)
Volumes presented are MBbl for oil and TBtu for natural gas. Prices presented are per Bbl of oil and per MMBtu of natural gas.

(2)
On 1,564 MBbls, if market prices settle at or below $71.47 in 2013, we will receive a "locked-in" cash settlement of the market price plus $24.27 per Bbl.

(3)
If market prices settle at or below $75.00, we will receive a "locked-in" cash settlement of the market price plus $20.00 per Bbl.

        Summary of Liquidity and Capital Resources.     As of September 30, 2013, we had available liquidity, including existing cash, of approximately $2.57 billion. We believe we have sufficient liquidity for the foreseeable future from our cash flows from operations, combined with the availability under our RBL Facility and available cash, to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and capital spending plan. Additionally, the earliest maturity date of our debt obligations is in 2017. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 83 for more information.

63


Table of Contents

        Capital Expenditures.     Our capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and rig count as of September 30, 2013 were:

 
  Capital
Expenditures
(In millions)
  Rig
Count
 

Eagle Ford Shale

  $ 865     6  

Wolfcamp Shale

    377     3  

Altamont

    145     2  

Haynesville Shale

    2      

Other

    14      
           

Total capital expenditures(1)

  $ 1,403     11  
           

(1)
Excludes capital expenditures of $10 million from domestic assets sold in the third quarter of 2013.

        2014 Capital.     For 2014, our total capital budget will be $2 billion, substantially all of which will be expended in our core oil programs.

64


Table of Contents


Production Volumes and Drilling Summary

        Production Volumes.     Below is an analysis of our production volumes by area and commodity for the following periods:

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  

United States (MBoe/d)

                               

Eagle Ford Shale

    36     18     20     7     1  

Wolfcamp Shale

    5     2     2     1      

Altamont

    11     10     11     9     9  

Haynesville Shale

    29     51     48     44     24  

Other domestic

    5     8     7     7     9  

Divested assets(1)

        26     20     56     72  
                       

Total Consolidated

    86     115     108     124     115  

Unconsolidated affiliate (MBoe/d)(2)

    8     9     9     10     10  
                       

Total Combined (MBoe/d)

    94     124     117     134     125  
                       

Oil and condensate (MBbls/d)

                               

Consolidated volumes

    35     22     24     12     7  

Divested assets(1)

        1     1     3     5  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes(2)

    1     1     1     1     1  
                       

Total Combined

    36     24     26     16     13  
                       

Natural Gas (MMcf/d)

                               

Consolidated volumes

    264     384     368     328     209  

Divested assets(1)

        144     108     304     383  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes(2)

    37     43     42     46     47  
                       

Total Combined

    301     571     518     678     639  
                       

NGLs (MBbls/d)

                               

Consolidated volumes

    7     3     3     1      

Divested assets(1)

        1     1     2     4  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes(2)

    1     1     1     1     2  
                       

Total Combined (MBbls/d)

    8     5     5     4     6  
                       

(1)
Predecessor periods prior to May 24, 2012 include volumes from our CBM, South Texas, and the majority of our Arklatex assets, all of which were sold in 2013, and our Gulf of Mexico assets, which were sold in 2012. For periods after May 24, 2012, our CBM, South Texas and Arklatex assets are treated as discontinued operations and accordingly volumes relating to those assets are excluded from all financial and non-financial metrics. In addition, our Brazilian operations are treated as discontinued operations in all periods and, accordingly, volumes are excluded from all financial and non-financial metrics for both predecessor and successor periods.

(2)
In September 2013, we sold our equity investment in Four Star.
    Eagle Ford Shale —Our Eagle Ford Shale equivalent volumes increased 18 MBoe/d (100%) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to the success of our drilling program in the area. Eagle Ford oil production increased by 11 MBbls/d or 89% compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Combined Eagle Ford oil and NGL production increased in the third quarter of 2013 to approximately 33 MBbls/d compared with approximately 28 MBbls/d during the second quarter of 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we drilled 100 additional operated wells in our Eagle Ford

65


Table of Contents

      play, and we had a total of 235 net operated wells as of September 30, 2013. With a majority of our acreage located in the core of the oil window, primarily in LaSalle and Atascosa counties, we continue to grow our oil and NGL production in the area.

    Wolfcamp Shale —Our Wolfcamp Shale equivalent volumes increased 3 MBoe/d (150%) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 as we continue to progress the development of the program. During the first nine months of 2013, we drilled 48 additional operated wells, for a total of 79 net operated wells as of September 30, 2013.

    Altamont —Our Altamont equivalent volumes increased 1 MBoe/d (10%) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Altamont produced an average of 8 MBbls/d of oil during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and we drilled an additional 20 operated oil wells for a total of 319 net operated wells at September 30, 2013.

    Haynesville Shale —Our Haynesville Shale equivalent volumes decreased 132 MMcf/d (43%) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012, due to natural declines as we suspended our drilling program at the end of the first quarter of 2012 as a result of low natural gas prices. As of September 30, 2013, we had 99 net operated wells in the Haynesville Shale, and our total production for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was approximately 175 MMcf/d.

    Divested assets —Our divested assets were reclassified as discontinued operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 and thus volumes related to the assets are not reflected in the successor periods of the table above. Equivalent volumes of divested assets in predecessor periods of 2012 and earlier periods relate to volumes for our divested CBM, south Texas, Arklatex and Gulf of Mexico assets.

66


Table of Contents


Reserve Replacement Ratio/Reserve Replacement Costs

        We calculate two primary non-GAAP metrics associated with reserves performance: (i) a reserve replacement ratio and (ii) reserve replacement costs, to measure our ability to establish a long-term trend of adding reserves at a reasonable cost in our drilling programs. The reserve replacement ratio is an indicator of our ability to replenish annual production volumes and grow our reserves. It is important for us to economically find and develop new reserves that will more than offset produced volumes and provide for future production given the inherent decline of hydrocarbon reserves. In addition, we calculate reserve replacement costs to assess the cost of adding reserves, which is ultimately included in depreciation, depletion and amortization expense. We believe the ability to develop a competitive advantage over other oil and natural gas companies is dependent on adding reserves at lower costs than our competition. We calculate these metrics as follows:

Reserve replacement ratio   Sum of reserve additions(1)
     
    Actual production for the corresponding period

Reserve replacement costs/Boe

 

Total oil and natural gas capital costs(2)
     
    Sum of reserve additions(1)

(1)
Reserve additions include proved reserves and reflect reserve revisions for prices and performance, extensions, discoveries and other additions and acquisitions and do not include unproved reserve quantities or proved reserve additions attributable to investments accounted for using the equity method. We present these metrics separately, both including and excluding the impact of price revisions on reserves, to demonstrate the effectiveness of our drilling program exclusive of economic factors (such as price) outside of our control. All amounts are derived directly from the table presented in "Audited Consolidated Financial Statements—Supplemental Oil and Natural Gas Operations (Unaudited)" on page F-68.

(2)
Total oil and natural gas capital costs include the costs of development, exploration and property acquisition activities conducted to add reserves and exclude asset retirement obligations. Amounts are derived directly from the table presented in "Audited Consolidated Financial Statements—Supplemental Oil and Natural Gas Operations (Unaudited)" on page F-68 which includes both successor and predecessor capital costs. For 2012, capital costs utilized in this ratio reflect the combined predecessor and successor periods as further described in "—Results of Operations" on page 69. We do not include estimated future capital costs for the development of proved undeveloped reserves in our calculation of reserve replacement costs. See "Business—Oil and Natural Gas Properties—Oil and Condensate, Natural Gas and NGLs Reserves and Production—Proved Undeveloped Reserves (PUDs)" on page 104 for the estimated amounts in our September 30, 2013 internal reserve report to be spent in 2013, 2014 and 2015 to develop our proved undeveloped reserves.

        The reserve replacement ratio and reserve replacement costs per unit are statistical indicators that have limitations, including their predictive and comparative value. As an annual measure, the reserve replacement ratio is limited because it typically varies widely based on the extent and timing of new discoveries, project sanctioning and property acquisitions. In addition, since the reserve replacement ratio does not consider the cost or timing of developing future production of new reserves, it cannot be used as a measure of value creation.

        The exploration for and the acquisition and development of oil and natural gas reserves is inherently uncertain as further discussed in "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry" on page 20. One of these risks and uncertainties is our ability to spend sufficient capital to increase our reserves. While we currently expect to spend such amounts in the future, there are no assurances as to the timing and magnitude of these expenditures or the classification of the proved reserves as developed or undeveloped. At September 30, 2013, proved developed reserves represented approximately 33% of our total proved reserves. Proved developed reserves will generally begin producing within the year they are added, whereas proved undeveloped reserves generally require additional future expenditures.

67


Table of Contents

        The table below shows our reserve replacement ratio and reserve replacement costs, including and excluding the effect of price revisions on reserves for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and for each of the years ended December 31 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 
  Including Price Revisions   Excluding Price Revisions(3)  
 
  Nine
months
ended
September 30,
  Year ended December 31,   Nine
months
ended
September 30,
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2013   2012   2011   2010  

Reserve Replacement Ratios(1)

    566%     47%     416%     370%     506%     298%     418%     306%  

Proved Developed Reserves

   
33%
   
49%
   
58%
   
66%
   
33%
   
33%
   
58%
   
68%
 

Proved Undeveloped Reserves

   
67%
   
51%
   
42%
   
34%
   
67%
   
67%
   
42%
   
32%
 

Reserve Replacement Costs(1)(2)($/Boe)

 
$

10.44
 
$

67.56
 
$

8.52
 
$

7.74
 
$

11.69
 
$

10.74
 
$

8.46
 
$

9.36
 

(1)
No acquisitions are included in our reserve replacement ratio or reserve replacement costs as any such amounts are immaterial to the amounts presented.

(2)
Proved and unproved leasehold costs are included in all calculations.

(3)
Final reported proved undeveloped reserves generated positive undiscounted cash flow in each respective report year.

        We typically cite reserve replacement costs in the context of a multi-year trend, in recognition of its limitation as a single year measure, and also to demonstrate consistency and stability, which are essential to our business model. The table below shows our reserve replacement costs for the three years ended December 31, 2012.

 
  Including Price
Revisions
  Excluding Price
Revisions
 
 
  Three years ended
December 31, 2012
 
 
  ($/Boe)
 

Reserve Replacement Costs

  $ 11.88   $ 9.42  

68


Table of Contents


Results of Operations

        The information below reflects financial results for EP Energy Corporation (the ultimate holding company following the Corporate Reorganization and whose sole asset is its direct and indirect ownership of EPE Acquisition, LLC (formed February 14, 2012)) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (successor), for the periods from February 14 to September 30, 2012 (successor) and December 31, 2012 (successor), for the period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 (predecessor) and for the predecessor years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Beginning with the Acquisition in May 2012, our successor period financial results reflect the application of the acquisition method of accounting, the application of the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and natural gas properties, and the presentation of certain domestic natural gas assets divested in 2013 and the pending sale of our Brazilian operations as discontinued operations. For periods prior to the Acquisition, we have not reflected these divested domestic natural gas assets as discontinued operations since they did not qualify as such for accounting purposes under the full cost accounting method applied by the predecessor during those periods. We have reflected our Brazilian operations as discontinued operations in all periods. As a result, trends and results in future periods are different than those prior to the Acquisition.

        The successor, EP Energy Corporation, had no independent oil and gas operations prior to the Acquisition in 2012 and accordingly there were no operational exploration and production activities that changed as a result of the acquisition of the predecessor. Consequently, in certain period-to-period explanations that follow we have provided supplemental information that compares (i) results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 with results for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012 and for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 on a combined basis and excluding divested assets (such combined period is referred to as the "combined nine months ended September 30, 2012") and (ii) results from the successor period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 and for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 on a combined basis and excluding divested assets (such combined period referred to as the "combined year ended December 31, 2012") with results for the year ended December 31, 2011 excluding divested assets. We have provided this additional analysis for comparability of results and to aid in the analysis and understanding of our operating performance period over period. Any non-GAAP analysis is provided as supplemental financial information to our GAAP results and is not intended to be a substitute for our reported successor and predecessor period GAAP results.

69


Table of Contents

Year-to-Date Period Ended September 30, 2013 to Year-To-Date Period Ended September 30, 2012

 
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Year-to-Date Periods  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30
  February 14
to
September 30
 


  January 1 to
May 24
 

Operating revenues:

                       

Oil and condensate

  $ 929   $ 282       $ 310  

Natural gas

    259     134         228  

NGL

    54     18         29  
                   

Total physical sales

    1,242     434         567  

Financial derivatives

    (107 )   (124 )       365  
                   

Total operating revenues

    1,135     310         932  
                   

Operating expenses:

                       

Natural gas purchases

    16     13          

Transportation costs

    70     30         45  

Lease operating expense

    119     38         80  

General and administrative

    162     281         69  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    443     106         307  

Impairment/Ceiling test charges

    2     1         62  

Exploration expense

    39     26          

Taxes, other than income taxes

    63     24         31  
                   

Total operating expenses

    914     519         594  
                   

Operating income (loss)

    221     (209 )       338  

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates

    (13 )   (3 )       (5 )

Other income

    1             2  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (9 )   (14 )        

Interest expense

    (269 )   (137 )       (14 )
                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income tax

    (69 )   (363 )       321  

Income tax expense

    30             134  
                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (99 )   (363 )       187  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    496     17         (9 )
                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 397   $ (346 )     $ 178  
                   

70


Table of Contents

Operating Revenues

        The table below provides our operating revenues, volumes and prices per unit for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 and for each of the successor and predecessor periods in 2012. We present (i) average realized prices based on physical sales of oil and condensate, natural gas and NGLs as well as (ii) average realized prices inclusive of the impacts of financial derivative settlements and premiums which reflect cash received or paid during the respective period.

 
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Year-to-Date Periods  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  Successor   Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30
  February 14
to
September 30
 


  January 1 to
May 24
 

Operating revenues(1):

                       

Oil and condensate

  $ 929   $ 282       $ 310  

Natural gas

    259     134         228  

NGL

    54     18         29  
                   

Total physical sales

    1,242     434         567  

Financial derivatives

    (107 )   (124 )       365  
                   

Total operating revenues

  $ 1,135   $ 310       $ 932  
                   

Volumes(1):

                       

Oil and condensate

                       

Consolidated volumes (MBbls)

    9,561     3,199         3,105  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes (MBbls)(2)

    198     93         115  

Natural gas

                       

Consolidated volumes (MMcf)

    72,182     49,776         94,847  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes (MMcf)(2)

    10,001     5,384         6,310  

NGL

                       

Consolidated volumes (MBbls)

    1,806     550         673  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes (MBbls)(2)

    328     169         190  

Equivalent volumes

                       

Consolidated MBoe

    23,398     12,045         19,586  

Unconsolidated affiliate MBoe(2)

    2,192     1,159         1,357  
                   

Total combined MBoe

    25,590     13,204         20,943  
                   

Consolidated MBoe/d

    86                  

Unconsolidated affiliate MBoe/d(2)

    8                  
                       

Total Combined MBoe/d

    94                  
                       

Consolidated prices per unit(3):

                       

Oil and condensate

                       

Average realized price on physical sales ($/Bbl)          

  $ 97.13   $ 88.01       $ 99.76  

Average realized price, including financial derivatives ($/Bbl)(4)

  $ 98.96   $ 94.69       $ 99.61  

Natural gas

                       

Average realized price on physical sales ($/Mcf)          

  $ 3.36   $ 2.44       $ 2.40  

Average realized price, including financial derivatives ($/Mcf)(4)

  $ 3.08   $ 4.84       $ 4.15  

NGL

                       

Average realized price on physical sales ($/Bbl)          

  $ 29.74   $ 33.21       $ 42.94  

(1)
Operating revenues and volumes in the successor periods do not include amounts associated with domestic natural gas assets sold and all periods do not include Brazilian operations held for sale at September 30, 2013, as such amounts are included as discontinued operations.

(2)
In September 2013, we sold our equity investment in Four Star.

71


Table of Contents

(3)
Natural gas prices for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and from February 14 to September 30, 2012 are calculated including a reduction of $16 million and $13 million, respectively, for natural gas purchases associated with managing our physical sales.

(4)
The successor periods for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and from February 14 to September 30, 2012 include $20 million of cash paid and $119 million of cash received for the settlement of natural gas financial derivatives. The predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 includes $165 million of cash received for the settlement of natural gas financial derivatives. The successor periods for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and from February 14 to September 30, 2012 include $10 million and $25 million, respectively, of cash receipts for the settlement of crude oil derivative contracts. The nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the period from February 14 to September 30, 2012, includes approximately $9 million of cash premiums received and approximately $4 million of cash premiums paid, respectively.

Operating Expenses

        Physical sales.     Physical sales represent accrual-based commodity sales transactions with customers. For the year to date period in 2013, increases in oil sales were due primarily to oil volume growth from our Eagle Ford drilling program and increases in natural gas prices, partially offset by a reduction in natural gas volumes.

        Oil and condensate sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to the combined (successor/predecessor) nine months ended September 30, 2012, increased by $337 million (57%), due primarily to oil and volume growth from our Eagle Ford drilling program. In 2013, Eagle Ford oil and condensate production increased by 11 MBbls/d, or 89%, compared with the combined (successor/predecessor) nine months ended September 30, 2012.

        Natural gas sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012, were $259 million and $134 million, respectively. For the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012, natural gas sales were $228 million (including approximately $88 million of natural gas sales related to divested assets). Natural gas sales (excluding amounts related to divested assets) increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared with the combined (successor/predecessor) nine month period ended September 30, 2012, due to higher natural gas prices, partially offset by the decrease in volumes in Haynesville. During the first quarter of 2012, we suspended our drilling program in the Haynesville Shale due to low natural gas prices.

        NGL sales increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared with the combined (successor/predecessor) nine month period ended September 30, 2012. Average realized prices for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 decreased compared to the same period in 2012, however, this was more than offset by an increase in 2013 in NGL volumes over the same period in 2012 primarily as a result of our Eagle Ford drilling program. Eagle Ford NGL volumes increased by 3 MBbls/d, or approximately 146%, over the period ended September 30, 2012.

        As of September 30, 2013, the NYMEX spot price of a barrel of oil was $102.33 versus the NYMEX spot price of natural gas of $3.56, or a ratio of 29 to 1. We will continue to target increases in our oil volumes due to this value difference, but we also expect volumes of natural gas to decline with less capital focus in this area. Growth in our revenue will largely be impacted by our ability to grow our oil volumes and by commodity prices.

        Gains or losses on financial derivatives.     We record gains or losses due to cash settlements and changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts based on forward commodity prices relative to the prices in the underlying contracts. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we recorded $107 million of derivative losses compared to a derivative gain of $241 million during the combined (successor/predecessor) nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Operating Expenses

        Transportation costs.     Transportation costs for the nine month period ended September 30, 2013 and for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012 were $70 million and $30 million, respectively, and for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 were $45 million (including $18 million of transportation costs related to divested assets). Total transportation costs (excluding amounts related to the divested assets) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 increased as compared to same period in 2012 due to oil transportation costs associated with our Eagle Ford play as a result of our production growth in that area.

72


Table of Contents

        Lease Operating Expense.     Lease operating expenses for the nine month period ended September 30, 2013 and for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012 were $119 million and $38 million, respectively, and for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 were $80 million (including approximately $31 million related to divested assets). Lease operating expenses increased in 2013 over the combined (successor/predecessor) period in 2012 due to increased equipment and chemical costs in Eagle Ford and higher maintenance, repair and power costs.

        General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 decreased $188 million compared to the combined (successor/predecessor) nine month period ended September 30, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to transition and restructuring costs of $207 million recorded in 2012 as a result of the Acquisition, partly offset by an increase of $10 million in management consulting and advisory service charges reflected for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Prior to the Acquisition, El Paso allocated general and administrative costs to us based on the estimated level of resources devoted to our operations and the relative size of our earnings before interest and taxes, gross property and payroll.

        Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense.     Our depreciation, depletion and amortization costs increased during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared with 2012 due to the ongoing development of higher cost oil programs (e.g. Eagle Ford and Wolfcamp) as well as the step up in the book basis of our oil and natural gas assets as a result of the Acquisition. Our average depreciation, depletion and amortization costs per unit for the nine months ended September 30 were:

 
   
   
   
 
 
  Year-to-Date Periods  
 
   
  2012  
 
  2013  
 
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor   Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
   
 
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30
  February 14
to September 30
   
  January 1 to May 24  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization ($/Boe)(1)

  $ 18.92   $ 8.82       $ 15.66  

(1)
Includes $0.11 per Boe for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, $0.15 per Boe for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012 and $0.23 for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 related to accretion expense on asset retirement obligations.

        Impairment/Ceiling test charges.     We apply the successful efforts method of accounting and evaluate capitalized costs related to proved properties at least annually or upon a triggering event to determine if impairment of such properties is necessary. Forward commodity prices can play a significant role in determining impairments. Considering the significant amount of fair value allocated to our oil and natural gas properties in conjunction with the Acquisition, sustained lower oil and natural gas prices from present levels could result in an impairment of the carrying value of our proved properties in the future.

        The predecessor used the full cost method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the predecessor conducted quarterly ceiling tests of capitalized costs in each of the full cost pools. During the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012, we recorded non-cash charges of approximately $62 million as a result of our decision to end exploration activities in Egypt. In June of 2012, we sold all our interests in Egypt.

        Exploration expense.     For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we recorded $39 million of exploration expense compared to $26 million for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012. Exploration expense is the result of applying the successful efforts method of accounting following the Acquisition. Prior to the Acquisition, exploration costs were capitalized under

73


Table of Contents

full cost accounting. Included in exploration expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 is $33 million of amortization of unproved property costs.

        Taxes, other than income taxes.     Taxes, other than income taxes, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012, were $63 million and $24 million, respectively, and for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 were $31 million (including approximately $9 million of taxes, other than income taxes related to divested assets). Production taxes for the nine month period in 2013 increased over the combined (successor/predecessor) period in 2012 due to higher production volumes. Additionally, year-to-date production taxes in 2013 reflect a reduction in sales and use tax of $13 million recorded in the second quarter of 2013 associated with settling a Texas sales and use tax audit for $3 million, including penalties and fees.

        Cash Operating Costs and Adjusted Cash Operating Costs.     We monitor cash operating costs required to produce our oil and natural gas. Cash operating costs is a non-GAAP measure calculated on a per Boe basis and includes total operating expenses less depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, transportation costs, exploration expense, natural gas purchases, impairments and ceiling test charges and other expenses. Adjusted cash operating costs is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as cash operating costs less transition and restructuring costs, management fees paid to the Sponsors and non-cash compensation expense. We believe cash operating costs and adjusted cash operating costs per unit are valuable measures of operating performance and efficiency; however, these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. The table below represents a reconciliation of our cash operating costs and adjusted cash operating costs to operating expenses for the year-to-date periods below:

 
  Year-to-Date Periods  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  Successor   Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine months ended September 30   February 14 to September 30    
  January 1 to May 24  
 
  Total   Per Unit(1)   Total   Per Unit(1)    
  Total   Per Unit(1)  
 
  (in millions, except per unit costs)
 

Total continuing operating expenses

  $ 914   $ 39.09   $ 519   $ 43.11       $ 594   $ 30.32  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    (443 )   (18.92 )   (106 )   (8.82 )       (307 )   (15.66 )

Transportation costs

    (70 )   (2.98 )   (30 )   (2.46 )       (45 )   (2.32 )

Exploration expense

    (39 )   (1.69 )   (26 )   (2.13 )            

Natural gas purchases

    (16 )   (0.69 )   (13 )   (1.06 )            

Impairment charges/Ceiling test charges

    (2 )   (0.08 )   (1 )   (0.09 )       (62 )   (3.15 )
                               

Total continuing cash operating costs

    344     14.73     343     28.55         180     9.19  

Transition/restructuring costs and non-cash compensation expense(2)

    (48 )   (2.04 )   (231 )   (19.16 )       (11 )   (0.58 )
                               

Total adjusted cash operating costs and adjusted per-unit cash costs(2)

  $ 296   $ 12.69   $ 112   $ 9.39       $ 169   $ 8.61  
                               

Total equivalent volumes (MBoe)(3)

    23,398           12,045               19,586        
                                     

(1)
Per Boe costs are based on actual total amounts rather than the rounded totals presented.

(2)
Includes $7 million of transition and severance costs, $19 million of advisory fees paid to Sponsors, and $22 million of non-cash compensation expense. The period from February 14 to September 30, 2012 includes $203 million of transition and severance costs, $9 million of advisory fees paid to Sponsors and $19 million of non-cash compensation expense. The period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 includes $5 million of severance costs and $6 million of non-cash compensation expense.

74


Table of Contents

(3)
Excludes volumes associated with Four Star.

        The table below displays the average cash operating costs and adjusted cash operating costs per equivalent unit:

 
  Year-to-Date Periods  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  Successor   Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
   
 
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30
  February 14
to
September 30
   
  January 1 to May 24  

Average cash operating costs ($/Boe)

                       

Lease operating expenses

  $ 5.11   $ 3.20       $ 4.07  

Production taxes(1)

    2.98     2.03         1.79  

General and administrative expenses

    6.93     23.32         3.53  

Taxes, other than production and income taxes

    (0.29 )           (0.20 )
                   

Total cash operating costs

  $ 14.73   $ 28.55       $ 9.19  

Transition/restructuring costs and non-cash compensation expense

  $ (2.04 ) $ (19.16 )     $ (0.58 )
                   

Total adjusted cash operating costs

  $ 12.69   $ 9.39       $ 8.61  
                   

(1)
Production taxes include ad valorem and severance taxes which increased during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 primarily due to higher ad valorem taxes associated with our oil producing areas.

Other Income Statement Items

        Loss from unconsolidated affiliates.     For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 we recorded losses on our equity investees as a result of an impairment recorded upon our decision to sell our investment in Four Star. The impairment of $20 million was based on comparison of $183 million in net proceeds received for the sale of Four Star in September 2013 to the underlying carrying value of the investment.

        Loss on extinguishment of debt.     For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we recorded $9 million in losses of extinguishment of debt for the portion of deferred financing costs written off in conjunction with (i) the repayment of approximately $250 million under each of our $750 million and $400 million term loans, (ii) our $750 million term loan re-pricing in May 2013 and (iii) the semi-annual redeterminations of our RBL in March 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded $14 million in loss of extinguishment of debt for the pro-rata portion of deferred financing costs written off, debt discount and call premiums paid in related to our $750 million term loan re-pricing.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 increased due to the issuance of approximately $4.25 billion of debt in conjunction with the Acquisition in May 2012. Prior to the Acquisition and related financing transactions, interest expense primarily related to borrowings under the predecessor's $1 billion credit facility in place at that time. In August 2013, we repaid $785 million of amounts outstanding under our RBL Facility using proceeds from recently completed asset divestitures and repaid approximately $500 million under our term loans. We will use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay our outstanding Senior PIK Toggle Notes.

        Income taxes.     The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was (43%), significantly lower than the statutory rate primarily due to only recording income tax expense subsequent to the Corporate Reorganization on August 30, 2013 and that level of pretax income during

75


Table of Contents

the period. The effective tax rate for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012, was 42%, significantly higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the impact of an Egyptian non-cash charge without a corresponding tax benefit.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 to Year Ended December 31, 2011 and Year Ended December 31, 2011 to Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
   
   
  Predecessor  
 
  Successor  



   
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  February 14, to
December 31,
2012
  January 1, to
May 24, 2012
 
 
   
  2011   2010  
 
  (In millions)
 

Operating revenues:

                             

Oil and condensate

  $ 523       $ 310   $ 513   $ 316  

Natural gas

    234         228     901     919  

NGLs

    32         29     57     60  
                       

Total physical sales

    789         567     1,471     1,295  

Financial derivatives

    (62 )       365     284     390  

Other

                1     19  
                       

Total operating revenues

    727         932     1,756     1,704  

Operating expenses:

                             

Natural gas purchases

    19                  

Transportation costs

    51         45     85     88  

Lease operating expense

    71         80     177     157  

General and administrative

    358         69     185     175  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    209         307     579     449  

Impairments/Ceiling test charges

    1         62     6     25  

Exploration expense

    43                  

Taxes, other than income taxes

    41         31     76     72  
                       

Total operating expenses

    793         594     1,108     966  

Operating (loss) income

   
(66

)
     
338
   
648
   
738
 

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates

    (1 )       (5 )   (7 )   (7 )

Other income (expenses)

            2     1     1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (14 )                

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

    (219 )       (14 )   (14 )   (23 )
                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income tax

    (300 )       321     628     709  

Income tax expense

            134     243     258  
                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (300 )       187     385     451  

Income from discontinued operations

    44         (9 )   (123 )   (8 )
                       

Net (loss) income

  $ (256 )     $ 178   $ 262   $ 443  
                       

Operating Revenues

        The table below provides our operating revenues, volumes and prices per unit. We present (i) average realized prices based on physical sales of oil and condensate, natural gas and NGLs as well

76


Table of Contents

as (ii) average realized prices inclusive of the impacts of financial derivative settlements and premiums which reflect cash received and/or paid during the respective period.

 
  Year-to-Date Periods  
 
   
   
  Predecessor  
 
   
 





 
 
  Successor    
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  February 14, to
December 31,
2012
  January 1, to
May 24, 2012
 
 
   
  2011   2010  
 
  ($ in millions)
 

Operating revenues(1)

                             

Oil and condensate

  $ 523       $ 310   $ 513   $ 316  

Natural gas

    234         228     901     919  

NGLs

    32         29     57     60  
                       

Total physical sales

    789         567     1,471     1,295  

Financial derivatives

    (62 )       365     284     390  

Other

                1     19  
                       

Total operating revenues

  $ 727       $ 932   $ 1,756   $ 1,704  
                       

Volumes(1):

                             

Oil and condensate

                             

Consolidated volumes (MBbls)

    5,896         3,105     5,680     4,363  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes (MBbls)

    167         115     306     364  

Natural gas

                             

Consolidated volumes (MMcf)

    79,429         94,847     230,669     215,905  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes (MMcf)

    9,242         6,310     16,881     17,165  

NGLs

                             

Consolidated volumes (MBbls)

    940         673     1,068     1,423  

Unconsolidated affiliate volumes (MBbls)

    288         190     556     573  

Equivalent volumes

                             

Consolidated MBoe

    20,074         19,586     45,193     41,770  

Unconsolidated affiliate MBoe

    1,995         1,357     3,675     3,798  
                       

Total Combined MBoe

    22,069         20,943     48,868     45,568  
                       

Consolidated MBoe/d

                    124     115  

Unconsolidated affiliate MBoe/d               

                    10     10  
                           

Total Combined MBoe/d

                    134     125  
                           

Consolidated prices per unit:

                             

Oil and condensate

                             

Average realized price on physical sales ($/Bbl)

  $ 88.80       $ 99.76   $ 90.22   $ 72.37  

Average realized price, including financial derivatives($/Bbl)(2)(3)

  $ 95.92       $ 99.61   $ 88.98   $ 70.52  

Natural gas

                             

Average realized price on physical sales ($/Mcf)

  $ 2.70       $ 2.40   $ 3.91   $ 4.26  

Average realized price, including financial derivatives($/Mcf)(2)(3)

  $ 4.90       $ 4.15   $ 5.37   $ 5.67  

NGLs

                             

Average realized price on physical sales ($/Bbl)

  $ 33.83       $ 42.94   $ 53.50   $ 42.38  

(1)
Operating revenues and volumes in the successor period do not include those volumes associated with domestic natural gas assets sold that were reflected as discontinued operations in that period.

(2)
Amounts reflect settlements on financial derivatives, including cash premiums paid of $3 million for the period from February 14 to December 31, 2012. There were no cash premiums for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $7 million of cash premiums were paid for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(3)
The successor period from February 14, to December 31, 2012, includes approximately $175 million and the predecessor period from January 1, to May 24, 2012 includes approximately $165 million and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 include approximately $338 million and $306 million of cash receipts for the settlement of natural gas derivative contracts. The successor period from February 14, to December 31, 2012 includes approximately $45 million of cash receipts for the settlement of crude oil derivatives contracts. The years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, include approximately $7 million and $8 million of cash paid for the settlement of crude oil derivative contracts.

77


Table of Contents

        Physical sales.     Oil and condensate sales for the combined (successor/predecessor) year ended December 31, 2012 increased over 2011 due primarily to oil volume growth from our Eagle Ford, Wolfcamp and Altamont core areas which were up 11 MBbls/d compared with 2011. In 2011, oil revenues increased over 2010 due to both higher oil prices of $102 million and a 25% increase in consolidated oil production volumes of $95 million. For both years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 our oil and condensate sales increased 62% from the prior year's physical sales.

        Natural gas sales were $234 million for the successor period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 and $228 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 (including $88 million related to divested assets). Natural gas sales for the predecessor periods in 2011 and 2010 were $901 million and $919 million, respectively, including $397 million and $528 million, respectively, related to divested assets. Natural gas sales (excluding amounts related to divested assets) decreased in 2012 compared with 2011 primarily due to lower natural gas prices. Natural gas sales (excluding amounts related to divested assets) decreased when comparing 2011 to 2010 as lower natural gas prices offset increases in production volumes.

        Gains on financial derivatives.     Gains on financial derivatives for the combined (successor/predecessor) year ended December 31, 2012, increased by $19 million compared to 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $106 million compared to 2010. We record gains or losses due to cash settlements and changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts based on forward commodity prices relative to the prices in the underlying contracts.

Operating Expenses

        Transportation costs.     Transportation costs were $51 million for the successor period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 and $45 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 (including $18 million related to divested assets). Transportation costs for the predecessor periods in 2011 and 2010 were $85 million and $88 million, respectively, including $40 million and $44 million, respectively, related to divested assets. Total transportation costs (excluding amounts related to divested assets) in 2012 compared to 2011 increased mainly due to new transportation contracts entered into in 2012 primarily related to our Eagle Ford area in response to growth in that area. Transportation costs (excluding amounts related to divested assets) for the year ended December 31, 2011 remained flat compared to 2010.

        Lease operating expense.     Lease operating expense was $71 million for the successor period from February 14 to December 31, 2012, and $80 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 (including $31 million related to divested assets). Lease operating expense for the predecessor periods in 2011 and 2010 was $177 million and $157 million, including $88 million and $94 million related to divested assets. Lease operating expense (excluding amounts related to divested assets) increased $47 million compared to 2011 due to increased water disposal, equipment and chemical costs in our Eagle Ford area as activity ramped up in that area. Lease operating expenses (excluding amounts related to divested assets) for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased compared to 2010 due to higher maintenance, repair and power costs in our Altamont area, higher costs in our Eagle Ford area due to early well testing.

        General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses for the combined (successor/predecessor) year ended December 31, 2012 increased $242 million compared to 2011 primarily due to transition and restructuring costs of $221 million incurred in 2012. The costs include acquisition related costs of $173 million and transition and severance costs of $48 million. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $10 million compared to 2010 due to severance costs related to an office closure and higher employee benefit costs.

78


Table of Contents

        Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense.     Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased compared to 2011 due to an average lower depletion rate following the application of the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and natural gas properties, partially offset by higher production volumes. For the year ended December 31, 2011 depreciation, depletion and amortization increased compared to 2010 as a result of higher depletion rates (due to focusing on our capital on oil programs) under the full cost method of accounting and higher production volumes compared to 2010. Our average depreciation, depletion and amortization costs per unit for the periods ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were:

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
   
 
 
  February 14
to
December 31, 2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization ($/MBoe)(1)

  $ 10.42       $ 15.66   $ 12.81   $ 10.75  
                       

(1)
Includes $0.13 per Boe, $0.23 per Boe, $0.25 per Boe and $0.36 per Boe for the periods from February 14 to December 31, 2012, the period from January 1 to May 24, 2012, and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to accretion expense on asset retirement obligations.

        Exploration expense.     During the period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 we recorded $43 million of exploration expense as a result of applying the successful efforts method of accounting following the Acquisition. Prior to the Acquisition, exploration expense was capitalized under full cost accounting. Included in exploration expense was $23 million of amortization of unproved property costs.

        Impairments/Ceiling test charges.     During 2012 we recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $62 million as a result of our decision to end exploration activities in Egypt. In June of 2012, we sold all our interests in Egypt. During the year ended December 31, 2011 we recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $152 million related to our Brazil oil and natural gas operations and a $6 million impairment of certain oil field related equipment and supplies.

        Taxes, other than income taxes.     Taxes, other than income taxes, were $51 million for the successor period from February 14 to December 31, 2012, and $45 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 (including $9 million related to divested assets). Taxes, other than income taxes for the predecessor periods in 2011 and 2010 include $36 million in both periods related to divested assets. For the year ended December 31, 2012, taxes, other than income taxes (excluding amounts related to divested assets), increased $32 million compared to 2011 primarily due to higher severance and ad valorem taxes associated with higher oil production volumes and property values from activity in our oil producing areas. Production taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 also increased due to higher oil production volumes.

79


Table of Contents

        Cash Operating Costs and Adjusted Cash Operating Costs.     The table below represents a reconciliation of our cash operating costs and adjusted cash operating costs to operating expenses:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31, 2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
  Year ended
December 31, 2011
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (In millions, except per unit costs)
 
 
  Total   Per Unit    
  Total   Per Unit(1)   Total   Per Unit(1)   Total   Per Unit(1)  

Total operating expenses

  $ 793   $ 39.52       $ 594   $ 30.32   $ 1,108   $ 24.51   $ 966   $ 23.12  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    (209 )   (10.42 )       (307 )   (15.66 )   (579 )   (12.81 )   (449 )   (10.75 )

Transportation costs

    (51 )   (2.55 )       (45 )   (2.32 )   (85 )   (1.87 )   (88 )   (2.10 )

Exploration expense

    (43 )   (2.15 )                            

Natural gas purchases

    (19 )   (0.97 )                            

Impairments/Ceiling test charges

    (1 )   (0.06 )       (62 )   (3.15 )   (6 )   (0.16 )   (25 )   (0.60 )

Other

                                     
                                       

Total cash operating costs and per-unit cash costs

    470     23.37         180     9.19     438     9.67     404     9.67  

Transition/restructuring costs and non-cash compensation expense(2)

    (266 )   (13.24 )       (11 )   (0.58 )   (27 )   (0.58 )   (18 )   (0.43 )
                                       

Total adjusted cash operating costs and adjusted per-unit cash costs

  $ 204   $ 10.13       $ 169   $ 8.61   $ 411   $ 9.09   $ 386   $ 9.24  
                                       

Total equivalent volumes (MBoe)(3)

    20,074               19,586           45,193           41,770        
                                               

(1)
Per unit costs are per Boe and are based on actual total amounts rather than rounded totals presented.

(2)
The period from February 14 to December 31 2012 includes transition and severance costs of $215 million, management fees paid to our Sponsors of $16 million and $35 million of non-cash compensation expense. The predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 includes severance costs of $5 million and $6 million of non-cash compensation expense. The year ended December 31, 2011 includes $6 million of restructuring costs associated with the closure of our Denver office and $21 million of non-cash compensation expense. The year ended December 31, 2010 includes $18 million of non-cash compensation expense.

(3)
Excludes volumes associated with Four Star.

80


Table of Contents

        The table below displays the average cash operating costs and adjusted cash operating costs per equivalent unit:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
   
 
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
  Year ended
December 31,
2011
  Year ended
December 31,
2010
 

Average cash operating costs ($/Boe)

                             

Lease operating expenses

  $ 3.53       $ 4.07   $ 3.89   $ 3.75  

Production taxes(1)

    1.98         1.79     1.53     1.47  

General and administrative expenses

    17.80         3.53     4.10     4.19  

Taxes, other than production and income taxes

    0.06         (0.20 )   0.15     0.26  
                       

Total cash operating costs

  $ 23.37       $ 9.19   $ 9.67   $ 9.67  

Transition/restructuring costs and non-cash compensation expense

  $ (13.24 )     $ (0.58 ) $ (0.58 ) $ (0.43 )
                       

Total adjusted cash operating costs

  $ 10.13       $ 8.61   $ 9.09   $ 9.24  
                       

(1)
Production taxes include ad valorem and severance taxes which increased in 2012 primarily due to higher severance and ad valorem taxes associated with our oil producing areas.

Other Income Statement Items

        Loss on extinguishment of debt.     For the successor period ended December 31, 2012 we recorded a $14 million loss on the extinguishment of debt for the pro-rata portion of deferred financing costs written off, debt discount and call premiums paid related to the re-pricing of our existing $750 million term loan.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense for the combined (successor/predecessor) year ended December 31, 2012 increased compared to 2011 primarily due to the issuance of approximately $4.25 billion of debt in 2012 related to the Acquisition.

Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures

        We use the non-GAAP measures "EBITDAX," "Adjusted EBITDAX" and "Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX" as supplemental measures. We believe these supplemental measures provide meaningful information to our investors. We define EBITDAX as income (loss) from continuing operations plus interest and debt expense, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization and exploration expense. Adjusted EBITDAX is defined as EBITDAX, adjusted as applicable in the relevant period for the net change in the fair value of derivatives (mark-to-market effects, net of cash settlements and premiums related to these derivatives), impairment and/or ceiling test charges, adjustments to equity earnings from Four Star due to its sale in September 2013, non-cash compensation expense, transition and restructuring costs, advisory fees paid to our sponsors, losses or gains on extinguishment of debt and losses or gains on sale of assets. Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX is defined as total Adjusted EBITDAX less Adjusted EBITDAX related to divested assets. We believe that the presentation of EBITDAX, Adjusted EBITDAX, and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX is important to provide management and investors with (i) additional information to evaluate our ability to service debt adjusting for items required or permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our debt agreements, (ii) an important supplemental indicator of the operational performance of our business, (iii) an additional criterion for evaluating our performance relative to our peers, (iv) additional information to measure our liquidity (before cash capital requirements and working capital needs) and (v) supplemental information about certain material non-cash and/or other items that may not continue

81


Table of Contents

at the same level in the future. EBITDAX, Adjusted EBITDAX, and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP or as an alternative to income (loss) from continuing operations, operating income, net cash provided by operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP.

        Below is a reconciliation of our EBITDAX, Adjusted EBITDAX, and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX to our consolidated income (loss) from continuing operations:

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor  
 
  Successor    
 
 
   
   
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  Nine months
ended,
September 30,
2013
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
   
 
 
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
 
 
   
  2011   2010  
 
   
 
 
  (in millions)
 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (99 ) $ (300 )     $ 187   $ 385   $ 451  

Income tax expense

    30             134     243     258  

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

    269     219         14     14     23  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

   
443
   
209
       
307
   
579
   
449
 

Exploration expense

    39     43                  
                           

EBITDAX

    682     171         642     1,221     1,181  

Mark-to-market on financial derivatives(a)          

    107     62         (365 )   (284 )   (390 )

Cash settlements and premiums on financial derivatives(b)          

    (2 )   217         165     331     291  

Impairments/ceiling test charges

    2     1         62     6     25  

Transition and restructuring costs(c)          

    7     215         5     6      

Loss from unconsolidated affiliate(d)          

    13     1         5     7     7  

Non-cash compensation expense(e)

    22     35         6     21     18  

Management fee(f)

    19     16                  

Loss on extinguishment of debt(g)

    9     14                  
                           

Adjusted EBITDAX

    859     732         520     1,308     1,132  
                           

Less: Adjusted EBITDAX—divested assets(h)          

        5         64     460     676  
                           

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX

  $ 859   $ 727       $ 456   $ 848   $ 456  
                           

(a)
Represents the income statement impact of financial derivatives.

(b)
Represents actual cash settlements received/(paid) related to financial derivatives, including cash premiums. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 we received $9 million of cash premiums and for the period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 we paid $3 million of cash premiums. There were no cash premiums for the year ended December 31, 2011 and we paid $7 million of cash premiums for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(c)
Reflects the transaction costs paid as part of the Acquisition in 2012 and severance costs incurred in connection with divested assets in 2013 and the closure of our office in Denver in 2011.

(d)
Reflects the elimination of non-cash equity income (losses) recognized from Four Star, net of amortization of our purchase cost in excess of our equity interest in the underlying net assets, as a result of the sale of Four Star in September 2013.

(e)
Represents the non-cash portion of compensation expense.

(f)
Represents the pro-rata portion of the annual management fee to be paid to affiliates of the Sponsors and other investors. The annual management fee of $25 million will terminate in connection with the closing of this offering.

(g)
Represents the loss on extinguishment of debt recorded related to re-pricing of the term loan and redetermination of the RBL Facility.

(h)
Consists of Adjusted EBITDAX contributions related to assets that have been divested, including our (i) CBM, South Texas and Arklatex assets, (ii) Gulf of Mexico assets, (iii) Blue Creek West, Minden and Powder River operations and (iv) Catapult operations and Altamont processing plant and related gathering systems.

82


Table of Contents


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Overview.     Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated by our operations and borrowings under the RBL Facility. Our primary uses of cash are capital expenditures, debt service requirements and working capital requirements. In addition, in the past as a private company we have used cash to return cash to our equity investors. In August 2013, we completed our semi-annual redetermination, maintaining the borrowing base of our RBL Facility at $2.5 billion. As of September 30, 2013, our available liquidity was approximately $2.57 billion, including approximately $2.49 billion of additional borrowing capacity available under the RBL Facility and cash on hand.

        During June 2013, we entered into three separate purchase and sale agreements for the sale of CBM properties (Raton, Arkoma and Black Warrior basins), the majority of our Arklatex natural gas properties and our natural gas properties in South Texas. In July and August 2013 we completed these asset divestitures receiving total consideration of approximately $1.3 billion. Additionally, in September 2013, we sold our approximate 49% equity interest in Four Star for approximately $183 million. We will experience lower cash flow from operations than originally planned as a result of these asset divestitures initially, but have used the proceeds, among other items, to pay down debt and invest incremental capital in our core oil programs to generate higher return oil production growth.

        As of September 30, 2013, our total debt was approximately $4.1 billion, comprised of $3.1 billion in senior notes due in 2019, 2020 and 2022, $644 million in senior secured term loans with maturity dates in 2018 and 2019 and $373 million in senior PIK toggle notes due in 2017. While our debt and interest expense is significantly higher than in predecessor periods due to debt incurred with the Acquisition, we have repaid approximately $785 million of amounts outstanding under our RBL Facility with proceeds from our asset divestitures in July and August 2013. We also repaid approximately $500 million under our term loans. Additionally, we anticipate utilizing the net proceeds from this offering (i) to redeem all of the outstanding 8.125%/8.875% senior PIK toggle notes due 2017 issued by our subsidiaries, EPE Holdings LLC and EP Energy Bondco Inc., and pay the redemption premium and the accrued and unpaid interest on the notes, (ii) to repay outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility, (iii) to pay a fee of approximately $94 million under the amended and restated management fee agreement with certain affiliates of our Sponsors and (iv) for general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 54. Where favorable debt markets allow, we also evaluate opportunities to reduce our interest cost. In May 2013, we repriced our $750 million term loan due 2018 that reduced the specified margin over LIBOR from 4.00% to 2.75%, and reduced the minimum LIBOR floor from 1.00% to 0.75% over the remaining life of the term loan. In August 2013, in order to return cash to our equity investors, we made a distribution of $200 million to our Sponsors, which we funded with borrowings under the RBL Facility. For additional details on our debt, see "Capitalization" on page 56 and Note 7 to our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay any dividends on our common stock and have no other means of generating revenue. The RBL Facility and our other existing debt agreements contain restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividends and other distributions and may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries.

        The RBL Facility generally limits the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividends and other distributions, subject to certain exceptions, including that (i) our subsidiaries may make unlimited distributions if EP Energy LLC's liquidity is not less than 10% of the then existing borrowing base and there is no event of default after giving effect to such distributions and (ii) our subsidiaries may make distributions up to an amount not to exceed the amount of capital contributions made to EP Energy LLC following the closing of the RBL Facility if, after giving effect to such distributions, there is no event of default and EP Energy LLC is in compliance with the consolidated total leverage

83


Table of Contents

ratio under the financial maintenance covenant. For the quarter ended September 30, 2013, EP Energy LLC was in compliance with the financial maintenance covenant.

        Our senior secured term loans, senior secured notes and senior notes also contain restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividends and other distributions, subject to certain exceptions, including (i) a carveout for distributions up to an amount not to exceed 50% of consolidated net income plus certain adjustments such as capital contributions made to EP Energy LLC following the closing of the applicable debt facility if, after giving effect to such distributions, there is no event of default and EP Energy LLC's fixed charge coverage ratio is at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (ii) a general basket for distributions up to an amount not to exceed the greater of $225.0 million and 3.0% of adjusted consolidated net tangible assets. For the quarter ended September 30, 2013, EP Energy LLC's fixed charge coverage ratio was greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

        We believe we have sufficient liquidity from our cash flows from operations, combined with availability under the RBL Facility and available cash, to fund our capital program, current obligations, and projected working capital requirements for the foreseeable future. Our ability to (i) generate sufficient cash flows from operations or obtain future borrowings under the RBL Facility, (ii) repay or refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all on the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, or (iii) obtain additional capital if required on acceptable terms or at all for any potential future acquisitions, joint ventures or other similar transactions, will depend on prevailing economic conditions many of which are beyond our control. We have attempted to mitigate certain of these risks. For example, we enter into oil and gas derivative contracts to reduce the financial impact of downward commodity price movements on a substantial portion of our anticipated production. These contracts have been effective (i) in allowing us to realize prices on our commodity sales that are roughly at or above prevailing market prices for oil and natural gas and (ii) in providing greater cash flow certainty. Additionally, we occasionally enter into transactions to supplement the prices we receive through our hedging programs that involve the receipt or payment of premiums. These transactions are usually short term in nature (less than one year) and during 2013, we received $9 million in premiums on such transactions, substantially all of which settled in 2013. We could be required to take additional future actions if necessary to address further changes in the financial or commodity markets.

84


Table of Contents

        Overview of Cash Flow Activities.     Our cash flows from operations including continuing and discontinued activities are summarized as follows (in millions):

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
  February 14
to
September 30,
2012
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
   
  December 31,  
 
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
 
 
   
  2011   2010  
 
   
 

Cash Flow from Operations

                                         

Operating activities

                                         

Net (loss) income

  $ 397   $ (346 ) $ (256 )     $ 178   $ 262   $ 443  

Impairment charges

    28     1     1                  

Ceiling test charges

                    62     158     25  

Other income adjustments

    181     193     351         537     973     859  

Change in other assets and liabilities

    181     407     353         (197 )   33     (260 )
                               

Total cash flow from operations

  $ 787   $ 255   $ 449       $ 580   $ 1,426   $ 1,067  
                               

Other Cash Inflows

                                         

Investing activities

                                         

Net proceeds from the sale of assets and investments

  $ 1,439   $ 110   $ 110       $ 9   $ 612   $ 155  

Other

                            4  
                               

    1,439     110     110         9     612     159  
                               

Financing activities

                                         

Proceeds from debt

    1,310     4,823     5,825         215     2,030     500  

Contributions

    17     3,323     3,323         960          

Net change in note payable with parent

   
   
   
       
   
   
489
 
                               

    1,327     8,146     9,148         1,175     2,030     989  
                               

Total cash inflows

  $ 2,766   $ 8,256   $ 9,258       $ 1,184   $ 2,642   $ 1,148  
                               

Cash Outflows

                                         

Investing activities

                                         

Capital expenditures

  $ 1,420   $ 475   $ 877       $ 636   $ 1,591   $ 1,238  

Cash paid for acquisitions

    2     7,126     7,126         1     22     51  

Increase in note receivable with parent

   
   
   
       
   
236
   
 
                               

    1,422     7,601     8,003         637     1,849     1,289  
                               

Financing activities

                                         

Repayment of debt

    1,915     609     1,139         1,065     1,480     1,034  

Net change in note payable with parent company and affiliates          

                        781      

Member distribution

    205         337                  

Debt issuance costs

    5     149     159             7     1  
                               

    2,125     758     1,635         1,065     2,268     1,035  
                               

Total cash outflows

  $ 3,547   $ 8,359   $ 9,638       $ 1,702   $ 4,117   $ 2,324  
                               

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6   $ 152   $ 69       $ 62   $ (49 ) $ (109 )

85


Table of Contents


Contractual Obligations

        We are party to various contractual obligations. Some of these obligations are reflected in our financial statements, such as liabilities from commodity-based derivative contracts, while other obligations, such as operating leases and capital commitments, are not reflected on our balance sheet. The following table and discussion summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of September 30, 2013, for each of the periods presented:

 
  2013   2014 - 2015   2016 - 2017   Thereafter   Total  
 
  (In millions)
 

Long-term financing obligations:

                               

Principal

  $   $   $ 538   $ 3,750   $ 4,288  

Interest

    126     580     581     649     1,936  

Liabilities from derivatives

    16     13             29  

Operating leases

    3     21     19         43  

Other contractual commitments and purchase obligations:

                               

Volume and transportation commitments(1)

    23     165     153     284     625  

Other obligations

    20     88     55     159     322  
                       

Total contractual obligations

  $ 188   $ 867   $ 1,346   $ 4,842   $ 7,243  
                       

(1)
Includes a total of approximately $23 million of volume and transportation commitments related to divested assets.

        Long-term Financing Obligations (Principal and Interest).     Debt obligations included in the table above represent stated maturities. Interest payments are shown through the stated maturity date of the related debt based on (i) the contractual interest rate for fixed rate debt and (ii) current market interest rates and the contractual credit spread for variable rate debt. In August 2013, we repaid $785 million outstanding under our RBL Facility and $500 million under our term loans. Additionally, we anticipate using a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay our outstanding senior PIK toggle notes.

        Liabilities from Derivatives.     These amounts include the fair value of our commodity-based and interest rate derivative liabilities.

        Operating Leases.     We maintain leases related to our office space and various equipment.

        Other Contractual Commitments and Purchase Obligations.     Other contractual commitments and purchase obligations are legally enforceable agreements to purchase goods or services that have fixed or minimum quantities and fixed or minimum variable price provisions, and that detail approximate timing of the underlying obligations. Included are the following:

    Volume and Transportation Commitments.   Included in these amounts are commitments for volume deficiency contracts and demand charges for firm access to natural gas transportation and storage capacity.

    Other Obligations.   Included in these amounts are commitments for drilling, completions and seismic activities for our operations and various other maintenance, engineering, procurement, construction contracts and our amended and restated management fee agreement. We have excluded asset retirement obligations and reserves for litigation and environmental remediation, as these liabilities are not contractually fixed as to timing and amount. We are also party to an amended and restated management fee agreement requiring an annual management fee of $25 million to be paid to our Sponsors (provided that commencing on January 1, 2014 the management fee shall be payable in non-refundable quarterly installments of $6.25 million at the beginning of each quarter). The amended and restated management fee agreement will be terminated at the closing of this offering.

86


Table of Contents


Commitments and Contingencies

        For a further discussion of our commitments and contingencies, see Note 8 to our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have no investments in unconsolidated entities or persons that could materially affect our liquidity or the availability of capital resources. We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, an effect on our financial condition or results of operations.


Critical Accounting Estimates

        Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue and expense and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We consider our critical accounting estimates to be those estimates that require complex or subjective judgment in the application of the accounting policy and that could significantly impact our financial results based on changes in those judgments. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates and actual results may differ materially from those estimates. Our management has identified the following critical accounting estimates.

        Accounting for Oil and Natural Gas Producing Activities.     We apply the successful efforts method of accounting for our oil and natural gas properties. Under the successful efforts method, exploratory non-drilling costs and costs of carrying and retaining undeveloped properties are charged to expense as incurred while acquisition costs, development costs and the costs associated with drilling exploratory wells are capitalized pending the determination of proved oil and gas reserves. Therefore, at any point in time, we may have capitalized costs on our consolidated balance sheet associated with exploratory wells that could be charged to exploration expense in a future period. Costs of drilling exploratory wells that do not result in proved reserves are charged to expense. We capitalize salaries and benefits that we determine are directly attributable to our oil and natural gas activities. Depreciation, depletion, amortization and impairment of oil and natural gas properties are calculated on a depletable unit basis based significantly on estimates of quantities of proved oil and natural gas reserves. Revisions to these estimates could alter our depletion rates in the future and affect our future depletion expense.

        Under the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and natural gas properties, we review our oil and natural gas properties periodically (at least annually) to determine if impairment of such properties is necessary. Significant proved undeveloped leasehold costs are assessed for impairment at a field level or resource play based on total future undiscounted net cash flows. Estimates of future undiscounted cash flows require significant judgment based on estimates of such items as estimates of oil and natural gas reserve quantities, future commodity prices, operating costs and future production among other factors. Leasehold acquisition costs associated with prospective areas that have limited or no previous exploratory drilling are generally assessed for impairment by major prospect area based on our current drilling plans which could change in the future and result in impairments of unproved property. Proved oil and natural gas property values are reviewed when circumstances suggest the need for such a review and may occur if a field discovers lower than anticipated reserves, reservoirs produce below original estimates or in a mix that is different than anticipated or if commodity prices fall below a level that significantly affects anticipated future cash flows on the property. If required, the proved properties are written down to their estimated fair market value based on proved reserves and other market factors. A majority of the Company's unproved property costs are associated with properties

87


Table of Contents

acquired in the Eagle Ford and Wolfcamp shales. Generally, economic recovery of unproved reserves in such areas is not yet supported by actual production or conclusive formation tests, but may be confirmed by our continuing exploration and development programs. From the Acquisition (May 25, 2012) to December 31, 3012, we did not record any impairments of our oil and gas properties.

        Prior to the Acquisition on May 24, 2012, our predecessor accounted for oil and natural gas producing activities in accordance with the full cost method. Under the full cost accounting method, substantially all of the costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, exploration and development of oil and natural gas reserves were capitalized in full cost pools by country, regardless of whether reserves were actually discovered. Under the full cost method our most critical accounting assessment was a quarterly ceiling test performed on capitalized costs for each full cost pool since many of the variables (reserves, costs and future capital) involved significant estimation. Prior to the Acquisition, our predecessor recorded ceiling test charges of $62 million, $152 million, $25 million and $2,123 million for the period from January 1, 2012 through May 24, 2012 and for the years ended 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

        Our estimates of proved reserves reflect quantities of oil, natural gas and NGLs which geological and engineering data demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, will be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic conditions. These estimates of proved oil and natural gas reserves primarily impact our property, plant and equipment amounts on our balance sheets and the depreciation, depletion and amortization amounts, including any impairment test charges on our income statements, among other items. The process of estimating oil and natural gas reserves is complex and requires significant judgment to evaluate all available geological, geophysical engineering and economic data. Our proved reserves are estimated at a property level and compiled for reporting purposes by a centralized group of experienced reservoir engineers who work closely with the operating groups. These engineers interact with engineering and geoscience personnel in each of our operating areas and accounting and marketing personnel to obtain the necessary data for projecting future production, costs, net revenues and economic recoverable reserves. Reserves are reviewed internally with senior management quarterly and presented to the board of managers in summary form on an annual basis. Additionally, on an annual basis each property is reviewed in detail by our centralized and operating divisional engineers to ensure forecasts of operating expenses, netback prices, production trends and development timing are reasonable. Our proved reserves are reviewed by internal committees and the processes and controls used for estimating our proved reserves are reviewed by our internal auditors. In addition, a third-party reservoir engineering firm, which is appointed by and reports to the Audit Committee of the board of managers, conducts an audit of the estimates of a significant portion of our proved reserves.

        As of September 30, 2013, 65% of our total consolidated proved reserves were undeveloped and 4% were developed, but non-producing. The data for a given field may change substantially over time as a result of numerous factors, including additional development activity, evolving production history and a continual reassessment of the viability of production under changing economic conditions. As a result, material revisions to existing reserve estimates occur from time to time. In addition, the subjective decisions and variances in available data for various fields increase the likelihood of significant changes in these estimates.

        Asset Retirement Obligations.     The accounting guidance for future abandonment costs requires that a liability for the discounted fair value of an asset retirement obligation be recorded in the period in which it is incurred and the corresponding cost capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. The liability is accreted to its present value each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Future abandonment costs include costs to dismantle and relocate or dispose of our production platforms, gathering systems and related structures and restoration costs of land and seabed. We develop estimates of these costs for each of our properties based upon their geographic location, type of production structure, water depth, reservoir

88


Table of Contents

depth and characteristics, market demand for equipment, currently available procedures and ongoing consultations with construction and engineering consultants. Because these costs typically extend many years into the future, estimating these future costs is difficult and requires management to make judgments that are subject to future revisions based upon numerous factors, including changing technology and the political and regulatory environment. We review our assumptions and estimates of future development and abandonment costs on an annual basis, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would affect our assumptions and estimates. Additionally, inherent in the present value calculations are numerous assumptions and judgments including the ultimate settlement amounts, inflation factors, credit adjusted discount rates, timing of settlements and changes in the legal, regulatory, environmental and political environments. As of September 30, 2013, our net asset retirement obligation was approximately $52 million.

        Derivatives.     We record the derivative instruments used in our derivative activities at their fair values. We estimate the fair value of our derivative instruments using exchange prices, third-party pricing, interest rates, data and valuation techniques that incorporate specific contractual terms, derivative modeling techniques and present value concepts. One of the primary assumptions used to estimate the fair value of commodity-based derivative instruments is pricing. Our pricing assumptions are based upon price curves derived from actual prices observed in the market, pricing information supplied by a third-party valuation specialist and independent pricing sources and models that rely on this forward pricing information. The extent to which we rely on pricing information received from third parties in developing these assumptions is based, in part, on whether the information considers the availability of observable data in the marketplace. For example, in relatively illiquid markets we may make adjustments to the pricing information we receive from third parties based on our evaluation of whether third party market participants would use pricing assumptions consistent with these sources.

        The table below presents the hypothetical sensitivity of our commodity-based derivatives to changes in fair values arising from immediate selected potential changes in oil and natural gas prices at September 30, 2013:

 
   
  Change in Price  
 
   
  10 Percent Increase   10 Percent Decrease  
 
  Fair Value   Fair Value   Change   Fair Value   Change  
 
  (in millions)
 

Commodity-based derivatives-net assets (liabilities)

  $ 62   $ (443 ) $ (505 ) $ 557   $ 495  

        Other significant assumptions that we use in determining the fair value of our derivative instruments are those related to credit and non-performance risk. We adjust the fair value of our derivative assets based on our counterparty's creditworthiness and the risk of non-performance. These adjustments are based on applicable credit ratings, bond yields, changes in actively traded credit default swap prices (if available) and other information related to non-performance and credit standing.

        Deferred Taxes and Uncertain Income Tax Positions.     As a result of our Corporate Reorganization, we began recording deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting the tax consequences of differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our conclusions about which positions are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Our most significant judgments on tax related matters include, but are not limited to, the realization of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions which involve the exercise of significant judgment which could change and impact our financial condition or results of operations.

89


Table of Contents


Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risks in our normal business activities. Market risk is the potential loss that may result from market changes associated with an existing or forecasted financial or commodity transaction. The types of market risks we are exposed to and examples of each are:

Commodity Price Risk

    changes in oil, natural gas and NGLs prices impact the amounts at which we sell our production and affect the fair value of our oil and natural gas derivative contracts held; and

    changes in locational price differences also affect amounts at which we sell our oil, natural gas and NGLs production, and the fair values of any related derivative products.

Interest Rate Risk

    changes in interest rates affect the interest expense we incur on our variable-rate debt and the fair value of fixed-rate debt;

    changes in interest rates result in increases or decreases in the unrealized value of our derivative positions; and

    changes in interest rates used to discount liabilities result in higher or lower accretion expense over time.

        Where practical, we manage these risks by entering into contracts involving physical or financial settlement that attempt to limit exposure related to future market movements. The timing and extent of our risk management activities are based on a number of factors, including our market outlook, risk tolerance and liquidity. Our risk management activities typically involve the use of the following types of contracts:

    forward contracts, which commit us to purchase or sell energy commodities in the future;

    option contracts, which convey the right to buy or sell a commodity, financial instrument or index at a predetermined price;

    swap contracts, which require payments to or from counterparties based upon the differential between two prices or rates for a predetermined contractual (notional) quantity; and

    structured contracts, which may involve a variety of the above characteristics.

        Many of the contracts we use in our risk management activities qualify as derivative financial instruments. A discussion of our accounting policies for derivative instruments is included in Notes 1 and 5 to our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Commodity Price Risk

        Oil and Natural Gas Derivatives.     We attempt to mitigate commodity price risk and stabilize cash flows associated with our forecasted sales of oil and natural gas production through the use of derivative oil and natural gas swaps, basis swaps and option contracts. These contracts impact our earnings as the fair value of these derivatives changes. Our derivatives do not mitigate all of the commodity price risks of our forecasted sales of oil and natural gas production and, as a result, we are subject to commodity price risks on our remaining forecasted production.

90


Table of Contents

        Sensitivity Analysis.     The table below presents the hypothetical sensitivity of our commodity-based price risk management activities to changes in fair values arising from immediate selected potential changes in oil and natural gas prices, discount rates and credit rates at September 30, 2013:

 
   
  Oil and Natural Gas Derivative Instruments  
 
   
  10 Percent Increase   10 Percent Decrease  
 
  Fair Value   Fair Value   Change   Fair Value   Change  
 
  (in millions)
 

Price impact(1)

  $ 62   $ (443 ) $ (505 ) $ 557   $ 495  

 

 
   
  Oil and Natural Gas Derivative Instruments  
 
   
  1 Percent Increase   1 Percent Decrease  
 
  Fair Value   Fair Value   Change   Fair Value   Change  
 
  (in millions)
 

Discount rate(2)

  $ 62   $ 60   $ (2 ) $ 64   $ 2  

Credit rate(3)

  $ 62   $ 62   $   $ 63   $ 1  

(1)
Presents the hypothetical sensitivity of our commodity-based derivative instruments to changes in fair values arising from changes in oil and natural gas prices.

(2)
Presents the hypothetical sensitivity of our commodity-based derivative instruments to changes in the discount rates we used to determine the fair value of our derivatives.

(3)
Presents the hypothetical sensitivity of our commodity-based derivative instruments to changes in credit risk.

Interest Rate Risk

        Certain of our debt agreements are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table below shows the maturity of the carrying amounts and related weighted-average effective interest rates on our interest-bearing debt by expected maturity date as well as the total fair value of the debt. The fair value of our debt has been estimated primarily based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues.

 
  September 30, 2013    
   
 
 
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  Expected Fiscal Year of Maturity of Carrying
Amounts
   
   
 
 
   
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amounts
  Fair
Value
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2016   2017   Thereafter   Total  
 
  (in millions)
 

Fixed rate debt

  $   $   $   $   $ 538   $ 3,100   $ 3,638   $ 3,802   $ 3,449   $ 3,779  

Average interest rate

    3.9 %   8.6 %   8.6 %   8.6 %   8.6 %   8.4 %                        

Variable rate debt

  $   $   $   $   $   $ 642   $ 642   $ 641   $ 1,246   $ 1,260  

Average interest rate

    3.7 %   3.7 %   3.7 %   3.7 %   3.7 %   4.2 %                        

91


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are an independent exploration and production company engaged in the acquisition and development of unconventional onshore oil and natural gas properties in the United States. We are focused on creating shareholder value through the development of our low-risk drilling inventory located in four core areas: the Eagle Ford Shale (South Texas), the Wolfcamp Shale (Permian Basin in West Texas), the Altamont field in the Uinta Basin in northeastern Utah and the Haynesville Shale (North Louisiana). In our core areas, we have identified approximately 5,200 drilling locations (including 916 drilling locations to which we have attributed proved undeveloped reserves as of September 30, 2013), of which approximately 96% are oil wells. At current activity levels, this represents approximately 24 years of drilling inventory. As of September 30, 2013, we had proved reserves of 513 MMBoe (54% oil and 67% liquids) and for the three months ended September 30, 2013, we had average net daily production of 88,149 Boe/d (45% oil and 54% liquids).

        Our management team has significant experience identifying, acquiring and developing unconventional oil and natural gas assets. The majority of our senior management team has worked together for over a decade at prominent oil and gas companies that have included El Paso Corporation, ConocoPhillips and Burlington Resources. We believe our management's experience in both acquiring resource-rich leasehold positions and efficiently developing those properties will enable us to generate attractive rates of return from our capital programs.

        Each of our core areas is characterized by a favorable operating environment, long-lived reserve base and high drilling success rates. We have established significant contiguous leasehold positions in each area, representing approximately 441,000 net (619,000 gross) acres in total. Beginning in 2012, our capital programs have focused predominantly on the Eagle Ford Shale, the Wolfcamp Shale and Altamont, three of the premier unconventional oil plays in the United States, resulting in oil reserve and continuing and consolidated production growth of 47% and 95%, respectively, from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012. In July and August 2013, we divested non-core domestic natural gas assets for a total consideration of approximately $1.3 billion. In July 2013, we entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement relating to the sale of our Brazil operations, which is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014. Additionally, in September 2013, we sold our equity interest in Four Star for approximately $183 million. As a result of this strategic repositioning, we are a higher-growth, 100% onshore U.S., oil-weighted company with a large inventory of high-return, low-risk drilling locations. We intend to continue developing our oil-weighted assets, which offer the best rates of return in our portfolio in the current commodity price environment. In addition, our Haynesville Shale position is 100% held-by-production, which gives us the flexibility to allocate capital in the future to this natural gas-weighted asset.

        The following table provides a summary of oil, natural gas and NGLs reserves as of September 30, 2013 and production information for the three months ended September 30, 2013 for each of our areas

92


Table of Contents

of operation. Our estimated proved reserves have been prepared by our internal reserve engineers and audited by Ryder Scott Company, L.P., our independent petroleum engineering consultants since 2004.

 
  Estimated Proved Reserves    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  PV-10(1)    
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Average
Net Daily
Production(2)
(MBoe/d)
   
 
 
  Oil
(MMBbls)
  NGL
(MMBbls)
  Natural Gas
(Bcf)
  Total
(MMBoe)
  Liquids
(%)
  Proved
Developed
(%)
  Value
($MM)
  % of Total
(%)
  R/P
(Years)(3)
 

Core Areas

                                                             

Eagle Ford Shale

    165.4     48.5     333.4     269.5     79 %   22 %   4,896     61 %   40.2     18.4  

Wolfcamp Shale

    38.8     14.4     98.6     69.7     76 %   26 %   746     9 %   6.4     29.8  

Altamont

    71.9         150.3     96.9     74 %   38 %   1,891     23 %   12.1     21.9  

Haynesville Shale

            367.8     61.3     0 %   68 %   412     5 %   24.7     6.8  
                                                 

Total Core Areas

    276.1     62.9     950.1     497.4     68 %   31 %   7,945     98 %   83.4     16.3  

Other(4)

    2.0     1.1     77.9     16.0     19 %   84 %   136     2 %   4.8     9.1  
                                                 

Total Consolidated

    278.1     64.0     1,028.0     513.4     67 %   33 %   8,081     100 %   88.2     15.9  
                                                 

(1)
PV-10 is a non-GAAP measure and is derived from the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. To determine PV-10 we used SEC pricing, including the unweighted arithmetic average of the historical first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months, which were $95.20 per barrel of oil and $3.60 per MMBtu of natural gas as of September 30, 2013. The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows as of September 30, 2013 is $6,718 million which differs from our PV-10 as the standardized measure reflects discounted future income taxes related to our domestic operations. Please see "Summary—Summary Pro Forma Operating and Reserve Information" on page 18.

(2)
Represents daily production for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

(3)
Calculated as total proved reserves as of September 30, 2013 divided by the annualized Average Net Daily Production for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

(4)
Comprised of South Louisiana Wilcox and Arklatex Tight Gas assets.

        Approximately 169 MMBoe, or 33%, of our total consolidated proved reserves are as of September 30, 2013 proved developed assets, which for the three months ended September 30, 2013 generated average production of 88,149 Boe/d from approximately 1,337 wells. As of September 30, 2013, we had 278 MMBbls of proved oil reserves, 64 MMBbls of proved NGLs reserves and 1,028 Bcf of proved natural gas reserves in the United States, representing 54%, 13% and 33%, respectively, of our total proved reserves. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, 79% of our revenues (excluding realized and unrealized gains on financial derivatives) were related to oil and NGLs versus 64% during the same period in 2012, and over that same period and on that same basis, our continuing oil production has grown by approximately 59%. As a result of our development program and recently completed divestitures, the oil-weighting of our reserves is 54% as of September 30, 2013 as compared to 42% as of December 31, 2012 without giving effect to the recently completed divestitures. In 2013, we anticipate that approximately 95% of our capital expenditures will be allocated to our core oil programs.

        We operate over 88% of our producing wells and have operational control over approximately 95% of our core area drilling inventory as of September 30, 2013. This control provides us with flexibility around the amount and timing of capital spending and has allowed us to continually improve our capital and operating efficiencies. We also employ a centralized operational structure to accelerate our internal knowledge transfer around the execution of our drilling and completion programs and to continually enhance our field operations and base production performance. In the first nine months of 2013, we drilled 168 wells with a success rate of 99%, adding approximately 110 MMBoe of proved reserves as compared to December 31, 2012. The reserve replacement cost as of September 30, 2013 was $11.69 per Boe, excluding price revisions, 75% of which was liquids. Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reserve Replacement Ratio/Reserve Replacement Costs" on page 67.


Our Properties and Core Areas

        Eagle Ford Shale.     The Eagle Ford Shale, located in South Texas, is one of the premier unconventional oil plays in the United States, having produced over 750 MMBoe since 2008, including

93


Table of Contents

approximately 348 MMBoe in 2012. We were an early entrant into this play in late 2008, and since that time have acquired a leasehold position in the core of the oil window, primarily in La Salle and Atascosa counties. The Eagle Ford formation in La Salle county has up to 125 feet of net thickness (165 feet gross), which we believe results in some of the most prolific acreage in the area. Due to its high carbonate content, the formation is also very brittle, and exhibits high productivity when fractured, with initial 30-day oil equivalent production rates up to 1,100 Boe/d, comprised of 893 Bbl/d of oil, 97 Bbl/d of NGLs and 662 Mcf/d of natural gas. We currently have 96,126 net (109,603 gross) acres in the Eagle Ford, in which we have identified 951 drilling locations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 40,169 Boe/d, representing growth of 75% over the same period in 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had six rigs running and we plan to drill 126 wells in 2013 (of which 100 have been drilled through September 30, 2013), representing 58% of our total wells planned in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 our average cost per gross well was $7.3 million ($6.7 million per net well), representing a 14% decline from our average cost per gross well (22% per net well) for the same period in 2012. We expect our average cost per well to continue to decline.

        Wolfcamp Shale.     The Wolfcamp Shale is located in the Permian Basin, which has produced more than 29 billion barrels of oil and 75 Tcf of gas over the past 90 years and is estimated by industry experts to contain recoverable oil and natural gas reserves exceeding what has already been produced. With oil production of over 880 MBbls/d from over 80,000 wells during the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Permian Basin represented 51% of the crude oil produced in the State of Texas and approximately 17% of the crude oil and condensate produced onshore in the lower 48 United States. The basin is characterized by numerous, stacked oil reservoirs that provide excellent targets for horizontal drilling. We are currently targeting the Wolfcamp Shale in the Southern Midland Basin, where industry horizontal drilling has added over 50 MBoe/d to the basin's production since 2010.

        In 2009 and 2010, we leased 138,130 net (138,469 gross) acres on the University of Texas Land System in the Wolfcamp Shale, located primarily in Reagan, Crockett, Upton and Irion counties. Our large, contiguous acreage positions are characterized by stacked pay zones, including the Wolfcamp A, B, and C, which combine for over 750 feet of net (approximately 1,000 feet of gross) thickness. The Wolfcamp has high organic content and is composed of interbedded shale, silt, and fine-grained carbonate that respond favorably to fracture stimulation. We are currently in full development of the Wolfcamp B and C. Our initial 30-day oil equivalent production rates are up to 600 Boe/d, comprised of 494 Bbl/d of oil, 50 Bbl/d of NGLs and 336 Mcf/d of natural gas. On our most recent four wells, our initial 30-day oil equivalent production rates have averaged 469 Boe/d, comprised of 350 Bbl/d of oil, 57 Bbl/d of NGLs and 374 Mcf/d of natural gas. As of September 30, 2013, we have identified 2,923 drilling locations in the Wolfcamp A, the Wolfcamp B and the Wolfcamp C across our acreage. In early 2013, we piloted a five-well development program in the Wolfcamp B and Wolfcamp C using alternating laterals. Initial results of the pilot program suggest that the combined development of the two zones may yield greater oil recovery from each interval. We plan to continue to test this development approach.

        The acreage is also prospective for the Cline Shale, which has approximately 100 feet of net (approximately 200 feet of gross) thickness, and potential vertical drilling locations in the Spraberry and other stacked formations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 6,383 Boe/d, representing growth of 185% over the same period in 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had three rigs running and we plan to drill 65 wells in 2013 (of which 48 have been drilled through September 30, 2013), representing 30% of our total wells planned in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 our average cost per gross well was $5.6 million ($5.6 million per net well), representing a 27% decline from our average cost per gross well (27% per net well) for the same

94


Table of Contents

period in 2012. Similar to the Eagle Ford Shale, we expect our average cost per well to continue to decline.

        Altamont.     The Altamont field is located in the Uinta Basin in northeastern Utah. The Uinta Basin has produced 577 MMbbls since its discovery in 1949 and is characterized by naturally fractured, tight oil sands with multiple zones. Our operations are primarily focused on developing the Altamont Field Complex (comprised of the Altamont, Bluebell and Cedar Rim fields), which is the largest field in the basin. We own 170,523 net (315,272 gross) acres in Duchesne and Uinta Counties, making us the largest lease owner in the Altamont Field Complex. Since their discovery, the Altamont, Bluebell and Cedar Rim fields have produced a combined total of over 300 MMBbls from the oil-rich Wasatch and Green River sandstones. With gross thicknesses over 4,300 feet across multiple sandstone and carbonate intervals, we believe the Wasatch and Green River formations are ideal targets for low-risk, infill, vertical drilling and modern fracture stimulation techniques. The commingled production from over 1,500 feet of net stimulated rock results in initial 30-day oil production rates of up to 900 Boe/d, comprised of approximately 745 Bbl/d of oil and 932 MMcf/d of natural gas. Our current activity is mainly focused on the development of our vertical inventory on 160-acre spacing. We have identified an inventory of 1,135 drilling locations (781 vertical and 354 horizontal). The industry is currently piloting 80-acre vertical downspacing programs in the Wasatch and Green River formations and horizontal development programs in the multiple shale and tight sand intervals. Due to the largely held-by-production nature of our acreage position, if these programs are successful, it will result in additional vertical and horizontal drilling opportunities that could be added to our inventory of drilling locations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 12,089 Boe/d, representing growth of 16% over the same period in 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had two rigs running and we plan to drill 26 wells in 2013 (of which 20 have been drilled through September 30, 2013), representing 12% of our total wells planned in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 our average cost per gross well was $5.5 million ($4.7 million per net well), representing a 6% decline from our average cost per gross well (21% per net well) for the same period in 2012.

        Haynesville Shale.     In addition to our key oil programs, we hold significant natural gas assets in the Haynesville Shale, located in East Texas and Northern Louisiana. Our operations are concentrated primarily in Desoto Parish, Louisiana in the Holly Field. This area is within the core of the Haynesville Shale with net thickness of 114 feet (210 feet gross), resulting in initial 30-day gas equivalent production rates up to 18 MMcf/d. We currently have 36,718 net (55,815 gross) acres in this area. As of September 30, 2013, we have identified 190 drilling locations.

        For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 148 MMcfe/d. As of September 30, 2013, we had 191 producing wells, which provide cash flow to fund the development of our core oil programs. We do not plan to drill any new wells in the Haynesville in 2013. Although we believe our wells generate attractive returns in the current natural gas price environment, we have chosen to allocate capital to our higher-return, oil-weighted areas. Our acreage in the Haynesville Shale is 100% held-by-production, giving us the flexibility to allocate capital in the future to this natural gas-weighted asset.

95


Table of Contents

        The following table provides a summary of acreage and inventory data for our core areas, as of September 30, 2013:

 
  Core Acreage and Inventory Summary as of September 30, 2013  
 
  Acres    
  2013
Drilling
Locations(2)
(#)
   
   
   
 
 
  Drilling
Locations(1)
(#)
  Inventory
(Years)(3)
  Working
Interest
(%)
  Net Revenue
Interest
(%)
 
 
  Gross   Net  

Core Areas

                                           

Eagle Ford Shale

    109,603     96,126     951     126     7.5     89 %   67 %

Wolfcamp Shale

   
138,469
   
138,130
   
2,923
   
65
   
45.0
   
96

%
 
72

%

Wolfcamp A

                1,001                 96 %   72 %

Wolfcamp B

                926                 96 %   72 %

Wolfcamp C

                996                 96 %   72 %

Altamont

   
315,272
   
170,523
   
1,135
   
26
   
43.7
   
73

%
 
60

%

Vertical

                781                 73 %   61 %

Horizontal

                354                 71 %   58 %

Haynesville Shale

   
55,815
   
36,718
   
190
   
   
NA
   
79

%
 
63

%

Holly

                97                 81 %   66 %

Non-Holly

                93                 76 %   58 %
                                     

Total Core Areas

    619,159     441,497     5,199     217     24.0     89 %   68 %
                                     

(1)
Our inventory as of September 30, 2013 does not include the following potential additional locations:

In the Wolfcamp Shale area, (i) horizontal drilling locations in the Cline Shale and (ii) vertical drilling locations in the Spraberry and other stacked formations; and

In Altamont, (i) vertical infill locations and (ii) horizontal drilling locations in the Wasatch and Green River formations.

(2)
Represents gross operated wells to be completed in 2013.

(3)
Calculated as Drilling Locations divided by 2013 Drilling Locations.

        Our approximately 5,200 low-risk drilling locations across our core areas (including 916 drilling locations to which we have attributed proved undeveloped reserves as of September 30, 2013), of which 96% are oil wells, provide us with approximately 24 years of drilling inventory. We have used the data from our development programs to identify and prioritize our inventory. These drilling locations are only included in our inventory after they have been evaluated technically.

Other Oil and Natural Gas Properties and Assets

        We have other producing assets that contribute cash flow toward the development of our oil-focused core areas. During the first nine months of 2013, we invested an aggregate of $14 million in capital expenditures in the following areas:

        South Louisiana Wilcox.     In our South Louisiana Wilcox area we control 56,204 total net (61,324 gross) acres located primarily in Beauregard Parish, Louisiana. We focus on development of the conventional vertical Wilcox area which produces oil, natural gas and NGLs from a series of completed sands. We are also evaluating horizontal drilling in certain sand intervals. We have over 1,000 square miles of 3-D seismic data across this play. The oil and NGLs from South Louisiana Wilcox have access to Louisiana Light Sweet Crude and Gulf Coast NGLs pricing, respectively, which have recently traded at premium levels relative to the WTI index.

        During most of 2012, we operated one drilling rig in South Louisiana Wilcox. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we idled drilling activity to allow completion of a regional model based on our well results and seismic data. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 we had average daily production of 1.6 MBoe/d and as of that date we had 20 net producing wells.

96


Table of Contents

        Arklatex Tight Gas.     Our Arklatex Tight Gas area includes wells producing from reservoirs other than the Haynesville Shale in our acreage located in Northern Louisiana. These properties are generally in the same areas as our Haynesville Shale. Our wells in this area produce from reservoirs such as the Travis Peak, Hosston and Cotton Valley, and have relatively stable production with shallow declines rates. In the current gas price environment, we are not currently drilling in this area. We have a significant low-risk inventory in this area that we believe would generate economic returns at higher gas prices. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we had average daily production of 3.5 MBoe/d and as of that date we had 272 net producing wells.

        Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star Oil & Gas Company ("Four Star").     We had an approximate 49% equity interest in Four Star. Four Star operates primarily in the San Juan, Permian, Hugoton and South Alabama basins. Production is from conventional and CBM assets in several basins. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our equity interest in Four Star's daily equivalent production averaged approximately 8.0 MBoe/d. We sold our equity interest in Four Star in September 2013.


Recent Divestitures

        During the third quarter of 2013, we sold certain of our natural gas properties, including our CBM properties (Raton, Arkoma and Black Warrior Basin), the majority of our Arklatex natural gas properties and our natural gas properties in South Texas, in three separate transactions. The total consideration from these transactions was approximately $1.3 billion, and proceeds were used to repay outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility and to fund capital expenditures.

        In July 2013, certain of our subsidiaries entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement relating to the sale of all of our Brazil operations. Pursuant to the Quota Purchase Agreement, the subsidiaries have agreed to sell all of our equity interests in two Brazilian subsidiaries to a third party. The transaction is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014, subject to Brazilian regulatory approval and certain other customary closing conditions.

        Additionally, in September 2013, we sold our approximate 49% equity interest in Four Star for approximately $183 million.


Business Strategy

        We are a high-growth, 100% onshore U.S., oil-weighted company with a large inventory of high-return, low-risk drilling locations. We are focused on creating shareholder value by implementing the following strategies:

Grow Oil Production, Cash Flow and Reserves through the Development of our Extensive Drilling Inventory

        We have assembled a drilling inventory of approximately 5,200 drilling locations (including 916 drilling locations to which we have attributed proved undeveloped reserves as of September 30, 2013) across approximately 441,000 net (619,000 gross) acres in the Eagle Ford Shale, the Wolfcamp Shale, Altamont and the Haynesville Shale. The concentration and scale of our core leasehold positions, coupled with our technical understanding of the reservoirs, should allow us to efficiently develop our core areas and allocate capital to maximize the value of our resource base. In 2012, we invested $1.5 billion (92% in our core oil areas) of capital expenditures and grew continuing and consolidated oil production by 11,578 Bbls/d, or 95%, from an average of 12,203 Bbls/d in 2011 to an average of 23,781 Bbls/d in 2012. Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX increased by 39% from 2011 to 2012 and consolidated income from continuing operations, including $221 million of transition and restructuring costs in 2012, decreased by 102% from 2011 to 2012. We also increased proved oil reserves by 81 MMBbls, or 47%, from 174 MMBbls at December 31, 2011 to 255 MMBbls at December 31, 2012. In 2013, we plan to invest approximately $1.9 billion of capital expenditures, of which 95% is dedicated to developing our core oil areas. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our capital

97


Table of Contents

expenditures were $1,403 million. We believe that our extensive inventory of low-risk drilling locations, combined with our operating expertise, will enable us to continue to deliver production, cash flow and reserve growth and create shareholder value. We consider our inventory of drilling locations to be low risk because they are in areas where we (and other producers) have extensive drilling and production experience and success. For additional information regarding Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDAX, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures" on page 81.

Maintain an Extensive Low-Risk Drilling Inventory

        We have a demonstrated track record of identifying and cost effectively acquiring low-risk resource development opportunities. We follow a geologically driven strategy to establish large, contiguous leasehold positions in the core of prolific basins and opportunistically add to those positions through bolt-on acquisitions over time. We were an early entrant into the Eagle Ford and Wolfcamp Shales through grassroots leasing efforts, amassing average positions of over 100,000 net acres, and we methodically expanded our position in Altamont through targeted acquisitions. We will continue to identify and opportunistically acquire additional acreage and producing assets to add to our multi-year drilling inventory.

Enhance Returns by Continuously Improving Capital and Operating Efficiencies

        We maintain a disciplined, returns-focused approach to capital allocation. Our large and diverse portfolio of drilling locations allows us to conduct cost-efficient operations and allocate capital to our highest-margin assets in a variety of commodity price environments. We continuously monitor and adjust our development program in order to maximize the value of our extensive portfolio of drilling opportunities. In each of our core areas, we have realized improvements in EURs while delivering reductions in drilling and completion costs since 2011. We have reduced our average cost per gross well in the Wolfcamp by 43% (43% per net well), Eagle Ford by 26% (32% per net well) and Altamont by 17% (26% per net well) from 2011 through the first nine months of 2013. These cost reductions have been due to many improvements, including substantial reductions in cycle times and successful negotiations for supplies and services. We expect further cost reductions going forward due to additional learning and efficiencies, including drilling wells from common pad sites, shared use of pre-existing central facilities and other economies of scale.

Identify and Develop Additional Drilling Opportunities in our Portfolio

        Our existing asset base provides numerous opportunities for our highly experienced technical team to create shareholder value by increasing our inventory beyond our currently identified drilling locations. In the Permian Basin, we have evaluated multiple Wolfcamp horizons, and we are currently running pilot delineation programs in the Wolfcamp A and C horizons. Additionally, this acreage is prospective for the Cline Shale, the Spraberry and other stacked formations. We believe Altamont has a significant inventory of low-risk, vertical infill drilling locations. Altamont is also currently being assessed for additional horizontal development potential in multiple shale and tight sands intervals. Our primary focus in the Eagle Ford Shale is increasing incremental returns through a reduction in drilling and completion costs. Our 3-D seismic programs in the Uinta and Permian Basins should further enhance our ability to increase the number of and high grade our drilling locations.

Maintain Liquidity and Financial Flexibility

        We intend to fund our organic growth predominantly with internally generated cash flows while maintaining ample liquidity. We will continue to maintain a disciplined approach to spending whereby we allocate capital in order to optimize returns and create shareholder value. Upon completion of this offering, we will have $2.5 billion available for borrowing under the RBL Facility. As we pursue our strategy of developing high-return opportunities in our core areas, we expect our cash flow and

98


Table of Contents

borrowing base to grow, thereby further enhancing our liquidity and financial strength. We protect these future cash flows and liquidity levels by maintaining a three year rolling hedge program. In general, we target hedging levels of over 50% of expected production on a rolling three year basis.


Competitive Strengths

        We believe the following strengths provide us with significant competitive advantages:

Large, Concentrated Operated Positions in the Core Areas of Prolific Oil Resource Plays

        We own and operate contiguous leasehold positions in the core areas of three of the premier North American oil resource plays: the Eagle Ford Shale, the Wolfcamp Shale and Altamont. We have approximately 405,000 net (563,000 gross) acres across these three plays that we have substantially de-risked through our ongoing drilling programs. We view this acreage as de-risked because the drilling locations were selected based on our extensive delineation drilling and production history in the area and well-established industry activity surrounding our acreage. Since 2010, we have drilled and completed 401 horizontal wells across these three plays with a success rate of approximately 99%. Based on our analysis of subsurface data and the production history of our wells and those of offset operators, we have confirmed high quality reservoir characteristics across a broad aerial extent with significant hydrocarbon resources in place. Based upon our well costs and production rates, we believe our core oil areas offer some of the best single well rates of return of all North American resource plays.

Multi-Year Inventory of Low-Risk Drilling Opportunities

        Our approximately 5,200 low-risk drilling locations across our core areas as of September 30, 2013 (including 916 drilling locations to which we have attributed proved undeveloped reserves as of September 30, 2013) provide us with approximately 24 years of drilling inventory, of which 96% are oil wells. We have used the subsurface data from our development programs to identify and prioritize our inventory. These drilling locations are included in our inventory after they have passed through a rigorous technical evaluation. In addition to our approximately 5,200 identified drilling locations, we believe we have the potential to increase our multi-year drilling inventory with horizontal drilling locations in the Cline Shale and vertical drilling locations in the Spraberry and other stacked formations in the Permian Basin, and vertical infill and horizontal drilling locations in the Wasatch and Green River formations in Altamont. Our ongoing technical assessment and development activities provide the potential for identification of additional drilling opportunities on our properties. A portion of this acreage is also prospective for the Cline Shale. In Altamont, we have potential for additional vertical infill drilling locations.

High-Quality Proved Reserve Base with Substantial Current Production

        Our leasehold position and inventory of low-risk drilling locations is complemented by a substantial proved reserve base. As of September 30, 2013, we had proved reserves of 513 MMBoe (54% oil and 67% liquids) with a PV-10 of $8.1 billion (84% oil and 91% liquids) and a standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows of $6.7 billion. For the three months ended September 30, 2013, our average net daily production was 88,149 Boe/d, which was 45% oil and 54% liquids. Our current production provides a stable source of cash flow to fund the development of our core programs. This significantly reduces our reliance on outside sources of capital. In addition, our extensive inventory improves our ability to replace and grow proved reserves.

Significant Operational Control with Low Cost Operations

        Our significant operational control permits us to efficiently manage the amount and timing of our capital outflows, allowing us to continually improve our drilling and operating practices. We operate over 88% of our producing wells and have operational control of approximately 95% of our core area

99


Table of Contents

drilling inventory as of September 30, 2013. We employ a centralized operational structure to accelerate our internal knowledge transfer between our drilling and completion programs and to continually enhance our field operations and base production performance. We have decreased our average cost per gross well by 27% (27% per net well), 14% (22% per net well) and 6% (21% per net well) in the Wolfcamp Shale, Eagle Ford Shale and Altamont, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to our average cost per well for the same period in 2012.

Capital Allocation Flexibility and Scale across Multiple Basins

        Our existing assets are geographically diversified among many of the major basins of North America, which helps to insulate us from regional commodity pricing and cost dislocations that occur from time to time. While our existing producing assets are well diversified, they are also of a critical mass (on average over 100,000 net acres in each core area), which enables us to drive efficiencies and benefit from economies of scale across multiple basins. Furthermore, because of our centralized operational structure, we are able to quickly transfer operational efficiencies from one project to the next. From January 1, 2008 to September 30, 2013, we have drilled 443 horizontal shale wells. From this deep operational knowledge base and sizeable, concentrated positions in multiple basins, we have the flexibility to allocate significant amounts of capital across our properties in an efficient and value-maximizing manner.

Ability to Direct Capital to the Prolific Haynesville Shale

        The Haynesville Shale is a key asset for us and is likely to compete for development capital if natural gas prices improve. Because our operations are surrounded by existing infrastructure, future returns are primarily driven by drilling and completion costs and natural gas prices. Since our Haynesville wells have demonstrated high initial production rates and strong EURs, small movements in natural gas prices can drive significant incremental value creation. Since these leases are held-by-production, we have the ability to redirect capital to this prolific asset in the future.

Significant Liquidity and Financial Flexibility

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have $2.5 billion available for borrowing under our RBL Facility. We maintain a robust hedging program in order to protect our cash flows through commodity cycles. As of September 30, 2013, our hedged volumes for 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 represent 95%, 92%, 88% and 14%, respectively, based on an annualized total equivalent production amount using equivalent production for the three months ended September 30, 2013. After the completion of this offering, we expect that liquidity provided by operating cash flow, availability under the RBL Facility and available cash will give us the financial flexibility to pursue our planned capital expenditures for the foreseeable future.

Experienced Management Team

        With an average of 24 years of experience, our senior management team has built a track record at El Paso Corporation and in former leadership roles with Burlington Resources, ConocoPhillips and other leading energy companies. The majority of our senior management team has worked together for over a decade and has significant experience in identifying, acquiring and developing unconventional oil and natural gas assets, including experience in horizontal drilling and developing shales. Through a combination of invested equity and incentive programs, we believe our management is motivated to deliver high returns, create shareholder value and maintain safe and reliable operations.


2013 Capital Budget

        We have a projected 2013 capital program of approximately $1.9 billion. Our capital program will remain focused on continuing to grow production, cash flows, and reserves in our highest return oil programs. In particular, the Eagle Ford Shale currently generates the highest returns in our portfolio

100


Table of Contents

and, as a result we are investing the majority of our capital in this program. We expect that liquidity provided by operating cash flow, availability under the RBL Facility and available cash will be sufficient to fund the 2013 capital plan.

 
  2013 Capital Program    
   
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2013
 
($ in Millions)
  Drilling &
Completion
  Facilities
& Other
  Total   %
of Total
  Active Rigs(2)   2013 Drilling
Locations(3)
  Capital
Expenditures
  Gross Wells
Drilled
 

Core Areas

                                                 

Eagle Ford Shale

  $ 897   $ 221   $ 1,118     58 %   6     126   $ 865     100  

Wolfcamp Shale

    447     54     501     26 %   3     65     377     48  

Altamont

    137     58     195     10 %   2     26     145     20  

Haynesville Shale

        2     2     0 %           2      
                                   

Total Core Areas

  $ 1,481   $ 335   $ 1,816     95 %   11     217   $ 1,389     168  

Other(1)

   
14
   
84
   
98
   
5

%
 
   
1
   
14
   
 
                                   

Total

  $ 1,495   $ 419   $ 1,914     100 %   11     218   $ 1,403     168  
                                   

(1)
Consists of South Louisiana Wilcox, Arklatex Tight Gas and approximately $70 million of capitalized general and administrative, interest and other costs.

(2)
Active Rigs as of September 30, 2013.

(3)
Represents gross operated wells to be completed in 2013.

        In the beginning of the year, we projected a 2013 capital program of approximately $1.7 billion. Based on the results of the first half of the year and the results of our asset divestitures, we increased our 2013 capital program by up to $175 million for incremental drilling and completion activity. This incremental capital has added 36 wells to the original budget of 182 wells to be drilled and completed in 2013.

2013 Capital Budget
$1.9 Billion(1)
  2013 Drilling Locations
218 Locations(2)


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

(1)
Includes approximately $70 million of capitalized interest, information technology and capitalized direct labor costs.

(2)
Represents gross operated wells to be completed in 2013.

101


Table of Contents


Oil and Natural Gas Properties

Oil and Condensate, Natural Gas and NGLs Reserves and Production

    Proved Reserves

        The table below presents information about our estimated proved reserves as of September 30, 2013, based on our internal reserve report. The reserve data represents only estimates which are often different from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered. The risks and uncertainties associated with estimating proved oil and natural gas reserves are discussed further in "Risk Factors" on page 20. Net proved reserves exclude royalties and interests owned by others and reflect contractual arrangements and royalty obligations in effect at September 30, 2013.

 
  Net Proved Reserves as of September 30, 2013  
 
  Oil
(MMBbls)
  NGL
(MMBbls)
  Natural Gas
(Bcf)
  Total
(MMBoe)
  Percent
(%)
 

Reserves by Classification

                               

Proved Developed

                               

Core Areas

                               

Eagle Ford Shale

    38.6     9.8     68.6     59.8     12 %

Wolfcamp Shale

    10.1     3.6     24.7     17.9     3 %

Altamont

    26.6         59.4     36.4     7 %

Haynesville Shale

            251.2     41.9     8 %
                       

Total Core Areas

    75.3     13.4     403.9     156.0     30 %

Other

   
1.2
   
0.5
   
70.8
   
13.5
   
3

%
                       

Total Proved Developed(1)

    76.5     13.9     474.7     169.5     33 %
                       

Proved Undeveloped

                               

Core Areas

                               

Eagle Ford Shale

    126.8     38.7     264.8     209.7     41 %

Wolfcamp Shale

    28.7     10.8     73.9     51.8     10 %

Altamont

    45.3         90.9     60.5     12 %

Haynesville Shale

            116.6     19.4     4 %
                       

Total Core Areas

    200.8     49.5     546.2     341.4     67 %

Other

   
0.8
   
0.6
   
7.1
   
2.5
   
0

%
                       

Total Proved Undeveloped

    201.6     50.1     553.3     343.9     67 %
                       

Total Reserves           

    278.1     64.0     1,028.0     513.4     100 %
                       

(1)
Includes 153 MMBoe of proved developed producing reserves representing 30% of total proved reserves and 16 MMBoe of proved developed non-producing reserves representing 3% of total proved reserves at September 30, 2013.

102


Table of Contents

        Our consolidated reserves in the table above are consistent with estimates of reserves filed with other federal agencies except for differences of less than 5% resulting from actual production, acquisitions, property sales, necessary reserve revisions and additions to reflect actual experience. Our estimated proved reserves were prepared by our internal reserve engineers and audited by Ryder Scott Company, L.P., our independent petroleum engineering consultants since 2004.

        We employ a technical staff of engineers and geoscientists that perform technical analysis of each undeveloped location. The staff uses industry accepted practices to estimate, with reasonable certainty, the economically producible oil and natural gas. The practices for estimating hydrocarbons in place include, but are not limited to, mapping, seismic interpretation of two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional data, core analysis, mechanical properties of formations, thermal maturity, well logs of existing penetrations, correlation of known penetrations, decline curve analysis of producing locations with significant production history, well testing, static bottom hole testing, flowing bottom hole pressure analysis and pressure and rate transient analysis.

        Our primary internal technical person in charge of overseeing our reserves estimates has a B.S. degree in Petroleum Engineering and is a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers. He is the executive vice president and chief operating officer of the company. In this capacity, he is responsible for the company's operating divisions as well as the Marketing and Business Development groups. In addition, he oversees the reserve reporting and technical/business excellence groups. He has more than 25 years of industry experience in various domestic and international engineering and management roles. For a discussion of the internal controls over our proved reserves estimation process, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates" on page 87.

        Ryder Scott conducted an audit of the estimates of the proved reserves that we prepared as of September 30, 2013 for each of our core areas. Our estimates of proved reserves for our South Louisiana Wilcox assets, our Arklatex Tight Gas assets and the natural gas assets that we divested as described in "—Recent Divestitures" on page 97 were not included in the Ryder Scott audit. In connection with its audit, Ryder Scott reviewed 94% (by volume) of our total proved reserves on a barrel of oil equivalent basis, representing 96% of the total discounted future net cash flows of these proved reserves (before giving effect to our pending and recently completed divestitures). For the reviewed properties, 91% of our total PUD reserves (before giving effect to our pending and recently completed divestitures) were evaluated. Ryder Scott concluded the overall procedures and methodologies that we utilized in preparing our estimates of proved reserves as of September 30, 2013 complied with current SEC regulations and the overall proved reserves for the reviewed properties as estimated by us are, in aggregate, reasonable within the established audit tolerance guidelines of 10% as set forth in the SPE auditing standards.

        Ryder Scott's reports are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        The technical person primarily responsible for overseeing the reserves audit by Ryder Scott has a B.S. degree in chemical engineering. He is a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas, a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers and has more than nine years of experience in petroleum reserves evaluation.

        In general, the volume of production from oil and natural gas properties declines as reserves are depleted. Except to the extent we conduct successful exploration and development activities or acquire additional properties with proved reserves, or both, our proved reserves will decline as they are produced. Recovery of PUD reserves requires significant capital expenditures and successful drilling operations. The reserve data assumes that we can and will make these expenditures and conduct these operations successfully, but future events, including commodity price changes, may cause these

103


Table of Contents

assumptions to change. In addition, estimates of PUD reserves and proved non-producing reserves are inherently subject to greater uncertainties than estimates of proved producing reserves.

    Proved Undeveloped Reserves (PUDs)

        As of September 30, 2013, we have 654 net PUD locations, of which 645 are in our core areas. At this time we do not have a developed to undeveloped relationship that is beyond one adjacent offset to a productive well.

        We assess our PUD reserves on a quarterly basis. At September 30, 2013, we had 344 MMBoe of consolidated PUD reserves, representing an increase of 29 MMBoe of PUD reserves compared to December 31, 2012, excluding sales related to our recent divestitures of 26 MMBoe of PUD reserves. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we added 77 MMBoe of PUD reserves primarily from our drilling activities in the Eagle Ford Shale and the Wolfcamp Shale, we had 29 MMBoe of PUD reserves transferred to proved developed reserves and positive revisions of 7 MMBoe primarily due to forecast updates. As of September 30, 2013, we had no PUD reserves associated with our Brazil assets.

        We spent approximately $515 million, $587 million and $601 million, during the first nine months of 2013, and for the entirety of 2012 and 2011, respectively, to convert approximately 9% or 29 MMBoe, 10% or 32 MMBoe and 17% or 35 MMBoe, respectively, of our prior year-end PUD reserves to proved developed reserves. In our September 30, 2013 internal reserve report, the amounts estimated to be spent in 2013, 2014 and 2015 to develop our consolidated worldwide PUD reserves are $236 million, $1,085 million and $1,216 million, respectively. The upward trend in the amounts estimated to be spent to develop our PUD reserves is a result of our focus on developing our core programs. The amount and timing of these expenditures will depend on a number of factors, including actual drilling results, service costs and commodity prices.

        Of the 344 MMBoe of consolidated PUD reserves at September 30, 2013, none are scheduled to remain undeveloped beyond five years.

        The following table summarizes our changes in consolidated PUDs during 2012 and the last nine months ended September 30, 2013 (in MMBoe):

Balance, December 31, 2011

    320  

Purchase of minerals-in-place

     

Extensions and discoveries

    131  

Revisions of previous estimates(1)

    (103 )

Transfers to proved developed

    (32 )

Divestitures

    (1 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2012

    315  
       

Purchase of minerals-in-place

     

Extensions and discoveries

    77  

Revisions of previous estimates(2)

    7  

Transfers to proved developed

    (29 )

Divestitures

    (26 )
       

Balance, September 30, 2013

    344  
       

(1)
Revisions to previous estimates during 2012 are primarily due to lower natural gas prices.

(2)
Revisions to previous estimates during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are primarily due to improved performance and ownership updates.

104


Table of Contents

Acreage and Wells

        The following tables detail (i) our interest in developed and undeveloped acreage at September 30, 2013, (ii) our interest in oil and natural gas wells at September 30, 2013 and (iii) our exploratory and development wells drilled during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and years 2010 through 2012. Any acreage in which our interest is limited to owned royalty, overriding royalty and other similar interests is excluded.

 
  Developed   Undeveloped   Total  
 
  Gross(1)   Net(2)   Gross(1)   Net(2)   Gross(1)   Net(2)  

Acreage

                                     

Core Areas

                                     

Eagle Ford Shale

    17,448     16,451     92,155     79,675     109,603     96,126  

Wolfcamp Shale

    10,960     10,960     127,509     127,170     138,469     138,130  

Altamont

    138,856     117,582     176,416     52,941     315,272     170,523  

Haynesville Shale

    38,705     27,348     17,110     9,370     55,815     36,718  
                           

Total Core Areas

    205,969     172,341     413,190     269,156     619,159     441,497  

Other(3)

    139,379     33,158     404,787     272,602     544,166     305,760  
                           

Total Acreage

    345,348     205,499     817,977     541,758     1,163,325     747,257  
                           

(1)
Gross interest reflects the total acreage we participate in regardless of our ownership interest in the acreage.

(2)
Net interest is the aggregate of the fractional working interests that we have in the gross acreage.

(3)
Includes South Louisiana Wilcox and Arklatex Tight Gas areas.

        Our net developed acreage is concentrated primarily in Texas (18%), Louisiana (22%), and Utah (57%). Our net undeveloped acreage is concentrated primarily in Texas (40%), Louisiana (9%), and Utah (10%). Approximately 6%, 13% and 9% of our net undeveloped acreage is held under leases that have minimum remaining primary terms expiring in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We employ various techniques to manage the expiration of leases, including drilling the acreage ourselves prior to lease expiration, entering into farm-out agreements with other operators or extending lease terms.

 
  Natural Gas   Oil   Total   Wells Being
Drilled at
September 30,
2013(1)
 
 
  Gross(2)(3)   Net(4)   Gross(2)   Net(4)   Gross(2)   Net(4)(5)   Gross(2)   Net(4)  

Productive Wells

                                                 

Core Areas

                                                 

Eagle Ford Shale

    3     3     246     234     249     237     22     21  

Wolfcamp Shale

            85     82     85     82     4     4  

Altamont

    3     1     425     326     428     327     4     2  

Haynesville Shale

    191     106             191     106          
                                   

Total Core Areas

    197     110     756     642     953     752     30     27  

Other(6)

    380     288     4     4     384     292          
                                   

Total Productive Wells

    577     398     760     646     1,337     1,044     30     27  

(1)
Comprised of wells that were spud as of September 30, 2013 and have not been completed.

(2)
Gross interest reflects the total wells we participated in, regardless of our ownership interest.

105


Table of Contents

(3)
Includes three wells with multiple completions.

(4)
Net interest is the aggregate of the fractional working interests that we have in the gross wells or gross wells drilled.

(5)
At September 30, 2013, we operated 1,024 of the 1,044 net productive wells.

(6)
Includes South Louisiana Wilcox and Arklatex Tight Gas areas.

(7)
We have entered into an agreement to sell these operations. See "—Recent Divestitures" on page 97.

 
  Net Exploratory(1)   Net Development(1)  
 
   
  Year ended
December 31,
   
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
 
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011   2010  

Wells Drilled

                                                 

Core Areas

                                                 

Productive

    8     13     73     28     155     116     57     46  

Dry

        1             2     2          
                                   

Total Core Areas

    8     14     73     28     157     118     57     46  

Other

                                                 

Productive

        7     9             5     2      

Dry

                        1          
                                   

Total Other

        7     9             6     2      

Divested Assets(2)

                                                 

Productive

            5     7         11     36     9  

Dry

                                2  
                                   

Total Divested Assets

            5     7         11     36     11  

Consolidated

                                                 

Productive

    8     20     87     35     155     132     95     55  

Dry

        1             2     3         2  
                                   

Total

    8     21     87     35     157     135     95     57  
                                   

(1)
Net interest is the aggregate of the fractional working interests that we have in the gross wells or gross wells drilled.

(2)
Wells of divested assets in 2012, 2011 and 2010 include those for our CBM, South Texas and Arklatex assets, each sold in 2013 and of our Gulf of Mexico assets sold in 2012. See "—Recent Divestitures" on page 97.

        The drilling performance above should not be considered indicative of future drilling performance, nor should it be assumed that there is any correlation between the number of productive wells drilled and the amount of oil and natural gas that may ultimately be recovered.

106


Table of Contents

Net Production, Sales Prices, Transportation and Production Costs

        The following table details our net production volumes, net production volume by core area, average sales prices received, average transportation costs, average lease operating expense and average production taxes associated with the sale of oil and natural gas for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine months
ended September 30,
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  

Volumes:

                               

Consolidated Net Production Volumes

                               

Core Areas

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    9,335     5,682     8,277     4,220     2,451  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    65,548     95,038     122,254     105,429     57,479  

NGL (MBbls)

    1,712     707     1,056     216     38  
                       

Total Core Areas (MMBoe)

    21,972     22,229     29,709     22,008     12,069  

Other

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    226     325     427     234     129  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    6,634     10,163     12,603     14,440     18,652  

NGL (MBbls)

    94     203     245     22     60  
                       

Total Other (MMBoe)

    1,426     2,222     2,772     2,662     3,298  

Total Continuing

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    9,561     6,007     8,704     4,454     2,580  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    72,182     105,201     134,857     119,869     76,131  

NGL (MBbls)

    1,806     910     1,301     238     98  
                       

Total Continuing (MMBoe)

    23,398     24,451     32,481     24,670     15,367  

Divested Assets

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

        297     297     1,226     1,783  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

        39,421     39,419     110,800     139,774  

NGL (MBbls)

        313     312     830     1,325  
                       

Total (MMBoe)

        7,180     7,179     20,523     26,403  

Consolidated

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    9,561     6,304     9,001     5,680     4,363  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    72,182     144,622     174,276     230,669     215,905  

NGL (MBbls)

    1,806     1,223     1,613     1,068     1,423  
                       

Total (MMBoe)

    23,398     31,631     39,660     45,193     41,770  

MBoe/d

    85.7     115.4     108.4     123.8     114.4  

Unconsolidated Affiliate(1)

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    198     208     282     306     364  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    10,001     11,694     15,552     16,881     17,165  

NGL (MBbls)

    328     359     478     556     573  
                       

Total (MMBoe)

    2,192     2,515     3,352     3,675     3,798  

MBoe/d

    8.0     9.2     9.2     10.1     10.4  

107


Table of Contents

 
  Nine months
ended September 30,
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  

Total Combined Volumes              

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    9,759     6,512     9,283     5,986     4,727  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    82,183     156,316     189,828     247,550     233,070  

NGL (MBbls)

    2,134     1,582     2,091     1,624     1,996  
                       

Total Equivalent Volumes (MMBoe)              

    25,590     34,146     43,012     48,868     45,568  

MBoe/d

    93.7     124.6     117.6     133.9     124.8  

(1)
Represents our approximate 49% equity interest in the volumes of Four Star, which we sold in September 2013.

 
  Nine months
ended September 30,
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  

Eagle Ford Shale

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    6,254     3,323     5,023     1,702     177  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    11,145     5,532     8,425     3,094     947  

NGL (MBbls)

    1,551     630     936     207     30  
                       

Total Eagle Ford Shale (MMBoe)

    9,662     4,877     7,364     2,425     366  

Wolfcamp Shale

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    800     341     489     132      

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    1,509     512     763     212      

NGL (MBbls)

    153     74     116          
                       

Total Wolfcamp Shale (MMBoe)

    1,205     501     734     168      

Altamont

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

    2,281     2,018     2,765     2,385     2,273  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    5,091     4,927     6,632     5,677     4,915  

NGL (MBbls)

    8     3     4     7     5  
                       

Total Altamont (MMBoe)

    3,138     2,843     3,876     3,338     3,097  

Haynesville Shale

                               

Oil and Condensate (MBbls)

                1     1  

Natural Gas (MMcf)

    47,803     84,067     106,434     96,446     51,617  

NGL (MBbls)

                2     3  
                       

Total Haynesville Shale (MMBoe)

    7,967     14,009     17,736     16,077     8,606  

108


Table of Contents

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  

Consolidated Prices and Costs per Unit:

                               

Oil and Condensate Average Realized Sales Price ($/Bbl)

                               

Physical Sales

  $ 97.13   $ 93.80   $ 92.58   $ 90.22   $ 72.37  

Including Financial Derivatives(1)

  $ 98.96   $ 97.11   $ 97.19   $ 88.98   $ 70.52  

Natural Gas Average Realized Sales Price ($/Mcf)

                               

Physical Sales

  $ 3.36   $ 2.42   $ 2.54   $ 3.91   $ 4.26  

Including Financial Derivatives(1)

  $ 3.08   $ 4.39   $ 4.49   $ 5.37   $ 5.67  

NGL Average Realized Sales Price ($/Bbl)

                               

Physical Sales

  $ 29.74   $ 38.56   $ 37.63   $ 53.50   $ 42.38  

(1)
Amounts reflect settlements on financial derivatives, including cash premiums. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we received $9 million and paid $4 million of cash premiums, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010 we paid $3 million and $7 million of cash premiums, respectively. There were no cash premiums for the year ended December 31, 2011.

109


Table of Contents

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  

Average Transportation Costs

                               

Core Areas

                               

Oil and Condensate ($/Bbl)

  $ 2.08   $ 2.04   $ 2.09   $ 0.05   $ 0.04  

Natural Gas ($/Mcf)

  $ 0.53   $ 0.37   $ 0.40   $ 0.34   $ 0.27  

NGL ($/Bbl)

  $ 6.03   $ 2.98   $ 2.93   $ 1.12   $ 7.66  

Other Domestic

                               

Oil and Condensate ($/Bbl)

  $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.02   $ 0.02   $ 0.37  

Natural Gas ($/Mcf)

  $ 0.66   $ 0.45   $ 0.46   $ 0.39   $ 0.34  

NGL ($/Bbl)

  $ 7.50   $ 9.36   $ 9.32   $ 11.46   $ 8.30  

Divested Assets

                               

Oil and Condensate ($/Bbl)

  $   $ 0.16   $ 0.17   $ 0.13   $ 0.14  

Natural Gas ($/Mcf)

  $   $ 0.43   $ 0.43   $ 0.35   $ 0.33  

NGL ($/Bbl)

  $   $ 6.81   $ 6.82   $ 4.33   $ 2.79  

Consolidated

                               

Oil and Condensate ($/Bbl)

  $ 2.03   $ 1.85   $ 1.93   $ 0.06   $ 0.09  

Natural Gas ($/Mcf)

  $ 0.54   $ 0.39   $ 0.41   $ 0.35   $ 0.31  

NGL ($/Bbl)

  $ 6.11   $ 5.02   $ 4.65   $ 3.83   $ 3.16  

Average Lease Operating Expenses ($/Boe)

                               

Core Areas

  $ 4.95   $ 3.07   $ 3.26   $ 2.53   $ 2.87  

Other

  $ 8.34   $ 4.94   $ 5.33   $ 5.17   $ 3.15  

Divested Assets

  $   $ 5.43   $ 5.44   $ 5.19   $ 4.23  

Total Consolidated

  $ 5.15   $ 3.74   $ 3.80   $ 3.89   $ 3.75  

Average Production Taxes ($/Boe)

                               

Core Areas

  $ 2.88   $ 1.93   $ 1.93   $ 1.25   $ 1.21  

Other

  $ 4.49   $ 3.74   $ 3.30   $ 2.50   $ 3.50  

Divested Assets

  $   $ 1.18   $ 1.18   $ 1.71   $ 1.33  

Total Consolidated

  $ 2.98   $ 1.88   $ 1.89   $ 1.53   $ 1.47  

110


Table of Contents

Acquisition, Development and Exploration Expenditures

        The following table details information regarding the capital expenditures in our acquisition, development and exploration activities for the periods indicated:

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor  
 
  Successor    
 
 
   
   
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
   
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
  January 1
to
May 24,
2012
 
 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2013
   
 
($ in millions)
   
  2011   2010  

Core Areas

                                   

Acquisition Costs:

                                   

Proved

  $ 2   $       $   $   $ 49  

Unproved

    17     7         31     24     177  

Development Costs

    1,296     768         490     577     160  

Exploration Costs:

                                   

Delay Rentals

        4             6      

Seismic Acquisitions and Reprocessing

    1     20         1     2     3  

Drilling

    60     58         37     741     484  

Other

    2     1                  

Asset Retirement Obligations

    4     2         8     3     (2 )
                           

Total Oil and Natural Gas Expenditures

  $ 1,382   $ 860       $ 567   $ 1,353   $ 871  

Non-Oil and Natural Gas Expenditures

    7     2         2     6     5  
                           

Total Capital Expenditures

  $ 1,389   $ 862       $ 569   $ 1,359   $ 876  
                           

Other

                                   

Acquisition Costs:

                                   

Proved

  $   $       $   $   $ 2  

Unproved

    (3 )   12         1     19     13  

Development Costs

    5     24         14     53     23  

Exploration Costs:

                                   

Delay Rentals

    2     1         3     1     1  

Seismic Acquisitions and Reprocessing

        2         15     29     7  

Drilling

    5     19         11     58     37  

Other

    1     2                  

Asset Retirement Obligations

        8         1     1     1  
                           

Total Oil and Natural Gas Expenditures

  $ 10   $ 68       $ 45   $ 161   $ 84  

Non-Oil and Natural Gas Expenditures

    8     12             5     17  
                           

Total Capital Expenditures

  $ 18   $ 80       $ 45   $ 166   $ 101  
                           

Total

                                   

Acquisition Costs:

                                   

Proved

  $ 2   $       $   $   $ 51  

Unproved

    14     19         32     43     190  

Development Costs

    1,301     792         504     630     183  

Exploration Costs:

                                   

Delay Rentals

    2     5         3     7     1  

Seismic Acquisitions and Reprocessing

    1     22         16     31     10  

Drilling

    65     77         48     799     521  

Other

    3     3                  

Asset Retirement Obligations

    4     10         9     4     (1 )
                           

Total Oil and Natural Gas Expenditures

  $ 1,392   $ 928       $ 612   $ 1,514   $ 955  

Non-Oil and Natural Gas Expenditures

    15     14         2     11     22  
                           

Total Capital Expenditures

  $ 1,407   $ 942       $ 614   $ 1,525   $ 977  
                           

Divested Assets

                25     122     282  
                           

Total Capital Expenditures

  $ 1,407   $ 942       $ 639   $ 1,647   $ 1,259  
                           

(1)
Wells of divested assets in 2012, 2011 and 2010 include those for our CBM, South Texas and Arklatex assets, each sold in 2013 and our Gulf of Mexico assets sold in 2012. See "—Recent Divestitures" on page 97.

111


Table of Contents

Operations

        As of September 30, 2013, we operated approximately 88% of our producing wells. As operator, we design and manage the development of a well and supervise operation and maintenance activities on a day-to-day basis. We employ petroleum engineers, geologists and land professionals who work to improve production rates, increase reserves and lower the cost of operating our oil and natural gas properties.

Transportation, Markets and Customers

        Our physical commodity marketing strategy seeks to ensure both maximum deliverability of our production and maximum realized prices. We leverage our knowledge of markets and transportation infrastructure to enter into optimal downstream processing, treating and marketing contracts. We primarily sell our domestic oil and gas production to third parties at spot market prices, while we sell our NGLs at market prices under monthly or long-term contracts. We typically sell our oil production to a relatively small number of credit-worthy counterparties, as is customary in the industry. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, three purchasers accounted for approximately 80% of our oil revenues: Chevron Corporation, Flint Hills Resources, LP and Shell Oil Company. As oil volumes grow, we anticipate further diversification of our revenue exposure to a wider range of buyers under a mix of short-term and long-term sales agreements. Across all of our core areas, we maintain adequate gathering, treating, processing and transportation capacity, as well as downstream sales arrangements, to accommodate our growing production volumes.

        In our Eagle Ford Shale operating area, we are connected to the Camino Real Gathering System, which is comprised of a crude oil gathering pipeline system and a separate natural gas gathering pipeline system. The Camino Real gas gathering system receives high-pressure unprocessed wellhead gas into an 83-mile pipeline with capacity of 150-170 MMcf/d. The gas is redelivered to interconnects with Energy Transfer, Enterprise, Regency and Eagle Ford Gathering. We currently have 125 MMcf/d of firm transportation capacity on the Camino Real gas gathering system, of which we used an average of 50% during September 2013, and have additional capacity available as needed. Our gas gathering capacity utilization will increase as additional wells are connected. We have firm gas gathering, processing and transportation agreements on three of the interconnected pipelines downstream of the Camino Real gas gathering system with a minimum capacity of approximately 88 MMBtu/d, with rights to increase firm capacity if necessary. We market our physical gas to various purchasers at spot market prices.

        The Camino Real oil gathering system is a 68-mile long pipeline with over 110,000 Bbls/d of capacity and a gravity bank which allows for oil blending to support attractive API levels. We have 80,000 Bbls/d of firm capacity on this system, of which we used an average of 36% during September 2013. The system delivers oil to the Storey Oil Terminal on Highway 97 east of Cotulla, Texas, six miles southeast of Gardendale. From the Storey Terminal, oil can be pumped into Harvest's Arrowhead #1 and/or Arrowhead #2 pipelines or loaded into trucks. Oil can also be delivered into trucks at the various central batteries throughout the field, providing additional deliverability and flexibility. We expect our utilization rate of this system to increase as additional wells are connected. We currently market our oil at the Storey Terminal or at our central batteries under a combination of short and long-term contracts, ranging from monthly deals to a seven-year term sale. We are receiving a price premium for our Eagle Ford Shale oil relative to NYMEX WTI, due primarily to strong Louisiana Light Sweet pricing and exposure to waterborne crude markets. With adequate takeaway capacity in the region and close proximity to the Gulf Coast refining complex, we do not anticipate any issues with marketing additional crude volumes from the Eagle Ford Shale.

        In our Wolfcamp Shale operating area, we continue to leverage significant legacy gathering, processing and transportation infrastructure. For natural gas, we are connected to both the West Texas

112


Table of Contents

Gas and DCP gathering systems, and we process the vast majority of our gas at the WTG Benedum gas plant. We receive Waha pricing for our natural gas and Mont Belvieu pricing for our NGLs. "Waha pricing" refers to the published index price for spot and monthly physical natural gas purchases and sales made into interstate and intrastate pipelines at the outlet of the Waha header system and in the Waha vicinity in the Permian Basin in West Texas. "Mont Belvieu pricing" refers to the spot market price for NGLs delivered into the Mont Belvieu NGL processing and storage hub in Mont Belvieu, Texas. Our crude oil production facilities are connected to a third party oil gathering system that delivers to Plains pipeline at Owens Station in Reagan County, Texas. We sell our pipeline delivered crude to multiple purchasers under both short and long-term contracts at WTI-based pricing. We also maintain the capability to truck crude oil to those same purchasers under similarly-priced contracts to provide additional flow assurance. With new Permian Basin takeaway pipelines coming online this year, we anticipate no constraints moving physical crude oil to market and expect regional pricing to remain correlated with NYMEX WTI.

        In our Altamont operating area, the wax crude we produce is sold at the wellhead to multiple purchasers who transport the oil via truck to downstream refineries. We sell most of the oil we produce in the basin to Salt Lake City refineries under long-term sales agreements that accommodate our production growth forecasts. In addition, we pioneered a crude-by-rail solution four years ago to expand the market for Altamont wax crude beyond Salt Lake City. We anticipate that planned expansions of Salt Lake City refineries and expanded rail capacity will keep pace with basin-wide production growth, and we continue to develop new market solutions. Our produced natural gas is gathered and processed at an Altamont plant under a long-term sales agreement that provides for residue gas return for operational use.

        In our Haynesville Shale operating area, our facilities are connected to multiple gas takeaway pipeline systems, including Tennessee Gas Pipeline, Enterprise Acadian Gas Pipeline, Enterprise Stateline Gathering, and Crosstex LIG Pipeline. We currently control approximately 300 MMcf/d of firm capacity on these pipelines, of which we used an average of 65% during September 2013. Currently, our Haynesville Shale gas is produced at close to pipeline specifications and requires only CO2 removal before delivery into takeaway pipelines. We sell our physical gas production to a wide variety of purchasers at spot market prices under short-term sales agreements. Given the abundance of pipeline infrastructure in the region and the growing demand for natural gas in the southeast, we do not anticipate any issues with production deliverability.

        While most of our physical production is priced off spot market indices, we actively manage the volatility of spot market pricing through a dynamic and active risk management program. We enter into an array of financial derivatives contracts on our oil and natural gas production to stabilize our cash flows, reduce the risk of downward commodity price movements and protect the economic assumptions associated with our capital investment program. We employ a sophisticated, disciplined risk management program that utilizes rigorous risk control processes and leverages the extensive commodity trading expertise of our staff. For a further discussion of these risk management activities and derivative contracts, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on page 62.

Competitors

        The exploration and production business is highly competitive in the search for and acquisition of additional oil and natural gas reserves and in the sale of oil, natural gas and NGLs. Our competitors include major and intermediate sized oil and natural gas companies, independent oil and natural gas operators and individual producers or operators with varying scopes of operations and financial resources. Competitive factors include price and contract terms, our ability to access drilling, completion and other equipment and our ability to hire and retain skilled personnel on a timely and

113


Table of Contents

cost effective basis. Ultimately, our future success in this business will be dependent on our ability to find or acquire additional reserves at costs that yield acceptable returns on the capital invested.

Use of 3-D Seismic Data

        We have an inventory of approximately 1,500 square miles of 3-D seismic data. We have 435 square miles of 3-D seismic data in our four core areas which provides approximately 30% coverage in those areas. We use the data to identify and optimize drilling locations and completion operations, field development plans and new resource targets. In the Wolfcamp and Altamont plays in particular, we utilize 3-D seismic technologies to help identify areas with natural fractures and use this information to help with the placement of future drill well locations that could result in higher productivity wells.

Regulatory Environment

        Our oil and natural gas exploration and production activities are regulated at the federal, state and local levels in the United States and Brazil. These regulations include, but are not limited to, those governing the drilling and spacing of wells, conservation, forced pooling and protection of correlative rights among interest owners. We are also subject to various governmental safety and environmental regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

        Our domestic operations under federal oil and natural gas leases are regulated by the statutes and regulations of the U.S. Department of the Interior that currently impose liability upon lessees for the cost of environmental impacts resulting from their operations. Royalty obligations on all federal leases are regulated by the Office of Natural Resources Revenue within the Department of Interior, which has promulgated valuation guidelines for the payment of royalties by producers. Our exploration and production operations in Brazil are subject to environmental regulations administered by that government, which include political subdivisions in that country. These domestic and international laws and regulations affect the construction and operation of facilities, water disposal rights, drilling operations, production or the delay or prevention of future offshore lease sales. In addition, we maintain insurance to limit exposure to sudden and accidental pollution liability exposures.

        Hydraulic Fracturing.     Hydraulic fracturing is a process of pumping fluid and proppant (usually sand) under high pressure into deep underground geologic formations that contain recoverable hydrocarbons. These hydrocarbon formations are typically thousands of feet below the surface. The hydraulic fracturing process creates small fractures in the hydrocarbon formation. These fractures allow natural gas and oil to move more freely through the formation to the well and finally to the surface production facilities. We use hydraulic fracturing to maximize productivity of our oil and natural gas wells in our core areas. Our domestic proved undeveloped oil and natural gas reserves are subject to hydraulic fracturing. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we incurred costs of approximately $367 million associated with hydraulic fracturing.

        Hydraulic fracturing fluid is typically composed of over 99% water and proppant, which is usually sand. The other 1% or less of the fluid is composed of additives that may contain acid, friction reducer, surfactant, gelling agent and scale inhibitor. We retain service companies to conduct such operations and we have worked with several service companies to evaluate, test and, where appropriate, modify our fluid design to reduce the use of chemicals in our fracturing fluid. We have worked closely with our service companies to provide voluntary and regulatory disclosure of our hydraulic fracturing fluids.

        In order to protect surface and groundwater quality during the drilling and completion phases of our operations, we follow applicable industry practices and legal requirements of the applicable state oil and natural gas commissions with regard to well design, including requirements associated with casing steel strength, cement strength and slurry design. Our activities in the field are monitored by state and federal regulators. Key aspects of our field protection measures include: (i) pressure testing well

114


Table of Contents

construction and integrity, (ii) casing and cementing practices to ensure pressure management and separation of hydrocarbons from groundwater and (iii) public disclosure of the contents of hydraulic fracture fluids.

        In addition to these measures, our drilling, casing and cementing procedures are designed to prevent fluid migration, which typically include some or all of the following:

    Our drilling process executes several repeated cycles conducted in sequence—drill, set casing, cement casing and then test casing for integrity before proceeding to the next drilling interval.

    Conductor casing is drilled and cemented or driven in place. This string serves as the structural foundation for the well. Conductor casing is not necessary or required for all wells.

    Surface casing is set and is cemented in place. Surface casing is set on all wells. The purpose of the surface casing is to isolate and protect Underground Sources of Drinking Water ("USDW") as identified by federal and state regulatory bodies. The surface casing and cement isolates wellbore materials from any potential contact with USDWs.

    Intermediate casing is set through the surface casing to a depth necessary to isolate abnormally pressured subsurface formations from normally pressured formations. Intermediate casing is not necessary or required for all wells. Our standard practices include cementing above any hydrocarbon bearing zone and performing casing pressure tests to verify the integrity of the casing and cement.

    Production casing is set through the surface and intermediate casing through the depth of the targeted producing formation. Our standard practices include pumping cement above the confining structure of the target zone and performing casing pressure tests and other tests to verify the integrity of the casing and cement. If any problems are detected, then appropriate remedial action is taken.

    With the casing set and cemented, a barrier of steel and cement is in place that is designed to isolate the wellbore from surrounding geologic formations. This barrier as designed mitigates against the risk of drilling or fracturing fluids entering potential sources of drinking water.

        In addition to the required use of casing and cement in the well construction, we follow additional regulatory requirements and industry operating practices. These typically include pressure testing of casing and surface equipment and continuous monitoring of surface pressure, pumping rates, volumes of fluids and chemical concentrations during hydraulic fracturing operations. When any pressure differential outside the normal range of operations occurs, pumping is shut down until the cause of the pressure differential is identified and any required remedial measures are completed. Hydraulic fracturing fluid is delivered to our sites in accordance with Department of Transportation ("DOT") regulations in DOT approved shipping containers using DOT transporters.

        We also have procedures to address water use and disposal. This includes evaluating surface and groundwater sources, commercial sources, and potential recycling and reuse of treated water sources. When commercially and technically feasible, we use recycled or treated water. This practice helps mitigate against potential adverse impacts to other water supply sources. When using raw surface or groundwater, we obtain all required water rights or compensate owners for water consumption. We are evaluating additional treatment capability to augment future water supplies at several of our sites. During our drilling and completions operations, we manage waste water to minimize environmental risks and costs. Flowback water returned to the surface is typically contained in steel tanks or pits. Water that is not treated for reuse is typically piped or trucked to waste disposal injection wells, many of which we own and operate. These wells are permitted through Underground Injection Control ("UIC") program of the Safe Drinking Water Act. We also use commercial UIC permitted water injection facilities for flowback and produced water disposal.

115


Table of Contents

        We have not received regulatory citations or notice of suits related to our hydraulic fracturing operations for environmental concerns. We have not experienced a surface release of fluids associated with hydraulic fracturing that resulted in material financial exposure or significant environmental impact. Consistent with local, state and federal requirements, releases are reported to appropriate regulatory agencies and site restoration completed. No remediation reserve has been identified or anticipated as a result of hydraulic fracturing releases experienced to date.

        Spill Prevention/Response Procedures.     There are various state and federal regulations that are designed to prevent and respond to any spills or leaks resulting from exploration and production activities. In this regard, we maintain spill prevention control and countermeasures programs, which frequently include the installation and maintenance of spill containment devices designed to contain spill materials on location. In addition, we maintain emergency response plans to minimize potential environmental impacts in the event of a spill or leak or any significant hydraulic fracturing well control issue.


Environmental

        We are subject to existing federal, state and local laws and regulations governing environmental quality, pollution control and GHG emissions. Numerous governmental agencies, such as the EPA, issue regulations which often require difficult and costly compliance measures that carry substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties and may result in injunctive obligations for non-compliance. These laws and regulations may require the acquisition of a permit before drilling commences, restrict the types, quantities and concentrations of various substances that can be released into the environment in connection with drilling and production activities, limit or prohibit construction or drilling activities on certain lands lying within wilderness, wetlands, ecologically sensitive and other protected areas, require action to prevent or remediate pollution from current or former operations, such as plugging abandoned wells or closing pits, result in the suspension or revocation of necessary permits, licenses and authorizations, require that additional pollution controls be installed and impose substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations or relate to our owned or operated facilities. The strict and joint and several liability nature of such laws and regulations could impose liability upon us regardless of fault. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances, hydrocarbons or other waste products into the environment. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more stringent and costly pollution control or waste handling, storage, transport, disposal or cleanup requirements could materially adversely affect our operations and financial position, as well as the oil and natural gas industry in general. Our management believes that we are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and we have not experienced any material adverse effect from compliance with these environmental requirements. This trend, however, may not continue in the future.

        The environmental laws and regulations to which we are subject also require us to remove or remedy the effect on the environment of the disposal or release of specified substances at current and former operating sites. As of September 30, 2013, we had accrued less than $1 million for related environmental remediation costs associated with onsite, offsite and groundwater technical studies and for related environmental legal costs. Our accrual represents a combination of two estimation methodologies. First, where the most likely outcome can be reasonably estimated, that cost has been accrued. Second, where the most likely outcome cannot be estimated, a range of costs is established and if no one amount in that range is more likely than any other, the lower end of the expected range has been accrued. Our exposure could be as high as $1 million. Our environmental remediation projects are in various stages of completion. The liabilities we have recorded reflect our current estimates of amounts that we will expend to remediate these sites. However, depending on the stage of completion or assessment, the ultimate extent of contamination or remediation required may not be

116


Table of Contents

known. As additional assessments occur or remediation efforts continue, we may incur additional liabilities.

        Climate Change and Other Emissions.     On December 15, 2009, the EPA published its findings that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane, and other GHGs, present an endangerment to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to the warming of the earth's atmosphere and other climate changes. These findings served as a statutory prerequisite for EPA to adopt and implement regulations that would restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the Clean Air Act. The EPA has adopted two sets of related rules, one of which purports to regulate emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and the other of which regulates emissions of GHGs from certain large stationary sources of emissions such as power plants or industrial facilities. The EPA finalized the motor vehicle rule in April 2010 and it became effective January 2011. The EPA adopted the stationary source rule, also known as the "Tailoring Rule," in May 2010, and it also became effective January 2011, although on October 15, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court announced it will review aspects of the rule in 2014. Additionally, in September 2009, the EPA issued a final rule requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the U.S., including NGLs fractionators and local natural gas/distribution companies, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring in 2010. More recently, in November 2010, the EPA expanded its existing GHG reporting rule to include onshore and offshore oil and natural gas production and onshore processing, transmission, storage and distribution facilities, which may include certain of our facilities, beginning in 2012 for emissions occurring in 2011. In addition, the EPA has continued to adopt GHG regulations of the oil and gas and other industries, such as the September 2013 proposed GHG rule that, if finalized, would set New Source Performance Standards for new coal-fired and natural gas-fired power plants. As a result of this continued regulatory focus, future GHG regulations of the oil and natural gas industry remain a possibility.

        In addition, the U.S. Congress has from time to time considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs and almost one-half of the states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs primarily through the planned development of GHG emission inventories and/or regional GHG cap and trade programs. Although the U.S. Congress has not adopted such legislation at this time, it may do so in the future and many states continue to pursue regulations to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Most of these cap and trade programs work by requiring major sources of emissions, such as electric power plants or major producers of fuels, such as refineries and natural gas processing plants, to acquire and surrender emission allowances that correspond to their annual emissions of GHGs. The number of allowances available for purchase is reduced each year until the overall GHG emission reduction goal is achieved. As the number of GHG emission allowances declines each year, the cost or value of such allowances is expected to escalate significantly.

        Restrictions on GHG emissions that may be imposed in various states could adversely affect the oil and natural gas industry. Any GHG regulation could increase our costs of compliance by potentially delaying the receipt of permits and other regulatory approvals; requiring us to monitor emissions, install additional equipment or modify facilities to reduce GHG and other emissions; purchase emission credits; and utilize electric-driven compression at facilities to obtain regulatory permits and approvals in a timely manner. While we are subject to certain federal GHG monitoring and reporting requirements, our operations are not adversely impacted by existing federal, state and local climate change initiatives and, at this time, it is not possible to accurately estimate how potential future laws or regulations addressing GHG emissions would impact our business.

        Air Quality Regulations.     The Clean Air Act ("CAA") and comparable state laws and regulations regulate emissions of various air pollutants through the issuance of permits and the imposition of other requirements. The EPA has developed, and continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of air pollutants at specified sources. New facilities may be required to obtain permits before work can begin, and existing facilities may be required to obtain additional permits and incur capital

117


Table of Contents

costs in order to remain in compliance. In August 2010, the EPA finalized a rule that impacts emissions of hazardous air pollutants from reciprocating internal combustion engines and requires us to install emission controls on engines across our operations. Engines subject to the regulations have to be in compliance by October 2013. On August 16, 2012, EPA published regulations in the Federal Register pursuant to the federal Clean Air Act to reduce various air pollutants from the oil and natural gas industry, which are discussed in more detail in "—Hydraulic Fracturing Regulations" below. We do not anticipate material capital expenditures to meet these requirements.

        In Utah, we are currently obtaining or amending air quality permits for a number of small oil and natural gas production facilities. As part of this permitting process we anticipate installation of tank emission controls. At this time, we estimate that we will incur capital expenditures of approximately $1 million in 2013 and 2014 related to the installation of these controls.

        Hydraulic Fracturing Regulations.     We use hydraulic fracturing extensively in our operations. The hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production. The SDWA regulates the underground injection of substances through the UIC program. While hydraulic fracturing generally is exempt from regulation under the UIC program, the EPA has taken the position that hydraulic fracturing with fluids containing diesel fuel is subject to regulation under the UIC program as "Class II" UIC wells. On October 21, 2011, the EPA announced its intention to propose federal Clean Water Act regulations by 2014 governing wastewater discharges from hydraulic fracturing and certain other natural gas operations. In addition, the U.S. Department of the Interior published a revised proposed rule on May 24, 2013 that would update existing regulation of hydraulic fracturing activities on federal lands, including requirements for disclosure, well bore integrity and handling of flowback water. The revised proposed rule was subject to an extended 90-day public comment period, which ended on August 23, 2013.

        The EPA has commenced a study of the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities, and a committee of the U.S. House of Representatives is also conducting an investigation of hydraulic fracturing practices. The EPA issued a Progress Report in December 2012 and a final draft is anticipated by 2014 for peer review and public comment. As part of these studies, both the EPA and the House committee have requested that certain companies provide them with information concerning the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. These studies, depending on their results, could spur initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or otherwise. Further, on October 21, 2011, the EPA announced its intention to propose federal Clean Water Act regulations by 2014 governing wastewater discharges from hydraulic fracturing and certain other natural gas operations. Congress has considered legislation in recent legislative sessions to amend the SDWA, including legislation that would repeal the exemption for hydraulic fracturing from the definition of "underground injection" and require federal permitting and regulatory control of hydraulic fracturing, as well as legislative proposals to require disclosure of the chemical constituents of the fluids used in the fracturing process, were proposed in recent sessions of Congress. The U.S. Congress may consider similar SDWA legislation in the future.

        On August 16, 2012, the EPA published final regulations under the CAA that establish new air emission controls for oil and natural gas production and natural gas processing operations. Specifically, the EPA promulgated New Source Performance Standards establishing emission limits for sulfur dioxide (SO2) and volatile organic compounds (VOCs). The final rule requires a 95% reduction in VOCs emitted by mandating the use of reduced emission completions or "green completions" on all hydraulically-fractured gas wells constructed or refractured after January 1, 2015. The rules also establish new requirements regarding emissions from compressors, controllers, dehydrators, storage tanks and other production equipment. In response to numerous requests for reconsideration of these rules from both industry and the environmental community and court challenges to the final rules, the

118


Table of Contents

EPA announced its intention to issue revised rules in 2013. The EPA published revised portions of these rules on September 23, 2013 for VOCs emissions for production oil and gas storage tanks.

        Several states have adopted, or are considering adopting, regulations that could restrict or prohibit hydraulic fracturing in certain circumstances and/or require the disclosure of the composition of hydraulic fracturing fluids. For example in June 2011, Texas enacted a law requiring oil and natural gas operators to publicly disclose the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process, effective as of September 1, 2011. The Texas Railroad Commission adopted rules and regulations applicable to all wells for which the Texas Railroad Commission issues an initial drilling permit on or after February 1, 2012. The new regulations require that well operators disclose the list of chemical ingredients subject to the requirements of the OSHA for disclosure on an internet website and also file the list of chemicals with the Texas Railroad Commission with the well completion report. The total volume of water used to hydraulically fracture a well must also be disclosed to the public and filed with the Texas Railroad Commission. Furthermore, on May 23, 2013, the Texas Railroad Commission issued a "well integrity rule," which updates the requirements for drilling, putting pipe down, and cementing wells. The rule also includes new testing and reporting requirements, such as (i) the requirement to submit cementing reports after well completion or after cessation of drilling, whichever is later, and (ii) the imposition of additional testing on wells less than 1,000 feet below usable groundwater. The "well integrity rule" takes effect in January 2014. Similarly, Utah's Division of Oil, Gas and Mining passed a rule on October 24, 2012 requiring all oil and gas operators to disclose the amount and type of chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing operations using the national registry Fracfocus.org.

        A number of lawsuits and enforcement actions have been initiated across the country alleging that hydraulic fracturing practices have adversely impacted drinking water supplies, use of surface water, and the environment generally. If new laws or regulations that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing, such as amendments to the SDWA, are adopted, such laws could make it more difficult or costly for us to perform fracturing to stimulate production from tight formations as well as make it easier for third parties opposing the hydraulic fracturing process to initiate legal proceedings based on allegations that specific chemicals used in the fracturing process could adversely affect groundwater. In addition, if hydraulic fracturing is further regulated at the federal or state level, our fracturing activities could become subject to additional permitting and financial assurance requirements, more stringent construction specifications, increased monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, plugging and abandonment requirements and also to attendant permitting delays and potential increases in costs. Such legislative changes could cause us to incur substantial compliance costs, and compliance or the consequences of any failure to comply by us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Until such regulations are finalized and implemented, it is not possible to estimate their impact on our business. At this time, no adopted regulations have imposed a material impact on our hydraulic fracturing operations.

        Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA") Matters.     The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, also known as the "Superfund" law, and analogous state laws, generally imposes strict and joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of the original conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a "hazardous substance" into the environment. These persons include the current owner or operator of a contaminated facility, a former owner or operator of the facility at the time of contamination, and those persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substance at the facility. Under CERCLA and comparable state statutes, persons deemed "responsible parties" may be subject to strict and joint and several liability for the costs of removing or remediating previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators) or property contamination (including groundwater contamination), for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and

119


Table of Contents

property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment. As part of our environmental remediation projects, we are or have received notice that we could be designated as a Potentially Responsible Party ("PRP") with respect to one active site under the CERCLA or state equivalents. As of September 30, 2013, we have estimated our share of the remediation costs at this site to be less than $1 million. Because the clean-up costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required, and in some cases we have asserted a defense to any liability, our estimates could change. Moreover, liability under the federal CERCLA statute may be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our pro rata share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other PRPs has been considered, where appropriate, in estimating our liabilities. Accruals for these matters are included in the environmental reserve discussed above.

        Waste Handling.     The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, ("RCRA") and comparable state statutes and regulations promulgated thereunder, affect oil and natural gas exploration, development and production activities by imposing requirements regarding the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. With federal approval, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. Although most wastes associated with the exploration, development and production of crude oil and natural gas are exempt from regulation as hazardous wastes under RCRA, such wastes may constitute "solid wastes" that are subject to the less stringent requirements of non-hazardous waste provisions. However, we cannot assure you that the EPA or state or local governments will not adopt more stringent requirements for the handling of non-hazardous wastes or categorize some non-hazardous wastes as hazardous for future regulation. Indeed, legislation has been proposed from time to time in Congress to re-categorize certain oil and natural gas exploration, development and production wastes as "hazardous wastes." Any such changes in the laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures and operating expenses.

        Administrative, civil and criminal penalties can be imposed for failure to comply with waste handling requirements. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable requirements related to waste handling, and that we hold all necessary and up-to-date permits, registrations and other authorizations to the extent that our operations require them under such laws and regulations. Any legislative or regulatory reclassification of oil and natural gas exploration and production wastes could increase our costs to manage and dispose of such wastes.

        Water Discharges.     The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended, also known as the CWA, the SDWA, the Oil Pollution Act (the "OPA") and analogous state laws and regulations promulgated thereunder impose restrictions and strict controls regarding the unauthorized discharge of pollutants, including produced waters and other gas and oil wastes, into navigable waters of the United States, as well as state waters. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or the state. The CWA and regulations implemented thereunder also prohibit the discharge of dredge and fill material into regulated waters, including jurisdictional wetlands, unless authorized by an appropriately issued permit. Spill prevention, control and countermeasure plan requirements under federal law require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters in the event of a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture or leak. These laws and regulations also prohibit certain activity in wetlands unless authorized by a permit issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. The EPA has also adopted regulations requiring certain oil and natural gas exploration and production facilities to obtain individual permits or coverage under general permits for storm water discharges. In addition, on October 20, 2011, the EPA announced a schedule to develop pre-treatment standards for wastewater discharges produced by natural gas extraction from underground coalbed and shale formations. The EPA stated that it will gather data, consult with stakeholders, including ongoing

120


Table of Contents

consultation with industry, and solicit public comment on a proposed rule for coalbed methane in 2013 and a proposed rule for shale gas in 2014. Costs may be associated with the treatment of wastewater or developing and implementing storm water pollution prevention plans, as well as for monitoring and sampling the storm water runoff from certain of our facilities. Some states also maintain groundwater protection programs that require permits for discharges or operations that may impact groundwater conditions.

        The OPA is the primary federal law for oil spill liability. The OPA contains numerous requirements relating to the prevention of and response to petroleum releases into waters of the United States, including the requirement that operators of offshore facilities and certain onshore facilities near or crossing waterways must develop and maintain facility response contingency plans and maintain certain significant levels of financial assurance to cover potential environmental cleanup and restoration costs. The OPA subjects owners of facilities to strict, joint and several liability for all containment and cleanup costs and certain other damages arising from a release, including, but not limited to, the costs of responding to a release of oil to surface waters.

        Noncompliance with the CWA or the OPA may result in substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties, as well as injunctive obligations. We believe we are in substantial compliance with the requirements of each of these laws.

        It is possible that new information or future developments could require us to reassess our potential exposure related to environmental matters. We may incur significant costs and liabilities in order to comply with existing environmental laws and regulations. It is also possible that other developments, such as increasingly strict environmental laws, regulations, and orders of regulatory agencies, as well as claims for damages to property and the environment or injuries to employees and other persons resulting from our current or past operations, could result in substantial costs and liabilities in the future. As this information becomes available, or other relevant developments occur, we will adjust our accrual amounts accordingly. While there are still uncertainties related to the ultimate costs we may incur, based upon our evaluation and experience to date, we believe our reserves are adequate.


Facilities and Employees

        Our principal executive offices are located at 1001 Louisiana Street, Houston, Texas 77002. Our telephone number is (713) 997-1000. As of September 30, 2013, we had 778 full-time employees in the United States. In addition, we had 31 employees in Brazil who are subject to collective bargaining arrangements. We also hire independent contractors.


Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are a party to ongoing legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including workers' compensation claims and employment related disputes. We do not believe the results of these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For additional information, see Note 8 to our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

121


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table provides information regarding our current executive officers and Board members, including the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of such board members (with ages as of December 31, 2013). Our current directors were nominated and appointed by the Sponsors pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" on page 158 for further details regarding the rights of the Sponsors to elect our directors following the consummation of this offering.

Name
  Age   Position

Brent J. Smolik

    52   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Clayton A. Carrell

    48   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Joan M. Gallagher

    50   Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Administrative Services

John D. Jensen

    44   Executive Vice President, Operations Services

Dane E. Whitehead

    52   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    48   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Ralph Alexander

    58   Director

Gregory A. Beard

    42   Director

Wilson B. Handler

    29   Director

John J. Hannan

    60   Director

Sam Oh

    43   Director

Ilrae Park

    47   Director

Robert M. Tichio

    36   Director

Donald A. Wagner

    50   Director

Rakesh Wilson

    38   Director

Michael S. Helfer

    68   Director Nominee*

*
Appointment effective as of the Effective Time (as defined on page 49).

        Brent J. Smolik.     Mr. Smolik has been our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since August 30, 2013, President and Chief Executive Officer of EP Energy LLC since May 2012 and previously served as Chairman of the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition from May 2012 to August 2013. He was previously Executive Vice President and a member of the Executive Committee of El Paso Corporation and President of our predecessor, Historical EP Energy Corporation, since November 2006. Mr. Smolik was President of ConocoPhillips Canada from April 2006 to October 2006. Prior to the Burlington Resources merger with ConocoPhillips, he was President of Burlington Resources Canada from September 2004 to March 2006. From 1990 to 2004, Mr. Smolik worked in various engineering and asset management capacities for Burlington Resources Inc., including the Chief Engineering role from 2000 to 2004. He was a member of Burlington's Executive Committee from 2001 to 2006. Mr. Smolik also serves on the boards of the American Exploration and Production Council and America's Natural Gas Alliance. Mr. Smolik received his Bachelor of Science in Petroleum Engineering from Texas A&M University. As the President and Chief Executive Officer of EP Energy, Mr. Smolik is the only officer of our company to sit on the board. With over 29 years of energy industry experience, Mr. Smolik brings a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of our business to the Board and provides the Board with essential insight and guidance from an inside perspective on the day-to-day operations of our company.

        Clayton A. Carrell.     Mr. Carrell has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since August 30, 2013 and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of EP Energy LLC since May 2012. He was previously Senior Vice President, Chief Engineer of our predecessor, Historical EP Energy Corporation, since June 2010. Mr. Carrell joined El Paso Corporation in March 2007 as Vice President, Texas Gulf Coast Division. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Engineering & Operations at Peoples Energy Production from February 2001 to March 2007. Prior to joining Peoples Energy Production, Mr. Carrell worked at Burlington Resources and ARCO Oil and Gas Company from May 1988 to February 2001 in various domestic and international engineering and management roles. He serves on the Industry Board of the Texas A&M Petroleum Engineering Department, is a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers and a Board Member of

122


Table of Contents

the US Oil & Gas Association. Mr. Carrell is also a member of the Center for Hearing and Speech Board of Trustees.

        Joan M. Gallagher.     Ms. Gallagher has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Administrative Services, since August 30, 2013 and Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Administrative Services, of EP Energy LLC since May 2012. She was previously Vice President, Human Resources of El Paso Corporation since March 2011. From August 2005 until February 2011, she served as Vice President, Human Resources of our predecessor, Historical EP Energy Corporation. In that capacity, Ms. Gallagher had HR responsibility for El Paso Corporation's exploration and production business unit and from January 2010 to February 2011 she also had HR responsibilities for shared services and midstream. Prior to 2005, Ms. Gallagher served as Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Torch Energy Advisors Incorporated.

        John D. Jensen.     Mr. Jensen has been our Executive Vice President, Operations Services, since August 30, 2013 and Executive Vice President, Operations Services, of EP Energy LLC since May 2012. He was previously Senior Vice President, Operations of our predecessor, Historical EP Energy Corporation since June 2010, and was Vice President of Operations from May 2009 until May 2010. Mr. Jensen previously served as Vice President, Strategy and Engineering from April 2007 to May 2009. Prior to joining El Paso, Mr. Jensen served as Vice President, Business Development and Strategic Planning for ConocoPhillips Canada from June 2005 to March 2007. In addition, he held various positions in upstream and midstream engineering, planning, and business development at ConocoPhillips starting in July 1990. He is a board member of the Texas Oil and Gas Association, the Independent Petroleum Association of America, and Junior Achievement of Southeast Texas. Mr. Jensen is also a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers.

        Dane E. Whitehead.     Mr. Whitehead has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 30, 2013 and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of EP Energy LLC since May 2012. He was previously Senior Vice President of Strategy and Enterprise Business Development and a member of the Executive Committee of El Paso Corporation since October 2009. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of our predecessor, Historical EP Energy Corporation, from May 2006 to October 2009. He was the Vice President and Controller of Burlington Resources Inc. from June 2005 to March 2006. From January 2002 to May 2005 he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Burlington Resources Canada. He was a member of the Burlington Resources Executive Committee from 2000 to 2006. From 1984 to 1993, Mr. Whitehead was an independent accountant with Coopers and Lybrand. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

        Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman.     Ms. Woung - Chapman has been our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since August 30, 2013 and Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of EP Energy LLC since May 2012. She was previously Vice President, Legal Shared Services, Corporate Secretary and Chief Governance Officer of El Paso Corporation since November 2009. Ms. Woung-Chapman was Vice President, Chief Governance Officer and Corporate Secretary at El Paso Corporation from May 2007 to November 2009 and from May 2006 to May 2007 served as General Counsel and Vice President of Rates and Regulatory Affairs for El Paso Corporation's Eastern Pipeline Group. She served as General Counsel of El Paso Corporation's Eastern Pipeline Group from April 2004 to May 2006. Ms. Woung-Chapman served as Vice President and Associate General Counsel of El Paso Merchant Energy from July 2003 to April 2004. Prior to that time, she held various legal positions with El Paso Corporation and Tenneco Energy starting in 1991. Ms. Woung-Chapman is also on the Board of Directors for the Girl Scouts of San Jacinto Council.

        Ralph Alexander.     Mr. Alexander has been a director of our Board since September 3, 2013. Mr. Alexander is a Managing Director of Riverstone Holdings LLC and joined Riverstone in September 2007. During 2007, Mr. Alexander served as a consultant to TPG Capital. For nearly 25 years, Mr. Alexander served in various positions with subsidiaries and affiliates of BP plc, one of the world's largest energy firms. From June 2004 until December 2005, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Innovene, BP's $20bn olefins and derivatives subsidiary. From 2001 until June 2004, he served as Chief Executive Officer of BP's Gas, Power and Renewables and Solar segment and was a

123


Table of Contents

member of the BP group executive committee. Prior to that, Mr. Alexander served as a Group Vice President in BP's Exploration and Production segment and BP's Refinery and Marketing segment. He held responsibilities for various regions of the world, including North America, Russia, the Caspian, Africa and Latin America. Prior to these positions, Mr. Alexander held various positions in the upstream, downstream and finance groups of BP. In addition to serving on the boards of a number of Riverstone portfolio companies and their affiliates, Mr. Alexander is a director of Stein Mart Corporation since May 2007. He previously served on the board of KiOR Inc., Amyris, Inc., Foster Wheeler AG and Anglo American plc. He holds a BS and MS in nuclear engineering from Brooklyn Polytech (now NYU Polytechnic) and holds an MS in management science from Stanford University. He is currently Chairman of the Board of NYU Polytechnic and is a New York University Trustee. Mr. Alexander was appointed to our Board by Riverstone. We believe Mr. Alexander's extensive experience with the energy industry enables him to provide important insight and guidance to our management team and Board of Directors.

        Gregory A. Beard.     Mr. Beard has been a director of our Board since August 30, 2013 and previously served as a member of the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition from May 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Beard joined Apollo in June 2010 as the Global Head of Natural Resources, based in the New York office. Mr. Beard joined Apollo with 19 years of investment experience, the last ten of which were with Riverstone Holdings where he was a founding member, Managing Director and lead deal partner in many of the firm's top oil and gas and energy service investments. While at Riverstone, Mr. Beard was involved in all aspects of the investment process including sourcing, structuring, monitoring and exiting transactions. Mr. Beard began his career as a Financial Analyst at Goldman Sachs, where he played an active role in that firm's energy-sector principal investment activities. Mr. Beard has served on the board of directors of many oil and natural gas companies including, Belden & Blake Corporation, Canera Resources, Cobalt International Energy, Eagle Energy, Legend Natural Gas I—IV, Mariner Energy, Phoenix Exploration, Titan Operating, and Vantage Energy. Mr. Beard has also served on the board of directors of various oilfield services companies, including CDM Max, CDM Resource Management, and International Logging. Mr. Beard currently serves on the board of directors of Apex Energy, LLC, Athlon Energy Inc., Double Eagle Energy Holdings, LLC, NRI Management Group, LLC, Pinnacle Agriculture Holdings, LLC, Talos Energy, LLC and Virginia Uranium. Mr. Beard received his BA from the University of Illinois at Urbana. Mr. Beard was appointed to our Board by Apollo. Based upon Mr. Beard's extensive investment and management experience, particularly in the energy sector, his strong financial background and his service on the boards of multiple oil and natural gas exploration and production companies and oilfield services companies, which have provided him with a deep working knowledge of our operating environment, we believe that he possesses the requisite skills to serve as a member of our Board.

        Wilson B. Handler.     Mr. Handler has been a director of our Board since November 22, 2013. Mr. Handler joined Apollo Global Management, LLC in 2011 and is a member of the Natural Resources group. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Handler was an investment professional at First Reserve, where he was involved in the execution and monitoring of investments in the energy sector. Previously, he worked in the Investment Banking Division at Lehman Brothers in the Natural Resources group. Currently, Mr. Handler serves on the board of directors of Athlon Energy. Mr. Handler graduated from Dartmouth College with an AB in Economics and Government. Mr. Handler was appointed to our Board by Apollo. Based upon Mr. Handler's extensive investment experience, his knowledge of the Company and experience in the energy industry, we believe he possesses the requisite skills to serve as a member of our Board.

        John J. Hannan.     Mr. Hannan has been a director of our Board since December 19, 2013. Mr. Hannan is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Apollo Investment Corporation, a public investment company. He served as Chief Executive Officer of Apollo Investment Corporation from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Hannan, a senior partner of Apollo Management, L.P., co-founded Apollo Management, L.P. in 1990. Mr. Hannan is an advisor to Apollo's Natural Resources group. He has been on several public boards including Vail Resorts, Inc. and Goodman Global, Inc., and is currently on the board of Environmental Solutions Worldwide. Mr. Hannan is actively involved in charitable organizations. He received a BBA from Adelphi University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Hannan was appointed to our Board by Apollo. Based on Mr. Hannan's strong investment

124


Table of Contents

and management experience and his service on multiple boards of directors, we believe that Mr. Hannan possesses the requisite set of skills to serve as a member of our Board.

        Sam Oh.     Mr. Oh has been a director of our Board since August 30, 2013 and previously served as a member of the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition from May 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Oh joined Apollo in 2008 and is one of the original founding members of Apollo's Natural Resources group. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Oh was with Morgan Stanley's Commodities Department where he led principal investments for the group. While at Morgan Stanley, Mr. Oh launched a successful oil and gas fund, Helios Energy/Royalty Partners, and sat on the board of several portfolio companies. Mr. Oh has 20 years of experience, including 13 years of principal investing. He also has a broad range of experience in the commodities markets including risk management and structured products. Since joining Apollo, Mr. Oh has been actively involved in E&P investments, including leading the Parallel Petroleum acquisition in 2009. Mr. Oh was formerly Chairman of the Board of Parallel Petroleum and is a director of Athlon Energy Inc. Mr. Oh received a BS from the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School of Business and an MBA from the Yale School of Management. He is also a Certified Public Accountant and a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Oh was appointed to our Board by Apollo. Based upon Mr. Oh's strong management experience and extensive background in commodities markets having overseen various complex commodities investments, as well as his experience with the Company and his service on multiple boards of directors, we believe that Mr. Oh possesses the requisite set of skills to serve as a member of our Board.

        Ilrae Park.     Mr. Park has been a director of our Board since August 30, 2013 and previously served as a member of the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition from December 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Park joined KNOC in 1990 and worked in the areas of new ventures, asset management worldwide and field operations, spending most of his career in Korea, Indonesia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen and the United States. He is currently the Representative and Managing Director of the U.S. Business Unit of KNOC under which three subsidiaries are running E&P businesses. At the same time, in the United States he is serving as President and board member for KNOC Eagle Ford Corporation and Executive Vice President and board member for Ankor E&P Holdings Corporation. Mr. Park received his bachelor degree in Petroleum & Minerals Engineering from Hanyang University, a master degree in Petroleum Engineering from Hanyang University and a PhD ABD in Petroleum Engineering from Hanyang University. Mr. Park was appointed to our Board by KNOC. Based on Mr. Park's engineering background and extensive experience in the energy industry, we believe that Mr. Park possesses the requisite set of skills to serve as a member of our Board.

        Robert M. Tichio.     Mr. Tichio has been a director of our Board since September 3, 2013. Mr. Tichio is a Managing Director of Riverstone Holdings LLC and joined Riverstone in 2006. Prior to joining Riverstone, Mr. Tichio was in the Principal Investment Area (PIA) of Goldman Sachs which manages the firm's private corporate equity investments. Mr. Tichio began his career at J.P. Morgan in the Mergers & Acquisition group where he concentrated on assignments that included public company combinations, asset sales, takeover defenses and leveraged buyouts. In addition to serving on the boards of a number of Riverstone portfolio companies and their affiliates, Mr. Tichio has served as a member of the board of directors of Midstates Petroleum Company, Inc. since October 2012. Mr. Tichio previously served as a member of the board of directors of Gibson Energy (TSE:GEI) from 2008 to 2013 and is a member of the Board of Visitors of the Nelson A. Rockefeller Center at Dartmouth College. He holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a bachelor's degree from Dartmouth College. Mr. Tichio was appointed to our Board by Riverstone. We believe Mr. Tichio's extensive energy industry background, particularly his expertise in mergers and acquisitions, brings important experience and skill to our Board of Directors.

        Donald A. Wagner.     Mr. Wagner has been a director of our Board since August 30, 2013 and previously served as a member of the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition from May 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Wagner is a Managing Director of Access Industries, having been with Access since 2010. He is responsible for sourcing and executing new investment opportunities in North America, and he oversees Access' current North American investments. From 2000 to 2009, Mr. Wagner was a Senior Managing Director of Ripplewood Holdings L.L.C., responsible for investments in several areas and heading the industry group focused on investments in basic industries. Previously, Mr. Wagner was a

125


Table of Contents

Managing Director of Lazard Freres & Co. LLC and had a 15-year career at that firm and its affiliates in New York and London. He is a board member of Access portfolio companies Warner Music Group and Boomerang Tube and was on the board of NYSE-listed RSC Holdings from November 2006 until August 2009. Mr. Wagner graduated summa cum laude with an AB in physics from Harvard College. Mr. Wagner was appointed to our Board by Access. Based upon Mr. Wagner's experience as a director of various companies, including public companies, and over 25 years of experience in investing, banking and private equity, we believe that Mr. Wagner possesses the requisite set of skills to serve as a member of our Board.

        Rakesh Wilson.     Mr. Wilson has been a director of our Board since August 30, 2013 and previously served as a member of the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition from May 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Wilson is a Partner of Apollo Management and joined Apollo in 2009. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Wilson was at Morgan Stanley's Commodities Department in the principal investing group responsible for generating, evaluating and executing investment ideas across the energy sector. Mr. Wilson began his career at Goldman Sachs in equity research and then moved to its investment banking division in New York and Asia. Mr. Wilson currently serves on the boards of directors of Athlon Energy and Talos Energy and previously served as a director of Parallel Petroleum. Mr. Wilson graduated from the University of Texas at Austin and received his MBA from INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France. He has also taught business courses at universities in China. Mr. Wilson was appointed to our Board by Apollo. We believe that Mr. Wilson's extensive international investment and risk management experience, his knowledge of the Company and his service on multiple boards have provided him with a strong understanding of the financial, operational and strategic issues facing public companies in our industry, and that he possesses the requisite set of skills to serve as a member of our Board.

        Michael S. Helfer.     Mr. Helfer will become a director of our Board as of the Effective Time. Mr. Helfer has been Vice Chairman of Citigroup Inc. since June 2012 and is responsible for development and execution of Citigroup's domestic and international regulatory strategy, including its response to significant policy and regulatory proposals, including those with cross-border effects. Mr. Helfer expects to retire from Citigroup Inc. in March 2014. From February 2003 until May 2012, he served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Citigroup. From 2000 until 2003, Mr. Helfer served as President, Strategic Investments and Chief Strategic Officer of Nationwide Insurance Company. He graduated from Claremont Men's College (now Claremont McKenna College) with a BA in Economics, summa cum laude, and graduated from Harvard Law School with a J.D., magna cum laude. Mr. Helfer is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the American Law Institute. He has served as Chairman of the New York Clearing House Association, Chairman of the Legal Aid Society of the District of Columbia, as a member of the Board of Directors of Lincoln Center Theater, and as a Trustee of the Wexner Center for the Arts. Based upon Mr. Helfer's extensive management, business and leadership experience, we believe that he possesses the requisite set of skills to serve as a member of our Board.

Board Composition

        The supervision of our management and the general course of our affairs and business operations is entrusted to our Board. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have 11 directors, (i) five of whom will be designated by Apollo, (ii) two of whom will be designated by Riverstone, (iii) one of whom will be designated by Access, (iv) one of whom will be designated by KNOC, (v) one of whom will be our chief executive officer and (vi) one of whom will be an independent director designated by Apollo. Apollo has the right to designate any director as the Chairman of the Board. Apollo has the right to and will designate one additional independent director within one year of the Effective Time and Riverstone has the right to and will designate an independent director within 90 days of the Effective Time. Upon the designation of such independent directors following the Effective Time, our Board will have a total of 13 directors, of which three will be "independent" of us, the Legacy Stockholders and their affiliates under the rules of the NYSE. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" on page 158 for further details.

        We intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exception under the NYSE rules, which eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our Board and that we have compensation and governance and nominating committees composed entirely of independent

126


Table of Contents

directors. We will be required, however, to have an audit committee with one independent director during the 90-day period beginning on the Effective Time. After such 90-day period and until one year from the Effective Time, we will be required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, we will be required to have an audit committee comprised entirely of independent directors.

        If at any time we cease to be a "controlled company" under applicable stock exchange rules, our Board will take all action necessary to comply with the applicable stock exchange rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to our Board and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted "phase-in" period. We will cease to qualify as a "controlled company" once our Sponsors, as a group, cease to control a majority of our voting stock.

        Following the closing of this offering, our Board will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will serve staggered, three-year terms (other than with respect to the initial terms of the Class I and Class II directors, which will be one and two years, respectively). Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. Following the completion of this offering:

    Wilson B. Handler, John J. Hannan, Ralph Alexander and Michael S. Helfer will be Class I directors, whose initial terms will expire at the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders;

    Rakesh Wilson, Ilrae Park, Donald A. Wagner and an independent director to be designated by Riverstone within 90 days of the Effective Time will be Class II directors, whose initial terms will expire at the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders; and

    Sam Oh, Gregory A. Beard, Robert M. Tichio, an independent director to be designated by Apollo within one year of the Effective Time and Brent J. Smolik will be Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the 2017 annual meeting of stockholders.

        Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. This classification of our Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        The Stockholders Agreement provides that for so long as each Sponsor has the right to designate a director or an observer to the Board, we will cause any committee of our Board to include in its membership such number of members that are consistent with, and reflects, the right of each Sponsor to designate a director or observer to the Board, except to the extent that such membership would violate applicable securities laws or stock exchange or stock market rules. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" on page 158 for further details.

        Audit Committee.     Upon the Effective Time, we expect that our Audit Committee will consist of eight members: Sam Oh (chairperson), Ralph Alexander, Gregory A. Beard, Wilson B. Handler, Ilrae Park, Donald A. Wagner, Rakesh Wilson and Michael S. Helfer. Our Board has determined that Sam Oh qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and that Michael S. Helfer is independent as independence is defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and under the NYSE listing standards. We intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exception under the NYSE listing rules, which means we will be required to have an audit committee with one independent director during the 90-day period beginning on the Effective Time. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of the Effective Time, we will be required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, we will be required to have an audit committee comprised entirely of independent directors.

127


Table of Contents

        Compensation Committee.     Upon the Effective Time, we expect that our Compensation Committee will consist of eight members: Sam Oh (chairperson), Gregory A. Beard, Wilson B. Handler, Ilrae Park, Robert M. Tichio, Donald A. Wagner, Rakesh Wilson and Michael S. Helfer. The Compensation Committee is responsible for formulating, evaluating and approving the compensation and employment arrangements of our senior officers. We intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exception under the NYSE listing rules which eliminates the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors.

        Governance and Nominating Committee.     Upon the Effective Time, we expect that our Governance and Nominating Committee will consist of seven members: Sam Oh (chairperson), Gregory A. Beard, Wilson B. Handler, Ilrae Park, Robert M. Tichio, Donald A. Wagner and Rakesh Wilson. The Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in, among other things, effecting the organization, membership and function of the Board and its committees. The Governance and Nominating Committee shall only nominate a director after consulting with the Sponsor or majority-in-interest of the Legacy Class A Stockholders, as applicable, that is entitled to designate such director. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement—Composition of the Board" on page 160 for further details. We intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exception under the NYSE listing rules which eliminates the requirement that we have a governance and nominating committee composed entirely of independent directors.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a code of ethics, referred to as our "Code of Conduct," that applies to all of our directors and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and senior financial and accounting officers. In addition to other matters, our Code of Conduct establishes policies to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct. A copy of our Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.epenergy.com. We will post to our website all waivers to or amendments of our Code of Conduct, which are required to be disclosed by applicable law.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        The following compensation discussion and analysis ("CD&A"), provides information relevant to understanding the 2013 compensation of the executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table below, to whom we refer as our named executive officers. They include our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Brent J. Smolik, our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Dane E. Whitehead, and our other three most highly compensated executive officers, Mr. Clayton A. Carrell, Mr. John D. Jensen, and Ms. Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman. The discussion is divided into the following sections:

    I.
    Compensation Objectives

    II.
    Role of Compensation Committee, Compensation Consultant and Management

    III.
    Elements of Total Compensation

    IV.
    2013 Compensation Decisions

    V.
    Other Compensation Matters

128


Table of Contents

I.     Compensation Objectives

        Our compensation programs are designed to achieve the following objectives:

    attract, retain and motivate high-performing executive talent, and

    align the interests of our executive officers with both the short-term and long-term interests of our equity holders.

        We believe these designs are accomplished by providing our executives with a competitive mix of short-term and long-term compensation, by rewarding superior performance, and by linking a significant portion of pay to measurable performance goals.

II.    Role of Compensation Committee, Compensation Consultant and Management

Compensation Committee

        The compensation committee of our Board (the "Compensation Committee") is responsible for overseeing and approving all compensation for our CEO and those executive officers reporting directly to him, which includes all of our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee receives information and advice from its compensation consultant as well as from our human resources department and management to assist in compensation determinations.

Compensation Consultant

        In late 2012, the Compensation Committee retained Frederic W. Cook & Co. ("FW Cook") as its independent compensation consultant. During 2012, FW Cook advised the committee on incentive plan design and ongoing performance metrics. Commencing in 2013, FW Cook's services have also included advising the Compensation Committee on an ongoing basis on executive officer compensation and the company's general compensation programs, including (i) comparative market data on compensation practices, (ii) incentive plan design, (iii) public offering-related compensation considerations, (iv) updates on compensation trends and regulatory matters affecting compensation and (v) industry best practices. FW Cook attends meetings of the Compensation Committee, participates in the committee's executive sessions, and is directly accountable to the committee. FW Cook is an independent compensation consulting firm and provides no services to us other than the executive compensation consulting services provided to the committee.

Role of Management and CEO in Determining Executive Compensation

        While the Compensation Committee has the responsibility to approve and monitor all compensation for our named executive officers, management plays a supporting role in determining executive compensation. At the Compensation Committee's request, management recommends appropriate company-wide financial and non-financial performance goals. Management works with the Compensation Committee to establish the agenda and prepare meeting information for each Compensation Committee meeting. In addition, our CEO assists the Compensation Committee by providing his evaluation of the performance of the executive officers who report directly to him, and recommends compensation levels for such officers. The Compensation Committee evaluates the performance of the CEO and makes compensation decisions for him independently.

129


Table of Contents

III.  Elements of Total Compensation Program

        The table below summarizes the elements of EP Energy's 2013 executive compensation program. The primary elements of this program were adopted through negotiations between our management team and our Sponsors leading up to the closing of the Acquisition in May 2012.

Compensation Element
  Objective   Key Features
Base Salary   To provide a minimum, fixed level cash compensation   Reviewed annually with adjustments made based on individual performance and anticipated inflation

Performance-Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards

 

To motivate named executive officers and reward them for their contributions to achievement of pre-established performance goals, as well as individual performance

 

Target bonus opportunity established for each named executive officer; actual bonus payable from 0% to 200% of target

Paid after year end once the Compensation Committee has determined company performance relative to pre-established performance goals and reviewed individual performance


       
Long-Term Equity Awards*
* 2012 long-term equity awards were granted in the form of equity interests in EPE Acquisition. In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the MIPs were converted into Class B common stock and the Class A units were converted into common stock as described in "Corporate Reorganization" on page 167. No equity grants were made during 2013.
  To align interests of executive officers with our equity owners and encourage retention   Grant of equity awards in 2012 following closing of the Acquisition consisting of following:

Management Incentive Units (MIPs) :

intended to constitute profits interests

issued at no cost and have value only to the extent that the value of company increases

vest ratably over 5 years or earlier in connection with certain liquidity events

become payable only upon occurrence of certain liquidity events

130


Table of Contents

Compensation Element
  Objective   Key Features

      Class A Unit "Matching" Grant :

each named executive officer purchased with his own funds Class A units in our parent company following closing of the Acquisition

named executive officers awarded a "matching" Class A unit grant equal to 50% of the Class A units purchased

Class A units are vested, but subject to transfer restrictions until earliest of four years from grant and certain liquidity events and subject to repurchase at the company's election in certain termination scenarios


       
401(k) Plan   To provide retirement savings in a tax-efficient manner   Retirement benefits are provided under the following plan:

401(k) Retirement Plan

401(k) plan covering all employees

company contributes an amount equal to 100% of each participant's voluntary contributions under the plan, up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation

company contributes a "retirement contribution" equal to 5% of each participant's eligible compensation annually


Health & Welfare Benefits

 

To provide reasonable health and welfare benefits to executives and their dependents and promote healthy living

 

Health and welfare benefits available to all employees, including medical, dental, vision and disability coverage

 

 

 

 

Named executive officers also participate in our Senior Executive Survivor Benefits Plan

 

 

 

 

Senior Executive Survivor Benefits Plan :

131


Table of Contents

Compensation Element
  Objective   Key Features

     

provides executive officers with survivor benefit coverage in lieu of the coverage provided generally to employees under our group life insurance plan in the event of a named executive officer's death

     

amount of survivor benefit is 2 1 / 2 times the executive officer's annual salary


Severance

 

To provide a measure of financial security in the event that an executive's employment is terminated without cause

 

Severance payable in the event of an executive's involuntary termination of employment without cause or voluntary termination for good reason, as set forth under the terms of the executive's employment agreement

Benefits include three times the sum of annual salary plus target bonus for CEO; two times the sum of annual salary plus target bonus for other named executive officers

Perquisites

 

Limited perquisites provided to assist executives in carrying out duties and increase productivity

 

Includes financial planning assistance and subsidized annual physical examinations

        Going forward, we expect to continue to provide the same or similar elements of compensation to our named executive officers (with future equity-based award grants to be denominated in shares of common stock and issued under our Omnibus Incentive Plan). In addition, following this offering, we will continue to evaluate our compensation programs in light of our status as a public company.

IV.    2013 Compensation Decisions

2013 Annual Base Salaries and 2013 Target Bonus Opportunities

        Our named executive officers entered into employment agreements with EPE Acquisition in connection with the closing of the Acquisition in May 2012. The employment agreements provide for, among other things, base salaries and annual performance bonus targets. Under the agreements, base salary levels for our named executive officers are reviewed on an annual basis by the Compensation Committee and may be increased at the committee's discretion. During 2013, no changes were made to the named executive officers' base salary levels. The following table sets forth the base salaries and annual target bonus opportunities for our named executive officers for 2013.

132


Table of Contents


Annual Base Salaries and
Target Bonus Opportunities

Name
  2013
Base Salary
($)
  2013 Target
Bonus
Opportunity
(% of salary)(1)
 

Brent J. Smolik

    850,000     100 %

Dane E. Whitehead

    450,000     100 %

Clayton A. Carrell

    400,000     100 %

John D. Jensen

    400,000     100 %

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    370,000     55 %

(1)
Actual bonus amounts may range from 0% - 200% of target.

Annual Cash Incentive Awards for 2013 Performance

        2013 Scorecard.     In February 2013, the Compensation Committee approved our 2013 scorecard for use in determining 2013 cash incentive awards. The 2013 scorecard consists of five categories of company-wide financial, operational and non-financial performance goals. These scorecard goals were set in alignment with our strategic plan and objectives for the year. Each category includes individual scorecard goals, each with a threshold, target and maximum achievement level, although no one goal is material to the overall scorecard weighting or determination process. The 2013 scorecard categories and weightings are set forth in the following table.

Scorecard Category
  Weighting  

Profit

    35 %

Production and Reserves

    20 %

Costs

    20 %

Value Creation

    20 %

Health, Safety and Ethics

    5 %

        Annual Incentive Bonus Pool Funding.     The annual incentive bonus pool was designed to fund based on the achievement levels of the 2013 scorecard, with target performance resulting in 100% pool funding. The bonus pool's funding uses a sliding scale approach based on actual scorecard achievement levels and was designed with significant upside to motivate employees to achieve, and reward them for achieving superior performance. The following table sets forth the percentage that the annual incentive bonus pool is funded based on the level of performance relative to the performance goals that were established for the year.

133


Table of Contents


Funding of the
Annual Incentive Bonus Pool

Performance
  Pool Funding  

Maximum Goals Exceeded

    200 %(1)

Maximum Goals Met

    150 %(2)

Target Goals Met

    100 %(3)

Threshold Goals Met

    50 %(4)

Threshold Not Met

    0 %

(1)
The maximum funding of the annual incentive bonus pool is 200% for performance that exceeds the maximum performance level.

(2)
For performance above maximum, actual funding is between 150% and 200%, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

(3)
For performance above target but below maximum, actual funding is between 100% and 150%, as determined by the Compensation Committee

(4)
For performance above threshold but below target, actual funding is between 50% and 100%, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

        Range of Individual Bonus Amounts.     In addition to company performance, individual performance plays an important role in determining annual incentives. Each named executive officer has individual accountabilities which are evaluated and taken into account in determining their specific bonus amounts. Pursuant to the terms of the executives' employment agreements, the actual percentage of cash incentive bonuses could be at any level between from 0% to 200% of target, based on overall pool funding and individual performance adjustments.

        The range of annual cash incentive bonuses is illustrated as a percentage of base salary for each named executive officer in the following table. The target and maximum amounts are as set forth in the named executive officers' individual employment agreements. The threshold amount below is provided for illustrative purposes only and assumes threshold bonus pool funding with no individual performance adjustments. As noted above, actual bonus amounts could be at any level between 0% to 200% of target as determined by the Compensation Committee.


Range of Cash Incentive Bonuses as a Percentage of Base Salary for 2013

 
  Minimum
Threshold
Not Met
  Threshold   Target   Maximum  

Brent J. Smolik

    0 %   50 %   100 %   200 %

Dane E. Whitehead

    0 %   50 %   100 %   200 %

Clayton A. Carrell

    0 %   50 %   100 %   200 %

John D. Jensen

    0 %   50 %   100 %   200 %

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    0 %   27.5 %   55 %   110 %

        The potential range of values of the annual cash incentive awards for 2013 performance for each of the named executive officers is reflected in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table in the "Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards" column on page 140.

        EP Energy Scorecard Results and 2013 Annual Incentives.     In February 2014, the Compensation Committee is expected to meet to review the actual performance of our company relative to the 2013 scorecard and, based on the achievement levels and designated weightings of each of the five scorecard categories, approve a 2013 company scorecard achievement level. The Compensation Committee is then expected to approve 2013 annual incentive bonuses for our named executive officers based on 2013

134


Table of Contents

scorecard achievement, as well as individual performance. The following table lists each named executive officer's target annual incentive bonus for 2013 performance. However, as discussed above, actual cash incentive bonuses could be at any level between from 0% to 200% of target, based on 2013 scorecard results and individual performance adjustments.


Target Annual Incentive Bonuses
for 2013 Performance

 
  Target Cash
Incentive Bonus
($)
 

Brent J. Smolik

    850,000  

Dane E. Whitehead

    450,000  

Clayton A. Carrell

    400,000  

John D. Jensen

    400,000  

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    203,500  

Long-Term Incentive Award Grants

        EPE Acquisition provided our named executive officers with two forms of long-term equity incentive awards, each of which is designed to align the interests of our named executive officers with that of our equity investors, as described below. These awards were granted at or shortly following the closing of the Acquisition in 2012. No equity awards were issued to our named executive officers during 2013.

        Management Incentive Units.     At the time of the closing of the Acquisition, EPE Acquisition issued Management Incentive Units ("MIPs") to our executive officers, which units were intended to constitute profits interests. The number of MIPs awarded to each named executive officer is set forth in the table below.


Management Incentive Units

Name
  MIPs
(#)(1)
 

Brent J. Smolik

    207,985  

Dane E. Whitehead

    69,328  

Clayton A. Carrell

    69,328  

John D. Jensen

    69,328  

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    27,731  


(1)
The MIPs were issued on May 24, 2012. In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, each MIP was converted into one share of Class B common stock, resulting in the following holdings of Class B common stock by the named executive officers: Mr. Smolik: 207,985 Class B shares; Mr. Whitehead: 69,328 Class B shares; Mr. Carrell: 69,328 Class B shares; Mr. Jensen: 69,328 Class B shares; and Ms. Woung-Chapman: 27,731 Class B shares.

        Prior to the Corporate Reorganization, each award of MIPs represented a share in future appreciation of EPE Acquisition, subject to certain limitations, after the date of grant and once certain shareholder returns have been achieved. The MIPs were subject to time-based vesting requirements and vested ratably over 5 years (20% each year) based on the executive's continued employment with the company. Once vested, the MIPs (or a portion thereof) were generally non-forfeitable in the event of an executive officer's termination of employment for any reason other than cause. In contrast, unvested MIPs would generally be forfeited in the event of an executive officer's termination of employment. See "—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control" on page 143 for further detail on the

135


Table of Contents

treatment of the MIPs in various termination scenarios. While the time vesting component of the MIPs provided forfeiture protection to the executive officers, vesting, in and of itself, would not result in the payment of proceeds to the holder. The MIPs were subject to a performance hurdle and would have become payable only if certain predetermined performance measures were achieved, including the occurrence of certain liquidity events where our Sponsors received a return of at least one times their invested capital in our company. Unvested MIPs held by our named executive officers would immediately vest upon the achievement of such performance measures. The MIPs were issued at no cost to the executives and would have had value only to the extent that the value of EPE Acquisition increased and a liquidity event occurred. In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, all outstanding MIPs were converted into shares of Class B common stock as described in the table above and such shares remain subject to all of the vesting provisions and performance hurdles described above for the MIPs.

        Pursuant to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and subject to certain limitations, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to participate in dividends and distributions of proceeds upon our liquidation. In connection with certain sales of shares of common stock by Apollo and Riverstone, holders of shares of Class B common stock will have their shares exchanged for shares of common stock that are newly issued by the company. The extent to which holders of Class B common stock participate in dividends and distributions of liquidation proceeds will depend on the return on invested capital in the Company and EPE Acquisition received by our Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders, but will in any event be limited to 8.5% of the amount of such returns in excess of such invested capital by the Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders. The number of shares of common stock issued in an exchange will depend on the return on invested capital in the Company and EPE Acquisition received by Apollo and Riverstone subject to an adjustment multiple. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock" on page 171, "Description of Capital Stock—Distributions Upon a Liquidation" on page 172 and "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Exchange" on page 173.

        Class A Investment Units.     In addition to the MIPs described above, each of our named executive officers purchased with his or her own funds Class A units (capital interests) in EPE Acquisition shortly following the closing of the Acquisition, at a price of $1,000 per unit. In connection with this purchase, each named executive officer was awarded a "matching" Class A unit grant in an amount equal to 50% of the Class A units purchased. The purchase of the Class A units by our named executive officers represented a significant commitment by our executive team to the future success of our company, and the corresponding grant of the matching units was made to recognize such commitment and further align the interests of our executive team with that of our Sponsors. The matching units were vested upon grant, but along with the buy-in units were subject to transferability restrictions until the earliest of four years from grant and certain liquidity events. In addition, the Class A units (both buy-in and matching) were subject to repurchase by the company in the event of certain termination scenarios, as described in "—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control" on page 143. All outstanding Class A units (both buy-in and matching) were converted into shares of common stock as described in "Corporate Reorganization" on page 167. The number of Class A units issued to each named executive officer is set forth in the table below.

136


Table of Contents


Class A Units

Name
  Buy-In
Units
(#)(1)
  Matching
Units
(#)(2)
  Total Units
(#)
 

Brent J. Smolik

    4,000     2,000     6,000  

Dane E. Whitehead

    1,700     850     2,550  

Clayton A. Carrell

    1,200     600     1,800  

John D. Jensen

    1,200     600     1,800  

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    740     370     1,110  

(1)
This column reflects the number of Class A units of EPE Acquisition that each named executive officer purchased with his or her own funds following the closing of the Acquisition. In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, each Class A unit was converted into one share of common stock. In anticipation of this offering, in January 2014 we completed a 62.553-for-1 stock split of our common stock, resulting in the following holdings of common stock by the named executive officers in respect of their buy in shares: Mr. Smolik: 250,213 shares; Mr. Whitehead: 106,341 shares; Mr. Carrell: 75,064 shares; Mr. Jensen: 75,064; and Ms. Woung-Chapman: 46,289 shares.

(2)
This column reflects the matching Class A units awarded to each named executive officer in connection with his or her buy-in of Class A units. In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, each matching unit was converted into one share of common stock. In anticipation of this offering, in January 2014 we completed a 62.553-for-1 stock split of our common stock, resulting in the following holdings of common stock by the named executive officers in respect of their matching shares: Mr. Smolik: 125,107 shares; Mr. Whitehead: 53,170 shares; Mr. Carrell: 37,532 shares; Mr. Jensen: 37,532 shares; and Ms. Woung-Chapman: 23,145 shares.

V.     Other Compensation Matters

Employment Agreements

        In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, we entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. These agreements provide us and the executives with certain rights and obligations during and following a termination of employment. We believe these agreements are necessary to protect our legitimate business interests, as well as to protect the executives in the event of certain termination events. The employment agreements provide for, among other things, base salaries, annual performance bonuses and severance benefits in the event of a termination of employment under certain circumstances. The employment agreements became effective as of the closing of the Acquisition. The employment agreements have an initial term that expires on the fifth anniversary of their effective date, but the term of each agreement will be extended automatically for successive additional one-year periods unless either the executive or company provides written notice to the other at least 60 days prior to the end of the then-current initial term or extension term that no such automatic extension will occur. In addition, in connection with entering into the agreement, the executives agreed to waive any rights relating to their participation in El Paso Corporation's change in control severance plan. In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the employment agreements were assigned to the Company. Additional detail regarding the employment agreements is set forth following the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table on page 140.

2013 Guaranteed Bonus

        In connection with the purchase by our named executive officers of Class A units of EPE Acquisition following the closing of the Acquisition, each of our named executive officers was awarded a "guaranteed cash bonus" payable in March 2013, contingent upon the executive's continued employment by us through such date. The guaranteed bonus was awarded in an amount equal to 50% of the value of the Class A units purchased by such executive. The guaranteed bonus was designed to further motivate the executive officers to participate in the buy-in of Class A units of EPE Acquisition and to encourage retention during the formative months following the closing of the Acquisition. The guaranteed bonus is not a substitute for the annual incentive bonus program described earlier in this CD&A. The amount of each named executive officer's guaranteed bonus payable in 2013 is set forth below.

137


Table of Contents


2013 Guaranteed Bonus

Name
  ($)  

Brent J. Smolik

    2,000,000  

Dane E. Whitehead

    850,000  

Clayton A. Carrell

    600,000  

John D. Jensen

    600,000  

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    370,000  

The guaranteed bonus was paid in the first quarter of 2013 and is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table below under the "bonus" column as part of 2013 compensation.

Executive Compensation

        The following table and the narrative text that follows it provide a summary of the compensation earned or paid to our named executive officers according to applicable SEC regulations. For 2012, amounts reported reflect compensation earned or paid following the closing of the Acquisition on May 24, 2012 through December 31, 2012. The principal position listed for each named executive officer below reflects the current position each executive holds at EP Energy Corporation. The compensation reflected for each individual was for his or her services provided in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries.


Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal
Position
  Year   Salary
($)(1)
  Bonus
($)(2)
  Stock
Awards
($)(3)
  Option
Awards
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
  Total
($)(6)
 

Brent J. Smolik

    2013     850,000     2,000,000             (4)         37,827     2,887,827  

Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer

    2012     511,063         20,951,593         1,147,500         8,050     22,618,206  

Dane E. Whitehead

    2013     450,000     850,000             (4)         37,132     1,337,132  

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

    2012     270,395         7,167,167         630,000         8,592     8,076,154  

Clayton A. Carrell

    2013     400,000     600,000             (4)         44,350     1,044,350  

Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer

    2012     240,372         6,917,167         540,000         21,179     7,718,718  

John D. Jensen

    2013     400,000     600,000             (4)         44,150     1,044,150  

Executive Vice President, Operations Services

    2012     240,372         6,917,167         510,000         17,222     7,684,761  

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    2013     370,000     370,000             (4)         29,350     769,350  

Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

    2012     222,382         2,896,849         280,000         16,907     3,416,138  

(1)
The amounts in this column reflect base salary amounts earned by our named executive officers during the applicable reporting period. For 2012, the amounts reflect base salary amounts earning by our named executive officers on or after the closing of the Acquisition on May 24, 2012 through December 31, 2012, and as such, represent approximately seven months of base salary.

138


Table of Contents

(2)
The amount in this column reflects the guaranteed bonus paid in the first quarter of 2013. Please see "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis" on page 128 for further detail.

(3)
The amount in this column for 2012 includes the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock awards granted to each named executive officer during 2012 computed in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation" ("FASB ASC Topic 718"). This includes the MIPs and the "matching" Class A unit awards. The grant date fair value used to calculate these amounts is the same as that used for our stock-based compensation disclosure in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The aggregate grant date fair value of the MIPs awarded to Messrs. Smolik, Whitehead, Carrell and Jensen and Ms. Woung-Chapman was $18,951,593, $6,317,167, $6,317,167, $6,317,167 and $2,526,849, respectively. The aggregate grant date fair value of the matching Class A units awarded to Messrs. Smolik, Whitehead, Carrell and Jensen and Ms. Woung-Chapman was $2,000,000, $850,000, $600,000, $600,000 and $370,000, respectively. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis" on page 128 for further detail on these grants.

(4)
Actual bonus amounts to be paid in 2014 in respect of 2013 performance will be determined by the Compensation Committee during the first quarter of 2014 and will be disclosed on a Current Report on Form 8-K once determined.

(5)
The compensation reflected in the "All Other Compensation" column for 2013 for each of our named executive officers includes company matching and retirement contributions to our 401(k) Retirement Plan, annual executive physicals and financial planning assistance, which are listed in the table immediately following these footnotes.

(6)
The amounts in this column for 2013 do not reflect the executives' 2013 annual cash incentive bonuses, as such amounts have not been determined by the Compensation Committee as of the date of this prospectus.


All Other Compensation included in the Summary Compensation Table for 2013

Name
  Company
Contributions to
the 401(k)
Retirement Plan
($)
  Annual
Executive
Physicals
($)(A)
  Financial
Planning
($)(B)
  Total
($)
 

Brent J. Smolik

    28,050     1,300     8,477     37,827  

Dane E. Whitehead

    28,050         9,082     37,132  

Clayton A. Carrell

    28,050     1,300     15,000     44,350  

John D. Jensen

    28,050     1,100     15,000     44,150  

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    28,050     1,300         29,350  

(A)
The amounts in this column for 2013 reflect our cost for executive officer annual physicals.

(B)
The amounts in this column for 2013 reflect the cost for financial and tax planning assistance we provided to our named executive officers. This amount is imputed as income and no tax gross-up is provided. Ms. Woung-Chapman elected not to receive financial planning services during 2013.

139


Table of Contents


Grants of Plan-Based Awards
During the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 
   
  Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards(1)
 
Name
  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

Brent J. Smolik

                       

Short-Term Incentive

  N/A     425,000     850,000     1,700,000  

Dane E. Whitehead

                       

Short-Term Incentive

  N/A     225,000     450,000     900,000  

Clayton A. Carrell

                       

Short-Term Incentive

  N/A     200,000     400,000     800,000  

John D. Jensen

                       

Short-Term Incentive

  N/A     200,000     400,000     800,000  

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

                       

Short-Term Incentive

  N/A     101,750     203,500     407,000  

(1)
These columns show the potential value of the payout of the annual cash incentive bonuses for 2013 performance for each named executive officer if the threshold, target and maximum performance levels are achieved. The actual amount of the annual cash incentive bonuses earned for 2013 performance will be determined by the Compensation Committee during the first quarter of 2014.

Description of Plan-Based Awards

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards

        The material terms of the non-equity incentive plan awards reported in the above table are described in "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis" on page 128.

Equity Awards

        No equity awards were issued to our named executive officers during 2013.

Class A Unit Distributions

        In December 2012, the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition authorized a cash distribution to all Class A unitholders of our parent on a pro-rata basis. Our named executive officers, as owners of Class A units (buy-in units and matching award) received their pro-rata share of the distribution, which was treated as a non-taxable return of investment. In addition, in July 2013 the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition authorized an additional pro-rata cash distribution to all Class A unitholders of our parent, which distribution was made prior to the Corporate Reorganization.

140


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

        As discussed in the "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis" on page 128, we entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers in connection with the closing of the Acquisition. The employment agreements are effective as of May 24, 2012 and have a five-year term. In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the employment agreements were assigned to the Company. Additional detail regarding the employment agreements is set forth below.

Brent J. Smolik

        EPE Acquisition entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Smolik, effective May 24, 2012, to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as the Chairman of the Board of Managers of EPE Acquisition, LLC. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Smolik's annual base salary is $850,000, with an annual cash bonus target equal to 100% of his annual base salary, with higher or lower amounts (0% to 200% of target) payable depending on performance relative to targeted results. Mr. Smolik is also entitled to an additional one-time guaranteed bonus of $2,000,000 payable in the first quarter of 2013. Mr. Smolik is eligible to participate in all benefit plans and programs that are available to other senior executives of our company. Mr. Smolik's employment agreement contains provisions related to the payment of benefits upon certain termination events, as well as non-compete, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions.

Dane E. Whitehead

        EPE Acquisition entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Whitehead, effective May 24, 2012, to serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Whitehead's annual base salary is $450,000, with an annual cash bonus target equal to 100% of his annual base salary, with higher or lower amounts (0% to 200% of target) payable depending on performance relative to targeted results. Mr. Whitehead was also entitled to an additional one-time guaranteed bonus of $850,000 payable in the first quarter of 2013. Mr. Whitehead is eligible to participate in all benefit plans and programs that are available to other senior executives of our company. Mr. Whitehead's employment agreement contains provisions related to the payment of benefits upon certain termination events, as well as certain non-compete, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions.

Clayton A. Carrell

        EPE Acquisition entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Carrell, effective May 24, 2012, to serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Carrell's annual base salary is $400,000, with an annual cash bonus target equal to 100% of his annual base salary, with higher or lower amounts (0% to 200% of target) payable depending on performance relative to targeted results. Mr. Carrell was also entitled to an additional one-time guaranteed bonus of $600,000 payable in the first quarter of 2013. Mr. Carrell is eligible to participate in all benefit plans and programs that are available to other senior executives of our company. Mr. Carrell's employment agreement contains provisions related to the payment of benefits upon certain termination events, as well as certain non-compete, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions.

John D. Jensen

        EPE Acquisition entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Jensen, effective May 24, 2012, to serve as our Executive Vice President, Operations Services. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Jensen's annual base salary is $400,000, with an annual cash bonus target equal to 100% of his annual base salary, with higher or lower amounts (0% to 200% of target) payable depending on

141


Table of Contents

performance relative to targeted results. Mr. Jensen was also entitled to an additional one-time guaranteed bonus of $600,000 payable in the first quarter of 2013. Mr. Jensen is eligible to participate in all benefit plans and programs that are available to other senior executives of our company. Mr. Jensen's employment agreement contains provisions related to the payment of benefits upon certain termination events, as well as certain non-compete, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions.

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

        EPE Acquisition entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Woung-Chapman, effective May 24, 2012, to serve as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary. Under the terms of the agreement, Ms. Woung-Chapman's annual base salary is $370,000, with an annual cash bonus target equal to 55% of her annual base salary, with higher or lower amounts (0% to 200% of target) payable depending on performance relative to targeted results. Ms. Woung-Chapman was also entitled to an additional one-time guaranteed bonus of $370,000 payable in the first quarter of 2013. Ms. Woung-Chapman is eligible to participate in all benefit plans and programs that are available to other senior executives of our company. Ms. Woung-Chapman's employment agreement contains provisions related to the payment of benefits upon certain termination events, as well as certain non-compete, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions.

Outstanding Equity Awards

        The following table provides information with respect to outstanding equity awards held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.


Outstanding Equity Awards
at Fiscal Year-End

 
  Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(1)
  Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 

Brent J. Smolik

    207,985     (2 )

Dane E. Whitehead

    69,328     (2 )

Clayton A. Carrell

    69,328     (2 )

John D. Jensen

    69,328     (2 )

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    27,731     (2 )

(1)
Reflects the total number of shares of Class B common stock (referred to as MIPs prior to the Corporate Restructuring) held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013. The Class B shares are subject to time-based vesting requirements (vest ratably over 5 years, 20% each year) as well as a performance hurdle, and such shares do not become payable until the performance hurdle is achieved (e.g. certain liquidity events in which our Sponsors receive a return of at least one times their invested capital in our company). The performance hurdle applicable to the Class B common shares has not yet been met, and consequently, all of the Class B shares owned by the named executive officers are reported as unvested shares for purposes of this table.

(2)
Because the number of shares of common stock that would be issued in a Class B Exchange depends on the total value received by the Sponsors, the market value of the shares of Class B common stock is not readily determinable. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Exchange" on page 173 for further detail. Assuming the Specified Stockholders sold 100% of their shares of common stock as of the date of this prospectus for net proceeds of $25 per share, the Class B shares held by our named executive officers would be exchanged for the following numbers of shares of common stock: Mr. Smolik—1,816,814; Mr. Whitehead—605,601; Mr. Carrell—605,601; Mr. Jensen—605,601; and Ms. Woung-Chapman—242,238. These shares of common stock would have the

142


Table of Contents

    following indicated market values assuming a $25 per share price: Mr. Smolik $45,420,350; Mr. Whitehead—$15,140,025; Mr. Carrell—$15,140,025; Mr. Jensen—$15,140,025; and Ms. Woung-Chapman—$6,055,950.

    Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

            The following section describes the benefits that may become payable to our named executive officers in connection with a termination of their employment.

    Potential Payments under Employment Agreements

            As discussed above, we have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers. The agreements contain provisions for the payment of severance benefits following certain termination events. Below is a summary of the payments and benefits these named executive officers would receive in connection with various employment termination scenarios.

            Under the terms of each employment agreement, if the executive's employment is terminated by us without cause or by the executive with good reason then the executive will be entitled to receive:

    any accrued obligations;

    a lump-sum payment equal to 200% (or 300% in the case of Mr. Smolik) of the sum of the executive's (a) annual base salary and (b) target annual bonus for in the year in which the termination of employment occurs;

    a prorated annual bonus based on the executive's target bonus opportunity for the year of termination; and

    continuation of basic life and health insurance following termination for 24 months (or 36 months in the case of Mr. Smolik).

If the executive's employment is terminated for any other reason, our only obligation will be the payment of any accrued obligations. For purposes of the above, "good reason" means, as to any executive, the occurrence of any of the following events without the executive's consent: (a) a reduction in the executive's annual base salary other than a reduction of not more than 5% in connection with a general reduction in base salaries that affects all similarly situated executives in substantially the same proportions which is implemented in response to a material downturn in the U.S. domestic oil and natural gas exploration and development industry; (b) a failure of the company to cause the executive to be eligible under benefit plans that provide benefits that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to those provided to executive as of the effective date of the employment agreement; (c) any material breach by the company of the employment agreement; (d) a material diminution in the executive's title, authority, duties, or responsibilities; (e) the requirement that the executive's principal place of employment be outside a 35 mile radius of his or her then-current principal place; (f) any purported termination of the executive's employment for cause which does not comply with the employment agreement; and solely with respect to Mr. Smolik, (g) the failure of the company to re-elect him as a member of the board in connection with any election of managers. The term "cause" means the executive's (i) willful failure to perform the executive's material duties, (ii) willful and material breach of the employment agreement, (iii) conviction of or plea of guilty or no contest to, any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, or (iv) engaging in actual fraud or willful material misconduct in the performance of the executive's duties under the employment agreement.

Potential Payments under Welfare Benefit Plans

        We sponsor a welfare benefit plan available to all employees that provides long-term disability benefits in the event of an employee's permanent disability. In the event of a named executive officer's permanent disability, disability income would be payable on a monthly basis as a long as the executive officer qualified as permanently disabled. Long-term disability benefits are equal to 60% of the

143


Table of Contents

executive's base salary in effect immediately prior to the disability, with a maximum monthly benefit equal to $25,000. In the event of a named executive officer's permanent disability, he or she may also elect to maintain basic life and health insurance coverage under our welfare benefit plan at active-employee rates for as long as the individual qualifies as permanently disabled or until he or she reaches age 65.

        In addition, our named executive officers participate in our Senior Executive Survivor Benefits Plan, which provides each of our named executive officers with survivor benefits coverage in the event of the executive's death in lieu of the coverage provided generally under our group life insurance plan. The amount of benefits provided is 2.5 times the executive's annual salary.

Estimated Severance, Disability and Survivor Benefits

        The following table presents the company's estimate of the amount of the benefits to which each of the named executive officers would have been entitled had his or her employment been terminated or a change in control occurred on December 31, 2013 under the scenarios noted below.

Name
  Voluntary
Termination
Without Good
Reason
or Involuntary
Termination
with Cause
($)
  Death
($)
  Disability
($)(1)
  Involuntary
Termination
without Cause
or Voluntary
Termination
with Good Reason
($)
  Change in
Control
(no termination)
($)
 

Brent J. Smolik

                               

Severance Payment

                5,950,000      

Continued Medical

            17,298     51,894      

Disability Income

            300,000          

Survivor Benefit

        2,125,000              

Dane E. Whitehead

                               

Severance Payment

                2,250,000      

Continued Medical

            17,298     34,596      

Disability Income

            270,000          

Survivor Benefit

        1,125,000              

Clayton A. Carrell

                               

Severance Payment

                2,000,000      

Continued Medical

            17,298     34,596      

Disability Income

            240,000          

Survivor Benefit

        1,000,000              

John D. Jensen

                               

Severance Payment

                2,000,000      

Continued Medical

            17,298     34,596      

Disability Income

            240,000          

Survivor Benefit

        1,000,000              

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

                               

Severance Payment

                1,350,500      

Continued Medical

            8,094     16,188      

Disability Income

            222,000          

Survivor Benefit

        925,000              

(1)
Disability income would be payable on a monthly basis as long as the executive officer qualifies as permanently disabled. The amounts in this column assume disability income and continued benefit coverage for a period of one year.

144


Table of Contents

Treatment of Equity Awards

        In addition to the severance and welfare benefits described above, our named executive officers' outstanding equity awards may be impacted in the event of certain termination scenarios, as described below.

Common Stock

        As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Class A units of EPE Acquisition issued to the named executive officers during 2012, including the buy-in units purchased by the executives and "matching" units awarded in connection with such purchase, were 100% vested upon grant, but were granted subject to transfer restrictions until the earliest of four years from grant and certain liquidity events. The shares of Class A common stock issued to the named executive officers in exchange for such Class A units remain subject to the same vesting and transfer restrictions. In addition, the units were, and following the Corporate Reorganization the corresponding shares are, subject to repurchase at the company's election in certain termination scenarios as follows:

    Voluntary Termination without Good Reason or Involuntary Termination with Cause

        In the event of a named executive officer's voluntary termination without good reason or if the executive's employment is terminated by the company with cause, then for a period of one year following the termination, the company would be able to elect (but would not be required) to repurchase the Class A units or shares of Class A common stock, as applicable, held by such executive for a purchase price equal to the lesser of the original cost paid by the executive to purchase the units and the fair market value of the units or shares, as applicable (as determined by the Board), on the repurchase date. As the "matching" Class A units were awarded to the executives at no cost, this repurchase option would cause the units or shares of common stock, as applicable, to be repurchased for no consideration.

    Involuntary Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination with Good Reason or Termination due to Death or Disability

        In the event of a named executive officer's involuntary termination by the company without cause or termination by the executive with good reason, or in the event of the named executive officer's death or disability, the company would be able to elect (but would not be required) to repurchase the Class A units or shares of Class A common stock, as applicable, held by such executive for a purchase price equal to the fair market value of the units or shares, applicable (as determined by the Board), on the repurchase date.

Class B Common Stock

        As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the MIPs awarded to the named executive officers during 2012 were scheduled to vest ratably over five years, and the corresponding shares of Class B common stock remain subject to the same vesting schedule. Below is a description of the impact of certain termination scenarios on the MIP awards prior to the Corporate Reorganization, and the Class B common stock following the Corporate Reorganization.

    Involuntary Termination with Cause

        In the event of a named executive officer's termination with cause, all MIPs or Class B common stock, as applicable, held by such executive (whether vested or unvested) would be forfeited without consideration.

145


Table of Contents

    Voluntary Termination without Good Reason

        In the event of a named executive officer's voluntary termination, 25% of the executive's vested MIPs and all unvested MIPs or Class B common stock, as applicable, would be forfeited without consideration. In such event, the company would be able to elect (but would not be required) to redeem the non-forfeited MIPs or shares of Class B common stock, as applicable, held by such executive at the fair market value of such MIPs or shares, as applicable (as determined by the Board) on the repurchase date.

        Involuntary Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination with Good Reason or Termination due to Death or Disability     

        In the event of a named executive officer's involuntary termination by the company without cause or termination by the executive with good reason, or in the event of the named executive officer's death or disability, a pro-rata portion of the unvested MIPs or Class B common stock, as applicable, would vest as of the termination date (pro-rata vesting relating solely to the single tranche of MIPs or Class B common stock, as applicable, that would have vested as of the next vesting date). All remaining unvested MIPs or Class B common stock, as applicable, would be forfeited without consideration. In such event and for a period of one year following the termination, the company would be able to elect (but would not be required) to redeem the non-forfeited MIPs or shares of Class B common stock, as applicable, held by such executive at the fair market value of such MIPs or shares, as applicable (as determined by the Board), on the repurchase date.

Director Compensation

        During 2012 and 2013, members of our Board did not receive a retainer or board meeting fees from us for serving on the Board. Members of the Board were reimbursed for their reasonable expenses for attending board functions. Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our independent non-employee directors will receive cash and/or equity-based compensation for their services as directors. Although the terms of our director compensation program have not yet been determined, we expect such compensation may consist of the following:

    an annual cash retainer of $70,000;

    an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500 for membership on the Audit Committee and $5,000 for membership on the Compensation Committee or any other board committee;

    an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for service as the chair of the Audit Committee or the Compensation Committee and $10,000 for service as the chair of any other board committee;

    an additional annual cash retainer of $20,000 for service as the lead director; and

    an annual equity-based award granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, having a value as of the grant date of $175,000. Equity-based awards are expected to be subject to vesting conditions that have not yet been determined.

        Directors will also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses associated with attending board or committee meetings and director and officer liability insurance coverage. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law.

146


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Upon the Effective Time, our Compensation Committee will be composed of Sam Oh, Gregory A. Beard, Wilson B. Handler, Ilrae Park, Robert M. Tichio, Donald A. Wagner, Rakesh Wilson and Michael S. Helfer. Prior to the Effective Time, our Compensation Committee was composed of Sam Oh, Gregory A. Beard, Wilson B. Handler, Ilrae Park, Robert M. Tichio, Donald A. Wagner and Rakesh Wilson. During 2012 and 2013, no member of the Compensation Committee was a former or current officer or employee of the Company. In addition, during 2012 and 2013, none of our executive officers served (i) as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our Compensation Committee, or (ii) as a member of the compensation committee of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our Board.

EP Energy Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

        We intend to adopt the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan of EP Energy Corporation (the "omnibus plan") prior to the completion of this offering, which will be effective no later than the day prior to the completion of this offering. The following is a general description of the omnibus plan. We are in the process of adopting the omnibus plan, and accordingly this summary is subject to change prior to the Effective Time.

Summary of the Omnibus Plan

    Purpose of the Omnibus Plan

        The purpose of the omnibus plan is to promote the interests of the company and its stockholders by enhancing the company's ability to attract and retain employees and non-employee directors through suitable recognition of their ability and experience. The omnibus plan is further intended to align the employees' and non-employee directors' interests and efforts with the long-term interests of the company's stockholders, and to provide participants with a direct incentive to achieve the company's strategic and financial goals.

    Effective Date and Duration

        The omnibus plan will become effective when it is approved by our Board of Directors, which will occur prior to the completion of this offering. The plan authorizes the granting of awards for up to ten years from the plan's effective date. The omnibus plan will remain in effect, subject to the right of our Board of Directors to terminate the plan at any time, until no awards remain outstanding.

    Administration of the Omnibus Plan

        The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is the plan administrator. The Compensation Committee is authorized to delegate its duties and responsibilities as plan administrator to one or more senior executives of the Company or any committee thereof, subject to certain limitations. Our Board of Directors will serve as plan administrator with respect to awards to non-employee directors. The plan administrator has the full power to select employees and non-employee directors to receive awards under the omnibus plan; determine the terms and conditions of awards; construe and interpret the plan and any awards granted thereunder; and, subject to certain limitations, amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards. The plan administrator's determinations and interpretations under the omnibus plan are binding on all interested parties.

147


Table of Contents

    Eligibility and Participation

        Eligible participants include all employees of the company or any subsidiary, including employees who are members of our Board of Directors, as well as non-employee members of our Board of Directors and consultants, as determined by the plan administrator.

    Shares Subject to the Omnibus Plan

        The omnibus plan currently authorizes the issuance of up to 12,433,749 shares of our common stock.

        Any shares that are potentially deliverable under an award granted under the omnibus plan that is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, expires or is otherwise terminated without delivery of such shares shall not be counted as having been issued under the plan. Likewise, shares that have been issued in connection with an award of restricted stock that is canceled or forfeited prior to vesting or settled in cash, causing the shares to be returned to the company, will not be counted as having been issued under the plan. In addition, shares that are held back or tendered (either actually or constructively by attestation) to cover the exercise price or tax withholding obligations with respect to an award will not be counted as having been issued under the plan.

        In the event of a change in capitalization, as defined in the omnibus plan, the plan administrator shall make such adjustments as it determines are appropriate and equitable to (i) the maximum number and class of shares of common stock or other stock or securities with respect to which awards may be granted under the plan, (ii) the maximum number and class of shares of common stock or other stock or securities that may be issued upon exercise of stock options, (iii) the individual annual grant limits for Section 162(m), (iv) the number and class of shares of common stock or other stock or securities that are subject to outstanding awards and the option price or grant price therefor, if applicable, and (v) performance goals.

        The shares to be delivered under the omnibus plan may be made available from any combination of shares held in the Company's treasury, authorized but unissued shares of the Company's common stock or previously issued shares of the Company's common stock reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased on the open market, as determined by the plan administrator.

    Individual Annual Grant Limits

        For purposes of Section 162(m), (i) the maximum number of our shares with respect to which stock options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any participant in any calendar year is 2 million shares; (ii) the maximum number of our shares of restricted stock that may be granted to any participant in any calendar year is 1 million shares; (iii) the maximum number of our shares with respect to which restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or other stock-based awards may be granted to any participant in any calendar year is 1 million shares; and (iv) the maximum amount of other awards under the plan, including cash incentive awards, that may be paid pursuant to the omnibus plan in any calendar year to any participant is $10 million. In addition, and notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the contrary, the aggregate grant date fair value of all awards granted to any non-employee director during any single calendar year (excluding awards made at the election of the non-employee director in lieu of all or a portion of annual and committee cash retainers) may not exceed $600,000.

    Awards under the Omnibus Plan

        Grants under the omnibus plan may be made in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, incentive awards, and other cash or stock-based awards.

148


Table of Contents

    Types of Awards

        Following is a general description of the types of awards that may be granted under the omnibus plan. Terms and conditions of awards will be determined on a grant-by-grant basis by the plan administrator, subject to limitations contained in the omnibus plan.

        Stock Options.     A stock option is the grant of an option made to eligible employees to purchase a specific number of shares of common stock under certain terms and conditions and for a set price. The plan administrator will determine the price of the shares of common stock covered by each stock option, except that the stock option price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date the stock options are granted. The plan administrator will also set the term of each stock option. The term of a stock option may not exceed ten years from the date of the grant.

        Stock options granted under the omnibus plan may be either "incentive stock options" that qualify under the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or "non-qualified stock options" that are not designed to qualify under Section 422. With respect to each stock option granted under the omnibus plan, the plan administrator will determine the nature and extent of any restrictions to be imposed on the shares of common stock that may be purchased, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the transferability of shares acquired upon exercise. Stock options granted under the omnibus plan cannot be repriced without the approval of the stockholders other than in connection with a "change in capitalization" in which an adjustment is permitted. In addition, underwater stock options cannot be cashed out without stockholder approval.

        The actual purchase of shares of common stock pursuant to a stock option is called the "exercise" of that stock option. Stock options granted under the omnibus plan will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator at the time of grant. The plan administrator may waive such restrictions on the exercisability of a stock option at any time on or after the date of the grant in whole or in part, as the plan administrator may determine in its sole discretion. Shares covered by a stock option may be purchased at one time or in such installments over the option period as determined by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator will determine the form of payment of the stock option price, which may include cash, shares of common stock already owned by the participant, by broker assisted cashless exercise, or by a combination of any of the permitted methods of payment. The plan administrator may also designate additional forms of payment that will be permitted, provided the methods are permitted by applicable laws and regulations. A participant will not have any of the rights of a stockholder until the shares of common stock are issued to the participant.

        Stock Appreciation Rights.     A stock appreciation right granted under the omnibus plan is a right to receive the appreciation in value of a share of common stock between the date the stock appreciation right or related award is granted and the date it is exercised. A stock appreciation right may be granted freestanding or in tandem or in combination with any other award under the omnibus incentive plan. Upon exercise, each stock appreciation right will entitle a participant to receive payment from the company determined by multiplying (i) the difference between the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is exercised over the price fixed at the date of grant (which shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant) times (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. At the discretion of the plan administrator, the payment upon stock appreciation right exercise may be in cash, in shares of common stock of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

        A stock appreciation right granted in tandem with any other award under the omnibus plan shall be exercisable only at such times and to the extent that the award as to which it relates is exercisable

149


Table of Contents

or at such other times as the plan administrator may determine. A stock appreciation right expires at the same time the associated award expires, but in no case shall the right be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of the date of its grant. A holder of a stock appreciation right will not have any of the rights of a stockholder until shares of common stock are issued. Stock appreciation rights granted under the omnibus plan cannot be repriced without the approval of the stockholders other than in connection with a "change in capitalization" in which an adjustment is permitted. In addition, underwater stock appreciation rights cannot be cashed out without stockholder approval.

        Performance Shares and Performance Units.     Performance shares granted under the omnibus plan represent the right to receive a number of shares of common stock for each performance share granted. Performance units granted under the omnibus plan represent the right to receive a payment, either in cash or shares of common stock, equal to the value of a performance unit. Performance shares or performance units may be granted to participants at any time and from time to time as the plan administrator determines. Performance shares and performance units may be granted alone or in combination with any other award.

        Prior to the grant of each performance share or performance unit, the plan administrator will establish the initial number of shares of common stock for each performance share and the initial value for each performance unit. In addition, the plan administrator will determine the performance goals used to determine the extent to which the participant receives a payout for the performance period. The plan administrator may assign percentages or other relative values of performance that will be applied to determine the extent to which the participant receives a payout. After a performance period has ended, the plan administrator will determine the extent to which the performance goals have been met and the holder of a performance share or performance unit is entitled to receive a payout of the number of performance shares or value of performance units awarded. No payout will be made without written certification by the plan administrator that the applicable performance goals have been satisfied. No dividends will be paid on unvested performance shares or unvested performance units (provided that dividends may accrue on such unvested awards and be paid to the extent the shares vest).

        Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock is common stock that is subject to forfeiture if a participant's employment terminates before a specified date, if pre-established performance goals for a specified time period are not attained or due to such other factors or criteria as the plan administrator may determine. Restricted stock may be granted to participants under the omnibus plan at any time and from time to time as the plan administrator determines. Generally, there is no purchase price associated with restricted stock.

        A participant who receives a grant of restricted stock will be recorded as a stockholder of EP Energy and, except as otherwise determined by the plan administrator, will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares (except with respect to the restrictions on transferability during the restriction period), including the right to vote the shares and receive dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the underlying shares. When all applicable conditions associated with a participant's restricted stock have been met, the shares shall become freely transferable, subject to any required share withholding to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

        Restricted Stock Units.     A restricted stock unit granted under the omnibus plan represents a right to receive a payment, in cash or shares of common stock, equal to the value of a share of common stock. Restricted stock units may be granted to participants at any time and from time to time as the plan administrator determines.

        A participant who receives a grant of restricted stock units will not be recorded as a stockholder of EP Energy and will not have any of the rights of a stockholder unless or until the participant is issued shares of common stock in settlement of the restricted stock units granted. The plan administrator may

150


Table of Contents

determine that restricted stock units are entitled to dividend equivalents equal to cash dividends, if any, paid on shares of common stock. Dividend equivalents may be paid in cash or common stock or credited to the participant as additional restricted stock units. When all applicable conditions associated with a participant's restricted stock units have been met, restricted stock units will be settled in any combination of cash or shares of common stock subject to the payment of all taxes required to be withheld.

        Incentive Awards.     An incentive award is a percentage of a participant's base salary, fixed dollar amount or other measure of compensation to be awarded in cash or other awards under the omnibus plan at the end of a performance period if certain performance goals or other performance measures are achieved. Prior to the beginning of a particular performance period, or not later than 90 days following the beginning of the relevant fiscal year, the plan administrator will establish the performance goals or other performance measures that must be achieved for any participant to receive an incentive award for that performance period. The performance goals or other performance measures may be based on any combination of corporate and business unit performance goals or other performance measures. The plan administrator may also establish one or more company-wide performance goals or other performance measures that must be achieved. Incentive awards become payable to the extent that the plan administrator certifies in writing that the performance goals or other performance measures selected for a particular performance period have been attained.

        At the end of each performance period and within 30 days after the information necessary to make a determination is available for the performance period, the plan administrator will determine whether the performance goals or other performance measures for the performance period have been achieved and the amount of each participant's award. Incentive awards may be paid in any combination of cash and/or other awards.

        Cash and Other Stock-Based Awards.     The plan administrator may grant cash awards to participants in such amounts and upon such terms, including the achievement of specific performance criteria as the plan administrator may determine. The plan administrator may also grant other types of equity-based or equity-related awards known as "other stock-based awards," which would include deferred share awards payable at a specified time or date, under the omnibus plan. Other stock-based awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of common stock or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of shares of common stock. The plan administrator may establish performance criteria applicable to such awards in its sole discretion. Each cash award granted will specify a payment amount or payment range as determined by the plan administrator. Each other stock-based award will be expressed in terms of shares of common stock or units based on shares of common stock, as determined by the plan administrator.

    Performance Goals

        The plan administrator may determine that performance criteria will apply to awards granted under the omnibus plan. To the extent that awards are intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, the performance goals may include any one or more of the following, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either EP Energy as a whole or any subsidiary, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to the predetermined target, to previous years' results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the plan administrator:

    earnings;

    earnings before interest and taxes;

    earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;

151


Table of Contents

    earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and exploration expense;

    earnings per share;

    net income;

    operating income;

    revenues;

    operating cash flow;

    free cash flow;

    debt level;

    debt ratios or other measures of credit quality or liquidity;

    equity ratios;

    expenses;

    cost reduction targets;

    capital expended;

    working capital;

    weighted average cost of capital;

    operating or profit margins;

    interest-sensitivity gap levels;

    return on assets;

    return on net assets;

    return on equity or capital employed;

    return on total capital;

    amount of the oil and gas reserves;

    oil and gas reserve additions;

    oil and gas reserve replacement ratios;

    costs of finding oil and gas reserves;

    oil and gas reserve replacement costs;

    daily natural gas and/or oil production;

    production and production growth;

    absolute or per unit operating and maintenance costs;

    absolute or per unit general and administrative costs;

    absolute or per unit lease operating expenses;

    operating and maintenance cost management;

    performance of investment in oil and/or gas properties;

    capital efficiency targets (capital/new volumes);

152


Table of Contents

    redeployable capital savings targets;

    absolute or per unit cash costs;

    present value ratio;

    drilling inventory growth (% or absolute);

    production or reserves per debt adjusted shares;

    total shareholder return;

    charge-offs;

    asset sale targets;

    asset quality levels;

    value of assets;

    fair market value of the common stock;

    employee retention/attrition rates;

    investments;

    regulatory compliance;

    satisfactory internal or external audits;

    improvement of financial ratings;

    safety and environmental targets;

    ethics and internal controls;

    economic value added;

    achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives;

    project completion measures; and/or

    other measures such as those relating to acquisitions, dispositions, or customer satisfaction.

        The plan administrator will be authorized to adjust the performance goals to include or exclude extraordinary charges, gain or loss on the disposition of business units, losses from discontinued operations, restatements and accounting changes and other unplanned special charges such as restructuring expenses, acquisitions, acquisition expenses, including expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, stock offerings, stock repurchases and loan loss provisions.

    Termination of Employment

        The award agreement applicable to each award granted under the omnibus plan will set forth the effect of a participant's termination of employment or service upon such award. Unless explicitly set forth otherwise in an award agreement or as determined by the plan administrator, all of a participant's unvested and/or unexercisable awards are forfeited automatically upon termination of a participant's employment or service for any reason, and with respect to stock options or stock appreciation rights, a participant is permitted to exercise the vested portion of the stock option or stock appreciation right for three months following termination of employment or service. Provisions regarding the effect of a termination of employment or service upon an award are determined in the sole discretion of the plan administrator and need not be uniform among all awards or among all participants.

153


Table of Contents

    Change in Control

        Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of a participant's termination of employment (a) without cause or (b) by a participant for "good reason" (as defined in such participant's employment agreement, if applicable), in either event, within two years following a change in control (i) all stock options and stock appreciation rights will become fully vested and exercisable, (ii) the restriction periods applicable to all shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units will immediately lapse, (iii) the performance periods applicable to any performance shares, performance units and incentive awards that have not ended will end and such awards will become vested and payable in an amount assuming target levels of performance by both participants and the Company have been achieved and (iv) any restrictions applicable to cash awards and other stock-based awards will immediately lapse and, if applicable, become payable.

    Transferability

        Awards granted under the omnibus plan may not be transferred, assigned, pledged, or encumbered in any manner except in the case of the death of a participant. Non-qualified stock options may be transferred to certain immediate family members, directly or indirectly or by means of a trust, corporate entity or partnership, as provided for in the omnibus plan and allowed by the plan administrator. Any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of awards granted under the omnibus plan, or any right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to the provisions of the omnibus plan, may result in the forfeiture of any affected award.

    Termination and Amendment

        The plan administrator, subject to the approval of the board of directors, may from time to time amend the omnibus plan; provided, however, (i) stockholder approval is required to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule and (ii) no change in any award previously granted under the omnibus plan may be made without the consent of the participant which would impair the right of the participant to acquire or retain common stock or cash that the participant may have acquired as a result of the omnibus plan. The board of directors may at any time suspend the operation of or terminate the omnibus plan with respect to any shares of common stock or rights which are not at that time subject to any award outstanding. No award may be granted under the omnibus plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan.

    Company Policies

        All awards granted under the omnibus plan shall be subject to any applicable clawback or recoupment policies, share trading policies and other policies that may be implemented by the Company from time to time, including such policies that may be implemented after the date an award is granted.

    Tax Withholding

        We may deduct or withhold, or require a participant to remit, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, domestic or foreign taxes required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the omnibus plan.

154


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table provides certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock as of January 2, 2014, and after giving effect to the offering, for:

    each person or group who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis;

    each of our directors or director nominee;

    each of the named executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table; and

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

        The percentage of ownership indicated before this offering is based on 208,674,975 shares of common stock outstanding on January 2, 2014, and the percentage of ownership after this offering is based on 248,674,975 shares of common stock outstanding, including the shares to be issued and sold by the Company and does not take into account any shares of common stock that may be issued in the future in connection with a Class B Exchange.

        The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting power," which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or "investment power," which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities as to which he has no economic interest. Except as indicated by footnote and in the next paragraph, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

        Upon the closing of this offering, our Sponsors, as a group, will continue to control a majority of our voting common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" under the NYSE listing rules. However, the number of shares reflected in the table below as beneficially owned by each of the Sponsors does not include shares held by the other Sponsors that are subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsors have agreed to act together to vote for the election of each of their director nominees to the Board.

155


Table of Contents

 
  Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned Before
the Offering
  Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage

Apollo Funds(1)

    112,596,207     53.96 %   112,596,207     45.2%

Riverstone(2)

    31,276,726     14.99 %   31,276,726     12.6%

Access(3)

    31,276,726     14.99 %   31,276,726     12.6%

KNOC(4)

    31,276,726     14.99 %   31,276,726     12.6%

Brent J. Smolik

    375,320     *     375,320     *

Dane E. Whitehead

    159,511     *     159,511     *

Clayton A. Carrell

    112,596     *     112,596     *

John D. Jensen

    112,596     *     112,596     *

Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

    69,434     *     69,434     *

Ralph Alexander

               

Gregory A. Beard

               

Wilson B. Handler

               

John J. Hannan

               

Ilrae Park

               

Sam Oh

               

Robert M. Tichio

               

Donald A. Wagner

               

Rakesh Wilson

               

Michael S. Helfer (director nominee)

               

Directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)

    885,755     *     885,755     *

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Includes shares held of record by AIF PB VII (LS AIV), L.P. ("AIF LS AIV"), AIF VII (AIV), L.P. ("AIF VII"), AOP VII (EPE Intermediate), L.P. ("AOP Intermediate"), AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV I), L.P. ("AP EPE I"), AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV II), L.P. ("AP EPE II"), AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV III), L.P. ("AP EPE III"), AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV IV), L.P. ("AP EPE IV"), Apollo Investment Fund (PB) VII, L.P. ("AIF (PB) VII"), ANRP (EPE AIV), L.P. ("ANRP EPE"), ANRP (EPE Intermediate), L.P. ("ANRP Intermediate"), ANRP 892/TE (EPE AIV), L.P. ("ANRP 892"), EPE Domestic Co-Investors, L.P. ("Domestic Co-Investors"), EPE Overseas Co-Investors (FC), L.P. ("Overseas Co-Investors"), EPE 892 Co-Investors I, L.P. ("Co-Investor I"), EPE 892 Co-Investors II, L.P. ("Co-Investor II"), and EPE 892 Co-Investors III, L.P. ("Co-Investor III," and together with AIF LS AIV, AIF VII, AOP Intermediate, AP EPE I, AP EPE II, AP EPE III, AP EPE IV, AIF (PB) VII, ANRP EPE, ANRP Intermediate, ANRP 892, Domestic Co-Investors, Overseas Co-Investors, Co-Investor I and Co-Investor II, the "Apollo Funds"). Apollo Management VII, L.P. ("Management VII") is the manager of AIF LS AIV, AIF VII, AOP Intermediate, AP EPE I, AP EPE II, AP EPE III, AP EPE IV and AIF (PB) VII. Apollo Commodities Management, L.P. with respect to Series I ("Commodities Management") is the manager of ANRP EPE, ANRP Intermediate and ANRP 892. EPE Acquisition Holdings, LLC ("Acquisition Holdings") is the general partner of Domestic Co-Investors, Overseas Co-Investors, Co-Investor I, Co-Investor II and Co-Investor III. Management VII and Commodities Management are the members and managers of Acquisition Holdings. AIF VII Management, LLC ("AIF VII LLC") is the general partner of Management VII. Apollo Management, L.P. ("Apollo Management") is the sole member-manager of AIF VII LLC. Apollo Management GP, LLC ("Management GP") is the general partner of Apollo Management. Apollo Commodities Management GP, LLC ("Commodities GP") is the general partner of Commodities Management. Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. ("Management Holdings") is the sole member and manager of Management GP and of Commodities GP. Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC ("Management Holdings GP") is the general partner of Management Holdings. Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan are the managers, as well as principal executive officers, of Management Holdings GP, and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control of the capital stock beneficially owned by the Apollo Funds. The address of each of AIF LS AIV, AIF VII, AOP Intermediate, AP EPE I, AP EPE II, AP EPE III, AP EPE IV, AIF (PB) VII, ANRP 892, Domestic Co-Investors, Co-Investor I, Co-Investor II and Co-Investor III is One Manhattanville Road, Suite 201, Purchase, New York 10577. The address of Overseas Co-Investors is c/o Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9005, Cayman Islands. The address of ANRP EPE, ANRP Intermediate, Management VII, Commodities Management, Acquisition Holdings, AIF VII LLC, Apollo Management, Management GP, Commodities GP, Management Holdings and Management Holdings GP, and Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan, is 9 W. 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.

(2)
Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P. and Riverstone V FT Corp Holdings, L.P. are the record holders of 19,942,040 shares of common stock and 11,334,686 shares of common stock, respectively. Riverstone Energy Partners V, L.P. is the general partner of each of Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P. and Riverstone V FT Corp Holdings, L.P. Riverstone Energy GP V, LLC is the general partner of Riverstone Energy Partners V, L.P. Riverstone Energy GP V, LLC is managed by a seven person managing committee. Pierre F. Lapeyre, Jr., David M. Leuschen, John Browne, James T. Hackett, Michael B. Hoffman, N. John Lancaster and Andrew W. Ward, as the members of the managing committee of Riverstone Energy GP V, LLC, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned of record by Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P. and Riverstone V FT Corp Holdings, L.P. These individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The business address for each of the persons named in this footnote is c/o Riverstone Holdings, 712 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

156


Table of Contents

(3)
Represents beneficial ownership attributable to record ownership of 31,276,726 shares of common stock by Texas Oil & Gas Holdings LLC ("TOGH"). Each of RSB Limited, Access Industries Holdings LLC, Access Industries, LLC and Access Industries Management, LLC (the "Access Entities") and Len Blavatnik may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock held directly by TOGH. RSB Limited holds a majority of the outstanding membership interests in TOGH and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock held directly by TOGH. Access Industries Holdings LLC holds a majority of the outstanding voting interests in RSB Limited and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock beneficially owned by TOGH and RSB Limited. Access Industries, LLC holds a majority of the outstanding voting membership interests in Access Industries Holdings LLC and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock beneficially owned by TOGH, RSB Limited and Access Industries Holdings LLC. Access Industries Management, LLC controls Access Industries Holdings LLC, Access Industries, LLC and TOGH and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock beneficially owned by TOGH, RSB Limited, Access Industries Holdings LLC and Access Industries, LLC. Len Blavatnik controls Access Industries Management, LLC and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock beneficially owned by TOGH, RSB Limited, Access Industries Holdings LLC, Access Industries, LLC and Access Industries Management, LLC. Each of the Access Entities and Len Blavatnik, and each of their affiliated entities and the officers, partners, members, and managers thereof, other than TOGH, disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by TOGH. The address for TOGH, RSB Limited, Access Industries Holdings LLC, Access Industries, LLC, Access Industries Management, LLC and Len Blavatnik is c/o Access Industries, Inc., 730 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(4)
KNOC is the state-owned oil and gas company of the Republic of Korea. Moon Kyu Suh, Joong Hyun Kim, Kap Young Ryu, Byung Jin Song, Jae-Ik Park, In Chul Kim, Sun Jang Kang, Joo Heon Park, Ho Cheul Shin, Dong Rack Chung, Jae Hyun Kim and Jong Kyu Yoon, as directors of KNOC (collectively, the "KNOC Directors" and each, a "KNOC Director"), exercise investment and voting power with respect to the shares of common stock owned by KNOC. Based on the foregoing relationships, each of the KNOC Directors may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares of common stock owned by KNOC. Each KNOC Director disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares of common stock except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein. The address of each KNOC Director and KNOC is c/o Korea National Oil Corporation, 57 Gwampyeong-ro212beong-gil, Dongan-gu, Anyang, Gyeonggido, Korea 431-711.

157


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Corporate Reorganization

        In connection with our Corporate Reorganization, we engaged in certain transactions with certain affiliates and the members of EPE Acquisition. Please read "Corporate Reorganization" on page 167 for a description of these transactions.

Stockholders Agreement

        We entered into a Stockholders Agreement with the Legacy Class A Stockholders and the Legacy Class B Stockholder, dated as of August 30, 2013 (the "Stockholders Agreement"), in connection with our Corporate Reorganization. The Stockholders Agreement contains, among other things, the agreement among the stockholders to restrict their ability to transfer our stock as well as rights of first refusal, tag-along rights and drag-along rights. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, certain of the Legacy Class A Stockholders have, subject to certain exceptions, preemptive rights to acquire their pro rata portion of any future issuances of additional securities of EP Energy Corporation. The Stockholders Agreement also permits us to repurchase common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by management, and allows such beneficially owned shares to be forfeited, under certain conditions. See "Management—Executive Compensation—Treatment of Equity Awards" on page 145.

Restrictions On Stock Transfers

        Subject to certain exceptions, including the exercise of rights of first refusal, tag-along rights, drag-along rights and registration rights, shares of our common stock may not be transferred by any Legacy Stockholder to any person other than permitted transferees, including affiliates of such Legacy Stockholder. These transfer restriction will survive until the earlier of (i) May 24, 2016 and (ii) the second anniversary of the consummation of a Qualified Offering (as defined below). Legacy Stockholders may also transfer their shares of our common stock with the approval of a majority of our directors on the Board, other than those directors that are a party, or affiliated with a party, to such transfer or have otherwise been designated by a Legacy Class A Stockholder that is a party to such transfer. These transfer restrictions will terminate upon a change of control of the Company.

Rights of First Refusal

        Prior to making any transfer of shares of Class A common stock (other than certain customary permitted transfers, transfers in connection with a drag-along sale, transfers in connection with the exercise of tag-along rights, transfers pursuant to the exercise of registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement or transfers following the consummation of a public offering in which (i) the cash proceeds to the Company and shareholders (without deducting underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions) are at least $250,000,000, (ii) the shares are listed on a national securities exchange, and (iii) the MOIC following the consummation of such public offering would be at least two (2.0) (a "Qualified Offering")), any prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder shall notify the Company, the Sponsors and certain major Legacy Class A Stockholders (each, an "Eligible Class A Stockholder") of such proposed transfer and the terms of such transfer. Each Eligible Class A Stockholder shall have the right to purchase its pro rata portion of the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold by such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder. To the extent that the Eligible Class A Stockholders do not elect to purchase all of the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be transferred by such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder, the Company will be entitled to purchase all or any portion of any remaining shares of Class A common stock proposed to be transferred by such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder and if the Company and the Eligible Class A Stockholders do not elect to purchase all of the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold by such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder, the remaining portion of

158


Table of Contents

such shares of Class A common stock may be transferred by such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder.

Tag-Along Rights

        Prior to making any transfer of shares of Class A common stock (other than certain customary permitted transfers, transfers pursuant to the exercise of registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement or transfers in connection with a drag-along sale and subject to the exercise of the rights of first refusal described above), any prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder shall notify each other Legacy Class A Stockholder of such proposed transfer and the terms of such transfer. Each Legacy Class A Stockholder (including such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder) shall have the right to participate in such transfer on the same terms as those proposed by such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder and in the event that the prospective buyer is only willing to acquire less than all of the shares of Class A common stock that such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder and the other participating Legacy Class A Stockholders desire to sell, then such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder and the other participating Legacy Class A Stockholders shall be entitled to include in such transfer, their pro rata portion of the number of shares of Class A common stock that such prospective buyer is willing to acquire. To the extent that the other Legacy Class A Stockholders do not elect to sell the maximum number of such shares of Class A common stock that they are entitled to sell pursuant to the exercise of these tag-along rights, the remaining portion of such shares of Class A common stock may be transferred by such prospective selling Legacy Class A Stockholder. These tag-along rights will terminate upon the earlier of a Qualified Offering and a change of control of the Company.

Drag-Along Rights

        If (i) we or any Legacy Class A Stockholder receives an offer from a prospective third party buyer to acquire our Class A common stock in a transaction which would result in a change of control of the Company, (ii) such transaction has received Special Board Approval (except that after May 24, 2017, such transaction need only be approved by Apollo or the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding at least 40% of our outstanding Class A common stock), (iii) at least 80% of the consideration offered by such prospective buyer consists of cash or marketable securities, and (iv) the MOIC following the consummation of such transaction would be at least two (2.0), then we or such Legacy Class A Stockholder that receives such offer shall notify the other Legacy Class A Stockholders of the terms of such offer. Each Legacy Class A Stockholder will be required to vote in favor of and not oppose such transaction and sell its shares of Class A common stock to the prospective buyer and receive the same form and amount of consideration to be received by each other Legacy Class A Stockholder in such transaction. These drag-along rights will terminate upon a change of control of the Company.

Preemptive Rights

        Each Legacy Class A Stockholder has the right to purchase its pro rata share of any new shares of common stock or any other equity or debt securities that we may propose to sell and issue. Legacy Class A Stockholders will not have preemptive rights with respect to the following issuances of securities by us: (i) any issuance of securities upon the exercise of options, warrants, debentures or other convertible securities outstanding as of August 30, 2013 or issued after August 30, 2013 in a transaction that complies with the preemptive rights provisions of the Stockholders Agreement, (ii) any issuance of securities to our officers, employees, managers or consultants pursuant to such person's employment or consulting arrangements with us, (iii) any issuance of securities as part of (a) any direct or indirect consolidation, business combination or other acquisition transaction or (b) any joint venture or strategic partnership entered into primarily for purposes other than raising capital, in each case, to the extent approved by a majority of our directors on the Board, other than those directors that are a party, or affiliated with a party, to such transaction or have otherwise been designated by a Legacy

159


Table of Contents

Class A Stockholder that is a party to such transaction, (iv) any issuance of securities in connection with any share split, share dividend or similar distribution or recapitalization, (v) any issuance of securities pursuant to a registered public offering or in connection with an initial public offering, (vi) any issuance of shares of Class A common stock in exchange for shares of Class B common stock, and (vii) the issuance of 70,000 shares of Class B common stock to EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC contemplated by the Stockholders Agreement. These preemptive rights will terminate upon the earlier of a Qualified Offering and a change of control of the Company.

Composition of the Board

        The Stockholders Agreement also provides the Sponsors with certain rights with respect to the designation of directors to serve on our Board. Following the offering, our Board will initially be comprised of not less than 11 directors, (i) five of whom will be designated by Apollo, (ii) two of whom will be designated by Riverstone, (iii) one of whom will be designated by Access, (iv) one of whom will be designated by KNOC, (vi) one of whom will be our chief executive officer and (vii) one of whom will be an independent director designated by Apollo. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, Apollo has the right to designate any director as the Chairman of the Board. Apollo has the right to and will designate one additional independent director within one year of the Effective Time and Riverstone has the right to and will designate an independent director within 90 days of the Effective Time. Upon the designation of such independent directors, our Board will comprise of a total of 13 directors, of which three will be "independent" of us, the Legacy Stockholders and their affiliates under the rules of the NYSE.

        As ownership in us by a Sponsor decreases, the Stockholders Agreement provides for the reduction in the number of directors such Sponsor may designate. The tables below state the number of director(s) that each Sponsor may designate to the Board pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement based on such Sponsor's ownership of common stock, in each case, expressed as a percentage of its ownership of common stock as of the Effective Time (e.g., 75% means that the Sponsor holds 75% of the common stock that it held as of the Effective Time).

Apollo Ownership
  Non-Independent
Directors
  Independent
Directors
 

At least 75%

    5     2  

Between 50% and 75%

    4     2  

Between 25% and 50%

    2     1  

Between 10% and 25%

    1     0  

Less than 10%

    0     0  

 

Riverstone Ownership
  Non-Independent
Directors
  Independent
Directors
 

50%

    2     1  

Between 20% and 50%

    0     1  

Less than 20%

    0     0  

 

Access Ownership
  Non-Independent
Directors
  Independent
Directors
 

At least 50%

    1     0  

Less than 50%

    0     0  

 

KNOC Ownership
  Non-Independent
Directors
  Independent
Directors
 

At least 50%

    1     0  

Less than 50%

    0     0  

160


Table of Contents

        A director that is designated by any Sponsor pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement may be removed and replaced at any time and for any reason (or for no reason) only at the direction and upon the approval of such Sponsor for so long as such Sponsor has the right to designate the applicable director. The replacement of any director will be designated by the Sponsor that designated any such vacant seat unless such Sponsor has lost its right to designate the applicable director pursuant to the above. If the Sponsor has lost its right to designate the applicable director and the Legacy Class A Stockholders hold at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, the Legacy Class A Stockholders will have the right to designate a replacement director by a vote of the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding a majority-in-interest of our outstanding common stock then held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders (each such director, a "Replacement Director"); provided, that such Replacement Director is "independent" of us, the Legacy Stockholders and their affiliates under the rules of the NYSE.

Composition of Board Committees

        The Stockholders Agreement also provides that for so long as each Sponsor has the right to designate a director or an observer to the Board (as described below), we will cause any committee of our Board to include in its membership such number of members that are consistent with, and reflects, the right of each Sponsor to designate directors or observers to the Board, except to the extent that such membership would violate applicable securities laws or stock exchange or stock market rules. The members of any committee can exclude any board observer from any committee meeting to protect attorney-client privilege, in connection with a conflict of interest, or for any other reason with the consent of the Legacy Class A Stockholder that appointed the board observer, which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In addition, for so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, the delegation of power to a committee of the Board will be consistent with and will not circumvent the consent rights described under "—Consent Rights" on page 162. The Board may not designate an executive committee.

Board Observers

        The Stockholders Agreement provides certain Sponsors and Legacy Class A Stockholders with certain rights with respect to the designation of observers to the Board. Each observer generally may attend the meetings of our Board as an observer (and not as a director) and receive the same information given to directors of our Board. No observer has a vote on our Board. The members of the board can exclude any board observer from any board meeting to protect attorney-client privilege, in connection with a conflict of interest, or for any other reason with the consent of the Legacy Class A Stockholder that appointed the board observer, which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The tables below state the number of board observers that each Sponsor (other than Apollo which has no such right) and other significant Legacy Class A Stockholders may designate pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement based on such Legacy Class A Stockholder's ownership of common stock, in each case, expressed as a percentage of its ownership of common stock as of the Effective Time (e.g., 50% means that the Legacy Class A Stockholder holds 50% of the common stock that it held as of the Effective Time).

Riverstone Ownership
  Board Observer  

Between 20% and 50%

    2  

Less than 20%

    0  

 

Access Ownership
  Board Observer  

Between 20% and 50%

    1  

Less than 20%

    0  

161


Table of Contents


KNOC Ownership
  Board Observer  

Between 20% and 50%

    1  

Less than 20%

    0  

 

EPE Management Investors, LLC
  Board Observer  

100%

    2  

Between 50% and 100%

    1  

Less than 50%

    0  

 

Other Significant Legacy Class A Stockholders
  Board Observer  

At least 50%

    1  

Less than 50%

    0  

Consent Rights

        The Stockholders Agreement also provides that for so long as the Legacy Class A Stockholders hold at least 25% of our outstanding common stock and either Apollo or Riverstone is entitled to designate at least one director pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement (the "Negative Control Condition"), a majority of our Board, which majority includes (i) at least one director designated to our Board by Apollo and (ii) at least one director designated to our Board by one of the other Sponsors or one Replacement Director, must approve in advance certain of our significant business decisions, including each of the following (each such approval, a "Special Board Approval"):

    change the size or composition of our Board;

    any fundamental changes to the nature of our business as of the date of the Stockholders Agreement;

    our or any of our subsidiaries' entry into any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, the adoption of a plan with respect to any of the foregoing or the decision not to oppose any similar proceeding commenced by a third party;

    the consummation of a change of control (including a drag-along sale);

    consummating any material acquisition or disposition by us of the assets or equity interests of any other entity involving consideration payable or receivable by us in excess of $100 million in the aggregate in any single transaction or series of transactions during any twelve-month period;

    any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition by us of our equity securities, other than (i) a redemption, repurchase or forfeiture of common stock or Class B common stock held by EMI and the Legacy Class B Stockholder, respectively, (ii) pursuant to a pro rata offer to all Legacy Stockholders or (iii) pursuant to the exercise of the right of first refusal, in each case, pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement;

    incurring any indebtedness by us (including through capital leases, the issuance of debt securities or the guarantee of indebtedness of another entity) in excess of $250 million or that would otherwise result in us having a leverage ratio of 2.5 to 1.0 or greater;

    hiring or firing our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer or any other member of senior management or approving the compensation arrangements of our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer or any other member of senior management (subject to the prior approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board), in accordance with all applicable governance rules;

162


Table of Contents

    any payment or declaration of any dividend or other distribution on any of our equity securities or entering into a recapitalization transaction the primary purpose of which is to pay a dividend, other than intra-company dividends among us and our subsidiaries;

    approval of our annual budget;

    any authorization, creation (by way of reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or issuance of any of our or our subsidiaries' equity securities of any kind (other than any issuance of shares of Class B common stock to EPE Employee Holdings II or pursuant to any equity compensation plan of ours approved by the Compensation Committee, the issuance of equity of a subsidiary of ours to us or one of our wholly owned subsidiaries or a Class B Exchange), including any designation of the rights (including special voting rights) of one or more classes of our preferred stock;

    entry by us or any of our subsidiaries into any agreement that would restrict any Legacy Class A Stockholders (or any of their affiliates) from entering into or continuing to operate in any line of business or in any geographic area;

    changing any of our significant accounting policies, except as required by GAAP;

    settle, compromise or initiate any material litigation;

    any adoption, approval or issuance of any "poison pill" or similar rights plan or any amendment of such plan after the adoption thereof has received Special Board Approval;

    any amendment, modification or waiver of the Stockholders Agreement;

    any amendment, modification or waiver of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws; and

    the creation by us of a non-wholly owned subsidiary, other than any non-wholly owned subsidiary that is an operating joint venture entered into by us in the ordinary course of business.

Amendment

        The Stockholders Agreement may be amended by a Special Board Approval and the affirmative vote of the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares of common stock held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders. Further, the Stockholders Agreement may not be amended in a manner that would disproportionally and materially adversely affect the interests of any Legacy Stockholder (in relation to any other Legacy Stockholder after taking into account the rights of such Legacy Stockholder) without the written approval of such Legacy Stockholder.

Other Provisions

        The Stockholders Agreement further provides that each of the Legacy Stockholders will not vote to amend or modify any provision of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws in a manner that would disproportionally and materially adversely affect the interests of any Legacy Stockholder (in relation to any other Legacy Stockholder after taking into account the rights of such Legacy Stockholder) without the written approval of such Legacy Stockholder. Further, the Stockholders Agreement provides that the Legacy Stockholders will vote and take all other necessary actions to ensure that the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws do not conflict with the Stockholders Agreement and to give effect to the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement. In addition, the Stockholders Agreement provides that we shall bear all of the costs and expenses associated with a Class B Exchange, including the costs and expenses incurred in connection with filing and maintaining a resale registration statement and brokerage commissions payable by holders of Class B common stock in connection with sales by such holders of shares of common stock received by such holders pursuant to a Class B Exchange.

163


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with our Corporate Reorganization, we, the Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have granted the Sponsors and the other Legacy Class A Stockholders the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act our common stock that are held or acquired by them.

        Demand Rights.     Specifically, the Registration Rights Agreement grants the Sponsors unlimited "demand" registration rights to request that we register all or part of their shares of common stock on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. We are not required to comply with any demand to file a registration statement on Form S-3 unless the aggregate gross cash proceeds reasonably expected to be received from the sale of securities requested to be included in the registration statement is at least $25 million (or such lower amount approved by the Board). The Registration Rights Agreement also grants Apollo five, and each other Sponsor two, "demand" registration rights to request that we register all or part of their shares of common stock on Form S-1 under the Securities Act. We are not required to comply with any demand to file a registration statement on Form S-1 unless the aggregate proceeds reasonably expected to be received from the sale of securities requested to be included in the registration statement is at least $100 million (or such lower amount approved by the Board).

        Blackout Periods.     We have the ability to delay the filing of a registration statement in connection with a demand request for not more than one period of 30 days in any twelve-month period, subject to certain conditions.

        Piggyback Registration Rights.     The Registration Rights Agreement also grants to the Legacy Class A Stockholders certain "piggyback" registration rights, which allow such holders the right to include certain securities in a registration statement filed by us, including in connection with the exercise of any "demand" registration rights by any other security holder possessing such rights, subject to certain customary exceptions.

        Cut-Backs and Lock-up Periods.     If the underwriter, in a "demand" or "piggyback" registration determines, in good faith, that the amount of common stock requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number or dollar amount that can be sold without adversely affecting such offering, then the underwriters will allocate the common stock to be included in such offering. The Legacy Class A Stockholders have agreed to enter into, if requested by underwriters, customary lock-up agreements in connection with an underwritten offering made pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. In connection with any underwritten offering, such period will start no earlier than 14 days prior to the expected "pricing" of such offering and will last no longer than 90 days after the date of the prospectus relating to such offering (extendable by not more than 34 days).

        Underwriters.     In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the underwriter will be selected: in the case of a "demand" registration, by the Legacy Class A Stockholders issuing the demand notice (subject to our approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld); and in all other cases (including a "piggyback" registration), by us.

        Indemnification; Expenses.     We have agreed to indemnify prospective sellers in an offering pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and certain related parties against any losses or damages arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which such prospective seller sells shares of common stock, unless such liability arose out of or is based on such party's misstatement or omission. The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that we may require each prospective seller, jointly and not severally, as a condition to including any common stock in a registration statement filed in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, to agree to indemnify us against all losses caused

164


Table of Contents

by its misstatements or omissions up to the amount of net proceeds received by such prospective seller upon the sale of the common stock giving rise to such losses. We will pay all registration expenses incidental to our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, including legal fees and expenses, and the prospective seller will pay its portion of all underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, relating to the sale of its shares of common stock under the Registration Rights Agreement.

        Except as described above, we shall not be required to pay (i) any fees and disbursements of any counsel retained by any Legacy Class A Stockholders or by any underwriter and (ii) any expenses incurred in connection with any offering of common stock at such time such common stock may be sold without limitation as to volume pursuant to Rule 144; provided, that we will pay such expenses in connection with a "demand" registration by any Sponsor on Form S-1, the first two "demand" registrations by each Legacy Class A Stockholder and any "piggyback" registration.

        Amendment.     The Registration Rights Agreement may be amended by a Special Board Approval and the affirmative vote of the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders. Further, the Registration Rights Agreement may not be amended in a manner that would disproportionally and materially adversely affect the interests of any Legacy Stockholder (in relation to any other Legacy Stockholder after taking into account the rights of such Legacy Stockholder) without the written approval of such Legacy Stockholder.

Amended and Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

        In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, Apollo Global Securities, LLC, Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P. (together, the "Initial Service Providers"), Access and KNOC (collectively with the Initial Service Providers, the "Service Providers") entered into a transaction fee agreement with EP Energy Global LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of EPE Acquisition ("EP Energy Global") and EPE Acquisition (the "Initial Transaction Fee Agreement") relating to the provision of certain structuring services by the Service Providers to EPE Acquisition, its direct and indirect divisions and subsidiaries, parent entities or controlled affiliates (collectively, the "Company Group") in connection with the closing of the Acquisition. In May 2012, EP Energy Global paid the Initial Service Providers a one-time transaction fee of $71.5 million in the aggregate in exchange for services rendered in connection with structuring the closing of the Acquisition, arranging the financing and performing other services in connection with the closing of the Acquisition. On December 20, 2013, the Initial Transaction Fee Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety (as so amended, the "Amended and Restated Transaction Fee Agreement") by the Service Providers, EP Energy Global, EPE Acquisition and the Company, pursuant to which the requirement to pay an additional transaction fee to the Service Providers under the Initial Transaction Fee Agreement was eliminated (and, as described below, an additional fee became payable under the Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement). The Amended and Restated Transaction Fee Agreement will terminate automatically in accordance with its terms upon termination of the Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement, which, as described below, will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement

        In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, Apollo Management VII, L.P., Apollo Commodities Management, L.P., with respect to Series I, Riverstone V Everest Holdings. L.P., Access and KNOC (collectively, the "Management Service Providers") entered into a management fee agreement with EPE Acquisition and EP Energy Global (the "Initial Management Fee Agreement") relating to the provision of certain management consulting and advisory services to the members of the Company Group following the consummation of the closing of the Acquisition. For 2012, we paid the Management Service Providers a pro-rated management fee of approximately $15.2 million. For 2013, we paid the Management Service Providers the annual fee of $25 million. On December 20, 2013, the Initial Management Fee Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety (as so amended, the

165


Table of Contents

"Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement") by the Management Service Providers, EPE Acquisition, EP Energy Global and the Company, pursuant to which an additional fee became payable to the Management Service Providers in respect of management and similar services rendered prior, and unrelated, to this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement, upon consummation of this offering, we will pay to the Management Service Providers an additional transaction fee equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate enterprise value paid or provided by the Company Group and (ii) $100,000,000. The Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement requires such payment in connection with any transaction (including any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or sale of assets or equity interests) effected by a member of the Company Group after the consummation of the closing of the Acquisition and (x) which results in a change of control of the equity and voting securities, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of, the Company Group, or (y) which is in connection with one or more public offerings of any class of equity securities of the Company, EPE Acquisition, EP Energy Global or any other member of the Company Group (including EP Energy). Such payment is for services provided leading up to such transaction effected by a member of the Company Group and payment of such fee will be unrelated to any underwriting or financial advisory services provided in connection with this offering. None of the Management Service Providers or their affiliates are providing financial, investment banking or advisory services in connection with the offering. In exchange for the provision of such services under the Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement, we will pay the Management Service Providers a non-refundable quarterly management fee of $6.25 million in the aggregate at the beginning of each quarter beginning in January 2014. The Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement, including the obligation to pay the quarterly management fee, will terminate automatically in accordance with its terms upon the closing of this offering.

Supply Agreement

        In November 2012, we entered into a two-year supply agreement with a subsidiary of Momentive Performance Materials Holdings LLC ("Momentive") to provide certain fracturing materials for our Eagle Ford drilling operations. Momentive is an affiliate of Apollo, one of our Sponsors. During 2012, we made payments to Momentive in the amount of approximately $21 million pursuant to this contract. From January 1 to September 30, 2013, we made payments to Momentive in the amount of approximately $92 million pursuant to this contract. The supply agreement is a market-based, arm's length transaction.

Related Party Transactions Policy

        Under the Stockholders Agreement, the consummation of any transaction involving us, on the one hand, and any Legacy Stockholder, director or affiliate of any Legacy Stockholder or director, on the other hand (each such transaction, a "Related Party Transaction"), will in each case require the approval of a majority of the directors, other than those directors that are (or whose affiliates are) party to such Related Party Transaction or have been designated by the Legacy Class A Stockholders who are party, or whose affiliates are party to, such Related Party Transaction. This approval is not required for (among other things): (i) any transaction that is consummated in the ordinary course of business, on arm's length terms and de minimis in nature (it being understood that any transaction or series of related transactions that involves goods, services, property or other consideration valued in excess of $10,000 will not be deemed to be de minimis ); and (ii) an acquisition of additional securities by a Legacy Class A Stockholder pursuant to an exercise of its preemptive rights under the Stockholders Agreement.

166


Table of Contents


CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

        On August 30, 2013, we reorganized to form a new corporate holding structure, which we refer to herein as the Corporate Reorganization. Prior to the Corporate Reorganization, we historically held our business through EPE Acquisition, which had two classes of membership interests: Class A membership units (which were beneficially owned by the Legacy Class A Stockholders) and Class B membership units (which were beneficially owned by the Legacy Class B Stockholder). Class A membership units represented full value or capital interests, and Class B membership units represented profits interests. The Corporate Reorganization was effected in order to allow us to hold our business in corporate form.

Incorporation and Equity Contribution

        In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, (i) EPE Acquisition caused the initial incorporation of EP Energy Corporation, (ii) certain Legacy Class A Stockholders contributed their Class A membership interests in EPE Acquisition to EP Energy Corporation in exchange for the issuance by EP Energy Corporation to such Legacy Class A Stockholders of shares of common stock, which have substantially the same interests, rights and obligations as such holder's respective Class A membership interests in EPE Acquisition, (iii) certain other Legacy Class A Stockholders, which previously held their Class A membership interests in EPE Acquisition indirectly through other entities (the "Blocker Vehicles"), contributed their ownership interests in their Blocker Vehicles to EP Energy Corporation (such that EP Energy Corporation now indirectly owns such membership interests in EPE Acquisition through the Blocker Vehicles) in exchange for the issuance by EP Energy Corporation to such indirect holders of shares of common stock, which have substantially the same interests, rights and obligations as such indirect holder's respective Class A membership interests in EPE Acquisition, and (iv) the Legacy Class B Stockholder contributed its Class B membership interests in EPE Acquisition to EP Energy Corporation in exchange for the issuance by EP Energy Corporation to such holders of shares of Class B common stock, which have substantially the same interests, rights and obligations as its Class B membership interests in EPE Acquisition, in cancellation of its Class B membership interests in EPE Acquisition. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, EP Energy Corporation owns, directly, or indirectly through the Blocker Vehicles, 100% of the equity interests in EPE Acquisition. The members of our management team and certain employees that indirectly beneficially own shares of our Class B common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to exchange their shares of Class B common stock for shares of our common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Exchange" on page 173.

        As described above, certain indirect beneficial owners of EPE Acquisition became direct stockholders of EP Energy Corporation as a result of contributing their ownership interests in the Blocker Vehicles to EP Energy Corporation. Such stockholders agreed to indemnify us from and against any liabilities arising from or relating to the participation of such Blocker Vehicles in the contribution and any taxes of such Blocker Vehicles for periods (or portions thereof) ending on or before the date of the Corporate Reorganization.

Related Agreements and Issuance

        In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, we entered into the Stockholders Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement and certain other agreements with the Legacy Stockholders. For a more detailed description of the Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158 and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" on page 164, respectively.

167


Table of Contents

        Following the Corporate Reorganization, we issued an additional 70,000 shares of Class B common stock to EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC, a vehicle through which we will grant to our current and future employees awards representing the right to receive the proceeds paid in respect of such shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which proceeds shall in all events be distributed to such grantees within six months of EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC receipt thereof. The grant of any such incentive awards to our non-officer employees shall be at the discretion of our Chief Executive Officer. The grant of any such incentive awards to our officers shall be at the discretion of our Compensation Committee; provided, that our Chief Executive Officer may recommend officer grants to our Compensation Committee for its consideration.

        On January 2, 2014, we effected a 62.553-for-one stock split with regard to our outstanding shares of common stock.

Structure

        The diagram below sets forth our organizational structure after giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization, the stock split and this offering. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not include all of our subsidiaries.

168


Table of Contents


Post- Corporate Reorganization Structure:

GRAPHIC

(1)
The Sponsors, the public stockholders and management will hold 81.0%, 18.1% and 0.9% of 254,674,975 shares of common stock, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

(2)
Management holds 808,304 shares of Class B common stock through EPE Employee Holdings, LLC, representing 92% of the issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock" on page 171 for information regarding the Class B common stock.

(3)
Entity holds 70,000 shares of Class B common stock, representing 8% of the issued and outstanding Class B common shares, which are reserved for current and future employee incentive awards.

(4)
Co-Issuers of the PIK notes.

(5)
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness" on page 181.

(6)
Co-Issuer of EP Energy LLC's senior secured notes and senior notes.

(7)
Guarantors of RBL Facility and senior secured term loans, senior secured notes and senior notes.

169


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The discussion below describes the material terms of our capital stock, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated Bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering and the discussion below and in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" on page 158 describes the material terms of the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as they will be in effect from the completion of this offering. The following summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Amended and Restated Bylaws, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

        Upon completion of the offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 550,000,000 shares of common stock, 878,304 shares of Class B common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, the rights and preferences of which may be designated by our Board. Upon completion of the offering, there will be 248,674,975 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, 878,304 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. As of January 2, 2014, there were 21 holders of record of our common stock and two holders of record of our Class B common stock.

Common Stock

        Voting Rights.     The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of common stock are entitled to vote. Subject to the director nomination rights described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158 and the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, holders of common stock will have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

        Dividend Rights.     All shares of our common stock will be entitled to share equally in any dividends our Board may declare from legally available sources, subject to the terms of any outstanding preferred stock and Class B common stock described below. See "—Class B Common Stock" on page 171 and "—Preferred Stock" on page 172. Provisions of our debt agreements and other contracts, including requirements under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement described elsewhere in this prospectus, may impose restrictions on our ability to declare dividends with respect to our common stock.

        Liquidation Rights.     Upon a liquidation or dissolution of EP Energy Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary and subject to the rights of the holders of Class B common stock and any preferred stock, all shares of our common stock will be entitled to share equally in the assets available for distribution to holders of common stock after payment of all of our prior obligations, including any then-outstanding preferred stock, in the manner described in "—Distributions Upon a Liquidation" on page 172.

        Registration Rights.     Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have granted the Legacy Class A Stockholders demand registration rights and/or incidental registration rights, in each case, with respect to certain shares of common stock owned by them. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" on page 164.

        Other Matters.     Except as provided by the Stockholders Agreement with respect to the Legacy Class A Stockholders, the holders of our common stock will have no preemptive rights, and our common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

170


Table of Contents

Class B Common Stock

        Voting Rights.     Except as required by law, the holders of our Class B common stock are not entitled to vote.

        Dividend Rights.     After the consummation of a capital transaction, or following any other distribution or series of distributions of capital proceeds or available cash, where the net return on Invested Capital (as defined below) after taking into account costs and expenses incurred in connection with generating such return and after giving effect to such capital transactions or other distribution or series of distributions of capital proceeds or available cash, in EP Energy Corporation and EPE Acquisition to the Legacy Class A Stockholders ("MOIC") is at least 1.0, all shares of our Class B common stock (whether or not vested) will be entitled to share in dividends our Board may declare from legally available sources, subject to the terms of any outstanding preferred stock and common stock, as if such dividends were proceeds from a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or certain change of control transactions with respect to us and our subsidiaries (taken as a whole) and distributed in the manner described in "—Distributions Upon a Liquidation" on page 172. Provisions of our debt agreements and other contracts, including requirements under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement described elsewhere in this prospectus, may impose restrictions on our ability to declare dividends with respect to our Class B common stock. See "—Distributions Upon a Liquidation" on page 172, "—Preferred Stock" on page 172 and "—Common Stock" on page 170.

        Liquidation Rights.     Upon a liquidation or dissolution of EP Energy Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary and subject to the rights of the holders of common stock and preferred stock, all shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally in the assets available for distribution to holders of Class B common stock after payment of all of our prior obligations, including any then outstanding Preferred Stock, in the manner described in "—Distributions Upon a Liquidation" on page 172.

        Registration Rights.     The owners of Class B common stock do not have any registration rights under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, we intend to file shelf registration statement(s) to register shares of common stock issued in connection with one or more Class B Exchanges. See "—Class B Exchange—Shelf Registration Statements" on page 175.

        Other Matters.     The holders of our Class B common stock will have no preemptive rights, and our Class B common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us other than upon certain termination of employment as described above under "Management—Executive Compensation—Treatment of Equity Awards" on page 145. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class B common stock. During the first five business days of June of each year, commencing in 2017, but prior to any capital transaction where the MOIC is at least 1.0, any employee who owns Class B common stock (other than our chief executive officer or chief financial officer) and who exhibits sufficient financial need (as determined by the chief executive officer in good faith) may request that a portion of his Class B common stock be repurchased by us at the then fair market value, provided that such repurchases shall not (i) during any fiscal year, exceed $15 million in the aggregate or represent more than 12.5% of such employee's Class B common stock, (ii) cause more than 25% of such employee's Class B common stock to have been so repurchased, or (iii) be consummated if the chief executive officer determines in good faith that such repurchases would not be in our best interests.

        Business Purpose.     The purpose of the provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the dividend and liquidation rights of our Class B common stock and the Class B Exchange is to ensure that our Class B common stock is economically equivalent, to the extent

171


Table of Contents

possible, to the Class B units of EPE Acquisition that existed as of immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization, as required by the terms of the LLC Agreement. The Class B units of EPE Acquisition were originally issued to align management's incentives with the performance of the Company and returns to our investors.

Preferred Stock

        For so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, our Board may, by a Special Board Approval, and in the event the Negative Control Condition is no longer satisfied, our Board may by a majority vote, issue, from time to time, up to an aggregate of 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series thereof, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158 and "—Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions" on page 176. Our Board may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and might affect the market price of our common stock. See "—Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions" on page 176.

Distributions Upon a Liquidation

        Upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon the consummation of certain change of control transactions with respect to us and our subsidiaries (taken as a whole), the proceeds from such liquidation, dissolution or change of control transaction will be distributed to the holders of common stock and the holders of Class B common stock as follows:

    First , to each holder of common stock, its pro rata portion of such proceeds until each Legacy Class A Stockholder has recouped the amount of capital invested by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest in EP Energy Corporation and EPE Acquisition ("Invested Capital");

    Second , to the holders of Class B common stock, a portion of such proceeds equal to 3/97ths of the amount of any Preferred Return (as defined below) paid to the Legacy Class A Stockholders prior to the occurrence of such liquidation, dissolution or change of control transaction;

    Third , (i) 97% of the remaining proceeds to the holders of common stock until each Legacy Class A Stockholder has received a 5% preferred return on its Invested Capital ("Preferred Return"), and (ii) 3% of such remaining proceeds to the holders of Class B common stock pro rata ;

    Fourth , the remaining proceeds after the foregoing distributions have been made shall be distributed among the holders of common stock and the holders of Class B common stock as follows:

    (a)
    the holders of common stock pro rata , the amount of such remaining proceeds not otherwise distributed to the holders of Class B common stock pursuant to (b) below; and

    (b)
    to the holders of Class B common stock pro rata , a cumulative portion of the aggregate amount of the net return on investment received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders after taking into account costs and expenses incurred in connection with generating such return

172


Table of Contents

        in excess of the total Invested Capital ("Profits") as set forth in the table below, based on the MOIC following such liquidation, dissolution or change of control transaction and expressed as a percentage of Profits; provided, that if such remaining proceeds described in this fourth bullet are insufficient to pay to the holders of Class B common stock such amount, then the holders of Class B common stock will instead be entitled to receive 50% of such remaining proceeds.

MOIC   Portion of Profits
1.00 £ MOIC £ 1.50   3.5% of Profits
1.50 < MOIC £ 2.25   6.5% of Profits *  + 3.5% of Profits
MOIC > 2.25   6.0% of Profits **  + 6.5% of Profits *  + 3.5% of Profits

*
The calculation of Profits, solely for this purpose, is based on the amount of proceeds received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in excess of the total Invested Capital multiplied by 1.50.

**
The calculation of Profits, solely for this purpose, is based on the amount of proceeds received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in excess of the total Invested Capital multiplied by 2.25.

        Distributions of such proceeds to holders of Class B common stock will not exceed 8.5% of the aggregate Profits distributed to the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders and no distributions of such proceeds will be made to the holders of Class B common stock unless MOIC is at least 1.0. In the event any management or transaction fees are paid to the Sponsors, then at the time that a distribution is to be made upon such liquidation, dissolution or change of control transaction (the "Initial Distribution"), an additional distribution shall be made to the holders of Class B common stock equal to the excess of:

    96% of the amount that would have been distributed (or deemed distributed) to the holders of Class B common stock if such management or transaction fees were taken into account as distributions to the Legacy Class A Stockholders in calculating the amount of the Initial Distribution, over

    the amount of the Initial Distribution, plus any amounts previously distributed to the holders of Class B common stock in respect of any management or transaction fees previously paid to the Sponsors.

Class B Exchange

        Upon any sale of shares of common stock by the Specified Stockholders where the net return on Invested Capital to the Specified Stockholders after taking into account costs and expenses incurred in connection with generating such return (but only to the extent not reimbursed by us pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement) ("Specified MOIC") is at least 1.0 (a "Specified Sale"), we will exchange with each holder of Class B common stock a number of shares of Class B common stock for a number of newly issued shares of common stock in such amount and in the manner described below (a "Class B Exchange").

Number of Shares of Class B Common Stock Exchanged

        In connection with each Class B Exchange, we will exchange with the holders of Class B common stock the consideration described below for a specified number of shares of Class B common stock such that following the exchange, the number of shares of Class B common stock will equal the Specified Percentage (as defined below) of the number of shares of Class B common stock owned prior to the first sale of common stock by the Specified Stockholders (the "First Sale"). The "Specified Percentage" is a percentage equal to the number of shares of common stock held by the Specified Stockholders after the First Sale divided by the number of shares of common stock held by the

173


Table of Contents

Specified Stockholders prior to the First Sale. For example, if the Specified Stockholders sold 20 out of 100 shares of common stock in a Specified Sale and had 80 shares of common stock remaining, the Specified Percentage would equal 80% and the total number of shares of Class B common stock held by the holders of Class B common stock following the Class B Exchange must be equal to 80% of the total number of shares of Class B common stock held by the holders of Class B common stock prior to the First Sale.

Class B Consideration

        The aggregate value of the shares of common stock issuable in connection with a Class B Exchange (the "Class B Consideration") will equal:

    3/97ths of any of the 5% preferred return on Invested Capital with respect to the Specified Stockholders to the extent received by the Specified Stockholders prior to the consummation of the related Specified Sale; plus

    3% of the net return on investment received by the Specified Stockholders after taking into account costs and expenses incurred in connection with generating such return (but only to the extent not reimbursed by us pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement) in excess of the total Invested Capital with respect to the Specified Stockholders ("Specified Profits") after the Specified Stockholders have recouped their Invested Capital, less the amount described in the first bullet above; plus

    an amount of Specified Profits equal to a cumulative portion of the Specified Profits as set forth in the table below, based on the Specified MOIC following such Specified Sale and expressed as a percentage of Specified Profits; plus

    an amount equal to (i) the aggregate of the amounts described in the preceding three bullets, (i)  multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of common stock held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders immediately prior to the First Sale and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of common stock held by the Specified Stockholders as of immediately prior to the First Sale (the "Adjustment Multiple"), minus (iii) the aggregate of the amounts described in the preceding three bullets.

Specified MOIC   Portion of Specified Profits
1.00 £ Specified MOIC £ 1.50   3.5% of Specified Profits
1.50 < Specified MOIC £ 2.25   6.5% of Specified Profits *  + 3.5% of Specified Profits
Specified MOIC > 2.25   6.0% of Specified Profits **  + 6.5% of Specified Profits *  + 3.5% of Specified Profits

*
The calculation of Specified Profits, solely for this purpose, is based on the amount of proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders in excess of the Invested Capital with respect to the Specified Stockholders multiplied by 1.50.

**
The calculation of Specified Profits, solely for this purpose, is based on the amount of proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders in excess of the Invested Capital with respect to the Specified Stockholders multiplied by 2.25.

        In the event any management or transaction fees are paid to the Sponsors, then at the time that Class B Consideration is to be distributed to the holders of Class B common stock (the "Initial Class B

174


Table of Contents

Consideration"), an additional distribution shall be made to the holders of Class B common stock equal to the excess of:

    96% of the Class B Consideration that would have been distributed (or deemed distributed) to the holders of Class B common stock if such management or transaction fees were taken into account as distributions to the Legacy Class A Stockholders in calculating the amount of the Initial Class B Consideration, over

    the amount of the Initial Class B Consideration, plus any amounts previously distributed to the holders of Class B common stock in respect of any management or transaction fees previously paid to the Sponsors.

Number of shares of common stock issuable in a Class B Exchange

        The total number of shares of common stock to be issued to the holders of Class B common stock in connection with a Class B Exchange shall be equal to the Class B Consideration, divided by the average per share closing price of the common stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to the Class B Exchange. No fractional shares of common stock will be issued in connection with a Class B Exchange and each holder of Class B common stock will receive a cash payment in lieu of such fractional share of common stock based on the foregoing per share price. Upon the consummation of a Class B Exchange, we shall cancel the shares of Class B common stock received in such Class B Exchange.

Limitations on Class B Exchange

        In no event shall the Class B Consideration exceed 8.5% of the Specified Profits multiplied by the Adjustment Multiple and no Class B Exchange shall be consummated until the consummation of a Specified Sale. The amount of the Class B Consideration will be offset by amounts previously received by such stockholders in respect of their shares of Class B common stock.

Illustration of Class B Exchange

        Below is an example that illustrates the number of shares of common stock that would be issued in a Class B Exchange assuming a sale by the Specified Stockholders of 100% of their common stock holdings on December 31st of each specified year for net proceeds equal to the hypothetical per share prices noted below. In addition, the example illustrates the percentage of common stock outstanding that the common stock issued in the Class B Exchange would represent.

# of Class A Shares Issued in Class B Exchange   % of Current Class A Shares Outstanding  
(MM shares)
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
   
  2014   2015   2016   2017   2018    
   
  2014   2015   2016   2017   2018  
    $25.00     7.7     7.7     7.7     7.7     7.7       $25.00     3.1%     3.1%     3.1%     3.1%     3.1%  
EPE   $27.50     8.7     8.7     8.7     8.7     8.7   EPE   $27.50     3.5%     3.5%     3.5%     3.5%     3.5%  
Share   $30.00     9.6     9.6     9.6     9.6     9.6   Share   $30.00     3.8%     3.8%     3.8%     3.8%     3.8%  
Price   $32.50     10.3     10.3     10.3     10.3     10.3   Price   $32.50     4.1%     4.1%     4.1%     4.1%     4.1%  
    $35.00     10.8     10.8     10.8     10.8     10.8       $35.00     4.4%     4.4%     4.4%     4.4%     4.4%  

Shelf Registration Statements

        Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the shares of common stock issued in a Class B Exchange must be freely transferable under federal securities laws by the holders. In connection with such Class B Exchanges, we intend to file one or more shelf registration statements under the Securities Act covering newly issued shares of common stock pursuant to such Class B Exchanges. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under such shelf registration statement(s) may become available for sale in the open market upon the completion of such exchanges, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates.

175


Table of Contents

Certain Anti-Takeover, Limited Liability and Indemnification Provisions

        Certain provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and the Stockholders Agreement summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

        "Blank Check" Preferred Stock.     Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, for so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, our Board may by a Special Board Approval, and in the event the Negative Control Condition is no longer satisfied, our Board may by a majority vote, issue shares of Preferred Stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158 and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement—Consent Rights" on page 162. Preferred Stock could be issued by our Board to increase the number of outstanding shares making a takeover more difficult and expensive. See "—Preferred Stock" on page 172.

        No Cumulative Voting.     Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholders do not have the right to cumulative votes in the election of directors.

        Removal of Directors; Vacancies.     Each of the Sponsors, for so long as it beneficially owns certain percentages of their current ownership of common stock as of the Effective Time, will have the right to designate a certain number of directors, and each Legacy Class A Stockholder has agreed to vote its shares of common stock in favor of such designee. Each of the Sponsors shall have the sole right to remove any director designated by it, with or without cause, and to fill any vacancy caused by the removal of any such director. If any Sponsor has lost its right to designate the applicable director nominee and the Legacy Class A Stockholders hold more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, the Legacy Class A Stockholders will have the right to designate a Replacement Director by a vote of the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding a majority-in-interest of our outstanding common stock then held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders. For so long as the Sponsors or a majority-in-interest of the Legacy Class A Stockholders, as applicable, have the right to designate directors, the governance and nominating committee of the Board shall only nominate a director after consulting with the Sponsor or majority-in-interest of the Legacy Class A Stockholders, as applicable, that is entitled to designate such director. Subject to the exceptions described above, directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Stock that together hold at least two-thirds of the voting power entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors; provided , however , that for so long as the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding common stock, directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Stock that together hold at least a majority of the voting power entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" on page 158.

        Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that for so long as the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, any action required to be or that may be taken at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if and only if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the stockholders having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to take such action.

176


Table of Contents

        Classified Board.     Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and Stockholders Agreement provide that following the Effective Time, our Board will have three classes of directors:

    Class I shall consist of two directors designated by Apollo, one director designated by Riverstone and one independent director designated by Apollo, each of whom shall serve an initial one-year term;

    Class II shall consist of one director designated by Apollo, one director designated by KNOC, one director designated by Access and one independent director designated by Riverstone, each of whom shall serve an initial two -year term; and

    Class III shall consist of two directors designated by Apollo, one director designated by Riverstone, one independent director designated by Apollo and our Chief Executive Officer, each of whom shall serve an initial three-year term.

        For so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, the number of directors on our Board may be fixed only by Special Board Approval. If the Negative Control Condition is no longer satisfied, the number of directors on our Board may be fixed by a majority of the Board.

        Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.     Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice generally must be delivered to and received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, that, in the event that the date of such meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to, or delayed by more than 60 days after, the anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting of our stockholders, a stockholder's notice to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. In lieu of our 2014 annual meeting, our stockholders executed a unanimous written consent to elect the Company's directors.

        Special Meetings of Stockholders.     Subject to the rights of the Preferred Stock, special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of the Board pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board and business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such special meeting.

        Special Board Approval.     For so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, certain of our significant business decisions require Special Board Approval, including the issuance of Preferred Stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" beginning on page 158.

        Limitation of Officer and Director Liability and Indemnification Arrangements.     Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. However, if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended.

177


Table of Contents

        Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we will, from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify our directors, officers and Board observers against all liabilities and expenses in any suit or proceeding, arising out of their status as an officer or director or their activities in these capacities. We also will indemnify any person who, at our request, is or was serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by us.

        The right to be indemnified will include the right of an officer or a director to be paid expenses, including attorneys' fees, in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding, provided that, if required by law, we receive an undertaking to repay such amount if it will be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified.

        Our Board may take certain action it deems necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions, including purchasing insurance policies. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of these indemnification provisions, nor the adoption of any provision of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with these indemnification provisions, will eliminate or reduce any rights to indemnification relating to such person's status or any activities prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

        We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements may also require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified and to obtain directors' and officers' insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

        Currently, to our knowledge, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification by us is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors, officers and controlling persons under the foregoing provisions or otherwise, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

        We believe these provisions will assist in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Forum Selection

        Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

178


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

        We have elected to be exempt from the restrictions imposed under Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 of the DGCL provides that, subject to exception specified therein, an "interested stockholder" of a Delaware corporation shall not engage in any "business combination," including general mergers or consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares of the corporation, with the corporation for a three-year period following the time that such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder unless:

    prior to such time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an "interested stockholder," the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding specified shares); or

    on or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specified business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of one of specified transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation's directors, if such transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

        Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an "interested stockholder" is defined to include:

    any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years immediately prior to the date of determination; and

    the affiliates and associates of any such person.

        Under some circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who is an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period.

Amendment of Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

        For so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended with a Special Board Approval and the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon. If the Negative Control Condition is no longer satisfied, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 90% of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon and by the vote of the holders of a majority of our Board.

        The Stockholders Agreement further provides that each of the Legacy Stockholders will not vote to amend or modify any provision of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in a manner that would disproportionally and materially adversely affect the interests of any Legacy

179


Table of Contents

Stockholder (in relation to any other Legacy Stockholder after taking into account the rights of such Legacy Stockholder) without the written approval of such Legacy Stockholder. Further, the Stockholders Agreement provides that the Legacy Stockholders will vote and take all other necessary actions to ensure that the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not conflict with the Stockholders Agreement and to give effect to the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement.

Amendment of Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

        For so long as the Negative Control Condition is satisfied, the Amended and Restated Bylaws may be amended with a Special Board Approval and the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon. If the Negative Control Condition is no longer satisfied, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 90% of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon and by the vote of the holders of a majority of our Board.

        The Stockholders Agreement further provides that each of the Legacy Stockholders will not vote to amend or modify any provision of our Amended and Restated Bylaws in a manner that would disproportionally and materially adversely affect the interests of any Legacy Stockholder (in relation to any other Legacy Stockholder after taking into account the rights of such Legacy Stockholder) without the written approval of such Legacy Stockholder. Further, the Stockholders Agreement provides that the Legacy Stockholders will vote and take all other necessary actions to ensure that the Amended and Restated Bylaws do not conflict with the Stockholders Agreement and to give effect to the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement.

Corporate Opportunity

        Under our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to the extent permitted by law:

    any Covered Person has the right to, and has no duty to abstain from, exercising such right to, conduct business with any business that is competitive or in the same line of business as the us, do business with any of our clients or customers, or invest or own any interest publicly or privately in, or develop a business relationship with, any business that is competitive or in the same line of business as us;

    if a Covered Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, he has no duty to offer such corporate opportunity to us; and

    we have renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, such corporate opportunities.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Listing

        We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "EPE."

180


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

        The following sets forth a summary of the terms of certain of our indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of the agreements governing the indebtedness and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the agreements, copies of which have been filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The RBL Facility

        General.     In connection with the Acquisition, EP Energy LLC, as borrower, entered into a $2,000 million reserve-based borrowing base revolving credit facility (the "RBL Facility") with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the administrative agent, which will mature on May 24, 2017. The RBL Facility provides for revolving loans, swing line loans and letters of credit. After completing a borrowing base redetermination in March 2013, the aggregate amount of the RBL Facility was increased to $2,500 million. In August 2013, EP Energy LLC completed its borrowing base redetermination, maintaining a borrowing base at $2.5 billion.

        As of December 1, 2013, we had $295 million of borrowings outstanding under the RBL Facility, which bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.5%. After taking into account outstanding letters of credit, there was $2,273 million of additional borrowing capacity under the RBL Facility. Upon completion of this offering, we will have $2.5 billion available for borrowing under the RBL Facility.

        Interest Rates and Fees.     Under the RBL Facility, we have a choice of borrowing at an interest rate equal to either an alternate base rate or the then-current LIBOR, in each case, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies depending on the percentage of our borrowing base utilized at a given time and ranges from 150 to 250 basis points per annum for LIBOR based borrowings and ranges from 50 to 150 basis points per annum for base rate borrowings.

        In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the RBL Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders in respect of the unutilized commitments. The commitment fee rate ranges from 37.5 to 50 basis points per annum based on our borrowing base usage at a given time.

        Prepayments and Adjustments of the Borrowing Base.     The borrowing base will be redetermined semi-annually on April 30 th  and October 31 st  of each year. In addition, the borrower may, no more than twice a year, and the lenders may, no more than once a year, elect to cause an interim redetermination of the borrowing base between the semi-annually scheduled redeterminations. If following a scheduled or interim redetermination of the borrowing base the aggregate amount of outstanding revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit exceeds the borrowing base, we will be required to elect within 10 business days to (i) within 30 days after such election, provide additional collateral having a borrowing base value sufficient to eliminate the deficiency; (ii) within 30 days after such election, prepay the loans (or cash collateralize the letters of credit) in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency; (iii) prepay such deficiency in six equal monthly installments beginning on the 30th day after our receipt of notice of the deficiency from the administrative agent; or (iv) undertake a combination of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii); provided that any such deficiency must be cured prior to the maturity date of the RBL Facility.

        If the borrowing base is reduced as a result of the incurrence of certain debt, early monetization or termination of hedge positions (above a certain agreed-upon threshold) or disposition of borrowing base assets (above a certain agreed-upon threshold) and the aggregate amount of outstanding revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit exceeds such reduced borrowing base, we are required to prepay the loans (or cash collateralize letters of credit) in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency within two business days following receipt of the RBL Facility administrative agent's written notice of such deficiency.

181


Table of Contents

        Guarantees and Security.     All obligations under the RBL Facility are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by, subject to certain exceptions, all of EP Energy LLC's existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned material domestic restricted subsidiaries, referred to collectively as guarantors (together with EP Energy LLC, referred to as "credit parties"). All obligations under the RBL Facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured:

    on a first-priority basis by a perfected pledge of all of EP Energy LLC's capital stock and all of the capital stock of each direct, wholly owned, domestic, material restricted subsidiary held by the credit parties;

    on a first-priority basis by perfected real property mortgages on not less than 80% of the PV-10 value of the proved oil and gas reserves included in the borrowing base under the RBL Facility;

    on a first-priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all other tangible (other than real property and other oil and gas properties) and intangible assets of the credit parties (together with the collateral described in the preceding sentences, collectively referred to as the "RBL Facility Priority Collateral"); and

    on a second-priority basis by a perfected security interest in the Secured Notes/Term Loan Priority Collateral described below under "Senior Secured Term Loans."

        The obligations under the RBL Facility are also guaranteed by EPE Holdings, LLC ("EPE Holdings"), the direct parent of EP Energy LLC. EPE Holdings' guarantee is limited recourse to the equity interests of EP Energy LLC owned by EPE Holdings.

        Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters.     The RBL Facility contains restrictive covenants that may limit EP Energy LLC's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) create liens; (iii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (iv) change our lines of business; (v) sell or transfer assets; (vi) pay dividends and distributions or repurchase the borrower's capital stock; (vii) amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness; (viii) prepay, repay or repurchase certain junior indebtedness; (ix) engage in transactions with affiliates; (x) make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances; and (xi) enter into certain commodity and other regulated non-commodity hedging agreements. Each of these covenants is subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds.

        In addition, the RBL Facility requires EP Energy LLC to maintain a ratio of its consolidated total debt, net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, to consolidated trailing 12-month EBITDAX (as defined in the credit agreement governing the RBL Facility) of not more than 5.0 to 1.0, with a step-down to 4.75 to 1.0 one year after entering into the RBL Facility and a further step down to 4.5 to 1.0 two years after entering into the RBL Facility and thereafter.

        The credit agreement governing the RBL Facility also contains certain other customary affirmative covenants and events of default, subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds (including equity cure provisions).

Senior Secured Term Loans

        Overview.     In connection with the Acquisition, EP Energy LLC, as borrower, entered into a $750 million aggregate principal amount (the "original term loans") senior secured term loan facility with Citibank, N.A. as the administrative and collateral agent, which will mature on May 24, 2018. In August 2012 and May 2013, EP Energy LLC completed repricing amendments of the term loan facility that reduced the LIBOR floor and applicable margin applicable to the original term loans. In October 2012, EP Energy LLC obtained $400 million aggregate principal amount of incremental term loans (the "incremental term loans") under the term loan facility pursuant an incremental facility amendment,

182


Table of Contents

which will mature on April 30, 2019. We refer to the original term loans and the incremental term loans as our "senior secured term loans."

        On August 16, 2013, we repaid $250 million aggregate principal amount of the original term loans and $250 million aggregate principal amount of the incremental term loans. As of December 1, 2013, we had $644 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of senior secured term loans.

        Interest Rates.     The original term loans bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to the alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of 3.75% or the then-current LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus an applicable margin of 2.75%. The incremental term loans bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to the alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of 4.50% or the then-current LIBOR, subject to a 1.00% floor, plus an applicable margin of 3.50%.

        Prepayments.     The original term loans are prepayable at any time without premium or penalty; provided that there will be a 1.00% prepayment premium in connection with any repricing of the original term loans that reduces the interest rate prior to November 24, 2013. The incremental terms loans are prepayable at any time without premium or penalty; provided that there will be a 1.00% prepayment premium in connection with any repricing of the incremental term loans that reduces the interest rate prior to October 31, 2013.

        We are also required to offer to prepay our senior secured term loans, subject to customary reinvestment rights and other customary exceptions, with (a) the net cash proceeds from any non-ordinary course disposition of any Secured Notes/Term Loan Priority Collateral and (ii) the net cash proceeds from any non-ordinary-course asset sale of RBL Facility Priority Collateral in excess of the amount required to be paid to the lenders under the RBL Facility or the holders of certain other indebtedness. We are also required to offer to prepay our senior secured term loans following the occurrence of a change of control at 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repayment, on terms consistent with those applicable to the senior secured notes.

        Guarantees and Security.     All obligations under our senior secured term loans are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the guarantors under the RBL Facility, and all such obligations and guarantees are secured (i) on a first-priority basis by a perfected pledge of the capital stock of all first-tier foreign subsidiaries that are directly owned by EP Energy LLC or any guarantor (which pledge will be limited to 65% of the voting capital stock and 100% of the non-voting capital stock of such subsidiary) (referred to as the "Secured Notes/Term Loan Priority Collateral") and (ii) on a second-priority basis by a security interest in the RBL Facility Priority Collateral. The senior secured term loans share equally with our senior secured notes in the liens on the Secured Notes/Term Loan Priority Collateral and the RBL Facility Priority Collateral. The agent for the senior secured term loan and the trustee for the senior secured notes have entered into an intercreditor agreement governing the relationship between the lenders of the senior secured term loan and holders of the senior secured notes as well as holders of any other indebtedness that is secured on a pari passu basis with the senior secured notes.

        Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters.     The loan agreement governing our senior secured term loans contains restrictive covenants that may restrict EP Energy LLC's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) make certain investments, loan, and advances, (iii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire all or any substantial part of assets of any other person, (iv) prepay subordinated indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions or other restricted payments, (v) create liens on certain assets and (vi) enter into certain transactions with affiliates, in each case, consistent with comparable provisions applicable to the senior secured notes. Each of these covenants is subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds. The loan

183


Table of Contents

agreement governing our senior secured term loans does not contain any financial maintenance covenant.

        The loan agreement governing our senior secured term loans also contains certain other customary affirmative covenants and events of default, subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds.

Senior Secured Notes and Senior Notes

        EP Energy LLC and Everest Acquisition Finance Inc., as issuers, have $750 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior secured notes due 2019 (the "senior secured notes"), $2,000 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 9.375% senior notes due 2020 (the "2020 senior notes") and $350 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2022 (the "2022 senior notes" and, together with the 2020 senior notes, the "senior notes"). The senior secured notes and 2020 senior notes were issued in connection with the financing of the Acquisition and the 2022 senior notes were issued on August 8, 2012 to repay a portion of the borrowings under the RBL Facility, as well as for other general corporate purposes.

        Maturity and Interest Payment Dates.     The senior secured notes will mature on May 1, 2019. The 2020 senior notes will mature on May 1, 2020. The 2022 senior notes will mature on September 1, 2022. Interest on the senior notes is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year in the case of the senior secured notes, May 1 and November of each year in the case of the 2020 senior notes and March 1 and September 1 of each year in the case of the 2022 senior notes.

        Guarantee and Security.     All of the senior secured notes and senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the guarantors under the RBL Facility.

        The obligations and guarantees under the senior secured notes are secured (i) on a first-priority basis by a security interest in the Secured Notes/Term Loan Priority Collateral and (ii) on a second-priority basis by a security interest in the RBL Facility Priority Collateral, that is in each case pari passu with the security interests securing our senior secured term loans.

        Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters.     The indentures governing the senior secured notes and senior notes contain restrictive covenants that may restrict EP Energy LLC's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) make certain investments, loan, and advances, (iii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire all or any substantial part of assets of any other person, (iv) prepay subordinated indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions or other restricted payments, (v) create liens on certain assets and (vi) enter into certain transactions with affiliates. Each of these covenants is subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds.

        The indentures governing the senior secured notes and senior notes also contain customary events of default, subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds.

        Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in each of the applicable indentures, each holder has the right to require the issuers to repurchase some or all of such holder's senior notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

        Optional Redemption.     The issuers may redeem some or all of the senior secured notes at any time on or prior to May 1, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or after May 1, 2015, the issuers may also redeem some or all of the senior secured notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the senior secured

184


Table of Contents

notes. At any time on or prior to May 1, 2015, the issuers may also redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings that are contributed to the issuers, at a redemption price equal to 106.875% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

        The issuers may redeem some or all of the 2020 senior notes at any time on or prior to May 1, 2016, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2020 senior notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or after May 1, 2016, the issuers may also redeem some or all of the 2020 senior notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the 2020 senior notes. At any time on or prior to May 1, 2016, the issuers may also redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2020 senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings that are contributed to the issuers, at a redemption price equal to 109.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

        The issuers may redeem some or all of the 2022 senior notes at any time on or prior to September 1, 2017, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 senior notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or after September 1, 2017, the issuers may also redeem some or all of the 2022 senior notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the 2022 senior notes. At any time on or prior to September 1, 2017, the issuers may also redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2022 senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings that are contributed to the issuers, at a redemption price equal to 107.750% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 senior notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

Senior PIK Toggle Notes

        EPE Holdings and EP Energy BondCo Inc., as issuers, issued $350 million aggregate principal amount of 8.125%/8.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (the "PIK notes"). The PIK notes were issued on December 21, 2012 and will mature on December 15, 2017. The net proceeds from the PIK notes were used to pay a distribution to the EPE Acquisition equity holders. The issuers may elect to pay interest on the PIK notes in one of the following three manners: (i) entirely in cash, (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding notes or issuing new notes ("PIK interest"), or (iii) in cash on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes and in PIK Interest on the remaining 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes. Cash interest on the PIK notes accrues at a rate of 8.125% per annum and PIK interest accrues at a rate of 8.875% per annum and is payable semi-annually on December 15 and June 15 of each year. As of December 1, 2013, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of PIK notes was $378 million.

        The PIK notes are unsecured obligations of the issuers and are not guaranteed by EP Energy Corporation or any of its other subsidiaries.

        The indenture governing the PIK notes contains restrictive covenants that may restrict EPE Holdings' ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) make certain investments, loan, and advances, (iii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire all or any substantial part of assets of any other person, (iv) prepay subordinated indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions or other restricted payments, (v) create liens on certain assets and (vi) enter into certain transactions with affiliates. Each of these covenants is subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds.

185


Table of Contents

        The indenture governing the PIK notes also contain customary events of default, subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds.

        Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the PIK note indenture, each holder has the right to require the issuers to repurchase some or all of such holder's PIK notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

        The issuers may redeem some or all of the PIK notes at any time on or prior to December 15, 2013, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the PIK notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or after December 15, 2013, the issuers may also redeem some or all of the PIK notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the PIK notes. At any time on or prior to December 15, 2013, the issuers may also redeem some or all of the PIK notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings that are contributed to the issuers, at a redemption price equal to 102.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the PIK notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

        As described under "Use of Proceeds" on page 54, we intend to use a portion the proceeds from this offering to redeem all of the PIK notes.

186


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        There has not been a public market for our common stock prior to this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. See "Underwriting" on page 193. Consequently, you may be unable to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you pay in this offering.

Sale of Restricted Shares

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have an aggregate of 248,674,975 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all of the 40,000,000 shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be acquired by any of our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144. The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may in the future be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144, Rule 701 or any other available exemption under the Securities Act.

Omnibus Incentive Plan

        Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register 12,433,749 shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Subject to the expiration of any lock-up restrictions as described below and following the completion of any vesting periods, shares of our common stock issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, issuable upon the exercise of options granted or to be granted under the plan, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless such shares are held by any of our affiliates.

Lock-up Agreements

        Executive officers, directors and our stockholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and extensions. See "Underwriting" on page 193 for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

        All of our outstanding common stock before this offering is held by affiliates. A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares (when aggregated with sales by certain related parties) that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock (2,486,750 shares following this

187


Table of Contents

offering) or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the applicable stock exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have granted the Legacy Class A Stockholders demand registration rights and/or incidental registration rights, in each case, with respect to certain shares of common stock owned by them. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" on page 164.

188


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

    U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

    persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

    banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

    real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

    "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies" and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

    S corporations, partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

    tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

    persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

    tax-qualified retirement plans.

        If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

         THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE

189


Table of Contents

APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

        For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a "U.S. holder" nor a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. holder is any of the following:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or (2) has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to continue to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

        We do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below in the section relating to the sale or disposition of our common stock.

        Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

        Non-U.S. holders may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (a) an applicable income tax treaty or (b) the non-U.S. holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being paid in connection with that trade or business. To claim such a reduction in or exemption from withholding, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (a) IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, or (b) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the dividends are not subject to withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, may

190


Table of Contents

obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under these rules by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

        Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, if dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, that are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the corporate non-U.S. holder in the United States), as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

        Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

    the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a "USRPHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

        A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States) provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

        With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we currently are, and expect to remain for the foreseeable future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, so long as our common stock is "regularly traded on an established securities market," a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain from a disposition of our common stock only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder's holding period) more than 5% of our common stock. If our common stock is not considered to be so traded, all non-U.S. holders would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain from a disposition of our common stock and a 10% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from the sale of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. If any gain from a disposition is subject to U.S. federal income tax as described above, it will be taxed as if

191


Table of Contents

the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident and the non-U.S. holder would be required to file a U.S. tax return with respect to such gain.

        Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends on our common stock, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know such holder is a United States person and the holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or other applicable certification. However, information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

        Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States, and information reporting may (although backup withholding generally will not) apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock outside the United States conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder on IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

        Provisions commonly referred to as "FATCA" impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

        Under the applicable Treasury Regulations, withholding under FATCA generally will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017.

        Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

192


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated                        , 2014 we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Name
  Number of
Shares
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC        
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC        
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.        
Goldman, Sachs & Co.        
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC        
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.        
UBS Securities LLC        
BMO Capital Markets Corp.        
RBC Capital Markets, LLC        
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC        
Evercore Group L.L.C.        
Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.        
Barclays Capital Inc.        
Jefferies LLC        
BBVA Securities Inc.        
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated
       
Nomura Securities International, Inc.        
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.        
SG Americas Securities, LLC        
TD Securities (USA) LLC        
Capital One Securities, Inc.        
CIBC World Markets Corp.        
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.        
ING Financial Markets LLC        
Mizuho Securities USA Inc.        
SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.        
Stephens Inc.        
Lebenthal & Co., LLC        
Topeka Capital Markets, Inc.        
       

Total

    40,000,000  
       

        The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, as described below.

193


Table of Contents

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $            a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow a concession not in excess of $            a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

        We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 6,000,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

        To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional 6,000,000 shares of common stock.

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per Share   No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Public offering price

  $            $            $           

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

  $            $            $           

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $            $            $           

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $8.0 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses for up to $50,000.

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 'lock-up' period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 'lock-up' period, then in either case the expiration of the 'lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

        Our officers, directors and Sponsors have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock,

194


Table of Contents

whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 'lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

        We have been approved to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol "EPE."

        In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of their option, to purchase additional shares creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions. We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters, including their controlling persons, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent

195


Table of Contents

periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

    European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

    (a)
    to any legal entity that is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    (b)
    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

    (c)
    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, (1) the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, (2) the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and (3) the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

    United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

    (a)
    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

    (b)
    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

    Hong Kong

        The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the

196


Table of Contents

Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

    Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

    Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

    Switzerland

        The prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations ("CO") and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

197


Table of Contents

Other Relationships

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they have received or may receive customary fees and expenses. For instance, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under the RBL Facility and, accordingly, will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates may have an indirect ownership interest in us through various private equity funds, including funds affiliated with Apollo.

        In the ordinary course of business, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments, including serving as counterparties to certain derivative and hedging arrangements and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account or for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve or relate to assets, securities or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters own PIK notes and, accordingly, will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering as a result of our redemption of the PIK notes. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

198


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas.


EXPERTS

Independent registered public accounting firms

        The consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation as of December 31, 2012 (successor) and December 31, 2011 (predecessor), the period from February 14, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (successor), the period from January 1, 2012 through May 24, 2012 (predecessor) and each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011 (predecessor) appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements, except as they relate to Four Star Oil & Gas Company, have been so included in reliance on the report of such independent registered public accounting firm given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The audited consolidated financial statements of Four Star Oil & Gas Company as of December 31, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011, not separately presented in this prospectus, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report (which contains an emphasis of matter paragraph regarding the company's significant transactions with affiliated companies) thereon appears herein. The audited consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation, to the extent they relate to Four Star Oil & Gas Company, have been so included in reliance on the report of such independent registered public accounting firm given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Independent Petroleum Engineering Consultants

        Estimates of our oil, NGLs and natural gas reserves, related future net cash flows and the present values thereof as of September 30, 2013 and as of December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus were based in part upon reserve information that was audited by independent petroleum engineering consultants, Ryder Scott Company, L.P. We have included these estimates in reliance on the authority of Ryder Scott Company, L.P. as experts in such matters.

199


Table of Contents


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement. This prospectus summarizes provisions that we consider material of certain contracts and other documents to which we refer you. You should review the full text of those documents. We have included copies of those documents as exhibits to the registration statement.

        The registration statement and the exhibits thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates, at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may request copies of the documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

        Our website address is www.epenergy.com. We expect to make available our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC, free of charge through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

        As a result of the offering, we and certain of our stockholders will also become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, annual and periodic reporting requirements and other requirements of the Exchange Act. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and web site of the SEC referred to above. We will furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm and quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

200


Table of Contents


GLOSSARY OF OIL AND NATURAL GAS TERMS

        The terms defined in this section are used throughout this prospectus:

        "/d."     per day.

        "Basin."     A large natural depression on the earth's surface in which sediments generally brought by water accumulate.

        "Bbl."     One stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume, used herein in reference to crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

        "Bcf."     One billion cubic feet of natural gas.

        "Bcfe."     One billion cubic feet of natural gas equivalent, determined by using a ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas.

        "Boe."     Barrel of oil equivalent, a standard convention used to express oil and gas volumes on a comparable oil equivalent basis. Gas equivalents are determined under the relative energy content method by using the ratio of 6.0 Mcf of gas to 1.0 Bbl of oil or NGLs.

        "Btu."     British Thermal units, a measure of heating value.

        "CBM."     Coal bed methane.

        "Completion."     The process of treating a drilled well followed by the installation of permanent equipment for the production of natural gas or oil, or in the case of a dry hole, the reporting of abandonment to the appropriate agency.

        "Developed acreage."     The number of acres that are allocated or assignable to productive wells or wells capable of production.

        "Development well."     A well drilled within the proved area of an oil or natural gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

        "Drilling locations."     Future locations specifically identified by management as an estimation of our multi-year drilling activities based on evaluation of applicable geologic, seismic, engineering, production and reserves data on contiguous acreage and geologic formations. Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus, references to drilling locations are gross for operated properties and net for non-operated properties.

        "Dry hole."     Exploratory or development well that does not produce oil or natural gas in economically producible quantities.

        "Estimated ultimate recovery (EUR)."     The sum of reserves remaining as of a given date and cumulative production as of that date.

        "Exploratory well."     A well drilled to find a new field or to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or natural gas in another reservoir.

        "Farm-in or farm-out."     An agreement under which the owner of a working interest in an oil or natural gas lease assigns the working interest or a portion of the working interest to another party who desires to drill on the leased acreage. Generally, the assignee is required to drill one or more wells in order to earn its working interest in the acreage. The assignor usually retains a royalty or reversionary interest in the lease. The working interest received by an assignee is a "farm-in" while the working interest transferred by the assignor is a "farm-out."

A-1


Table of Contents

        "Field."     An area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on, or related to, the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition. The field name refers to the surface area, although it may refer to both the surface and the underground productive formations.

        "Formation."     A layer of rock which has distinct characteristics that differ from nearby rock.

        "Gross acreage or gross wells."     The total acres or wells, as the case may be, in which a working interest is owned.

        "Horizontal drilling."     A drilling technique used in certain formations where a well is drilled vertically to a certain depth and then drilled at a right angle within a specified interval.

        "MBbl."     One thousand barrels of crude oil, condensate or NGLs.

        "MBoe."     One thousand Boes.

        "Mcf."     One thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

        "Mcfe."     One thousand cubic feet equivalent, determined by using a ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one bbl of crude oil, condensate or NGLs.

        "MMBbl."     One million barrels of crude oil, condensate or NGLs.

        "MMBtu."     One million British thermal units.

        "MMcfe."     One million cubic feet of natural gas equivalent, determined by using a ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or NGLs.

        "Net Revenue Interest."     The interest in and to all hydrocarbons produced, saved and sold from or allocated to an oil and/or gas property after giving effect to all royalties, overriding royalties, production payments, carried interests, net profits interests, reversionary interests and other burdens upon, measured by or payable out of such hydrocarbon production.

        "NGLs."     Natural gas liquids. Hydrocarbons found in natural gas that may be extracted as liquefied petroleum gas and natural gasoline.

        "NYMEX."     The New York Mercantile Exchange.

        "Net acres."     The percentage of total acres an owner has out of a particular number of acres, or a specified tract. An owner who has 50% interest in 100 acres has 50 net acres.

        "Productive well."     A well that is found to be capable of producing hydrocarbons in sufficient quantities such that proceeds from the sale of the production exceed production expenses and taxes.

        "Proved developed reserves."     Reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods or in which the cost of the required equipment is relatively minor compared to the cost of a new well and through installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserves estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well.

        "Proved reserves."     The estimated quantities of oil, natural gas and NGLs which geoscience and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions.

A-2


Table of Contents

        "Proved undeveloped ("PUD") reserves."     Proved reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.

        "Recompletion."     The process of re-entering an existing wellbore that is either producing or not producing and completing new reservoirs in an attempt to establish or increase existing production.

        "Reservoir."     A porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible oil and/or natural gas that is confined by impermeable rock or water barriers and is individual and separate from other reservoirs.

        "Spacing."     The distance between wells producing from the same reservoir. Spacing is often expressed in terms of acres, e.g.,  40-acre spacing, and is often established by regulatory agencies.

        "Standardized measure."     Discounted future net cash inflows estimated by applying the first day 12-month average U.S. price to the estimated future production of year-end proved reserves. Future cash inflows are reduced by estimated future production and development costs based on period-end costs to determine pre-tax cash inflows. Future income taxes, if applicable, are computed by applying the statutory tax rate to the excess of pre-tax cash inflows over our tax basis in the oil and natural gas properties. Future net cash inflows after income taxes are discounted using a 10% annual discount rate.

        "Undeveloped acreage."     Acreage on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of commercial quantities of oil and natural gas, regardless of whether such acreage contains proved reserves.

        "Unit."     The joining of all or substantially all property interests in a particular spacing or development area tract or section, to provide for development and operation of all such separate property interests. Also, the area covered by a unitization agreement or pooling order.

        "Wellbore."     The hole drilled by the bit that is equipped for natural gas production on a completed well. Also called well or borehole.

        "Well cost."     The cost of drilling, completing and equipping a well.

        "Working interest."     The right granted to the lessee of a property to explore for and to produce and own oil, natural gas or other minerals. The working interest owners bear the exploration, development and operating costs on either a cash, penalty or carried basis.

A-3


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

       

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2013

    F-3  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for (i) the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and (ii) for the year ended December 31, 2012

    F-4  

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-6  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

       

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for (i) the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to September 30, 2012 and (ii) predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012

    F-8  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for (i) the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the successor period from February 14, 2012 to September 30, 2012 and (ii) predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012

    F-9  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

    F-10  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for (i) the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the successor period from February 14, 2012 to September 30, 2012 and (ii) predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012

    F-12  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the period from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013

    F-13  

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-14  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for successor and predecessor

    F-31  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Four Star Oil & Gas Company

    F-32  

Consolidated Statements of Income for (i) the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and (ii) the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

    F-33  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for (i) the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and (ii) the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

    F-34  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 (successor) and December 31, 2011 (predecessor)

    F-35  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for (i) the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and (ii) the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

    F-37  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for (i) the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and (ii) the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

    F-38  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-39  

Supplemental Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

    F-67  

Supplemental Oil and Natural Gas Operations (Unaudited)

    F-68  

F-1


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data of EP Energy Corporation (the "Company") give effect to the following transactions to the extent they have not been fully reflected in our historical consolidated successor and predecessor financial statements:

    the completion of this offering (assuming the issuance and sale by the Company of            shares of common stock at an offering price of $25.00 per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, generating estimated net proceeds of $947 million after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and other expenses payable by us) and the use of proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds" on page 54,

    the Corporate Reorganization, as described in "Corporate Reorganization" on page 167,

    the pending or completed divestitures of: (i) our CBM assets in Raton, Arkoma, and the Black Warrior Basin, our South Texas assets, and our Arklatex assets, all of which were completed in the third quarter of 2013, (ii) our Egypt interests completed in June 2012 and our Gulf of Mexico assets completed in July 2012, (iii) our equity interest in Four Star completed in the third quarter of 2013, and (iv) our Brazilian operations (expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2014), and

    the effects of certain financing transactions and of applying the successful efforts method of accounting for our oil and gas activities, following the initial acquisition of El Paso Corporation's exploration and production assets in May 2012.

        The above transactions are reflected in the pro forma financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet gives effect to all of the transactions above as if they had occurred on September 30, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated income statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012, give effect to all of the transactions above as if they had occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation as of December 31, 2012 (successor) and December 31, 2011 (predecessor) and for the periods from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 (successor), January 1, 2012 through May 24, 2012 (predecessor), and each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011 (predecessor) and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (successor), included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments above are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. Therefore, the actual effect of the transactions above may differ from the pro forma adjustments included herein. Management believes that the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the effects of such adjustments and the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements and related notes are presented for illustrative purposes only. If the above transactions had occurred in the past, the Company's operating results might have been materially different from those presented in these unaudited pro forma financial statements. The unaudited pro forma financial statements should not be relied upon as an indication of operating results that the Company would have achieved if the above transactions had taken place on the specified date. In addition, future results may vary significantly from those reflected in the unaudited pro forma income statement and should not be relied on as an indication of the future results the Company will have after the completion of the above transactions.

F-2


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

September 30, 2013

(In millions)

 
  EP
Energy Corporation
Historical
  Brazil
Divestiture
Adjustments
  Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
  Pro Forma
as adjusted
 

Current assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 75   $ 11 (a) $ 947   (l) $ 558  

                (475 )(m)      

Accounts receivable

                         

Customer, net of allowance of less than $1                       

    219             219  

Other, net of allowance of less than $1

    25             25  

Derivative instruments

    28             28  

Assets of discontinued operations

    106     (106 )(b)        

Other

    71             71  
                   

Total current assets

    524     (95 )   472     901  
                   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    7,273             7,273  
                   

Other assets

                         

Unamortized debt issue costs          

    121         (5 )(m)   116  

Other

    74             74  
                   

    195         (5 )   190  
                   

Total assets

  $ 7,992   $ (95 ) $ 467   $ 8,364  
                   

Current liabilities

                         

Accounts payable

                         

Trade

  $ 150   $   $   $ 150  

Other

    345     5 (c)       350  

Accrued interest

    106             106  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    100     (100 )(b)        

Other

    106             106  
                   

Total current liabilities             

    807     (95 )       712  
                   

Long-term debt

    4,117         (373 )(m)   3,744  

Other long-term liabilities

    216         (37 )(m)   179  
                   

    4,333         (410 )   3,923  

Equity

                         

Common stock

            1     1  

Additional paid-in-capital

    2,800         946     3,746  

Retained earnings

    52         (70 )(m)   (18 )
                   

Total equity

    2,852         877     3,729  
                   

Total liabilities and equity          

  $ 7,992   $ (95 ) $ 467   $ 8,364  
                   

F-3


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

(In millions)

 
  EP Energy
Corporation
Historical
  Divestitures
Adjustments
  Financing
Adjustments
  Corporate
Reorganization
Adjustments
  Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
  Pro Forma
as adjusted
 

Operating revenues

                                     

Physical sales

  $ 1,242   $   $   $   $   $ 1,242  

Financial derivatives

    (107 )                   (107 )
                           

Total operating revenues

    1,135                     1,135  
                           

Operating expenses

                                     

Natural gas purchases

    16                     16  

Transportation costs

    70                     70  

Lease operating expense

    119                     119  

General and administrative

    162                 (19 )(n)   143  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    443                     443  

Impairments

    2                     2  

Exploration expense

    39                     39  

Taxes, other than income taxes

    63                     63  
                           

Total operating expenses

    914                 (19 )   895  
                           

Operating income

    221                 19     240  

(Loss) earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

    (13 )   13 (d)                

Other income

    1                     1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (9 )                   (9 )

Interest expense

    (269 )       34 (e)       24   (o)   (211 )
                           

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (69 )   13     34         43     21  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    30     5 (d)   12 (e)   (55) (g)   15   (p)   7  
                           

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (99 ) $ 8   $ 22   $ 55   $ 28   $ 14  
                           

Net income per basic and diluted common share(f)

                                $ 0.06  
                                     

Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

                                  248,674,975  
                                     

F-4


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In millions)

 
  EP Energy Corporation
Historical
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  February 14,
to December 31,
2012
   
  January 1
to May 24,
2012
  Divestitures
Adjustments
  Acquisition
Adjustments
  Financing
Adjustments
  Corporate
Reorganization
Adjustments
  Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
  Pro Forma
as adjusted
 

Operating revenues

                                                     

Physical sales

  $ 789       $ 567   $ (141 )(d) $   $   $   $   $ 1,215  

Financial derivatives

    (62 )       365                         303  
                                       

Total operating revenues

    727         932     (141 )                   1,518  
                                       

Operating expenses

                                                     

Natural gas purchases

    19                                 19  

Transportation costs

    51         45     (19 )(d)                   77  

Lease operating expense

    71         80     (39 )(d)                   112  

General and administrative

    358         69     (4 )(d)               (16 )(n)   407  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    209         307     (118 )(d)   (190 )(h)               208  

Ceiling test charges

            62     (62 )(d)                    

Impairments

    1             (1 )(c)                    

Exploration expense

    43                 99   (i)               142  

Taxes, other than income taxes

    41         31     (9 )(d)                   63  
                                       

Total operating expenses

    793         594     (252 )   (91 )           (16 )   1,028  
                                       

Operating (loss) income

    (66 )       338     111     91             16     490  

(Loss) earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

    (1 )       (5 )   6   (d)                    

Other income (expense)

            2                         2  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (14 )                               (14 )

Interest expense

    (219 )       (14 )       (77 )(j)   39 (e)       1   (o)   (270 )
                                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (300 )       321     117     14     39         17     208  

Income tax expense (benefit)

            134         (134 )(k)   14   (e)   52   (g)   6   (p)   72  
                                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (300 )     $ 187   $ 117   $ 148   $ 25   $ (52 ) $ 11   $ 136  
                                       

Net income per basic and diluted common share(f)

  $ (1.44 )                                         $ 0.55  
                                                   

Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding(f)

    208,674,975                                             248,674,975  
                                                   

F-5


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The Company made the following adjustments and assumptions in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements:

Divestitures Adjustments / Brazil Divestiture

    a)
    Reflects anticipated proceeds, net of cash on hand, from the divestiture of our Brazil operations anticipated to occur by the end of the first quarter of 2014.

    b)
    Reflects the removal of assets and liabilities from discontinued operations as reflected in the historical financial statements.

    c)
    Reflects an adjustment to record the estimated fair value of indemnification liabilities associated with the sale of Brazil.

    d)
    Reflects the elimination of the historical income statement including related income tax effects for the assets divested to the extent such divestitures were not already reflected in the historical financial statements as discontinued operations.

Financing Adjustments

    e)
    Reflects an interest reduction related to repayment of amounts outstanding under our RBL Facility and term loans following our asset divestitures, including related income tax effects.

    f)
    Reflects basic and diluted income (loss) per common share for the issuance of shares of common stock in the offering.

Corporate Reorganization Adjustments

    g)
    Reflects the impact on the pro forma income statement of income taxes as though the Company's earnings had been subject to federal income tax.

Acquisition Adjustments

    h)
    Reflects an estimated adjustment to depreciation, depletion and amortization due to the fair value adjustments to our property, plant and equipment as a result of the Acquisition in May 2012, and the application of the successful efforts method of accounting following the Acquisition. Pro forma depreciation, depletion and amortization rates were estimated using amounts based on the purchase price allocation on the acquisition date (May 2012) applied to a depletion rate calculated using estimates of year end 2011 proved reserves held constant throughout the pro forma period and assuming no reserve additions or changes in existing proved reserve categories. The pro forma depreciation, depletion and amortization rates were applied to production volumes by area for the respective periods.

    i)
    Reflects pro forma exploratory dry hole costs, delay rentals, and seismic costs that would have been expensed under the successful efforts method of accounting in periods prior to the Acquisition.

    j)
    Reflects the estimated net adjustment to interest expense, net of capitalized interest, related to $4.25 billion in incremental debt issued in conjunction with the Acquisition in May 2012.

    k)
    Reflects an adjustment for the Company's change in status from a subchapter C corporation to a limited liability company upon the Acquisition in 2012.

F-6


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Initial Public Offering Adjustments

        

    l)
    Reflects the pro forma net adjustment of $947 million to cash and cash equivalents to reflect estimated gross proceeds of approximately $1.0 billion from the issuance and sale of shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $25.00 per share, net of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $45 million, in the aggregate, and estimated offering and other expenses of approximately $8 million.

    m)
    Reflects the use of net proceeds from the offering (i) to redeem in full $373 million of outstanding 8.125%/8.875% senior PIK toggle notes due 2017 issued by our subsidiaries, EPE Holdings LLC and EP Energy Bondco Inc. including the accrued and unpaid interest on those notes, and pay the redemption premium of $8 million, net of income tax effects of $2 million, (ii) write-off of approximately $5 million of associated debt issuance costs associated with the senior PIK toggle notes, net of income tax effects of $2 million and (iii) to pay an approximately $94 million fee under the amended and restated management fee agreement with certain affiliates of our Sponsors, net of income tax effects of $33 million.

    n)
    Reflects a pro-rata adjustment to reflect the elimination of amounts recorded pursuant to the Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement ($25 million annually) for management, consulting and financial services paid to affiliates of our Sponsors and other investors. The Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement will terminate in conjunction with the offering.

    o)
    Reflects the elimination of interest expense and amortization of debt issuance and related costs in conjunction with repaying senior PIK toggle notes and outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility with a portion of the net proceeds from the offering.

    (p)
    Reflects the income tax effects of pro forma income adjustments resulting from the offering.

        We have not reflected in the unaudited pro forma income statements a $94 million fee under the amended and restated management fee agreement with certain affiliates of our Sponsors to be paid upon completion of the offering.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements constitute forward-looking information and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. See "Risk Factors" on page 20 and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" on page 53.

F-7


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30, 2013
  February 14
to
September 30, 2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
 

Operating revenues

                       

Oil and condensate

  $ 929   $ 282       $ 310  

Natural gas

    259     134         228  

NGL

    54     18         29  

Financial derivatives

    (107 )   (124 )       365  
                   

Total operating revenues

    1,135     310         932  
                   

Operating expenses

                       

Natural gas purchases

    16     13          

Transportation costs

    70     30         45  

Lease operating expense

    119     38         80  

General and administrative

    162     281         69  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    443     106         307  

Ceiling test charges

                62  

Impairment charges

    2     1          

Exploration expense

    39     26          

Taxes, other than income taxes

    63     24         31  
                   

Total operating expenses

    914     519         594  
                   

Operating income (loss)

    221     (209 )       338  

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates

    (13 )   (3 )       (5 )

Other income

    1             2  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (9 )   (14 )        

Interest expense

    (269 )   (137 )       (14 )
                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (69 )   (363 )       321  

Income tax expense

    30             134  
                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (99 )   (363 )       187  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    496     17         (9 )
                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 397   $ (346 )     $ 178  
                   

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share

                       

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (0.47 ) $ (1.74 )          

Discontinued operations, net

    2.37     0.08            
                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 1.90   $ (1.66 )          
                     

Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    208,674,975     208,674,975            
                     

   

See accompanying notes.

F-8


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30, 2013
  February 14
to
September 30, 2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 397   $ (346 )     $ 178  

Cash flow hedging activities:

                       

Reclassification adjustment(1)

                3  
                   

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 397   $ (346 )     $ 181  
                   

(1)
Reclassification adjustment is stated net of tax. Taxes recognized for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 were $2 million.

   

See accompanying notes.

F-9


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  

ASSETS

             

Current assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 75   $ 69  

Accounts receivable

             

Customer, net of allowance of less than $1 in 2013 and 2012

    219     158  

Other, net of allowance of $1 for 2013 and 2012

    25     14  

Materials and supplies

    22     16  

Derivative instruments

    28     108  

Assets of discontinued operations

    106     1,034  

Deferred income taxes

    28      

Prepaid assets

    21     10  
           

Total current assets

    524     1,409  
           

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

             

Oil and natural gas properties

    7,866     6,513  

Other property, plant and equipment

    60     52  
           

    7,926     6,565  

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

    653     214  
           

Total property, plant and equipment, net

    7,273     6,351  
           

Other assets

             

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

        220  

Derivative instruments

    67     88  

Assets of discontinued operations

        93  

Unamortized debt issue costs

    121     140  

Other

    7     5  
           

    195     546  
           

Total assets

  $ 7,992   $ 8,306  
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-10


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

             

Current liabilities

             

Accounts payable

             

Trade

  $ 150   $ 98  

Other

    345     303  

Income tax payable

    13      

Derivative instruments

    28     17  

Accrued taxes other than income

    33     13  

Accrued interest

    106     57  

Accrued taxes

        19  

Asset retirement obligations

    3     4  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    100     211  

Other accrued liabilities

    29     42  
           

Total current liabilities

    807     764  
           

Long-term debt

    4,117     4,695  

Other long-term liabilities

             

Derivative instruments

    1     14  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

        42  

Asset retirement obligations

    49     40  

Deferred income taxes

    162      

Other

    4     3  
           

Total non-current liabilities

    4,333     4,794  
           

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

             

Members'/Stockholder's equity

             

Members' equity

        2,748  

Class A shares, $0.01 par value; 550,000,000 authorized, 208,674,975 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013

         

Class B shares, $0.01 par value; 878,304 authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013

         

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 50,000,000 authorized, none issued or outstanding

         

Additional paid-in capital

    2,800      

Retained earnings

    52      
           

Total members'/stockholder's equity

    2,852     2,748  
           

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 7,992   $ 8,306  
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-11


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine Months
ended
September 30, 2013
  February 14
to
September 30, 2012
   
  January 1
to May 24,
2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 397   $ (346 )     $ 178  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities

                       

Depreciation, depletion and amortization           

    490     141         319  

Gain on sale of assets

    (455 )            

Deferred income tax expense

    30             199  

(Earnings) loss from unconsolidated affiliate, net of cash distributions

    37     5         12  

Ceiling test charges

                62  

Impairment charges

    28     1          

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    9     14          

Amortization of equity compensation expense

    18     9          

Non-cash portion of exploration expense           

    35     14          

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    17     8         7  

Other non-cash income items

        2          

Asset and liability changes

                       

Accounts receivable

    (20 )   (32 )       132  

Accounts payable

    68     15         (56 )

Derivative instruments

    99     268         (201 )

Accrued interest

    49     113         (1 )

Other asset changes

    (12 )   (4 )       (7 )

Other liability changes

    (3 )   47         (64 )
                   

Net cash provided by operating activities           

    787     255         580  
                   

Cash flows from investing activities

                       

Capital expenditures

    (1,420 )   (475 )       (636 )

Net proceeds from the sale of assets and investments

    1,439     110         9  

Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (2 )   (7,126 )       (1 )
                   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    17     (7,491 )       (628 )
                   

Cash flows from financing activities

                       

Proceeds from long-term debt

    1,310     4,823         215  

Repayment of long-term debt

    (1,915 )   (609 )       (1,065 )

Dividends paid to members

    (205 )            

Contributed member equity

        3,323          

Contributions from members

    17             960  

Debt issuance costs

    (5 )   (149 )        
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (798 )   7,388         110  
                   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    6     152         62  

Cash and cash equivalents

                       

Beginning of period

    69             25  
                   

End of period

  $ 75   $ 152       $ 87  
                   

   

See accompanying notes

F-12


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(In millions)

 
  Stockholder's Equity    
 
 
  Class A Stock   Class B Stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Additional
Paid-in Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Stockholder's
Equity
  Members'
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

      $       $   $   $   $   $ 2,748  

Compensation expense

                                          15  

Member's distribution

                                    (205 )

Net income

                                  345  

Corporate reorganization

    209         0.9         2,903             (2,903 )
                                     

Balance at August 31, 2013

                                                 

(Corporate Reorganization)

    209   $     0.9   $   $ 2,903   $   $ 2,903   $  
                                   

Income taxes recorded upon C-Corp conversion

                        (104 )       (104 )    

Compensation expense

                        1         1      

Net income

                            52     52      
                                       

Balance at September 30, 2013

    209   $     0.9   $   $ 2,800   $ 52   $ 2,852   $  
                                   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-13


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        Prior to August 30, 2013, we conducted our activities through EPE Acquisition, LLC, a holding company formed on February 14, 2012. On August 30, 2013, we reorganized our structure to form EP Energy Corporation, a new corporate holding Company ("Corporate Reorganization"). Prior to the Corporate Reorganization, EPE Acquisition, LLC had two classes of membership interests: Class A membership units and Class B membership units. The Class A membership units represented the full value of our capital interests, and the Class B membership units represented profits interests (for further information see Note 9). As part of the Corporate Reorganization, (i) all of the Class A and Class B membership units in EPE Acquisition, LLC were directly or indirectly exchanged for shares of Class A and Class B common stock, respectively of EP Energy Corporation, which have the same interests, rights and obligations of the Class A and B membership units. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, EP Energy Corporation owns, directly, or indirectly, 100% of the equity interests in EPE Acquisition, LLC. The Corporate Reorganization was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and was thus recorded at historical cost.

        EPE Acquisition, LLC was originally formed as a Delaware limited liability company on February 14, 2012 by investment funds affiliated with and managed by Apollo Global Management LLC (Apollo) and other private equity investors (collectively, the Sponsors) as a company with no independent operations. EPE Acquisition, LLC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, owns the common stock of EP Energy Bondco Inc. and the units of EP Energy LLC (which owns 100 percent of EP Energy Global LLC). On May 24, 2012, the Sponsors acquired EP Energy Global LLC (formerly known as EP Energy Corporation and EP Energy, L.L.C. after its conversion into a Delaware limited liability company) and subsidiaries for approximately $7.2 billion in cash (the Acquisition) as contemplated by the merger agreement among El Paso Corporation (El Paso) and Kinder Morgan, Inc. (KMI) which is further described in Note 2. The entities acquired are engaged in the exploration for and the acquisition, development, and production of oil, natural gas and NGLs primarily in the United States, with international activities in Brazil. Hereinafter, for periods prior to the Acquisition, the acquired entities are referred to as the predecessor for financial accounting and reporting purposes.

    Significant Accounting Policies

        Natural Gas Purchases/Sales.     We purchase and sell natural gas on a monthly basis to manage our overall natural gas production and sales. These transactions are undertaken to optimize prices we receive for our natural gas, to physically move gas to its intended sales point, or to manage firm transportation agreements. Revenue related to these transactions is recorded in natural gas sales in operating revenues and associated purchases reflected in natural gas purchases in operating expenses on our consolidated income statement. All historical successor periods have been adjusted to reflect these purchases and sales transactions on a gross basis.

    Income Taxes

        We record current income taxes based on our estimates of current taxable income and provide for deferred income taxes to reflect estimated future income tax payments and receipts. Deferred taxes represent the tax impacts of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and carryovers at each year end. We account for tax credits under the flow-through method,

F-14


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

which reduces the provision for income taxes in the year the tax credits first become available. We are also subject to the Texas margin tax and pay any liability directly to the state of Texas.

        The realization of our deferred tax assets depends on recognition of sufficient future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, based on our estimates, it is more likely than not that a portion of those assets will not be realized in a future period. The estimates utilized in recognition of deferred tax assets are subject to revision, either up or down, in future periods based on new facts or circumstances. In evaluating our valuation allowances, we consider the reversal of existing temporary differences, the existence of taxable income in eligible carryback years, various tax-planning strategies and future taxable income, the latter two of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. Changes to our valuation allowances could materially impact our results of operations.

        Prior to the Acquisition, the predecessor's taxable income or loss was included in El Paso's U.S. federal and certain state returns and we recorded income taxes on a separate return basis in our financial statements as if we had filed separate income tax returns under our then existing structure for the periods presented in accordance with a tax sharing agreement between us and El Paso. Under that agreement El Paso paid all consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax directly to the appropriate taxing jurisdictions and, under a separate tax billing agreement, El Paso billed or was refunded for their portion of these income taxes. In certain states, the predecessor filed and paid taxes directly to the state taxing authorities.

        There were no changes in significant accounting policies as described in the 2012 audited consolidated financial statements and no material accounting pronouncements issued but not yet adopted as of September 30, 2013.

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures

        Acquisitions.     On May 24, 2012, Apollo and other investors acquired all of the equity of our wholly-owned subsidiary, EP Energy Global LLC, for approximately $7.2 billion. The Acquisition was funded with approximately $3.3 billion in equity contributions (which were raised in exchange for the issuance of Class A member units of EPE Acquisition, LLC) and the issuance of approximately $4.25 billion of debt. In conjunction with the Acquisition, a portion of the proceeds was also used to repay approximately $960 million of debt outstanding under the predecessor's revolving credit facility at that time. See Note 7 for an additional discussion of debt.

        The purchase transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other items, that assets and liabilities assumed be recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values as of the Acquisition date. Our consolidated balance sheet for all periods includes the following purchase price allocation based on available information to specific

F-15


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures (Continued)

assets and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair values and costs. There was no goodwill associated with the transaction.

Allocation of purchase price
  May 24, 2012  
 
  (In millions)
 

Current assets

  $ 587  

Non-current assets

    446  

Property, plant and equipment

    6,897  

Current liabilities

   
(420

)

Non-current liabilities

    (297 )
       

Total purchase price

  $ 7,213  
       

        The unaudited pro forma information below for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 has been derived from the historical, consolidated financial statements and has been prepared as though the Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma information does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been if the Acquisition had occurred on such date.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30, 2012
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Operating revenues

  $ 1,407  

Net income

    60  

        Discontinued Operations.     In June 2013, EP Energy LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary entered into three separate agreements to sell its CBM properties located in the Raton, Black Warrior and Arkoma basins; its Arklatex conventional natural gas assets located in East Texas and North Louisiana and its legacy South Texas conventional natural gas assets. In July and August 2013, we completed these sales for total consideration of approximately $1.3 billion and recorded a gain on the sale of approximately $455 million. On July 16, 2013, we entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement to sell our Brazil operations which is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014. The sale is subject to Brazilian regulatory approval as well as certain other customary closing conditions. During the second quarter of 2013, we recorded a $10 million impairment charge based on a comparison of the fair market value of our Brazil operations to its underlying carrying value. We estimated the fair value of our Brazil operations (representing a Level 3 fair value measurement) based primarily on sales proceeds expected to be received less estimates of retained liabilities. We have reflected the domestic natural gas assets sold as discontinued operations in all successor periods and reflected our Brazilian operations as discontinued operations in all periods presented in these interim financial statements.

F-16


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures (Continued)

        Summarized operating results and financial position data of our discontinued operations were as follows (in millions):

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30, 2013
  February 14
to
September 30, 2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
 

Operating revenues

  $ 263   $ 145       $ 46  
                   

Operating expenses

                       

Natural gas purchases

    18     13          

Transportation costs

    17     13          

Lease operating expense

    72     38         16  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    47     35         12  

Other expense

    65     29         20  
                   

Total operating expenses

    219     128         48  
                   

Gain on sale of assets

    455              

Other income (expense)

        1         (5 )
                   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    499     18         (7 )

Income tax expense

    3     1         2  
                   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  $ 496   $ 17       $ (9 )
                   

 
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Assets of discontinued operations

             

Current assets

  $ 30   $ 95  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    66     1,019  

Other non-current assets

    10     13  
           

Total assets of discontinued operations

  $ 106   $ 1,127  
           

Liabilities of discontinued operations

             

Accounts payable

  $ 44   $ 84  

Other current liabilities

    13     16  

Asset retirement obligations

    37     146  

Other non-current liabilities

    6     7  
           

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

  $ 100   $ 253  
           

        Other Divestitures.     During the third quarter of 2013, we sold our approximate 49% equity interest in Four Star for proceeds of approximately $183 million. In connection with entering into the sale we recorded an impairment in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates. See Note 10 for further discussion.

F-17


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures (Continued)

        During the first quarter of 2013, we received approximately $10 million from the sale of certain domestic oil and natural gas properties. No gain or loss was recorded on this sale. In June 2012, we sold unevaluated property interests in Egypt for approximately $22 million and did not record a gain or loss on the sale. In addition, the predecessor received approximately $9 million from the sale of domestic oil and natural gas properties that had previously closed.

3. Impairment and Ceiling Test Charges

        During the third quarter of 2013, we recorded a $2 million impairment to reflect a lower of cost or market adjustment on certain materials and supplies. Prior to the Acquisition, the predecessor used the full cost method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the predecessor conducted quarterly ceiling tests of capitalized costs in each of its full cost pools. During the period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012, the predecessor recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $62 million as a result of the decision to end exploration activities in Egypt. The charge related to unevaluated costs in that country and included approximately $2 million related to equipment.

4. Income Taxes

        General.     As a result of the Corporate Reorganization on August 30, 2013, we again became a corporation subject to federal and state income taxes. Accordingly, we began recording the effects of income taxes in our financial statements. In conjunction with the Corporate Reorganization, we recorded $104 million in additional paid-in capital on our Statement of Changes in Equity which represented the initial net current and deferred tax liabilities recorded on the effective date. As part of the Corporate Reorganization transaction, $17 million of cash was directly or indirectly contributed by the sponsors to cover estimated federal and state income taxes from January 1, 2013 through August 30, 2013.

        From May 25, 2012, until the Corporate Reorganization, we were a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. During that time, our Brazil operations continued to be subject to foreign income taxes; however, amounts related to Brazil have been reclassified in all periods as discontinued operations (see Note 2). Prior to the Acquisition (May 25, 2012), the predecessor was party to a tax accrual policy with El Paso whereby El Paso filed U.S. and certain state returns on the predecessor's behalf. Under its policy, the predecessor recorded federal and state income taxes on a separate return basis and reflected current and deferred income taxes in the financial statements through the acquisition date.

F-18


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

4. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Pretax Income (Loss) and Income Tax Expense.     The tables below show our pretax income (loss) and the components of income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (in millions):

 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2013
 

Pretax (Loss)

  $ (69 )
       

Components of Income Tax Expense

       

Deferred

       

Federal

    27  

State

    3  
       

Total income tax expense

  $ 30  
       

        Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation.     The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was (43%), significantly lower than the statutory rate primarily due to only recording income tax expense subsequent to the Corporate Reorganization on August 30, 2013 and that level of pretax income during the period. The effective tax rate for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012, was 42%, significantly higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the impact of an Egyptian non-cash charge without a corresponding tax benefit.

        If we had recorded income taxes effective January 1, 2013, through September 30, 2013, pro forma loss from continuing operations would have been approximately $45 million based on applying a federal statutory tax rate of 35%.

        Interim period income taxes are computed by applying an anticipated annual effective tax rate to year-to-date income or loss, except for significant unusual or infrequently occurring items, which are recorded in the period in which they occur. Changes in tax laws or rates are recorded in the period they are enacted. During the predecessor periods, the effective tax rate was affected by items such as income attributable to dividend exclusions on earnings from unconsolidated affiliates where receipt of dividends was anticipated, the effect of state income taxes (net of federal income tax effects), and the effect of foreign income which was taxed at different rates. Subsequent to the Corporate Reorganization, our effective tax rate will primarily be impacted by the effect of state income taxes (net of federal tax benefit), although the effective tax rate in 2013 will be significantly affected by the fact we were a partnership not subject to federal and state income taxes prior to August 2013.

F-19


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

4. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities.     The following are the components of our net deferred tax liability as of September 30:

 
  2013  
 
  (In millions)
 

Deferred tax liabilities

       

Property, plant and equipment

  $ 447  

Investment in partnership

    5  
       

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $ 452  
       

Deferred tax assets

       

Employee benefits

  $ 9  

Net operating loss carryforwards and U.S. tax credit carryovers

    236  

Financial derivatives

    47  

Legal and other reserves

    1  

Transaction costs

    25  
       

Total deferred tax assets

  $ 318  
       

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ 134  
       

        Unrecognized Tax Benefits.     We are not currently subject to any U.S. or state income tax audits. Furthermore, pursuant to the Acquisition agreement, KMI indemnified us for any liability due to most of our entities having been members of the El Paso federal and state returns for any adjustments through the Acquisition date. Unrecognized tax benefits for the predecessor were transferred to KMI as part of the Acquisition. We have no uncertain tax positions in continuing operations.

        We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income taxes in our financial statements. We did not recognize interest and penalties in our consolidated income statements in 2013, nor do we have any accrued interest and penalties on our consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013.

        Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryovers.     The table below presents the details of our federal and state net operating loss carryover periods as of September 30, 2013 (in millions):

 
  2014-
2033
 

U.S. federal net operating loss

  $ 546  

State net operating loss

    152  
       

Total

  $ 698  
       

        We also have U.S. federal alternative minimum tax credits of $14 million that carry over indefinitely. We have capital loss carryovers of $52 million. Use of our federal carryover is subject to the limitations provided under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Such limitation would not cause any NOLs to expire unused. Our federal and state NOLs are based on taxable income estimates as of September 30, 2013 and are subject to revision based on full year results.

F-20


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

4. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Valuation Allowances.     The realization of our deferred tax assets depends on recognition of sufficient future taxable income in specific tax jurisdictions during periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts we believe are more likely than not to be recovered. In evaluating our valuation allowances, we consider the reversal of existing temporary differences, the existence of taxable income in prior carryback years, tax planning strategies and future taxable income for each of our taxable jurisdictions, the latter two of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. Changes to our valuation allowances could materially impact our results of operations.

        As of September 30, 2013, there is no valuation allowance recorded on our continuing operations deferred tax assets. We believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of our deferred tax assets after considering the factors discussed above.

5. Financial Instruments

        The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of our financial instruments:

 
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Carrying
Value
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Value
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Long-term debt

  $ 4,117   $ 4,448   $ 4,695   $ 5,039  
                   

Derivative instruments

  $ 66   $ 66   $ 165   $ 165  
                   

        As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable represent fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. We hold long-term debt obligations with various terms (see Note 7). We estimated the fair value of debt (representing a Level 2 fair value measurement) primarily based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issuances, including consideration of our credit risk related to those instruments.

        Oil and natural gas derivative instruments.     We attempt to mitigate a portion of our commodity price risk and stabilize cash flows associated with forecasted sales of oil and natural gas production through the use of oil and natural gas swaps, basis swaps and option contracts. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had total derivative contracts related to 52 MMBbl and 34 MMBbl of oil and 140 TBtu and 276 TBtu of natural gas, respectively. None of these contracts are designated as accounting hedges.

        Interest Rate Derivative Instruments.     During July 2012, we entered into interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $600 million that are intended to reduce variable interest rate risk related to our LIBOR based loans. These interest rate derivative instruments started in November 2012 and extend through April 2017. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 we recorded income of $3 million in interest expense related to the change in fair market value and cash settlements of our interest rate derivative instruments.

F-21


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

5. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        Fair Value Measurements.     We use various methods to determine the fair values of our financial instruments. The fair value of a financial instrument depends on a number of factors, including the availability of observable market data over the contractual term of the underlying instrument. We separate the fair values of our financial instruments into three levels (Levels 1, 2 and 3) based on our assessment of the availability of observable market data and the significance of non-observable data used to determine fair value. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, all of our financial instruments were classified as Level 2. Our assessment of an instrument within a level can change over time based on the maturity or liquidity of the instrument, which could result in a change in the classification of our financial instruments between levels.

        Financial Statement Presentation.     The following table presents the fair value associated with derivative financial instruments as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. All of our derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements which provide for the unconditional right of offset for all derivative assets and liabilities with a given counterparty in the event of default. We present assets and liabilities related to these instruments in our balance sheets as either current or non-current assets or liabilities based on their anticipated settlement date, net of the impact of master netting agreements. On certain derivative contracts recorded as assets in the table below we are exposed to the risk that our counterparties may not perform.

 
  Level 2  
 
  Derivative Assets   Derivative Liabilities  
 
   
   
  Balance Sheet
Location
   
   
  Balance Sheet
Location
 
 
  Gross(1)
Fair
value
  Impact of
Netting
  Current   Non-
current
  Gross(1)
Fair
value
  Impact of
Netting
  Current   Non-
current
 
 
   
  (In millions)
   
   
  (In millions)
   
 

September 30, 2013

                                                 

Derivatives

  $ 141   $ (46 ) $ 28   $ 67   $ (75 ) $ 46   $ (28 ) $ (1 )
                                   

December 31, 2012

                                                 

Derivatives

  $ 235   $ (39 ) $ 108   $ 88   $ (70 ) $ 39   $ (17 ) $ (14 )
                                   

(1)
Gross derivative assets are comprised primarily of $135 million and $231 million of oil and natural gas derivatives and $6 million and $4 million of interest rate derivatives as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Gross derivative liabilities are comprised primarily of $73 million and $64 million of oil and natural gas derivatives and $2 million and $6 million of interest rate derivatives as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

F-22


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

5. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The following table presents realized and unrealized net gains and losses on financial oil and gas derivative instruments presented in operating revenues and dedesignated cash flow hedges of the predecessor included in accumulated other comprehensive income (in millions):

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine Months
ended
September 30, 2013
  February 14
to
September 30, 2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24,
2012
 

Realized and unrealized (losses) gains

  $ (107 ) $ (124 )     $ 365  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

                5  

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

        Unproved oil and natural gas properties.     As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had $1.5 billion and $2.3 billion of unproved oil and natural gas properties on our consolidated balance sheet. The reduction is largely attributable to transferring approximately $0.7 billion from unproved properties to proved properties. For nine months ended September 30, 2013, we recorded $33 million of amortization of unproved leasehold costs in exploration expense in our condensed consolidated income statement. Suspended well costs were not material as of September 30, 2013.

        Impairment Assessment.     Subsequent to the Acquisition, we applied the successful efforts method of accounting and evaluate capitalized costs related to proved properties at least annually or upon the occurrence of a triggering event to determine if impairment of such properties is necessary. Forward commodity prices can play a significant role in determining impairments. Due to the significant amount of fair value allocated to our oil and natural gas properties in conjunction with the Acquisition, sustained lower oil and natural gas prices from present levels could result in an impairment of the carrying value of our proved properties in the future.

        Asset Retirement Obligations.     We have legal asset retirement obligations associated with the retirement, replacement, or removal of our oil and natural gas wells and related infrastructure. We incur these obligations when production on those wells is exhausted, when we no longer plan to use them or when we abandon them. We accrue these obligations when we can estimate the timing and amount of their settlement. In estimating our liability, we utilize several assumptions, including a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of 7 percent and a projected inflation rate of 2.5 percent. The net asset retirement liability is reported on our consolidated balance sheet in other current and non-current

F-23


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

6. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued)

liabilities. Changes in the net liability from January 1 through September 30, 2013 related to our continuing operations were as follows:

 
  2013  
 
  (In millions)
 

Net asset retirement liability at January 1

  $ 44  

Property sales

    (1 )

Accretion expense

    3  

Liabilities incurred

    6  

Changes in estimate

    (1 )

Other

    1  
       

Net asset retirement liability at September 30

  $ 52  
       

        Capitalized Interest.     Interest expense is reflected in our financial statements net of capitalized interest. Capitalized interest for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $14 million. Capitalized interest for the successor period from February 14 to September 30, 2012 was $7 million and for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 was $4 million.

7. Long-Term Debt

        Listed below are our debt obligations:

 
  Interest Rate   September 30, 2013  
 
   
  (In millions)
 

EP Energy LLC

           

$2.5 billion RBL credit facility—due May 24, 2017

  Variable   $  

$750 million senior secured term loan—due May 24, 2018(1)(3)          

  Variable     494  

$400 million senior secured term loan—due April 30, 2019(2)(3)          

  Variable     150  

$750 million senior secured notes—due May 1, 2019(3)

  6.875%     750  

$2.0 billion senior unsecured notes—due May 1, 2020

  9.375%     2,000  

$350 million senior unsecured notes—due September 1, 2022

  7.75%     350  

EPE Holdings LLC

           

$350 million senior PIK toggle note—due December 15, 2017(4)          

  8.125%/8.875%     373  
           

Total

      $ 4,117  
           

(1)
The term loan was issued at 99 percent of par. In May 2013, we repriced our term loan which reduced the specified margin over LIBOR from 4.00% to 2.75%, and reduced the minimum LIBOR floor from 1.00% to 0.75%. As of September 30, 2013, the effective interest rate of the term loan was 3.50%.

F-24


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

7. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

(2)
The term loan carries a specified margin over the LIBOR of 3.50%, with a minimum LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

(3)
The term loans and secured notes are secured by a second priority lien on all of the collateral securing the RBL credit facility, and effectively rank junior to any existing and future first lien secured indebtedness of the Company.

(4)
The senior PIK toggle note was issued at 99.50 percent of par at a cash interest rate of 8.125% and PIK interest rate of 8.875%. We may elect to pay interest in cash by increasing the principal amount by issuing new notes for the entire amount of the interest payment or by paying interest on half of the principal amount of the notes in cash and half in interest. We elected to increase the principal amount of the notes by $8 million related to interest owed on the notes.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we amortized $16 million of deferred financing costs. During the period from February 14 to September 30, 2012, we amortized $5 million of deferred financing costs. During the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012, we amortized $7 million of deferred financing costs. These costs are included in interest expense. As of September 30, 2013, we had $121 million remaining of unamortized debt issue costs. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we recorded $9 million in losses on the extinguishment of debt in our income statement reflecting the portion of deferred financing costs written off in conjunction with (i) the repayment of approximately $250 million under each of our $750 million and $400 million term loans (ii) our $750 million term loan re-pricing in May 2013 and (iii) the semi-annual redeterminations of our RBL Facility in March 2013.

        $2.5 Billion Reserve-based Loan (RBL).     In August 2013, we completed our semi-annual redetermination maintaining the borrowing base of our RBL Facility at $2.5 billion. Under this facility, we can borrow funds or issue letters of credit (LCs). As of September 30, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings and approximately $7 million of letters of credit issued, leaving $2.49 billion of remaining capacity available under the facility. As of November 1, 2013, we had $220 million of outstanding borrowings under the facility.

        The RBL Facility is collateralized by certain of our oil and natural gas properties and as noted has a borrowing base subject to semi-annual redetermination if there is a downward revision or a reduction of our oil and natural gas reserves due to future declines in commodity prices, performance revisions, sales of assets or otherwise, if certain other additional debt is incurred. A reduction in our borrowing base could negatively impact our ability to borrow funds under the RBL Facility in the future.

        Guarantees.     Our obligations under the RBL Facility, term loan, secured and unsecured notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the present and future direct and indirect wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries of our subsidiary, EP Energy LLC.

        Restrictive Provisions/Covenants.     The availability of borrowings under our credit agreements and our ability to incur additional indebtedness is subject to various financial and non-financial covenants and restrictions. There have been no significant changes to our restrictive covenants, and as of September 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants. For a further discussion of our debt agreements and restrictive covenants, see our 2012 audited consolidated financial statements.

F-25


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

8. Commitments and Contingencies

    Legal Proceedings and Other Contingencies

        We and our subsidiaries and affiliates are named defendants in numerous legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. There are also other regulatory rules and orders in various stages of adoption, review and/or implementation. For each of these matters, we evaluate the merits of the case or claim, our exposure to the matter, possible legal or settlement strategies and the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome. If we determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be estimated, we establish the necessary accruals. While the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty and there are still uncertainties related to the costs we may incur, based upon our evaluation and experience to date, we believe we have established appropriate reserves. It is possible, however, that new information or future developments could require us to reassess our potential exposure related to these matters and adjust our accruals accordingly, and these adjustments could be material. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately $1 million accrued for all outstanding legal proceedings and other contingent matters.

        Southeast Louisiana Flood Protection Authority v. EP Energy Management, L.L.C.     The levee authority for New Orleans and surrounds have filed suit against 97 oil, gas and pipeline companies, seeking among other relief restoration of wetlands allegedly lost due to historic industry operations in those areas. The suit, which does not specify an amount of damages, was filed in Louisiana state court in New Orleans but then removed to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana. Our subsidiary, EP Energy Management, L.L.C., is named as successor to Colorado Oil Company, Inc. and Gas Producing Enterprises as operators of five to seven wells from the mid-1960s to 1980. The validity of the causes of action as well as our costs and legal exposure, if any, related to the lawsuit are not currently determinable.

        Sales Tax Audits.     As a result of sales and use tax audits during 2010, the state of Texas asserted additional taxes plus penalties and interest for the audit period 2001-2008 for two of our operating entities. During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we settled the last of these audits for approximately $3 million, including penalties and fees. As a result of the settlement, we recorded a reduction in taxes, other than income taxes in our consolidated income statement of approximately $13 million.

    Environmental Matters

        We are subject to existing federal, state and local laws and regulations governing environmental quality, pollution control and GHG emissions. The environmental laws and regulations to which we are subject also require us to remove or remedy the effect on the environment of the disposal or release of specified substances at current and former operating sites. As of September 30, 2013, we had accrued less than $1 million for related environmental remediation costs associated with onsite, offsite and groundwater technical studies and for related environmental legal costs. Our accrual represents a combination of two estimation methodologies. First, where the most likely outcome can be reasonably estimated, that cost has been accrued. Second, where the most likely outcome cannot be estimated, a range of costs is established and if no one amount in that range is more likely than any other, the lower end of the expected range has been accrued. Our exposure could be as high as $1 million. Our environmental remediation projects are in various stages of completion. The liabilities we have recorded reflect our current estimates of amounts that we will expend to remediate these sites. However, depending on the stage of completion or assessment, the ultimate extent of contamination or

F-26


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

remediation required may not be known. As additional assessments occur or remediation efforts continue, we may incur additional liabilities.

        Climate Change and other Emissions.     The EPA and several state environmental agencies have adopted regulations to regulate greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Although the EPA has adopted a "tailoring" rule to regulate GHG emissions, at this time we do not expect a material impact to our existing operations. There have also been various legislative and regulatory proposals and final rules at the federal and state levels to address emissions from power plants and industrial boilers. Although such rules and proposals will generally favor the use of natural gas over other fossil fuels such as coal, it remains uncertain what regulations will ultimately be adopted and when they will be adopted. In addition, any regulations over GHG emissions would likely increase our costs of compliance by potentially delaying the receipt of permits and other regulatory approvals; requiring us to monitor emissions, install additional equipment or modify facilities to reduce GHG and other emissions; purchase emission credits; and utilize electric-driven compression at facilities to obtain regulatory permits and approvals in a timely manner.

        Air Quality Regulations.     The EPA has promulgated various performance and emission standards that mandate air pollutant emission limits and operating requirements for stationary reciprocating internal combustion engines and process equipment. We do not anticipate material capital expenditures to meet these requirements. In August 2012, the EPA promulgated additional standards to reduce various air pollutants associated with hydraulic fracturing of natural gas wells and equipment including compressors, storage vessels, and pneumatic valves. Parts of the new standard were amended in August 2013. We do not anticipate material capital expenditures to meet these requirements.

        In the state of Utah, we are currently obtaining or amending air quality permits for a number of small oil and natural gas production facilities. As part of this permitting process, we anticipate we will incur capital expenditures totaling $1 million in 2013 and 2014 related to the installation of storage tank emission controls at our existing facilities.

        Hydraulic Fracturing Regulations.     We use hydraulic fracturing extensively in our operations. Various regulations have been adopted and proposed at the federal, state and local levels to regulate hydraulic fracturing operations. These regulations range from banning or substantially limiting hydraulic fracturing operations, requiring disclosure of the hydraulic fracturing fluids and requiring additional permits for the use, recycling and disposal of water used in such operations. In addition, various agencies, including the EPA, the Department of Interior and the Department of Energy, are reviewing changes in their regulations to address the environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing operations. Until such regulations are implemented, it is uncertain what impact they might have on our operations.

        Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) Matters.     As part of our environmental remediation projects, we are or have received notice that we could be designated as a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) with respect to one active site under the CERCLA or state equivalents. As of September 30, 2013, we have estimated our share of the remediation costs at this site to be less than $1 million. Because the clean-up costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required, and in some cases we have asserted a defense to any liability, our estimates could change. Moreover, liability under the federal CERCLA statute may be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess

F-27


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

of our pro rata share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other PRPs has been considered, where appropriate, in estimating our liabilities. Accruals for these matters are included in the environmental reserve discussed above.

        It is possible that new information or future developments could require us to reassess our potential exposure related to environmental matters. We may incur significant costs and liabilities in order to comply with existing environmental laws and regulations. It is also possible that other developments, such as increasingly strict environmental laws, regulations, and orders of regulatory agencies, as well as claims for damages to property and the environment or injuries to employees and other persons resulting from our current or past operations, could result in substantial costs and liabilities in the future. As this information becomes available, or other relevant developments occur, we will adjust our accrual amounts accordingly. While there are still uncertainties related to the ultimate costs we may incur, based upon our evaluation and experience to date, we believe our reserves are adequate.

9. Long-Term Incentive Compensation

        Our long-term incentive (LTI) programs currently include a cash-based incentive program, and certain equity based programs originally established in conjunction with the Acquisition. In April 2013, we granted additional cash-based LTI awards with a fair value of $21 million on the grant date that are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a three-year vesting period. Each of these awards are further described in our 2012 audited consolidated financial statements.

        Compensation expense (recorded as general and administrative expense on our income statement) related to all of our long-term incentive awards was approximately $32 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and approximately $19 million for the period from February 14 to September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had unrecognized compensation expense of $48 million. We will recognize an additional $8 million related to our outstanding awards during the rest of 2013 and the remainder over the requisite service periods.

        Following the Corporate Reorganization described in Note 1, we issued an additional 70,000 shares of Class B common stock to our wholly owned subsidiary, EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC (EPE Holdings II). EPE Holdings II was formed to hold such shares and serve as an entity through which our current and future employee incentive awards will be granted. Holders of the awards will not hold actual Class B common stock or equity in EPE Holdings II, but rather will have a right to receive proceeds paid to EPE Holdings II in respect of such shares which is conditional upon certain events described in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, (e.g. certain liquidity events in which our Sponsors receive a return of at least one times their invested capital plus a stated return) that are not yet probable of occurring. As a result, no compensation expense was recognized upon the issuance of the Class B shares to EPE Holdings II, and none will occur until those events that give rise to a payout on such shares becomes probable of occurring. At that time, the full value of the awards issued to EPE Holdings II will be recognized based on actual amounts paid on the Class B common stock.

F-28


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

10. Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate

        As discussed in Note 2, in September 2013, we sold our equity investment in Four Star Oil & Gas Company (Four Star), for net proceeds of $183 million and recorded an impairment of $20 million based on comparison of net proceeds received to the underlying carrying value of our investment. As of December 31, 2012, our investment in Four Star was $220 million (including approximately $125 million related to the excess of the carrying value of our investment in Four Star relative to the underlying equity in its net assets). Our income statement reflects (i) our share of net earnings directly attributable to Four Star, (ii) impairments in our investment and (iii) prior to its sale, the amortization of the excess of the carrying value of our investment relative to the underlying equity in the net assets of the entity.

        Below is summarized financial information of the operating results of our unconsolidated affiliate (in millions).

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine Months
ended September 30,
2013
  February 14 to
September 30, 2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24, 2012
 
 
   
  (In millions)
   
   
 

Operating revenues

  $ 142   $ 53       $ 75  

Operating expenses

    94     48         58  

Net income

    30     3         11  

        In addition to recording our share of Four Star operating results, we amortized the excess of our investment in Four Star over the underlying equity in its net assets using the unit-of-production method over the life of our estimate of Four Star's oil and natural gas reserves. Amortization of our investment for the successor periods for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and the period of February 14 to September 30, 2012 was $8 million and $4 million, respectively. Amortization of our investment for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 was $12 million.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the period from February 14 to September 30, 2012, we received dividends from Four Star of approximately $24 million and $2 million, respectively. Dividends received from Four Star for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 24, 2012 were $8 million.

11. Related Party Transactions

        Member Distribution.     In 2013, we made $205 million in distributions to our members including a leveraged distribution of approximately $200 million.

        Management Fee Agreement.     We are subject to a management fee agreement with certain of our Sponsors for the provision of certain management consulting and advisory services which terminates on the twelve-year anniversary of the Acquisition date (May 24, 2012) if not terminated earlier by mutual agreement of the parties, or upon a change in control or a specified initial public offering transaction. Under the agreement, we pay a non-refundable annual management fee of $25 million. We recorded management fees within general and administrative expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of approximately $19 million and for the period from February 14 to September 30, 2012 of approximately $9 million. This fee will terminate upon completion of the offering of securities in this Registration Statement.

F-29


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        Affiliate Supply Agreement.     In November 2012, we entered into a supply agreement with an Apollo affiliate through October 2014 to provide certain fracturing materials for our Eagle Ford drilling operations. As of September 30, 2013, we recorded approximately $92 million as capital expenditures for materials provided under this agreement.

        Related Party Transactions Prior to the Acquisition.     Prior to the completion of the Acquisition, the predecessor entered into transactions during the ordinary course of conducting its business with affiliates of El Paso, primarily related to the sale, transportation and hedging of its oil, natural gas and NGL production. Additionally, El Paso billed the predecessor directly for certain general and administrative costs and allocated a portion of its general and administrative costs. The allocation was based on the estimated level of resources devoted to its operations and the relative size of its earnings before interest and taxes, gross property and payroll. These expenses were primarily related to management, legal, financial, tax, consultative, administrative and other services, including employee benefits, pension benefits, annual incentive bonuses, rent, insurance, and information technology. Prior to the Acquisition, El Paso also (i) billed the predecessor directly for compensation expense related to certain stock-based compensation awards granted directly to the predecessor's employees, and allocated to the predecessor a proportionate share of El Paso's corporate compensation expense (ii) filed consolidated U.S. federal and certain state tax returns which included the predecessor's taxable income and (iii) matched short-term cash surpluses and needs of its participating affiliates to minimize total borrowing from outside sources through a cash management program. All agreements ceased on the date of the Acquisition. The following table shows revenues and charges to/from affiliates for the following predecessor period:

 
  January 1 to
May 24,
2012
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Operating revenues

  $ 143  

Operating expenses

    44  

Note 12. Subsequent Events

        On January 2, 2014, we completed a 62.553-for-1 stock split of our common stock. For the statements of income of the successor, we have retrospectively reflected earnings per common share/earnings per member unit (each member unit was converted into an equivalent common share in connection with the August 2013 Corporate Reorganization), giving effect to the stock split. Additionally, as of and for periods subsequent to our Corporate Reorganization on August 30, 2013, common share disclosures on our balance sheet and statement of changes in equity reflect the effects of the stock split. However, neither earnings per share nor the effects of the stock split were presented in predecessor periods prior to the Acquisition as the predecessor operated under a different capital structure than the successor.

F-30


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of
EP Energy Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of EP Energy Corporation, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and December 31, 2011 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 (Predecessor), and each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011 (Predecessor). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of Four Star Oil & Gas Company (a corporation in which the Company has an 49% interest), which statements reflect approximately $70 million in investments in unconsolidated affiliates from Four Star Oil & Gas Company as of December 31, 2011 (Predecessor), and approximately $29 million in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Predecessor), from Four Star Oil & Gas Company. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Four Star Oil & Gas Company, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of EP Energy Corporation at December 31, 2012 (Successor) and December 31, 2011 (Predecessor), and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 (Predecessor), and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011 (Predecessor) in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

June 28, 2013, except for Notes 1 and 2, as to
        which the date is November 1, 2013, and except for
        Note 12, as to which the date is January 2, 2014

F-31


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of
Four Star Oil & Gas Company:

        In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows (not presented separately herein) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Four Star Oil & Gas Company and its subsidiary (the "Company") at December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        As described in Notes 4 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has significant transactions with affiliated companies. Because of these relationships, it is possible that the terms of these transactions are not the same as those that would result from transactions among wholly unrelated parties.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    

February 24, 2012
Houston, Texas

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In millions)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Operating revenues

                             

Oil and condensate

  $ 523       $ 310   $ 513   $ 316  

Natural gas

    234         228     901     919  

NGL

    32         29     57     60  

Financial derivatives

    (62 )       365     284     390  

Other

                1     19  
                       

Total operating revenues

    727         932     1,756     1,704  
                       

Operating expenses

                             

Natural gas purchases

    19                  

Transportation costs

    51         45     85     88  

Lease operating expense

    71         80     177     157  

General and administrative

    358         69     185     175  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization          

    209         307     579     449  

Ceiling test charges

            62     6     25  

Impairment charges

    1                  

Exploration expense

    43                  

Taxes, other than income taxes          

    41         31     76     72  
                       

Total operating expenses

    793         594     1,108     966  
                       

Operating (loss) income

    (66 )       338     648     738  

Loss from unconsolidated affiliate

    (1 )       (5 )   (7 )   (7 )

Other income

            2     1     1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (14 )                

Interest expense

                             

Third party

    (219 )       (14 )   (9 )   (16 )

Affiliated

                (5 )   (7 )
                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (300 )       321     628     709  

Income tax expense

            134     243     258  
                       

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (300 )       187     385     451  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    44         (9 )   (123 )   (8 )
                       

Net (loss) income

  $ (256 )     $ 178   $ 262   $ 443  
                       

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share

                             

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (1.44 )                      

Discontinued operations, net

    0.21                        
                             

Net loss

  $ (1.23 )                      
                             

Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    208,674,975                        
                             

   

See accompanying notes.

F-33


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In millions)

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
 




  January 1 to
May 24,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (256 )     $ 178   $ 262   $ 443  

Cash flow hedging activities:

                             

Reclassification adjustment(1)

            3     7     7  
                       

Comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (256 )     $ 181   $ 269   $ 450  
                       

(1)
Reclassification adjustments are stated net of tax. Taxes recognized for the predecessor periods related to January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are $2 million, $4 million and $4 million, respectively.

   

See accompanying notes.

F-34


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions)

 
  Successor
December 31,
2012
   
  Predecessor
December 31,
2011
 

ASSETS

                 

Current assets

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 69       $ 25  

Accounts receivable

                 

Customer, net of allowance of less than $1 in 2012 and 2011

    158         119  

Affiliates

            132  

Other, net of allowance of $1 for 2012 and $7 for 2011

    14         46  

Materials and supplies

    16         28  

Derivatives

    108         272  

Assets of discontinued operations

    1,034         27  

Prepaid assets

    10         4  

Other

            7  
               

Total current assets

    1,409         660  
               

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

                 

Oil and natural gas properties, of which $481 was excluded from amortization for 2011

    6,513         20,696  

Other property, plant and equipment

    52         144  
               

    6,565         20,840  

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

    214         16,980  
               

Total property, plant and equipment, net

    6,351         3,860  
               

Other assets

                 

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

    220         346  

Derivatives

    88         9  

Unamortized debt issue costs

    140         8  

Assets of discontinued operations

    93         216  

Other

    5         4  
               

    546         583  
               

Total assets

  $ 8,306       $ 5,103  
               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-35


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(In millions)

 
  Successor
December 31,
2012
   
  Predecessor
December 31,
2011
 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                 

Current liabilities

                 

Accounts payable

                 

Trade

  $ 98       $ 140  

Affiliates

            47  

Other

    303         210  

Derivatives

    17         7  

Accrued taxes other than income

    13         25  

Accrued interest

    57         1  

Deferred income taxes

            91  

Accrued taxes

    19          

Asset retirement obligations

    4         5  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    211         60  

Other accrued liabilities

    42         5  
               

Total current liabilities

    764         591  
               

Long-term debt

    4,695         851  

Other long-term liabilities

                 

Derivatives

    14         73  

Asset retirement obligations

    40         127  

Deferred income taxes

            293  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    42         29  

Other

    3         39  
               

Total non-current liabilities

    4,794         1,412  
               

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

                 

Members'/Stockholder's equity

                 

Common stock, par value $1 per share; 1,000 shares authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2011

             

Additional paid-in capital

            4,580  

Accumulated deficit

            (1,476 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

            (4 )

Members' equity

    2,748          
               

Total members'/stockholder's equity

    2,748         3,100  
               

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 8,306       $ 5,103  
               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-36


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
  January 1 to
May 24,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                             

Net (loss) income

  $ (256 )     $ 178   $ 262   $ 443  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities

                             

Depreciation, depletion and amortization            

    268         319     612     477  

Deferred income tax expense

    1         199     304     320  

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates, net of cash distributions

    15         12     53     57  

Ceiling test charges

            62     158     25  

Impairment charges

    1                  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    14                  

Amortization of equity compensation expense

    17                  

Non-cash portion of exploration expense            

    23                  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    13         7     3     5  

Other non-cash income items

                1      

Asset and liability changes

                             

Accounts receivable

    (73 )       132     (20 )   (17 )

Accounts payable

    66         (56 )   (67 )   90  

Affiliate income taxes

            4     83     (172 )

Derivatives

    281         (201 )   47     (99 )

Accrued interest

    57         (1 )   (1 )   1  

Other asset changes

    (18 )       (3 )   12     16  

Other liability changes

    40         (72 )   (21 )   (79 )
                       

Net cash provided by operating activities            

    449         580     1,426     1,067  
                       

Cash flows from investing activities

                             

Capital expenditures

    (877 )       (636 )   (1,591 )   (1,238 )

Net proceeds from the sale of assets

    110         9     612     155  

Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (7,126 )       (1 )   (22 )   (51 )

Increase in note receivable with parent

                (236 )    

Other

                    4  
                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (7,893 )       (628 )   (1,237 )   (1,130 )
                       

Cash flows from financing activities

                             

Proceeds from long term debt

    5,825         215     2,030     500  

Repayment of long term debt

    (1,139 )       (1,065 )   (1,480 )   (1,034 )

Contributed member equity

    3,323                  

Contribution from parent

            960          

Distributions to members

    (337 )                

Change in note payable with parent

                (781 )   489  

Debt issuance costs

    (159 )           (7 )   (1 )
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    7,513         110     (238 )   (46 )
                       

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    69         62     (49 )   (109 )

Cash and cash equivalents

                             

Beginning of period

            25     74     183  
                       

End of period

  $ 69       $ 87   $ 25   $ 74  
                       

Supplemental cash flow information

                             

Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized

  $ 145       $ 7   $ 9   $ 7  

Income tax (refunds) payments

    2         2     (158 )   105  

   

See accompanying notes.

F-37


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(In millions)

 
  Shares   Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
deficit)
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Total
Stockholder's/
Members'
Equity
 

Predecessor

                                     

Balance at January 1, 2010

    1,000   $   $ 4,725   $ (2,178 ) $ (18 ) $ 2,529  

Contribution from parent

              91             91  

Other

                  (3 )   7     4  

Net income

                  443         443  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2010

    1,000   $   $ 4,816   $ (1,738 ) $ (11 ) $ 3,067  

Distribution to parent

              (236 )           (236 )

Comprehensive income

                  262     7     269  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2011

    1,000   $   $ 4,580   $ (1,476 ) $ (4 ) $ 3,100  
                           

Contribution from parent

              1,481             1,481  

Other

              12             12  

Comprehensive income

                  178     3     181  

Elimination of predecessor parent stockholder's equity          

    (1,000 )       (6,073 )   1,298     1     (4,774 )
                           

Balance at May 24, 2012

      $   $   $   $   $  
                           

Successor

                                     

Balance at February 14, 2012

      $   $   $   $   $  

Member contributions

                        3,323  

Member distributions

                        (337 )

Equity compensation expense

                        18  

Comprehensive loss

                        (256 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2012

      $   $   $   $   $ 2,748  
                           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-38


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Subsequent Events

    Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

        Prior to August 30, 2013, we conducted our activities through EPE Acquisition, LLC, a holding company formed on February 14, 2012. On August 30, 2013, we reorganized the structure to form EP Energy Corporation, a new corporate holding Company ("Corporate Reorganization"). Prior to the Corporate Reorganization, EPE Acquisition, LLC had two classes of membership interests: Class A membership units and Class B membership units. The Class A membership units represented the full value of our capital interests, and the Class B membership units represented profits interests (for further information see Note 9). As part of the Corporate Reorganization, (i) all of the Class A and Class B membership units in EPE Acquisition, LLC were directly or indirectly exchanged for shares of Class A and Class B common stock, respectively of EP Energy Corporation, which have the same interests, rights and obligations of the Class A and B membership units. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, EP Energy Corporation owns, directly, or indirectly, 100% of the equity interests in EPE Acquisition, LLC. The Corporate Reorganization was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and was thus recorded at historical cost.

        EPE Acquisition, LLC was originally formed as a Delaware limited liability company by investment funds affiliated with and managed by Apollo Global Management LLC (Apollo) and other private equity investors (collectively, the Sponsors) as a company with no independent operations. EPE Acquisition, LLC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, owns the common stock of EP Energy Bondco Inc. and the units of EP Energy LLC (which owns 100 percent of EP Energy Global LLC). On May 24, 2012, the Sponsors acquired EP Energy Global LLC (formerly known as EP Energy Corporation and EP Energy, L.L.C. after its conversion into a Delaware limited liability company) and subsidiaries for approximately $7.2 billion in cash (the Acquisition) as contemplated by the merger agreement among El Paso Corporation (El Paso) and Kinder Morgan, Inc. (KMI) which is further described in Note 2. The entities acquired are engaged in the exploration for and the acquisition, development, and production of oil, natural gas and NGLs primarily in the United States, with international activities in Brazil. Hereinafter, for periods prior to the Acquisition, the acquired entities are referred to as the predecessor for financial accounting and reporting purposes.

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and include the accounts of all consolidated subsidiaries after the elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Predecessor periods reflect reclassifications to conform to EP Energy Corporation's financial statement presentation.

        We consolidate entities when we have the ability to control the operating and financial decisions of the entity or when we have a significant interest in the entity that gives us the ability to direct the activities that are significant to that entity. The determination of our ability to control, direct or exert significant influence over an entity involves the use of judgment. We apply the equity method of accounting where we can exert significant influence over, but do not control or direct the policies, decisions and activities of an entity. We use the cost method of accounting where we are unable to exert significant influence over the entity.

        Our oil and natural gas properties are managed as a whole in one operating segment rather than through discrete operating segments or business units. We track basic operational data by area and allocate capital resources on a project-by-project basis across our entire asset base without regard to individual areas. We assess financial performance as a single enterprise and not on a geographical area basis.

F-39


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Subsequent Events (Continued)

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of our financial statements requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts we report as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and our disclosures in these financial statements. Actual results can, and often do, differ from those estimates.

    Revenue Recognition

        Our revenues are generated primarily through the physical sale of oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL. Revenues from sales of these products are recorded upon delivery and the passage of title using the sales method, net of any royalty interests or other profit interests in the produced product. Revenues related to products delivered, but not yet billed, are estimated each month. These estimates are based on contract data, commodity prices and preliminary throughput and allocation measurements. When actual sales volumes exceed our entitled share of sales volumes, an overproduced imbalance occurs. To the extent the overproduced imbalance exceeds our share of the remaining estimated proved natural gas reserves for a given property, we record a liability. Costs associated with the transportation and delivery of production are included in transportation costs. We also purchase and sell natural gas on a monthly basis to manage our overall natural gas production and sales. These transactions are undertaken to optimize prices we receive for our natural gas, to physically move gas to its intended sales point, or to manage firm transportation agreements. Revenue related to these transactions are recorded in natural gas sales in operating revenues and associated purchases reflected in natural gas purchases in operating expenses on our consolidated income statement. We present these purchases and sales transactions on a gross basis in the successor period. As of December 31, 2012, we had one customer that accounted for 10 percent or more of our total revenues. The predecessor period in 2012 had three customers, and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, had one customer that accounted for 10 percent or more of total revenues. The loss of any one customer would not have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our oil, natural gas and NGL production.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        We consider short-term investments with an original maturity of less than three months to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had less than $1 million, respectively, of restricted cash in other current assets to cover escrow amounts required for leasehold agreements in our domestic operations.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable and for natural gas imbalances with other parties if we determine that we will not collect all or part of the outstanding balance. We regularly review collectibility and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary using the specific identification method.

    Oil and Natural Gas Properties

        Successful Efforts (Successor).     In conjunction with the Acquisition, we began applying the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and natural gas exploration and development activities.

        Under the successful efforts method, (i) lease acquisition costs and all development costs are capitalized and exploratory drilling costs are capitalized until results are determined, (ii) other non-

F-40


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Subsequent Events (Continued)

drilling exploratory costs, including certain geological and geophysical costs such as seismic costs and delay rentals, are expensed as incurred, (iii) certain internal costs directly identified with the acquisition, successful drilling of exploratory wells and development activities are capitalized, and (iv) interest costs related to financing oil and natural gas projects actively being developed are capitalized until the projects are evaluated or substantially complete and ready for their intended use if the projects were evaluated as successful.

        The provision for depreciation, depletion, and amortization is determined on a basis identified by common geological structure or stratigraphic conditions applied to total capitalized costs, plus future abandonment costs net of salvage value, using the unit of production method. Lease acquisition costs are amortized over total proved reserves, and other exploratory drilling and all developmental costs are amortized over total proved developed reserves.

        We evaluate capitalized costs related to proved properties at least annually or upon a triggering event to determine if impairment of such properties is necessary. Our evaluation is made based on common geological structure or stratigraphic conditions and considers estimated future cash flows for all proved developed (producing and non-producing) and proved undeveloped reserves in comparison to the carrying amount of the proved properties to determine recoverability. If the carrying amount of a property exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying amount is reduced to estimated fair value through a charge to income. Fair value is calculated by discounting the future cash flows based on estimates of future oil and gas production, commodity prices based on published forward commodity price curves as of the date of the estimate, adjusted for geographical location and quality differentials, estimates of future operating and development costs, and a risk-adjusted discount rate. The discount rate is based on rates utilized by market participants that are commensurate with the risks inherent in the development and production of the underlying natural gas and crude oil.

        Full Cost (Predecessor).     Prior to the Acquisition, the predecessor used the full cost method to account for their oil and natural gas properties. Under the full cost method, substantially all costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, development and exploration of oil and natural gas reserves were capitalized on a country-by-country basis. These capitalized amounts included the costs of unproved properties, internal costs directly related to acquisition, development and exploration activities, asset retirement costs and capitalized interest. Under the full cost method, both dry hole costs and geological and geophysical costs were capitalized into the full cost pool, which was subject to amortization and was periodically assessed for impairment through a ceiling test calculation.

        Under full cost accounting, capitalized costs associated with proved reserves were amortized over the life of the proved reserves using the unit of production method. Conversely, capitalized costs associated with unproved properties were excluded from the amortizable base until these properties were evaluated or determined that the costs were impaired. On a quarterly basis, unproved property costs were transferred into the amortizable base when properties were determined to have proved reserves. If costs were determined to be impaired, the amount of any impairment was transferred to the full cost pool if an oil or natural gas reserve base exists, or was expensed if a reserve base has not yet been created. The amortizable base included future development costs; dismantlement, restoration and abandonment costs, net of estimated salvage values; and geological and geophysical costs incurred that could not be associated with specific unevaluated properties or prospects in which we owned a direct interest.

F-41


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Subsequent Events (Continued)

        Under full cost accounting, capitalized costs in each country, net of related deferred income taxes, were limited to a ceiling based on the present value of future net revenues from proved reserves less estimated future capital expenditures, discounted at 10 percent, plus the cost of unproved oil and natural gas properties not being amortized, less related income tax effects. Prior to the Acquisition, this ceiling test calculation was performed each quarter. The prices used when performing the ceiling test were based on the unweighted arithmetic average of the price on the first day of each month within the 12-month period prior to the end of the reporting period. These prices were required to be held constant over the life of the reserves, even though actual prices of oil and natural gas changed from period to period. If total capitalized costs exceeded the ceiling, a writedown of capitalized costs to the ceiling was required. Any required write-down was included as a ceiling test charge in the consolidated income statement and as an increase to accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization on the consolidated balance sheet. The present value of future net revenues used for these ceiling test calculations excludes the impact of derivatives and the estimated future cash outflows associated with asset retirement liabilities related to proved developed reserves.

    Property, Plant and Equipment (Other than Oil and Natural Gas Properties)

        Our property, plant and equipment, other than our assets accounted for under the successful efforts method, are recorded at their original cost of construction or, upon acquisition, at the fair value of the assets acquired. We capitalize the major units of property replacements or improvements and expense minor items. We depreciate our non-oil and natural gas property, plant and equipment using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets which range from three to 15 years.

    Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations

        We record a liability for legal obligations associated with the replacement, removal or retirement of our long-lived assets in the period the obligation is incurred and estimable. Our asset retirement liabilities are initially recorded at their estimated fair value with a corresponding increase to property, plant and equipment. This increase in property, plant and equipment is then depreciated over the useful life of the asset to which that liability relates. An ongoing expense is recognized for changes in the value of the liability as a result of the passage of time, which we record as depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in our consolidated income statement.

    Accounting for Long-Term Incentive Compensation

        We measure the cost of long-term incentive compensation based on the grant date fair value of the award. Awards issued under these programs are recognized as either equity awards or liability awards based on their characteristics. Cost is recognized in our consolidated financial statements as general and administrative expense over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. See Note 9.

    Environmental Costs and Other Contingencies

        Environmental Costs.     We record environmental liabilities at their undiscounted amounts on our consolidated balance sheet in other current and long-term liabilities when our environmental assessments indicate that remediation efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of our environmental liabilities are based on current available facts, existing technology and presently enacted laws and regulations, taking into consideration the likely effects of other societal and economic factors, and include estimates of associated legal costs. These amounts also consider prior

F-42


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Subsequent Events (Continued)

experience in remediating contaminated sites, other companies' clean-up experience and data released by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or other organizations. Our estimates are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or new circumstances. We capitalize costs that benefit future periods and we recognize a current period charge in general and administrative expense when clean-up efforts do not benefit future periods.

        We evaluate any amounts paid directly or reimbursed by government sponsored programs and potential recoveries or reimbursements of remediation costs from third parties, including insurance coverage, separately from our liability. Recovery is evaluated based on the creditworthiness or solvency of the third party, among other factors. When recovery is assured, we record and report an asset separately from the associated liability on our consolidated balance sheet.

        Other Contingencies.     We recognize liabilities for other contingencies when we have an exposure that indicates it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Where the most likely outcome of a contingency can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for that amount. Where the most likely outcome cannot be estimated, a range of potential losses is established and if no one amount in that range is more likely than any other to occur, the low end of the range is accrued.

    Derivatives

        We enter into derivative contracts on our oil and natural gas products primarily to stabilize cash flows and reduce the risk and financial impact of downward commodity price movements on commodity sales. We also use derivatives to reduce the risk of variable interest rates.

        Our derivatives are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet at their fair value as assets and liabilities. We classify our derivatives as either current or non-current assets or liabilities based on their anticipated settlement date. We net derivative assets and liabilities on counterparties where we have a legal right of offset.

        All of our derivatives are marked-to-market each period and changes in the fair value of our commodity based derivatives, as well as any realized amounts, are reflected as operating revenues. Changes in the fair value of our interest rate derivatives are reflected as interest expense.

        We enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of economically hedging the price of our anticipated oil and natural gas production even though we do not designate the derivatives as hedges for accounting purposes. We classify cash flows related to derivative contracts based on the nature and purpose of the derivative. As the derivative cash flows are considered an integral part of our oil and natural gas operations, they are classified as cash flows from operating activities. In our consolidated balance sheet, receivables and payables resulting from the settlement of our derivative instruments are reported as trade receivables and payables. See Note 5 for a further discussion of our derivatives.

    Income Taxes

        We are a limited liability company, treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes, with income tax liabilities and/or benefits passed through to our members. Our subsidiary, EP Energy LLC is, however subject to the Texas margin tax and pays any liability directly to the state of Texas.

F-43


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Subsequent Events (Continued)

        The realization of our deferred tax assets depends on recognition of sufficient future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, based on our estimates, it is more likely than not that a portion of those assets will not be realized in a future period. The estimates utilized in recognition of deferred tax assets are subject to revision, either up or down, in future periods based on new facts or circumstances. In evaluating our valuation allowances, we consider the reversal of existing temporary differences, the existence of taxable income in eligible carryback years, various tax-planning strategies and future taxable income, the latter two of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. Changes to our valuation allowances could materially impact our results of operations.

        Prior to the Acquisition, the predecessor's taxable income or loss was included in El Paso's U.S. federal and certain state returns and we recorded income taxes on a separate return basis in our financial statements as if we had filed separate income tax returns under our then existing structure for the periods presented in accordance with a tax sharing agreement between us and El Paso. Under that agreement El Paso paid all consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax directly to the appropriate taxing jurisdictions and, under a separate tax billing agreement, El Paso billed or refunded for their portion of these income taxes. In certain states, the predecessor filed and paid taxes directly to the state taxing authorities.

    Subsequent Events

        In June 2013, EP Energy LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into three separate agreements to sell its CBM properties located in the Raton, Black Warrior and Arkoma basins; its Arklatex conventional natural gas assets located in east Texas and north Louisiana and its legacy south Texas conventional natural gas assets as further described in Note 2. In July and August 2013, these sales were completed for total consideration of approximately $1.3 billion and recorded a gain on the sale of approximately $455 million.

        On July 16, 2013, we entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement to sell our Brazil operations which is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014. The sale is subject to Brazilian regulatory approval, as well as certain other customary closing conditions. See Note 2 for further discussion.

        In 2013, we made $205 million in distributions to our members, including a leveraged distribution of approximately $200 million to our Sponsors.

        As a result of the Corporate Reorganization on August 30, 2013, we again became a corporation subject to federal and state income taxes. Accordingly, we began recording the effects of income taxes in our financial statements.

        In September 2013, we sold our equity investment in Four Star Oil & Gas Company (Four Star) for approximately $183 million. In connection with entering into this agreement we recorded a $20 million impairment in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates.

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures

        Acquisitions.     On May 24, 2012, Apollo and other investors acquired all of the equity of our wholly owned subsidiary, EP Energy Global LLC for approximately $7.2 billion. The Acquisition was funded with approximately $3.3 billion in equity contributions (which were raised in exchange for the issuance of Class A member units of EPE Acquisition, LLC) and the issuance of approximately $4.25 billion of debt. In conjunction with the sale, a portion of the proceeds were also used to repay

F-44


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures (Continued)

approximately $960 million outstanding under EP Energy Global LLC's revolving credit facility at that time. See Note 7 for additional discussion of debt.

        In conjunction with the Acquisition, approximately $330 million in transaction, advisory, and other fees were incurred, of which $142 million were capitalized as debt issue costs and $15 million were capitalized as prepaid costs in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet. The remaining $173 million in fees were reflected in general and administrative expense in our consolidated income statement. Additionally, during 2012 we recorded approximately $48 million related to transition and restructuring costs, including severance charges totaling approximately $17 million ($4 million related to divested assets). These amounts, substantially all of which had been paid as of December 31, 2012, were included as general and administrative expenses in our consolidated income statement.

        The purchase transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other items, that assets and liabilities assumed be recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values as of the Acquisition date. Our consolidated balance sheet presented as of December 31, 2012, reflects our purchase price allocation based on available information to specific assets and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair values and costs. There was no goodwill associated with the transaction.

Allocation of purchase price
  May 24, 2012  
 
  (In millions)
 

Current assets

  $ 587  

Non-current assets

    446  

Property, plant and equipment

    6,897  

Current liabilities

   
(420

)

Non-current liabilities

    (297 )
       

Total purchase price

  $ 7,213  
       

        The unaudited pro forma information below for the year ended December 31, 2012, has been derived from the consolidated financial statements and has been prepared as though the Acquisition occurred as of the beginning of January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma information does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been if such transactions had occurred on such date.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
  Year ended
December 31,
2011
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Operating revenues

  $ 1,659   $ 1,756  

Net income

    143     454  

        Discontinued Operations.     In June 2013, EP Energy LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary entered into three separate agreements to sell its CBM properties located in the Raton, Black Warrior and Arkoma basins; its Arklatex conventional natural gas assets located in East Texas and North Louisiana and its legacy south Texas conventional natural gas assets. In July and August 2013, we completed these sales for total consideration of approximately $1.3 billion and recorded a gain on the sale of approximately $455 million. On July 16, 2013 we entered into a Quota Purchase Agreement to sell our Brazil operations which is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2014. The sale is subject to

F-45


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures (Continued)

Brazilian regulatory approval, as well as certain other customary closing conditions. During the second quarter of 2013, we recorded a $10 million impairment charge based on a comparison of the fair market value of our Brazil operations to its underlying carrying value. We estimated the fair value of our Brazil operations (representing a Level 3 fair value measurement) based primarily on sales proceeds expected to be received less estimates of retained liabilities. We have reflected the domestic natural gas assets sold as discontinued operations in all successor periods and reflected our Brazilian operations as discontinued operations in all periods presented in these financial statements. We have also updated financial information and certain related disclosures in these consolidated financial statements to reflect discontinued operations.

        Summarized operating results and financial position data of our discontinued operations were as follows (in millions):

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecesssor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
  January 1
to
May 24,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Operating revenues

  $ 262       $ 46   $ 111   $ 85  
                       

Operating expenses

                             

Natural gas purchases

    23                  

Transportation costs

    22                  

Lease operating expense

    65         16     40     36  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    59         12     33     28  

Other expense

    50         20     183     28  
                       

Total operating expenses

    219         48     256     92  
                       

Other income (expense)

    3         (5 )   (1 )   4  
                       

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    46         (7 )   (146 )   (3 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2         2     (23 )   5  
                       

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  $ 44       $ (9 ) $ (123 ) $ (8 )
                       

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

December 31,
2012

 

December 31,
2011

 

Assets of discontinued operations

             

Current assets

  $ 95   $ 27  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    1,019     207  

Other non-current assets

    13     9  
                           

Total assets of discontinued operations

  $ 1,127   $ 243  
                           


Liabilities of discontinued operations


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

  $ 84   $ 48  

Other current liabilities

    16     13  

Asset retirement obligations

    146     21  

Other non-current liabilities

    7     7  
                           

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

  $ 253   $ 89  
                           

F-46


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures (Continued)

        Other Divestitures.     In 2012, our divestitures primarily related to the sale of our Egypt interests for approximately $22 million and the sale of oil and natural gas properties located in the Gulf of Mexico for a gross purchase price of approximately $103 million. Proceeds from the Gulf of Mexico sale net of purchase price adjustments were approximately $79 million. We did not record a gain or loss on any of these sales as the purchase price allocated to the assets sold was reflective of the estimated sales price of these properties and the relationship between capitalized costs and proved reserves was not altered. During 2011, the predecessor sold non-core oil and natural gas properties in several transactions from which they received proceeds that totaled approximately $612 million. During 2010, the predecessor sold processing plants and related gathering systems for cash proceeds of approximately $126 million. The predecessor did not record a gain or loss on any of these sales.

3. Ceiling Test Charges

        Under the full cost method of accounting, the predecessor recorded ceiling test charges of capitalized costs to our domestic full cost pool as well as a non-cash charge of unevaluated costs related to Egypt as noted in the table below.

 
  Predecessor  
 
  January 1
to
May 24,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
 
  (In millions)
 

U.S. 

  $   $ 6   $  

Egypt

    62         25  
               

Total

  $ 62   $ 6   $ 25  
               

        During the first quarter of 2012, the predecessor recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $62 million as a result of the decision to exit exploration activities in Egypt. The charge related to unevaluated costs in that country and included approximately $2 million related to equipment. Forward commodity prices can play a significant role in determining impairments. Due to the current forecast of future natural gas prices and considering the significant amount of fair value allocated to our natural gas and oil properties in conjunction with the Acquisition, sustained lower natural gas and oil prices from present levels could result in an impairment of the carrying value of our proved properties in the future. For the predecessor period ended December 31, 2011, an impairment of certain oil field related materials and supplies of $6 million was recorded.

F-47


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income Taxes

        Pretax (Loss) Income and Income Tax Expense (Benefit).     The tables below show the pretax income (loss) from continuing operations and the components of income tax expense from continuing operations for the following periods:

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
  January 1
to
May 24,
2012
  Year ended
December 31,
2011
  Year ended
December 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Pretax (Loss) Income

                             

U.S. 

  $ (300 )     $ 384   $ 629   $ 734  

Foreign

            (63 )   (1 )   (25 )
                       

  $ (300 )     $ 321   $ 628   $ 709  
                       

Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

                             

Current

                             

Federal

  $       $ (62 ) $ (79 ) $ (71 )

State

            (3 )   1     3  
                       

            (65 )   (78 )   (68 )
                       

Deferred

                             

Federal

            188     302     314  

State

            11     19     12  
                       

            199     321     326  
                       

Total income tax expense

  $       $ 134   $ 243   $ 258  
                       

F-48


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation.     Income taxes included in net income differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35 percent for the following reasons for the following periods:

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
  January 1
to
May 24,
2012
  Year ended
December 31,
2011
  Year ended
December 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  (In millions, except rates)
 

Income taxes at the statutory federal rate of 35%

  $ (105 )     $ 112   $ 220   $ 248  

Increase (decrease)

                             

State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

            5     12     10  

Partnership earnings not subject to tax

    105                  

Earnings from unconsolidated affiliates where we received or will receive dividends

            (2 )   (8 )   (9 )

Valuation allowances

                15     5  

Foreign income (loss) taxed at different rates

            22     4     4  

Other

            (3 )        
                       

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $       $ 134   $ 243   $ 258  
                       

Effective tax rate

    %       42 %   39 %   36 %
                       

        The effective tax rate for the successor period from February 14 to December 31, 2012 was significantly lower than the statutory rate as we are a limited liability company, treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes, with income tax liabilities and/or benefits passed through to our members. The effective tax rate for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 was significantly higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the impact of an Egyptian non-cash charge without a corresponding tax benefit.

F-49


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities.     The following are the components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 
  Predecessor
December 31,
2011
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Deferred tax liabilities

       

Property, plant and equipment

  $ (563 )

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

    (67 )

Derivatives

    (73 )

Other

     
       

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (703 )
       

Deferred tax assets

       

Net operating loss and tax credit carryovers

    340  

Other

    9  

Valuation allowance

    (30 )
       

Total deferred tax assets

    319  
       

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $ (384 )
       

        As a partnership, for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, we do not recognize differences between the underlying tax and book basis of our assets and liabilities as deferred taxes. In conjunction with the Acquisition, U.S. deferred taxes of the predecessor were settled with El Paso through a non-cash contribution.

        Unrecognized Tax Benefits.     We are not currently subject to any U.S. or state income tax audits. Furthermore, pursuant to the Acquisition agreement, KMI indemnified us for any liability due to most of our entities having been members of the El Paso federal and state returns for any adjustments through the Acquisition date.

        As of December 31, 2012, there were no unrecognized tax benefits related to continuing operations. Unrecognized tax benefits for the predecessor were transferred to KMI as part of the Acquisition.

        We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income taxes in our financial statements. We did not recognize interest and penalties in our consolidated income statements in 2012, nor do we have any accrued interest and penalties on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.

        Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryovers.     As of December 31, 2012, there were no net operating losses and tax credit carryovers. As of December 31, 2011, the predecessor had $816 million of federal net operating loss and $340 million of state net operating loss that were transferred to KMI as part of the Acquisition.

F-50


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Valuation Allowances.     As of December 31, 2012, there was no valuation allowance recorded to our deferred tax assets for continuing operations. Changes to the valuation allowance are shown in the table below:

 
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor February 14, 2012 to December 31. 2012    
  Predecessor Year ended December 31. 2011  
 
  (In millions)
 

Amount at beginning of period

  $       $ 33  

Amount at Acquisition date

    30          

Net operating losses

            (3 )

Transfer on sale of Egypt

    (30 )        
               

Amount at December 31

  $       $ 30  
               

5. Financial Instruments

        The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the financial instruments:

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor
December 31, 2012
   
  Predecessor
December 31, 2011
 
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value    
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value  
 
  (In millions)
 

Long-term debt

  $ 4,695   $ 5,039       $ 851   $ 765  
                       

Derivatives

  $ 165   $ 165       $ 201   $ 201  
                       

        For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable represent fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. We hold long term debt obligations (see Note 7) with various terms. We estimated the fair value of debt (representing a Level 2 fair value measurement) primarily based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issuances, including consideration of our credit risk related to these instruments.

        Oil and Natural Gas Derivatives.     We attempt to mitigate a portion of our commodity price risk and stabilize cash flows associated with forecasted sales of oil and natural gas production through the use of oil and natural gas swaps, basis swaps and option contracts. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, 34,232 MBbl and 14,530 MBbl of oil and 276 TBtu and 105 TBtu of natural gas, respectively, are hedged through derivatives. None of these contracts are designated as accounting hedges. Subsequent to December 31, 2012 and as of June 28, 2013, we added fixed price oil derivatives of 5,623 MBbl and fixed price natural gas derivatives of 59 TBtu, and we added oil basis swaps of 9,320 MBbl related to a portion of our crude differential exposure. In addition, in June 2013 we unwound fixed price natural gas derivatives of 35 TBtu on anticipated 2013 production and 38 TBtu on anticipated 2014 production due to an expected decline in natural gas volumes pursuant to entering into purchase and sale agreements on certain natural gas assets as further described in Note 2.

F-51


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        Interest Rate Derivatives.     During July 2012, we entered into interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $600 million that are intended to reduce variable interest rate risk. These interest rate derivatives started in November 2012 and extend through April 2017. As of December 31, 2012, we have a $2 million net liability related to interest rate derivatives listed in our consolidated balance sheet. For the period of February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 we recorded an increase of $3 million in interest expense related to our interest rate derivatives.

        Fair Value Measurements.     We use various methods to determine the fair values of our financial instruments. The fair value of a financial instrument depends on a number of factors, including the availability of observable market data over the contractual term of the underlying instrument. We separate the fair values of our financial instruments into three levels (Levels 1, 2 and 3) based on our assessment of the availability of observable market data and the significance of non-observable data used to determine fair value. Each of the levels are described below:

    Level 1 instruments' fair values are based on quoted prices in actively traded markets.

    Level 2 instruments' fair values are based on pricing data representative of quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets (or identical assets and liabilities in less active markets).

    Level 3 instruments' fair values are partially calculated using pricing data that is similar to Level 2 instruments, but also reflect adjustments for being in less liquid markets or having longer contractual terms.

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, all financial instruments were classified as Level 2. Our assessment of an instrument within a level can change over time based on the maturity or liquidity of the instrument, which could result in a change in the classification of our financial instruments between other levels.

        Financial Statement Presentation.     The following table presents the fair value of derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2012 and 2011. Derivative assets and liabilities are netted with counterparties where we have a legal right of offset and derivatives are classified as either current or non-current assets or liabilities based on their anticipated settlement date. On certain derivative

F-52


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Financial Instruments (Continued)

contracts recorded as assets in the table below we are exposed to the risk that our counterparties may not perform or post the required collateral.

 
  Level 2  
 
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor
December 31,
2012
   
  Predecessor
December 31,
2011
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Assets

                 

Oil and natural gas derivatives

  $ 231       $ 304  

Interest rate derivatives

    4          

Impact of master netting arrangements

    (39 )       (23 )
               

Total net assets

    196         281  
               

Liabilities

                 

Oil and natural gas derivatives

    (64 )       (103 )

Interest rate derivatives

    (6 )        

Impact of master netting arrangements

    39         23  
               

Total net liabilities

    (31 )       (80 )
               

Total

  $ 165       $ 201  
               

        The following table presents realized and unrealized net losses on financial oil and natural gas derivatives presented in operating revenues and dedesignated cash flow hedges of the predecessor included in accumulated other comprehensive income (in millions):

 
   
   
  Predecessor  
 
  Successor    
 
 
   
   
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
   
  January 1
to
May 24,
2012
 
 
   
  2011   2010  

Realized and unrealized (losses) gains

  $ (62 )     $ 365   $ 284   $ 390  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

            5     11     11  

        Credit Risk.     We are subject to the risk of loss on our financial instruments that we would incur as a result of non-performance by counterparties pursuant to the terms of their contractual obligations. We maintain credit policies with regard to our counterparties to minimize our overall credit risk. These policies require (i) the evaluation of potential counterparties' financial condition to determine their credit worthiness; (ii) the daily monitoring of our oil, natural gas and NGL counterparties' credit exposures; (iii) comprehensive credit reviews on significant counterparties from physical and financial transactions on an ongoing basis; (iv) the utilization of contractual language that affords us netting or set off opportunities to mitigate exposure risk; and (v) requiring counterparties to post cash collateral, parent guarantees or letters of credit to minimize credit risk. Our assets from derivatives at December 31, 2012 represent derivative instruments from nine counterparties; all of which are financial institutions that have an "investment grade" (minimum Standard & Poor's rating of A- or better) credit rating. We enter into derivatives directly with third parties and are not currently required to post collateral or other security for credit risk. Subject to the terms of our $2 billion RBL credit facility, collateral or other securities are not exchanged in relation to derivatives activities with the parties in the RBL credit facility.

F-53


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

        Unproved Oil and Natural Gas Properties (Successor).     As of the Acquisition date and December 31, 2012, we had $3.0 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, of unproved oil and natural gas properties on our consolidated balance sheet primarily a result of the allocation of the purchase price in conjunction with the Acquisition. The reduction is largely attributable to transferring approximately $0.7 billion from unproved properties to proved properties. In addition, we recorded $23 million of amortization of unproved leasehold costs in exploration expense in our consolidated income statement. Suspended well costs were not material as of December 31, 2012.

        Unevaluated Capitalized Costs (Predecessor).     As of December 31, 2011 unevaluated capitalized costs related to oil and natural gas properties were $399 million in the U.S. and $82 million in Egypt and Brazil. The predecessor excluded capitalized costs of oil and natural gas properties from amortization that were in various stages of evaluation or were part of a major development project.

        Presented below is an analysis of the capitalized costs of oil and natural gas properties by year of expenditure that were not being amortized as of December 31, 2011 pending determination of proved reserves (in millions):

 
   
  Costs Excluded
for Years Ended
December 31(1)
   
 
 
  Cumulative
Balance
December 31,
2011
  Cumulative
Balance
January 1,
2010
 
 
  2011   2010  

U.S.

                         

Acquisition

  $ 301   $ 20   $ 206   $ 75  

Exploration

    98     80     4     14  
                   

Total U.S.(2)

    399     100     210     89  
                   

Egypt

                         

Acquisition

    35     1         34  

Exploration

    38     7     18     13  
                   

Total Egypt

    73     8     18     47  
                   

Worldwide

  $ 472   $ 108   $ 228   $ 136  
                   

(1)
Included capitalized interest of $2 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(2)
Included $155 million related to the Wolfcamp Shale and $94 million related to the Eagle Ford Shale at December 31, 2011.

        Asset Retirement Obligations.     We have legal obligations associated with the retirement of our oil and natural gas wells and related infrastructure. We have obligations to plug wells when production on those wells is exhausted, when we no longer plan to use them or when we abandon them. We accrue a liability on those legal obligations when we can estimate the timing and amount of their settlement and include obligations where we will be legally required to replace, remove or retire the associated assets.

        In estimating the liability associated with our asset retirement obligations, we utilize several assumptions, including a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of 7 percent and a projected inflation rate of 2.5 percent. Changes in estimate in the table below represent changes to the expected amount and timing of payments to settle our asset retirement obligations. Typically, these changes primarily result from obtaining new information about the timing of our obligations to plug and abandon oil and

F-54


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued)

natural gas wells and the costs to do so. The net asset retirement liability as of December 31 on our consolidated balance sheet in other current and non-current liabilities, and the changes in that liability for the periods ended December 31 were as follows:

 
  Successor
February 14
to
December 31.
2012
   
  Predecessor
January 1 to
December 31.
2011
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Net asset retirement liability at beginning of period

  $       $ 115  

Fair value of asset retirement liability at Acquisition date

    102          

Liabilities settled

    (2 )       (16 )

Property sale(1)

    (64 )       (9 )

Accretion expense

    3         11  

Liabilities incurred

    5         3  

Changes in estimate

            28  
               

Net asset retirement liability at December 31

  $ 44       $ 132  
               

(1)
For the successor period, property sales relate to the sale of properties in the Gulf of Mexico.

        Capitalized Interest.     Interest expense is reflected in our financial statements net of capitalized interest. We capitalize interest primarily on the costs associated with drilling and completing wells until production begins. The interest rate used is the weighted average interest rate of our outstanding borrowings. Capitalized interest for the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 was $12 million. Capitalized interest for the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012, the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $4 million, $13 million and $9 million, respectively.

7. Long Term Debt

        In conjunction with the Acquisition, we issued or obtained approximately $4.25 billion of debt and repaid EP Energy Global LLC's amounts outstanding with an equity contribution from its then existing parent El Paso. During 2012, EP Energy LLC also re-priced its $750 million term loan at an effective interest rate of 5.0% from 6.5%, issued an additional $350 million of senior unsecured notes, and obtained an additional $400 million through a senior secured term loan. Proceeds were primarily used to paydown amounts outstanding under our RBL credit facility. In December 2012, EPE Holdings LLC (our subsidiary) issued $350 million in senior PIK (pay in kind) toggle notes and used the net proceeds primarily for distributions. We may elect to pay interest on the notes in cash, by increasing the principal amount of the notes by issuing new notes for the entire amount of the interest payment or by paying interest on half of the principal amount of the notes in cash and half in interest. Interest on the notes is payable on December 15 and June 15 of each year. As of December 31, 2012 and as of March 31, 2013 we elected to increase the principal amount of the notes by $1 million and $8 million, respectively, related to interest owed on the notes.

F-55


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Long Term Debt (Continued)

        Listed below are additional details related to each of our debt obligations and their book values as of the periods presented:

 
  Interest Rate   Successor
December 31,
2012
   
  Predecessor
December 31,
2011
 
 
   
  (In millions)
 

EP Energy LLC

                     

$1 billion revolving credit facility—due June 2, 2016

  Variable   $       $ 850  

Senior notes—due June 1, 2013

  7.75%             1  

$2 billion RBL credit facility—due May 24, 2017

  Variable     105          

$750 million term loan—due April 24, 2018(1)(3)

  Variable     742          

$400 million senior secured term loan—due April 30, 2019(2)(3)

  Variable     399          

$750 million senior secured note—due May 1, 2019(3)

  6.875%     750          

$2.0 billion senior unsecured note—due May 1, 2020

  9.375%     2,000          

$350 million senior unsecured note—due September 1, 2022

  7.75%     350          

EPE Holdings LLC

                     

$350 million senior PIK toggle note—due December 21, 2017(4)

  8.125%/8.875%     349          
                   

Total

      $ 4,695       $ 851  
                   

(1)
The term loan was issued at 99 percent of par and carries a specified margin over the LIBOR of 4.00%, with a minimum LIBOR floor of 1.00%. As of December 31, 2012 the effective interest rate of the note was 5.00%. In May 2013, we entered into an agreement to reprice our term loan which will carry a specified margin over the LIBOR of 2.75%, with a minimum LIBOR floor of 0.75% over the remaining life of the term loan.

(2)
The term loan carries a specified margin over the LIBOR of 3.50%, with a minimum LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

(3)
The term loans and secured notes are secured by a second priority lien on all of the collateral securing the RBL credit facility, and effectively rank junior to any existing and future first lien secured indebtedness of the Company.

(4)
The senior PIK toggle note was issued at 99.50 percent of par at a cash interest rate of 8.125% and PIK interest rate of 8.875%.

        As of December 31, 2012 we have $140 million in deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of these financings. During 2012 we recorded amortization of $13 million of deferred financing costs included in interest expense in our consolidated income statement. We also recorded a $14 million loss on debt extinguishment in our consolidated income statement reflecting the pro-rata portion of deferred financing costs written off, debt discount and call premiums paid related to lenders who exited or reduced their loan commitments in conjunction with our $750 million term loan repricing.

        $2.0 Billion Reserve-based Loan (RBL).     We have a $2.0 billion credit facility in place which allows us to borrow funds or issue letters of credit (LCs). This credit facility is collateralized by certain of our oil and natural gas properties and has a borrowing base subject to redetermination semi-annually beginning in April 2013. A downward revision of oil and natural gas reserves due to future declines in commodity prices, performance revisions or otherwise, could require a redetermination of the

F-56


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Long Term Debt (Continued)

borrowing base and could negatively impact our ability to borrow funds from such facilities in the future. The borrowing base is also impacted if certain other additional debt is incurred. As of December 31, 2012, under the credit facility we had a $1.8 billion RBL borrowing base, $1.7 billion of remaining capacity, $105 million of outstanding borrowings, and approximately $9 million of letters of credit issued. In March 2013, we completed our first semi-annual redetermination increasing the borrowing base of our RBL to $2.5 billion. On June 7, 2013, EP Energy LLC received consents from the lenders under its RBL facility and entered into an agreement to provide that the current borrowing base will remain in effect notwithstanding the consummation of potential asset dispositions until the earlier of (i) 30 days after providing a June 30, 2013 reserve report or (ii) September 1, 2013. As of June 28, 2013, we had $785 million of outstanding borrowings under the RBL Facility. Listed below is a further description of the RBL credit facility as of December 31, 2012:

Credit Facility
  Maturity Date   Interest Rate   Commitment fees

$2.0 billion RBL

  May 24, 2017   LIBOR + 1.50%(1)
1.50% for LCs
  0.375% commitment fee on unused capacity

(1)
Based on the December 31, 2012 borrowing level. Amounts outstanding under the $2.0 billion RBL facility bear interest at specified margins over the LIBOR of between 1.50% and 2.50% for Eurodollar loans or at specified margins over the Alternative Base Rate (ABR) of between 0.50% and 1.50% for ABR loans. Such margins will fluctuate based on the utilization of the facility.

        Guarantees.     Our obligations under the RBL, term loan, secured and unsecured notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the present and future direct and indirect wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries of our subsidiary, EP Energy LLC.

        Restrictive Provisions/Covenants.     The availability of borrowings under our credit agreements and our ability to incur additional indebtedness is subject to various financial and non-financial covenants and restrictions. Our most restrictive financial covenant requires that our debt to EBITDAX ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, must not exceed 5.0 to 1.0 during the current period. Certain other covenants and restrictions, among other things, also limit our and our subsidiaries' ability to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; make any restricted payments or pay any dividends on equity interests or redeem, repurchase or retire parent entities' equity interests or subordinated indebtedness; sell assets; make investments; create certain liens; prepay debt obligations; engage in transactions with affiliates; and enter into certain hedge agreements. As of December 31, 2012, we and our subsidiaries were in compliance with debt covenants.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

    Legal Proceedings and Other Contingencies

        We and our subsidiaries and affiliates are named defendants in numerous legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. There are also other regulatory rules and orders in various stages of adoption, review and/or implementation. For each of these matters, we evaluate the merits of the case or claim, our exposure to the matter, possible legal or settlement strategies and the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome. We disclose matters that are reasonably possible of negative outcome and material to our financial statements. If we determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be estimated, we establish the necessary accruals. While the outcome of our current matters cannot be

F-57


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

predicted with certainty and there are still uncertainties related to the costs we may incur, based upon our evaluation and experience to date, we believe we have established appropriate reserves. It is possible, however, that new information or future developments could require us to reassess our potential exposure related to these matters and adjust our accruals accordingly, and these adjustments could be material. As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $20 million accrued for all outstanding legal proceedings and other contingent matters, including a reserve related to an audit of sales and use taxes in the State of Texas.

        Brazil Labor Claim.     In Brazil, one of EP Energy LLC's subsidiaries as well as a formerly affiliated party have been named in a lawsuit by a former contractor of the former affiliated party claiming entitlement to certain employee benefits under Brazilian law. The case is currently pending before the 42 nd  Labor Court of the State of Rio de Janeiro. We are currently unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss, if any, primarily due to the novelty of the legal claims being presented.

        Sales Tax Audits.     As a result of sales and use tax audits during 2010, the state of Texas asserted additional taxes plus penalties and interest for the audit period 2001-2008 for two of our operating entities. We are indemnified by KMI if and to the extent the ultimate outcome exceeds our reserves. During 2012 we settled one of our Texas sales and use tax audits for $3 million, including fees. We are currently contesting the remaining assessment and the ultimate outcome is still uncertain. We believe amounts reserved are adequate.

    Environmental Matters

        We are subject to existing federal, state and local laws and regulations governing environmental air, land and water quality. The environmental laws and regulations to which we are subject also require us to remove or remedy the effect on the environment of the disposal or release of specified substances at current and former operating sites. As of December 31, 2012, we had accrued less than $1 million for related environmental remediation costs associated with onsite, offsite and groundwater technical studies and for related environmental legal costs. Our accrual represents a combination of two estimation methodologies. First, where the most likely outcome can be reasonably estimated, that cost has been accrued. Second, where the most likely outcome cannot be estimated, a range of costs is established and if no one amount in that range is more likely than any other, the lower end of the expected range has been accrued. Our exposure could be as high as $1 million. Our environmental remediation projects are in various stages of completion. The liabilities we have recorded reflect our current estimates of amounts that we will expend to remediate these sites. However, depending on the stage of completion or assessment, the ultimate extent of contamination or remediation required may not be known. As additional assessments occur or remediation efforts continue, we may incur additional liabilities.

        Climate Change and other Emissions.     The EPA and several state environmental agencies have adopted regulations to regulate greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Although the EPA has adopted a "tailoring" rule to regulate GHG emissions, at this time we do not expect a material impact to our existing operations. There have also been various legislative and regulatory proposals and final rules at the federal and state levels to address emissions from power plants and industrial boilers. Although such rules and proposals will generally favor the use of natural gas over other fossil fuels such as coal, it remains uncertain what regulations will ultimately be adopted and when they will be adopted. In

F-58


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

addition, any regulations regulating GHG emissions would likely increase our costs of compliance by potentially delaying the receipt of permits and other regulatory approvals; requiring us to monitor emissions, install additional equipment or modify facilities to reduce GHG and other emissions; purchase emission credits; and utilize electric-driven compression at facilities to obtain regulatory permits and approvals in a timely manner.

        Air Quality Regulations.     In August 2010, the EPA finalized a rule that impacts emissions of hazardous air pollutants from reciprocating internal combustion engines and requires us to install emission controls on engines across our operations. Engines subject to the regulations have to be in compliance by October 2013. We currently estimate we will incur capital expenditures in 2013 to complete the required modifications and testing of less than $1 million.

        In August 2012, the EPA finalized New Source Performance Standard regulations to reduce various air pollutants from the oil and natural gas industry. These regulations will limit emissions from the hydraulic fracturing of certain natural gas wells and equipment including compressors, storage vessels and natural gas processing plants. We do not anticipate a material impact associated with compliance to these new requirements.

        In the State of Utah we are currently obtaining or amending air quality permits for a number of small oil and natural gas production facilities. As part of this permitting process we anticipate the installation of tank emission controls that will require approximately $3 million capital expenditures starting in 2013 and extending through 2014.

        Hydraulic Fracturing Regulations.     We use hydraulic fracturing extensively in our operations. Various regulations have been adopted and proposed at the federal, state and local levels to regulate hydraulic fracturing operations. These regulations range from banning or substantially limiting hydraulic fracturing operations, requiring disclosure of the hydraulic fracturing fluids and requiring additional permits for the use, recycling and disposal of water used in such operations. In addition, various agencies, including the EPA, the Department of Interior and the Department of Energy, are reviewing changes in their regulations to address the environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing operations. Until such regulations are implemented, it is uncertain what impact they might have on our operations.

        Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) Matters.     As part of our environmental remediation projects, we have received notice that we could be designated, or have been asked for information to determine whether we could be designated as a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) with respect to the Casmalia Remediation site located in California under the CERCLA or state equivalents. As of December 31, 2012, we have estimated our share of the remediation costs at this site to be less than $1 million. Because the clean-up costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required, and in some cases we have asserted a defense to any liability, our estimates could change. Moreover, liability under the federal CERCLA statute may be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our pro rata share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other PRPs has been considered, where appropriate, in estimating our liabilities. Accruals for these matters are included in the environmental reserve discussed above.

        It is possible that new information or future developments could require us to reassess our potential exposure related to environmental matters. We may incur significant costs and liabilities in order to comply with existing environmental laws and regulations. It is also possible that other

F-59


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

developments, such as increasingly strict environmental laws, regulations, and orders of regulatory agencies, as well as claims for damages to property and the environment or injuries to employees and other persons resulting from our current or past operations, could result in substantial costs and liabilities in the future. As this information becomes available, or other relevant developments occur, we will adjust our accrual amounts accordingly. While there are still uncertainties related to the ultimate costs we may incur, based upon our evaluation and experience to date, we believe our reserves are adequate.

    Lease Obligations

        We maintain operating leases in the ordinary course of our business activities. These leases include those for office space and various equipment. The terms of the agreements vary from 2012 until 2017. Future minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable future operating lease commitments at December 31, 2012, were as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
  Operating
Leases
 
 
  (In millions)
 

2013

  $ 12  

2014

    12  

2015

    12  

2016

    12  

2017

    8  
       

Total

  $ 56  
       

        Rental expense for the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 was $10 million.

    Other Commercial Commitments

        At December 31, 2012, we have various commercial commitments totaling $1,074 million primarily related to commitments and contracts associated with volume and transportation, drilling rigs, completion activities, seismic activities and management fees. Our annual obligations under these arrangements are $161 million in 2013, $134 million in 2014, $108 million in 2015, $114 million in 2016, $104 million in 2017 and $453 million thereafter.

F-60


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Long-Term Incentive Compensation / Retirement 401(k) Plan

        EP Energy LLC Long Term Incentive Compensation Programs.     Upon the closing of the Acquisition, we adopted new long term incentive (LTI) programs, including an annual performance-based cash incentive payment program and certain long-term equity based programs:

    Cash-Based Long Term Incentive.   In addition to annual bonus payments, we provide a long term cash-based incentive program to certain of our employees linking annual performance-based cash incentive payments to the financial performance of the company as approved by the Compensation Committee of our board of managers, and individual performance for the year. Cash-based LTI awards are expected to be granted annually and have a three-year vesting schedule (50% vesting at the end of the first year, and 25% vesting at the end of each of the succeeding two years). For accounting purposes, these performance based cash incentive awards have been treated as liability awards with a fair value on the grant date of approximately $23 million. For the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012, we recorded approximately $8 million in expense related to these awards. As of December 31, 2012, we had unrecognized compensation expense of $12 million related to these awards of which approximately $8 million will be recognized in 2013 and the remainder on an accelerated basis over the remaining requisite service period. During April 2013 we granted additional cash-based LTI awards with a fair value of $21 million on the grant date that will be amortized on an accelerated basis over a three-year vesting period.

    Long Term Equity Incentive Awards.   We provide certain individuals with two forms of long term equity incentive awards as follows:

    Class A "Matching" Grants.   In conjunction with the Acquisition, our employees purchased a total of approximately 24,000 Class A units (at a purchase price of $1,000 per Class A unit). In connection with their purchase of these units, these employees were awarded (i) "matching" Class A unit grants in an amount equal to 50% of the Class A units purchased (approximately 12,000 units) and (ii) a "guaranteed cash bonus" which was paid in March 2013 equivalent to the amount of the "matching" Class A unit grant. Matching units are subject to repurchase by the company in the event of certain termination scenarios. For accounting purposes, we treated the "guaranteed cash bonus" amounts as liability awards that would be settled in cash and the "matching" Class A unit grants as compensatory equity awards. These awards had a combined fair value of approximately $24 million on the grant date. For the "guaranteed cash bonus", we recognized the fair value as compensation cost over the period from the date of grant (May 24, 2012) through the cash payout date in March 2013. For the "matching" Class A unit grant, we will recognize the fair value as compensation cost ratably over the four year period from the date of grant through the period over which the requisite service is provided and the time period at which certain transferability restrictions are removed. For the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012, we recognized approximately $11 million related to both of these awards. As of December 31, 2012, we had unrecognized compensation expense of $13 million related to both of these awards, of which we will recognize $6 million in 2013 and the remainder ratably thereafter as noted above.

    Management Incentive Units.   In addition to the Class A "matching" awards described above, certain employees were awarded approximately 808,000 Management Incentive Units ("MIPs"). These MIPs are intended to constitute profits interests. Each award of MIPs

F-61


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Long-Term Incentive Compensation / Retirement 401(k) Plan (Continued)

        represents a share in any future appreciation of the company after the date of grant, subject to certain limitations, and once certain shareholder returns have been achieved. The MIPs are scheduled to vest ratably over 5 years subject to certain forfeiture provisions based on continued employment with the company, although 25% of any vested awards are forfeitable in the event of certain termination events. The MIPs become payable based on the achievement of certain predetermined performance measures, including, without limitation, the occurrence of certain specified capital transactions. The MIPs were issued at no cost and have value only to the extent the value of the company increases. For accounting purposes, these profits interests were treated as compensatory equity awards. The grant date fair value of this award was determined using a non-controlling, non-marketable option pricing model which valued these management incentive units assuming a 0.77% risk free rate, a 5 year time to expiration, and a 73 percent volatility rate. Based on these factors, we determined a grant date fair value of $74 million. For the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012, we recognized approximately $15 million related to these awards. As of December 31, 2012, we had unrecognized compensation expense of $59 million. Of this amount, $40 million of the unrecognized compensation expense, net of forfeitures, will continue to be recognized on an accelerated basis for each tranche of the award, over the remainder of the five year requisite service period. The remaining $19 million will be recognized upon a specified capital transaction when the right to such amounts become nonforfeitable.

        Retirement 401(k) Plan.     We sponsor a tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan for a broad-based group of employees. We make matching contributions (dollar for dollar up to 6% of eligible compensation) and non-elective employer contributions (5% of eligible compensation) to the plan, and individual employees are also eligible to contribute to the defined contribution plan. As of December 31, 2012, we had contributed $7 million of matching contributions.

        Equity Awards Outstanding Prior to Acquisition.     Prior to the merger between KMI and El Paso, certain of our employees held vested and unvested stock options, restricted shares and performance shares granted under El Paso's equity plan. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between El Paso and KMI, each outstanding El Paso stock option, restricted share and performance share automatically vested upon completion of the merger. In the case of outstanding performance shares, performance was deemed to be attained at target. On the merger date, each outstanding stock option, restricted share and performance share was converted into the right to receive either cash or a mixture of cash and shares of KMI common stock for all shares subject to such awards (in the case of stock options, less the aggregate exercise price), pursuant to the terms of the El Paso/KMI merger agreement. Each holder also received warrants as part of the merger consideration in respect of such equity awards. Through the merger date, the predecessor recorded as general and administrative expense in the consolidated income statements, amounts billed directly by El Paso for compensation expense related to these stock-based compensation awards granted directly to its employees, as well as its proportionate share of El Paso's corporate compensation expense. However, compensation cost associated with the acceleration of vesting as a result of the merger between El Paso and KMI was assumed by El Paso and KMI and is not reflected in the predecessor consolidated financial statements.

F-62


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate

        Our investment in Four Star Oil & Gas Company, an unconsolidated affiliate, is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Our consolidated income statement reflects (i) our share of net earnings directly attributable to the unconsolidated affiliate, and (ii) other adjustments, such as the amortization of the excess of the carrying value of our investment relative to the underlying equity in the net assets of the entity. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our total investment in unconsolidated affiliate was $220 million and $346 million ($281 million net of related deferred income taxes). Included in these amounts was approximately $125 million and $272 million ($207 million net of related deferred income taxes) related to the excess of the carrying value of our investment in Four Star relative to the underlying equity in its net assets.

        Below is summarized financial information of the operating results and financial position of our unconsolidated affiliate.

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  February 14
to
December 31,
2012
 




  January 1
to May 24,
2012
  2011   2010  
 
  (In millions)
   
  (In millions)
 

Operating results

                             

Operating revenues

  $ 105       $ 75   $ 257   $ 249  

Operating expenses

    87         58     167     151  

Net income

    11         11     60     63  

 

 
  Successor
As of
December 31,
2012
   
  Predecessor
As of
December 31,
2011
 
 
  (In millions)
 

Financial position data

                 

Current assets

  $ 64       $ 77  

Non-current assets

    241         290  

Current liabilities

    51         64  

Non-current liabilities

    133         148  

Equity in net assets

    121         155  

        We hold an approximate 49 percent ownership investment in Four Star. In conjunction with the Acquisition and purchase price allocation, we adjusted our basis in Four Star to approximately $235 million.

        We amortize the excess of our investment in Four Star over the underlying equity in its net assets using the unit-of-production method over the life of our estimate of Four Star's oil and natural gas reserves which are predominantly natural gas reserves. Amortization of our investment for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 was $7 million. Amortization for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $12 million, $34 million and $38 million, respectively. Based on changes in the outlook for natural gas prices, the fair value of our investment in Four Star could decline which may require us to record an impairment of the carrying value of our investment in the future if that loss is determined to be other than temporary.

F-63


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate (Continued)

        We received dividends from Four Star for the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 of approximately $13 million. For the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we received dividends of $8 million, $46 million and $50 million.

11. Related Party Transactions

        Transaction Fee Agreement.     In connection with the Acquisition, we were subject to a transaction fee agreement with certain of our Sponsors (the "Service Providers") for the provision of certain structuring, financial, investment banking and other similar advisory services. At the time of the Acquisition, we paid one-time transaction fees of $71.5 million (recorded as general and administrative expense in our consolidated income statement) to the Service Providers in the aggregate in exchange for services rendered in connection with structuring, arranging the financing and performing other services. In the event of any future transactions (including any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or sale of assets or equity interests resulting in a change of control of the equity and voting securities, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or which is in connection with one or more public offerings, each as further defined in the Transaction Fee Agreement), we would pay an additional transaction fee equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate enterprise value paid or provided and (ii) $100 million.

        Management Fee Agreement.     We entered into a management fee agreement with certain of our Sponsors for the provision of certain management consulting and advisory services which terminates on the twelve-year anniversary of the Acquisition date (May 24, 2012) if not terminated earlier by mutual agreement of the parties, or upon a change in control or specified initial public offering transaction. Under the agreement, we pay a non-refundable annual management fee of $25 million. For the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012, we recognized approximately $16 million in general and administrative expense related to management fees.

        Affiliate Supply Agreement.     In November 2012, we entered into a supply agreement with an Apollo affiliate through October 2014 to provide certain fracturing materials for our Eagle Ford drilling operations. As of December 31, 2012, we recorded approximately $21 million as capital expenditures for amounts provided under this agreement.

        Related Party Transactions Prior to the Acquisition.     At the time of the Acquisition, El Paso made total contributions of approximately $1.5 billion to the predecessor including a non-cash contribution of approximately $0.5 billion to satisfy its then current and deferred income tax balances and a cash contribution to facilitate repayment of approximately $960 million of then outstanding debt of the predecessor under its revolving credit facility. Additionally, prior to the completion of the Acquisition, the predecessor entered into transactions during the ordinary course of conducting its business with affiliates of El Paso, primarily related to the sale, transportation and hedging of its oil, natural gas and NGL production.

        Other than continuing transition services agreements with KMI, the agreements noted below ceased on the date of Acquisition and included the following services:

    General.   El Paso billed the predecessor directly for certain general and administrative costs and allocated a portion of its general and administrative costs. The allocation was based on the estimated level of resources devoted to its operations and the relative size of its earnings before interest and taxes, gross property and payroll. These expenses were primarily related to

F-64


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

      management, legal, financial, tax, consultative, administrative and other services, including employee benefits, pension benefits, annual incentive bonuses, rent, insurance, and information technology. El Paso also billed the predecessor directly for compensation expense related to certain stock-based compensation awards granted directly to the predecessor's employees, and allocated to the predecessor a proportionate share of El Paso's corporate compensation expense.

      Pension and Retirement Benefits.   El Paso maintained a primary pension plan, the El Paso Corporation Pension Plan, a defined benefit plan covering substantially all of our employees prior to the Acquisition and providing benefits under a cash balance formula. El Paso also maintained a defined contribution plan covering all of our employees prior to the Acquisition. El Paso matched 75 percent of participant basic contributions up to 6 percent of eligible compensation and made additional discretionary matching contributions. El Paso was responsible for benefits accrued under these plans and allocated related costs.

      Other Post-Retirement Benefits.   El Paso provided limited post-retirement life insurance benefits for current and retired employees prior to the Acquisition. El Paso was responsible for benefits accrued under its plan and allocated the related costs to its affiliates.

    Marketing.   Prior to the completion of the Acquisition, the predecessor sold natural gas primarily to El Paso Marketing at spot market prices. Substantially all of the affiliated accounts receivable at December 31, 2011 related to sales of natural gas to El Paso Marketing. The predecessor was also a party to a hedging contract with El Paso Marketing. Realized gains and losses on these hedges were included in operating revenues.

    Transportation and Related Services.   Prior to the completion of the Acquisition, the predecessor contracted for services with El Paso's regulated interstate pipelines that provided transportation and related services for natural gas production. At December 31, 2011, contractual deposits were $8 million associated with El Paso's regulated interstate pipelines. The following table shows revenues and charges to/from affiliates for the following predecessor periods:

 
  Predecessor  
 
   
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  January 1,
2012 to
May 24,
2012
 
 
  2011   2010  

Operating revenues

  $ 143   $ 634   $ 746  

Operating expenses

    44     138     132  

Reimbursements of operating expenses

        3     2  
    Income Taxes.   Prior to the Acquisition, El Paso filed consolidated U.S. federal and certain state tax returns which included the predecessor's taxable income. See Note 4 for additional information on income tax related matters.

    Cash Management Program.   Prior to the Acquisition, our predecessor participated in El Paso's cash management program which matched short-term cash surpluses and needs of its participating affiliates, thus minimizing total borrowings from outside sources.

F-65


Table of Contents


EP ENERGY CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12. Subsequent Events

        On January 2, 2014, we completed a 62.553-for-1 stock split of our common stock. For the statements of income of the successor, we have retrospectively reflected earnings per common share/earnings per member unit (each member unit was converted into an equivalent common share in connection with the August 2013 Corporate Reorganization), giving effect to the stock split. Additionally, as of and for periods subsequent to our Corporate Reorganization on August 30, 2013, common share disclosures on our balance sheet and statement of changes in equity reflect the effects of the stock split. However, neither earnings per share nor the effects of the stock split were presented in predecessor periods prior to the Acquisition as the predecessor operated under a different capital structure than the successor.

F-66


Table of Contents


Supplemental Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

        Financial information by quarter is summarized below.

 
  Predecessor    
  Successor  
 
  Quarters Ended(1)  
 
   
  June 30    
   
 
2012
  March 31   April 1 to
May 24
   
  April 1 to
June 30
  September 30   December 31  

Operating revenues

  $ 451   $ 481       $ 165   $ 145   $ 417  

Operating income (loss)

    56     282         (104 )   (105 )   143  

Net income (loss)

    15     163         (150 )   (196 )   90  

 

 
  Predecessor  
2011
  March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31  

Operating revenues

  $ 232   $ 501   $ 630   $ 393  

Operating (loss) income

    (23 )   241     346     84  

Net income (loss)

    (18 )   170     61     49  

(1)
There were no operations for the successor period from February 14 to March 30, 2012.

        Below are significant items affecting comparability of amounts reported in the respective periods of 2012 and 2011:

        December 31, 2012.     We recorded $62 million of gains related to changes in fair value of our derivatives.

        September 30, 2012.     We recorded $181 million of losses related to changes in fair value of our derivatives.

        June 30, 2012.     For the successor period from April 1 to June 30 we recorded $57 million of gains related to changes in the fair value of our derivatives and $173 million of transaction costs related to the Acquisition. For the predecessor period from April 1 to May 24, we recorded $289 million or gains related to changes in the fair value of our derivatives.

        March 31, 2012.     We recorded $76 million of gains related to changes in the fair value of our derivatives and a $62 million non-cash charge related to the predecessor's unevaluated costs in Egypt.

        December 31, 2011.     We recorded $10 million of gains related to changes in fair value of our derivatives.

        September 30, 2011.     We recorded $251 million of gains related to changes in fair value of our derivatives.

        June 30, 2011.     We recorded $132 million of gains related to changes in the fair value of our derivatives.

        March 31, 2011.     We recorded $109 million of losses related to changes in the fair value of our derivatives.

F-67


Table of Contents


Supplemental Oil and Natural Gas Operations (Unaudited)

        As of December 31, 2012, we are engaged in the exploration for, and the acquisition, development and production of oil, natural gas and NGL, in the United States (U.S.) and Brazil. Our supplemental oil and natural gas operations do not exclude amounts that have been treated as discontinued operations.

        Capitalized Costs.     Capitalized costs relating to oil and natural gas producing activities and related accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization were as follows at December 31 (in millions):

 
  U.S.   Brazil and
Egypt(1)
  Worldwide  

2012 Consolidated(2):

                   

Oil and natural gas properties

  $ 7,441   $ 92   $ 7,533  

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

    249     6     255  
               

Net capitalized costs

  $ 7,192   $ 86   $ 7,278  
               

2012 Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star(3):

                   

Oil and natural gas properties

  $ 627   $   $ 627  

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

    510         510  
               

Net capitalized costs

  $ 117   $   $ 117  
               

2011 Consolidated:

                   

Oil and natural gas properties:

                   

Costs subject to amortization

  $ 20,156   $ 1,284   $ 21,440  

Costs not subject to amortization

    399     82     481  
               

    20,555     1,366     21,921  

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

    16,837     1,087     17,924  
               

Net capitalized costs

  $ 3,718   $ 279   $ 3,997  
               

2011 Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star(3):

                   

Oil and natural gas properties

  $ 628   $   $ 628  

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

    489         489  
               

Net capitalized costs

  $ 139   $   $ 139  
               

(1)
Capitalized costs for Egypt were $74 million as of December 31, 2011, included in costs not subject to amortization. We sold our interests in Egypt in June 2012. During 2012 we recorded a non-cash charge of $62 million related to our unevaluated properties in Egypt. During 2011 we recorded a ceiling test charge of $152 million in our Brazilian full cost pool.

(2)
In conjunction with the Acquisition, we began applying the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and natural gas exploration and development activities.

(3)
Amounts represent our approximate 49 percent equity interest in the underlying oil and gas assets of Four Star. Four Star applies the successful efforts method of accounting for its oil and gas properties.

F-68


Table of Contents

        Total Costs Incurred.     Costs incurred in oil and natural gas producing activities, whether capitalized or expensed, were as follows for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

 
  U.S.   Brazil
and Egypt(1)
  Worldwide  

Successor

                   

Consolidated from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012:

                   

Property acquisition costs

                   

Proved properties

  $   $   $  

Unproved properties

    20         20  

Exploration costs (capitalized and expensed)

    120     6     126  

Development costs

    787     3     790  
               

Costs expended

    927     9     936  

Asset retirement obligation costs

    28     3     31  
               

Total costs incurred

  $ 955   $ 12   $ 967  
               

Unconsolidated Affiliate from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012:

                   

Development costs expended

  $ 2   $   $ 2  
               

Predecessor

                   

Consolidated from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012:

                   

Property acquisition costs

                   

Proved properties

  $   $   $  

Unproved properties

    31         31  

Exploration costs

    79     3     82  

Development costs

    503         503  
               

Costs expended

    613     3     616  

Asset retirement obligation costs

    21     10     31  
               

Total costs incurred

  $ 634   $ 13   $ 647  
               

Unconsolidated Affiliate from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012:

                   

Development costs expended

  $ 3   $   $ 3  
               

2011 Consolidated:

                   

Property acquisition costs

                   

Proved properties

  $   $   $  

Unproved properties

    45         45  

Exploration costs

    858     15     873  

Development costs

    694     12     706  
               

Costs expended

    1,597     27     1,624  

Asset retirement obligation costs

    25         25  
               

Total costs incurred

  $ 1,622   $ 27   $ 1,649  
               

2011 Unconsolidated Affiliate:

                   

Development costs expended

  $ 12   $   $ 12  
               

2010 Consolidated:

                   

Property acquisition costs

                   

Proved properties

  $ 51   $   $ 51  

Unproved properties

    269         269  

Exploration costs

    600     58     658  

Development costs

    276     28     304  
               

Costs expended

    1,196     86     1,282  

Asset retirement obligation costs

    7         7  
               

Total costs incurred

  $ 1,203   $ 86   $ 1,289  
               

2010 Unconsolidated Affiliate:

                   

Development costs expended

  $ 20   $   $ 20  
               

(1)
Costs incurred for Egypt were less than $1 million for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and $2 million, $8 million and $20 million for the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. In June of 2012 we sold our Egyptian oil and gas properties.

(2)
Amounts represent our approximate 49 percent equity interest in the underlying costs incurred by Four Star.

F-69


Table of Contents

        We capitalize salaries and benefits that we determine are directly attributable to our oil and natural gas activities. The table above includes capitalized labor costs of $25 million for the period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012, and capitalized interest of $12 million for the same period.

        Pursuant to the full cost method of accounting, the predecessor capitalized certain general and administrative expenses directly related to property acquisition, exploration and development activities and interest costs incurred and attributable to unproved oil and natural gas properties and major development projects of oil and natural gas properties. The table above includes capitalized internal general and administrative costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, development and exploration of oil and natural gas reserves of $31 million for the period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and $81 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The predecessor also capitalized interest of $4 million, $13 million and $9 million for the period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        During 2011 the predecessor was informed that its environmental permit request for the Pinauna Field in the Camamu Basin was denied. As a result, $94 million of unevaluated capitalized costs related to this field were released into the Brazilian full cost pool. Additionally, during 2011, approximately $86 million of unevaluated capitalized costs were released into the Brazilian full cost pool related to the Espirito Santo Basin upon completion of the evaluation of exploratory wells drilled in 2009 and 2010 without any additions to proved reserves.

        Oil and Natural Gas Reserves.     Net quantities of proved developed and undeveloped reserves of natural gas, oil and condensate and NGLs and changes in these reserves at December 31, 2012 presented in the tables below are based on our internal reserve report. Net proved reserves exclude royalties and interests owned by others and reflect contractual arrangements and royalty obligations in effect at the time of the estimate. Our 2012 consolidated proved reserves were consistent with estimates of proved reserves filed with other federal agencies in 2012 except for differences of less than five percent resulting from actual production, acquisitions, property sales, necessary reserve revisions and additions to reflect actual experience.

        Ryder Scott Company, L.P. (Ryder Scott), conducted an audit of the estimates of the proved reserves prepared by us as of December 31, 2012. In connection with its audit, Ryder Scott reviewed 81% (by value) of the total proved reserves on a natural gas equivalent basis representing 90% of the total discounted future net cash flows of these proved reserves. Ryder Scott also conducted an audit of the estimates we prepared of the proved reserves of Four Star as of December 31, 2012. In connection with the audit of these proved reserves, Ryder Scott reviewed 85% of the properties associated with Four Star's total proved reserves on a natural gas equivalent basis, representing 92% of the total discounted future net cash flows. For the reviewed properties, 97% of our total proved undeveloped

F-70


Table of Contents

reserves were evaluated and our overall proved reserves estimates are within 10% of Ryder Scott's estimates.

 
   
   
   
  Oil and Condensate
(in MBbls)
  NGL
(in MBbls)
   
 
 
  Natural Gas (in Bcf)    
 
 
  Equivalent
Volumes
(in Bcfe)
 
 
  U.S.   Brazil   Worldwide   U.S.   Brazil   Worldwide   U.S.  

Consolidated:

                                                 

January 1, 2010

    2,052     105     2,157     60,849     4,196     65,045     304     2,549  

Revisions due to prices

    108     3     111     8,719     88     8,807     105     164  

Revisions other than price

    (58 )   (13 )   (71 )   7,873     (1,246 )   6,627     6,977     11  

Extensions and discoveries(1)

    506         506     28,141         28,141     3,088     693  

Purchases of reserves in place

    25         25     3,045         3,045         43  

Sales of reserves in place

    (21 )       (21 )   (1,024 )       (1,024 )       (27 )

Production

    (216 )   (10 )   (226 )   (4,363 )   (384 )   (4,747 )   (1,423 )   (263 )
                                   

December 31, 2010

    2,396     85     2,481     103,240     2,654     105,894     9,051     3,170  
                                   

Revisions due to prices

    (9 )       (9 )   713     3     716         (5 )

Revisions other than price

    44     6     50     (1,630 )   (34 )   (1,664 )   (1,124 )   34  

Extensions and discoveries(2)

    519         519     90,128         90,128     7,525     1,105  

Purchases of reserves in place

                13         13          

Sales of reserves in place

    (153 )       (153 )   (8,983 )       (8,983 )   (139 )   (207 )

Production

    (231 )   (10 )   (241 )   (5,680 )   (354 )   (6,034 )   (1,068 )   (284 )
                                   

December 31, 2011

    2,566     81     2,647     177,801     2,269     180,070     14,245     3,813  
                                   

Revisions due to prices

    (718 )       (718 )   (604 )   1     (603 )   (371 )   (724 )

Revisions other than price

    55     (3 )   52     (18,451 )   288     (18,163 )   10,267     5  

Extensions and discoveries(3)

    119         119     109,125         109,125     13,450     854  

Purchases of reserves in place

                3         3     2      

Sales of reserves in place

    (72 )       (72 )   (2,501 )       (2,501 )   (1,358 )   (95 )

Production

    (223 )   (10 )   (233 )   (9,131 )   (406 )   (9,537 )   (1,904 )   (302 )
                                   

December 31, 2012

    1,727     68     1,795     256,242     2,152     258,394     34,331     3,551  
                                   

F-71


Table of Contents


 
   
   
   
  Oil and Condensate
(in MBbls)
  NGL
(in MBbls)
   
 
 
  Natural Gas (in Bcf)    
 
 
  Equivalent
Volumes
(in Bcfe)
 
 
  U.S.   Brazil   Worldwide   U.S.   Brazil   Worldwide   U.S.  

Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star:

                                                 

January 1, 2010

    158         158     1,907         1,907     5,264     201  

Revisions due to prices

    8         8     44         44     87     9  

Revisions other than price

    6         6     36         36     (325 )   4  

Extensions and discoveries

                            5      

Production

    (17 )       (17 )   (364 )       (364 )   (573 )   (22 )
                                   

December 31, 2010

    155         155     1,623         1,623     4,458     192  
                                   

Revisions due to prices

    (5 )       (5 )   31         31     (28 )   (5 )

Revisions other than price

    2         2     221         221     1,034     9  

Extensions and discoveries

                                 

Production

    (17 )       (17 )   (306 )       (306 )   (556 )   (22 )
                                   

December 31, 2011

    135         135     1,569         1,569     4,908     174  
                                   

Revisions due to prices

    (13 )       (13 )   (37 )       (37 )   (310 )   (15 )

Revisions other than price

    19         19     803         803     1,710     35  

Extensions and discoveries

    25         25     95         95     137     26  

Production

    (16 )       (16 )   (282 )       (282 )   (478 )   (21 )
                                   

December 31, 2012

    150         150     2,148         2,148     5,967     199  
                                   

Total Combined:

                                                 

December 31, 2010

    2,551     85     2,636     104,863     2,654     107,517     13,509     3,362  
                                   

December 31, 2011

    2,701     81     2,782     179,370     2,269     181,639     19,153     3,987  
                                   

December 31, 2012

    1,877     68     1,945     258,390     2,152     260,542     40,298     3,750  
                                   

Consolidated:

                                                 

Proved developed reserves:

                                                 

January 1, 2012

    1,488     81     1,569     46,797     2,269     49,066     5,168     1,895  

December 31, 2012

    1,189     68     1,257     55,924     2,152     58,076     9,080     1,660  

Proved undeveloped reserves:

                                                 

January 1, 2012

    1,078         1,078     131,004         131,004     9,077     1,918  

December 31, 2012

    538         538     200,318         200,318     25,251     1,891  

Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star:

                                                 

Proved developed reserves:

                                                 

January 1, 2012

    116         116     1,520         1,520     4,066     150  

December 31, 2012

    140         140     2,111         2,111     5,289     185  

Proved undeveloped reserves:

                                                 

January 1, 2012

    19         19     49         49     842     24  

December 31, 2012

    10         10     37         37     678     14  

Total Combined:

                                                 

Proved developed reserves:

                                                 

January 1, 2012

    1,604     81     1,685     48,317     2,269     50,586     9,234     2,045  

December 31, 2012

    1,329     68     1,397     58,035     2,152     60,187     14,369     1,845  

Proved undeveloped reserves:

                                                 

January 1, 2012

    1,097         1,097     131,053         131,053     9,919     1,942  

December 31, 2012

    548         548     200,355         200,355     25,929     1,905  

(1)
In 2010, of the 693 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries, 452 Bcfe related to the Central division, of which, 425 Bcfe related to the Haynesville Shale area. There were 238 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries in the Gulf Coast division with 187 Bcfe of that coming from the Eagle Ford Shale. The Western division accounted for 3 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries and there were no extensions and discoveries in the International division.
(2)
In 2011, of the 1,105 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries, 428 Bcfe related to the Central division, of which, 389 Bcfe related to the Haynesville Shale area. There were 592 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries in the Southern division with 479 Bcfe of that coming from the Eagle Ford Shale and 113 Bcfe coming from the Wolfcamp Shale. The Western division accounted for 85 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries and there were no extensions and discoveries in the International division.
(3)
In 2012, of the 880 Bcfe of combined extensions and discoveries, 50 Bcfe related to the Central division, of which, 37 Bcfe related to the Altamont area. There were 664 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries in the Eagle Ford Shale. There were 141 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries coming from the Wolfcamp Shale. There were no extensions and discoveries in the International division. Of the 880 Bcfe of extensions and discoveries, 737 Bcfe were liquids representing 84% of EP Energy's total extensions and discoveries which is a 26% increase in liquid extensions and discoveries from the previous year.

F-72


Table of Contents

        In accordance with SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-10 as amended, we use the 12-month average price calculated as the unweighted arithmetic average of the spot price on the first day of each month within the 12-month period prior to the end of the reporting period. The first day 12-month average U.S. price used to estimate our proved reserves at December 31, 2012 was $2.76 per MMBtu for natural gas and $94.61 per barrel of oil. The prices used for our International assets were contractually defined. The aggregate International price used to estimate our proved reserves at December 31, 2012 was $7.53 per MMBtu for natural gas and $111.21 per barrel of oil.

        All estimates of proved reserves are determined according to the rules prescribed by the SEC in existence at the time estimates were made. These rules require that the standard of "reasonable certainty" be applied to proved reserve estimates, which is defined as having a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. A high degree of confidence exists if the quantity is much more likely to be achieved than not, and, as more technical and economic data becomes available, a positive or upward revision or no revision is much more likely than a negative or downward revision. Estimates are subject to revision based upon a number of factors, including many factors beyond our control such as reservoir performance, prices, economic conditions and government restrictions. In addition, as a result of drilling, testing and production subsequent to the date of an estimate may justify revision of that estimate.

        Reserve estimates are often different from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered. Estimating quantities of proved oil and natural gas reserves is a complex process that involves significant interpretations and assumptions and cannot be measured in an exact manner. It requires interpretations and judgment of available technical data, including the evaluation of available geological, geophysical, and engineering data. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is highly dependent on the quality of available data, the accuracy of the assumptions on which they are based upon economic factors, such as oil and natural gas prices, production costs, severance and excise taxes, capital expenditures, workover and remedial costs, and the assumed effects of governmental regulation. In addition, due to the lack of substantial, if any, production data, there are greater uncertainties in estimating proved undeveloped reserves, proved developed non-producing reserves and proved developed reserves that are early in their production life. As a result, our reserve estimates are inherently imprecise.

        The meaningfulness of reserve estimates is highly dependent on the accuracy of the assumptions on which they were based. In general, the volume of production from oil and natural gas properties we own declines as reserves are depleted. Except to the extent we conduct successful exploration and development activities or acquire additional properties containing proved reserves, or both, our proved reserves will decline as reserves are produced. Subsequent to December 31, 2012, there have been no major discoveries, favorable or otherwise, that may be considered to have caused a significant change in our estimated proved reserves at December 31, 2012. The current 12-month average natural gas prices used to determine our domestic proved reserves at December 31, 2012 are significantly below the 12-month average price used to determine our domestic proved reserves at December 31, 2011. Domestic natural gas prices did result in a downward revision of proved reserves and a corresponding reduction in the discounted future net cash flows from our natural gas proved reserves. This downward revision was offset by the company's emphasis on the development of oil reserves. The result was a slight downward revision in total proved equivalent reserves, but an increase in overall reserves value.

F-73


Table of Contents

        Results of Operations.     Results of operations for oil and natural gas producing activities for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

 
  U.S.   Brazil
and Egypt
  Worldwide  

Successor

                   

Consolidated from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012:

                   

Net Revenues(1)—Sales to external customers

  $ 933   $ 76   $ 1,009  
               

Costs of products and services

    (88 )       (88 )

Production costs(2)

    (160 )   (32 )   (192 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(3)

    (250 )   (8 )   (258 )

Exploration expense

    (45 )   (7 )   (52 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 390   $ 29   $ 419  
               

Unconsolidated Affiliate Four Star from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012(4):

                   

Net Revenues—Sales to external customers

  $ 52   $   $ 52  
               

Costs of products and services

    (3 )       (3 )

Production costs(2)

    (24 )       (24 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(5)

    (16 )       (16 )
               

    9         9  

Income tax expense

    (3 )       (3 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 6   $   $ 6  
               

Predecessor

                   

Consolidated from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012:

                   

Net Revenues(1)

                   

Sales to external customers

  $ 424   $ 46   $ 470  

Affiliated sales

    143         143  
               

Total

    567     46     613  

Costs of products and services

    (49 )       (49 )

Production costs(2)

    (115 )   (21 )   (136 )

Ceiling test charges(6)

        (62 )   (62 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(3)

    (301 )   (12 )   (313 )
               

    102     (49 )   53  

Income tax expense

    (37 )       (37 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 65   $ (49 ) $ 16  
               

Unconsolidated Affiliate Four Star from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012(4) :

                   

Net Revenues—Sales to external customers

  $ 35   $   $ 35  

Costs of products and services

    (1 )       (1 )

Production costs(2)

    (15 )       (15 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(5)

    (11 )       (11 )
               

    8         8  

Income tax expense

    (3 )       (3 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 5   $   $ 5  
               

F-74


Table of Contents


2011 Consolidated:

                   

Net Revenues(1)

                   

Sales to external customers

  $ 837   $ 111   $ 948  

Affiliated sales

    634         634  
               

Total

    1,471     111     1,582  

Costs of products and services

    (91 )   (5 )   (96 )

Production costs(2)

    (245 )   (53 )   (298 )

Ceiling test charges(6)

        (152 )   (152 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(3)

    (563 )   (32 )   (595 )
               

    572     (131 )   441  

Income tax expense

    (207 )       (207 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 365   $ (131 ) $ 234  
               

2011 Unconsolidated Affiliate Four Star(4):

                   

Net Revenues—Sales to external customers

  $ 123   $   $ 123  
               

Costs of products and services

    (4 )       (4 )

Production costs(2)

    (49 )       (49 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(5)

    (27 )       (27 )
               

    43         43  

Income tax expense

    (15 )       (15 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 28   $   $ 28  
               

2010 Consolidated:

                   

Net Revenues(1)

                   

Sales to external customers

  $ 551   $ 86   $ 637  

Affiliated sales

    743         743  
               

Total

    1,294     86     1,380  

Costs of products and services

    (81 )   (5 )   (86 )

Production costs(2)

    (218 )   (46 )   (264 )

Ceiling test charges(6)

        (25 )   (25 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(3)

    (432 )   (28 )   (460 )
               

    563     (18 )   545  

Income tax expense

    (204 )       (204 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 359   $ (18 ) $ 341  
               

2010 Unconsolidated Affiliate Four Star(4):

                   

Net Revenues—Sales to external customers

  $ 119   $   $ 119  
               

Costs of products and services

    (4 )       (4 )

Production costs(2)

    (36 )       (36 )

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(5)

    (28 )       (28 )

Asset impairment

    (4 )       (4 )
               

    47         47  

Income tax expense

    (17 )       (17 )
               

Results of operations from producing activities

  $ 30   $   $ 30  
               

(1)
Excludes the effects of oil and natural gas derivative contracts.

(2)
Production costs include lease operating costs and production related taxes, including ad valorem and severance taxes.

F-75


Table of Contents

(3)
Includes accretion expense on asset retirement obligations of $9 million for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012, $5 million, $13 million and $16 million for the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(4)
Results do not include amortization of $7 million for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and $12 million, $34 million and $38 million for the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 related to cost in excess of our equity interest in the underlying net assets of Four Star.

(5)
Includes accretion expense on asset retirement obligations of $1 million for the successor period from February 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and $1 million, $2 million and $1 million for the predecessor periods from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(6)
Includes $62 million of non-cash charges related to Egypt unevaluated costs for the predecessor period from January 1, 2012 to May 24, 2012, $152 million related to Brazil for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $25 million non-cash charges related to Egypt unevaluated costs for the year ended December 31, 2010.

F-76


Table of Contents

        Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows.     The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to our consolidated proved oil and natural gas reserves at December 31 is as follows (in millions):

 
  U.S.   Brazil   Worldwide  

2012 Consolidated :

                   

Future cash inflows(1)

  $ 28,488   $ 701   $ 29,189  

Future production costs

    (7,487 )   (415 )   (7,902 )

Future development costs

    (6,189 )   (71 )   (6,260 )

Future income tax expenses(2)

        (14 )   (14 )
               

Future net cash flows

    14,812     201     15,013  

10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

    (7,913 )   (39 )   (7,952 )
               

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

  $ 6,899   $ 162   $ 7,061  
               

2012 Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star(3) :

                   

Future cash inflows(1)

  $ 828   $   $ 828  

Future production costs

    (392 )       (392 )

Future development costs

    (54 )       (54 )

Future income tax expenses

    (139 )       (139 )
               

Future net cash flows

    243         243  

10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

    (107 )       (107 )
               

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

  $ 136   $   $ 136  
               

2011 Consolidated :

                   

Future cash inflows(1)

  $ 26,079   $ 768   $ 26,847  

Future production costs

    (5,840 )   (415 )   (6,255 )

Future development costs

    (6,343 )   (34 )   (6,377 )

Future income tax expenses

    (4,086 )   (23 )   (4,109 )
               

Future net cash flows

    9,810     296     10,106  

10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

    (4,793 )   (97 )   (4,890 )
               

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

  $ 5,017   $ 199   $ 5,216  
               

2011 Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star(3) :

                   

Future cash inflows(1)

  $ 938   $   $ 938  

Future production costs

    (348 )       (348 )

Future development costs

    (66 )       (66 )

Future income tax expenses

    (201 )       (201 )
               

Future net cash flows

    323         323  

10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

    (129 )       (129 )
               

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

  $ 194   $   $ 194  
               

2010 Consolidated:

                   

Future cash inflows(1)

  $ 17,145   $ 659   $ 17,804  

Future production costs

    (4,768 )   (325 )   (5,093 )

Future development costs

    (3,249 )   (67 )   (3,316 )

Future income tax expenses

    (2,403 )   (9 )   (2,412 )
               

Future net cash flows

    6,725     258     6,983  

10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

    (2,905 )   (77 )   (2,982 )
               

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

  $ 3,820   $ 181   $ 4,001  
               

2010 Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star(3) :

                   

Future cash inflows(1)

  $ 943   $   $ 943  

Future production costs

    (404 )       (404 )

Future development costs

    (34 )       (34 )

Future income tax expenses

    (192 )       (192 )
               

Future net cash flows

    313         313  

10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

    (131 )       (131 )
               

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

  $ 182   $   $ 182  
               

(1)
The company had no commodity-based derivative contracts designated as accounting hedges at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Amounts also exclude the impact on future net cash flows of derivatives not designated as accounting hedges.

F-77


Table of Contents

(2)
For the year ended December 31, 2012, there were no U.S. future income taxes because the company is not subject to federal income taxes.

(3)
Amounts represent our approximate 49 percent equity interest in Four Star.

        Changes in Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows.     The following are the principal sources of change in our consolidated worldwide standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,(1)  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Consolidated:

                   

Sales and transfers of oil and natural gas produced net of production costs

  $ (1,433 ) $ (1,200 ) $ (1,042 )

Net changes in prices and production costs

    (871 )   1,057     1,734  

Extensions, discoveries and improved recovery, less related costs

    2,539     2,140     986  

Changes in estimated future development costs

    978     (415 )   (226 )

Previously estimated development costs incurred during the period

    587     601     199  

Revision of previous quantity estimates

    (1,863 )   49     315  

Accretion of discount

    731     430     220  

Net change in income taxes

    1,683     (599 )   (934 )

Purchases of reserves in place

            73  

Sales of reserves in place

    (296 )   (587 )   (47 )

Change in production rates, timing and other

    (210 )   (261 )   (19 )
               

Net change

  $ 1,845   $ 1,215   $ 1,259  
               

Unconsolidated Affiliate—Four Star:

                   

Sales and transfers of oil and natural gas produced net of production costs

  $ (48 ) $ (74 ) $ (83 )

Net changes in prices and production costs

    (112 )   62     70  

Extensions, discoveries and improved recovery, less related costs

    25         1  

Changes in estimated future development costs

    5     (14 )   (1 )

Revision of previous quantity estimates

    19     6     16  

Accretion of discount

    22     22     18  

Net change in income taxes

    39     (9 )   (16 )

Change in production rates, timing and other

    (8 )   19     15  
               

Net change

  $ (58 ) $ 12   $ 20  
               

Representative NYMEX prices:(2)

                   

Oil (Bbl)

  $ 94.61   $ 96.19   $ 79.43  

Natural gas (MMBtu)

  $ 2.76   $ 4.12   $ 4.38  

Aggregate International prices:(2)

                   

Oil (Bbl)

  $ 111.21   $ 109.29   $ 79.02  

Natural gas (MMBtu)

  $ 7.53   $ 5.31   $ 5.20  

(1)
This disclosure reflects changes in the standardized measure calculation excluding the effects of hedging activities.

(2)
Estimated future cash inflows from estimated future production of proved reserves were computed using a first day 12-month average U.S. price and an aggregate international price.

F-78


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the estimated fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration, FINRA and NYSE listing fees.

SEC registration fee

  $ 160,730  

NYSE listing fee

    250,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    50,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    600,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    3,000,000  

Accountants' fees and expenses

    1,000,000  

FINRA filing fee

    186,800  

Miscellaneous

    2,752,470  
       

Total

  $ 8,000,000  
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a Delaware corporation to indemnify its officers, directors and other corporate agents to the extent and under the circumstances set forth therein. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that we will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was our director, officer or board observer, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in accordance with provisions corresponding to Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification provisions may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's executive officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

        Pursuant to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the personal liability of a director to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or any successor provision thereto); and

    for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

        The above discussion of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws is not intended to be exhaustive and is respectively qualified in its entirety by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.

        As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we will carry primary and excess insurance policies insuring our directors and officers against certain liabilities they may incur in

II-1


Table of Contents

their capacity as directors and officers. Under the policies, the insurer, on our behalf, may also pay amounts for which we granted indemnification to our directors and officers.

        In addition, the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides that the underwriters will indemnify us and our executive officers and directors for certain liabilities related to this offering, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In May 2012 and June 2012, $3.3 billion and 24.0 million, respectively, in cash was paid to our predecessor in interest, EPE Acquisition, and EPE Acquisition issued 3.3 million Class A units representing membership interests in EPE Acquisition to the Legacy Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), and 0.8 million Class B units representing membership interests in EPE Acquisition to the Legacy Class B Stockholder. The Class A units and the Class B units were issued by EPE Acquisition in reliance on the exemption from registration requirements provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

        On August 30, 2013, in connection with our Corporate Reorganization, (i) certain of the Legacy Class A Stockholders contributed their Class A units to us in exchange for the issuance of a like number of common stock to such holders, (ii) certain other Legacy Class A Stockholders, which previously held their Class A membership interests in EPE Acquisition indirectly through Blocker Vehicles, contributed their interests in their Blocker Vehicles to us in exchange for the issuance to such indirect holders of a like number of shares of common stock and (iii) the Legacy Class B Stockholders contributed their interests to us in exchange for the issuance of shares of Class B common stock. These securities were issued by us in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.

        Additional shares of Class B common stock were issued to EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC, a vehicle through which we will grant incentive awards to our current and future employees. These securities were issued by us in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    Exhibits

      See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules

      Not applicable.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the

II-2


Table of Contents

payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Houston, Texas on the 6th day of January, 2014.

  EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

By:

 

/s/ BRENT J. SMOLIK


Brent J. Smolik
President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ BRENT J. SMOLIK

Brent J. Smolik
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)   January 6, 2014

/s/ DANE E. WHITEHEAD

Dane E. Whitehead

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

January 6, 2014

/s/ FRANCIS C. OLMSTED III

Francis C. Olmsted III

 

Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

January 6, 2014

*

Ralph Alexander

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

*

Gregory A. Beard

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

*

Wilson B. Handler

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

*

John J. Hannan

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

*

Sam Oh

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Ilrae Park
  Director   January 6, 2014

*

Robert M. Tichio

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

*

Donald A. Wagner

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

*

Rakesh Wilson

 

Director

 

January 6, 2014

 

*By:   /s/ DANE E. WHITEHEAD

Dane E. Whitehead,
Attorney-in-Fact
       

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        
  2.1   Purchase and Sale Agreement among EP Energy Corporation, EP Energy Holding Company and El Paso Brazil, L.L.C., as sellers, and EPE Acquisition, LLC, as purchaser, dated as of February 24, 2012 (Exhibit 2.1 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  2.2   Amendment No. 1 to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2012, among EP Energy, L.L.C. (f/k/a EP Energy Corporation), EP Energy Holding Company, El Paso Brazil, L.L.C. and EPE Acquisition, LLC (Exhibit 2.2 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  2.3   Amendment No. 2 to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, among EP Energy, L.L.C. (f/k/a EP Energy Corporation), EP Energy Holding Company, El Paso Brazil, L.L.C., EP Production International Cayman Company, EPE Acquisition, LLC and solely for purposes of Sections 2 and 5 thereunder, El Paso LLC (Exhibit 2.3 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  2.4   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2013, by and among EP Energy E&P Company, L.P., EPE Nominee Corp. and Atlas Resource Partners, L.P. (Exhibit 2.1 to EP Energy LLC's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 13, 2013).
        
  3.1 * Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of EP Energy Corporation.
        
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of EP Energy Corporation.
        
  4.1   Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2012, between EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC) and Everest Acquisition Finance Inc., as Co-Issuers, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, in respect of 6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (Exhibit 4.1 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  4.2   Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2012, between EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC) and Everest Acquisition Finance Inc., as Co-Issuers, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, in respect of 9.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (Exhibit 4.2 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  4.3   Indenture, dated as of August 13, 2012, between EP Energy LLC and Everest Acquisition Finance Inc., as Co-Issuers, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, in respect of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (Exhibit 4.3 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  4.4 *** Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2012, between EPE Holdings LLC and EP Energy Bondco Inc., as Co-Issuers, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, in respect of 8.125%/8.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2013).
        
  4.5   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, between EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), Everest Acquisition Finance Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the several initial purchasers, in respect of 6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (Exhibit 4.4 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  4.6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, between EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), Everest Acquisition Finance Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the several initial purchasers, in respect of 9.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (Exhibit 4.5 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  4.7   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2012, between EP Energy LLC, Everest Acquisition Finance Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representative of the several initial purchasers, in respect of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (Exhibit 4.6 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  4.8 *** Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, between EP Energy Corporation and the stockholders party thereto (Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2013).
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP as to the legality of securities being registered.
        
  10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among EPE Holdings, LLC, as Holdings, EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), as the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the other parties party thereto (Exhibit 10.1 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.2   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among EPE Holdings LLC, the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower signatory thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties referred to therein (Exhibit 10.2 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.3   Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among EPE Holdings LLC, EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), each Subsidiary of EP Energy LLC identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Exhibit 10.3 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.4   Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), each Subsidiary of EP Energy LLC identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Exhibit 10.4 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.5   Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among El Paso Brazil, L.L.C., as Pledgor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Exhibit 10.5 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.6   Amendment, dated as of August 17, 2012, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, among EPE Holdings LLC, EP Energy LLC, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (Exhibit 10.15 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  10.7   Second Amendment, dated as of March 27, 2013, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, among EPE Holdings LLC, EP Energy LLC, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (Exhibit 10.1 to EP Energy LLC's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on May 9, 2013).
        
  10.8   Consent and Agreement to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2013, among EPE Holdings LLC, EP Energy LLC, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (Exhibit 10.3 to EP Energy LLC's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2013, filed with the SEC on August 14, 2013).
        
  10.9   Senior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as RBL Facility Agent and Applicable First Lien Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Term Facility Agent, Senior Secured Notes Collateral Agent and Applicable Second Lien Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, EP Energy LLC and the Subsidiaries of EP Energy LLC named therein (Exhibit 10.6 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.10   Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, by and among EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Co-Lead Arrangers (Exhibit 10.7 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.11   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, by and between Everest Acquisition Finance Inc., as Guarantor, and Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties referred to therein (Exhibit 10.8 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.12   Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), each Subsidiary of EP Energy LLC identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Exhibit 10.9 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.13   Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), each Subsidiary of EP Energy LLC identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Exhibit 10.10 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.14   Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, by and among EP Energy Brazil, L.L.C. (f/k/a El Paso Brazil, L.L.C.), as Pledgor, and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Exhibit 10.11 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.15   Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 21, 2012, to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, among EP Energy LLC, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (Exhibit 10.16 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.16   Joinder Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2012, among Citibank, N.A., as Additional Tranche B-1 Lender, EP Energy LLC and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Exhibit 10.17 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  10.17   Incremental Facility Agreement, dated October 31, 2012, to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012 and amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 dated as of August 21, 2012, among EP Energy LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. (Exhibit 10.1 to EP Energy LLC's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 31, 2012).
        
  10.18   Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012, among EP Energy LLC, each Subsidiary Party party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (Exhibit 10.2 to EP Energy LLC's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 31, 2012).
        
  10.19   Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 2, 2013, to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, among EP Energy LLC, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (Exhibit 10.1 to EP Energy LLC's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 28, 2013).
        
  10.20   Joinder Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2013, among Citibank, N.A., as Additional Tranche B-1 Lender, EP Energy LLC and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (Exhibit 10.2 to EP Energy LLC's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 28, 2013).
        
  10.21   Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012, among Citibank, N.A., as Second Lien Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Authorized Representative for the Term Loan Agreement, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the Initial Other Authorized Representative and each additional Authorized Representative from time to time party hereto (Exhibit 10.12 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.22 * Amended and Restated Transaction Fee Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, among EP Energy Corporation, EP Energy Global LLC, EPE Acquisition, LLC, Apollo Global Securities, LLC, Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P., Access Industries, Inc. and Korea National Oil Corporation.
        
  10.23 * Amended and Restated Management Fee Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, among EP Energy Corporation, EP Energy Global LLC, EPE Acquisition, LLC, Apollo Management VII, L.P., Apollo Commodities Management, L.P., With Respect to Series I, Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P., Access Industries, Inc. and Korea National Oil Corporation.
        
  10.24 + Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2012 for Clayton A. Carrell (Exhibit 10.18 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.25 + Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2012 for John D. Jensen (Exhibit 10.19 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.26 + Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2012 for Brent J. Smolik (Exhibit 10.20 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
  10.27 + Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2012 for Dane E. Whitehead (Exhibit 10.21 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.28 + Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2012 for Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman (Exhibit 10.22 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
        
  10.29 + Senior Executive Survivor Benefit Plan adopted as of May 24, 2012 (Exhibit 10.23 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.30 + 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.24 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.31 +*** Management Incentive Plan Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, between EP Energy Corporation and EPE Employee Holdings, LLC (Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 1, 2013).
        
  10.32 + Form of EPE Employee Holdings, LLC Management Incentive Unit Agreement (Exhibit 10.26 to EP Energy LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012).
        
  10.33 +*** Form of Notice to MIPs Holders regarding Corporate Reorganization (Exhibit 10.33 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2013).
        
  10.34 +*** Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of EPE Employee Holdings, LLC dated as of August 30, 2013 (Exhibit 10.34 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 1, 2013).
        
  10.35 +*** Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of EPE Management Investors, LLC dated as of August 30, 2013 (Exhibit 10.35 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 1, 2013).
        
  10.36 +*** Subscription Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, between EP Energy Corporation and EPE Management Investors, LLC (Exhibit 10.36 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2013).
        
  10.37 +*** Form of EP Energy Employee Holdings II, LLC Class B Incentive Pool Program Award Agreement (Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on October 11, 2013).
        
  10.38 +*** Form of 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.38 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 22, 2013).
        
  10.39 *** Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, between EP Energy Corporation and the stockholders party thereto (Exhibit 10.39 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on October 11, 2013).
        
  10.40 *** Addendum Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2013, to the Stockholders Agreement, between EP Energy Corporation and EP Energy Employee Holdings II, LLC (Exhibit 10.40 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on October 11, 2013).
        
  10.41 * Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement between EP Energy Corporation and each of the officers and directors thereof.
        
  21.1 * Subsidiaries of EP Energy Corporation.
        
  23.1 * Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
        

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  23.2 * Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
        
  23.3 * Consent of Ryder Scott Company, L.P.
        
  23.4 * Consent of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  23.5 * Consent of Director Nominee.
        
  24.1 *** Powers of attorney (included on the signature page to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2013).
        
  24.2 *** Power of attorney of Wilson B. Handler (Exhibit 24.2 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 22, 2013).
        
  24.3 * Power of attorney of John J. Hannan.
        
  99.1   Ryder Scott Company, L.P. reserve audit report for EP Energy LLC as of December 31, 2012 (Exhibit 99.1 to EP Energy LLC's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2013).
        
  99.2 *** Ryder Scott Company, L.P. reserve audit report for EP Energy LLC as of September 30, 2013 (Exhibit 99.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on October 11, 2013).

*
Filed herewith

**
To be filed by amendment

***
Previously filed

+
Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.



Exhibit 1.1

 

·  ] Shares

 

EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

Class A common stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

January [  ·  ], 2014

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters,

 

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,

Eleven Madison Avenue,

New York, N.Y. 10010-3629

 

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

Dear Sirs:

 

1.  Introductory . EP Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), agrees with the several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (“ Underwriters ”) to issue and sell to the several Underwriters [  ·  ] shares (“ Firm Securities ”) of its Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Securities ”) and also proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than [  ·  ] additional shares (“ Optional Securities ”) of its Securities, as set forth below. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “ Offered Securities ”.

 

2.  Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

 

(a)   Filing and Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Certain Defined Terms .  The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-190979) covering the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act, including a related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.  At any particular time, this initial registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including all information contained in the registration statement (if any) pursuant to Rule 462(b) and then deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement, and all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Initial Registration Statement ”.  The Company may also have filed, or may file with the Commission, a Rule 462(b) registration statement covering the registration of Offered Securities.  At any particular time, this Rule 462(b) registration statement, in the form then on file with the Commission, including the contents of the Initial Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein and including all 430A Information and all 430C Information, that in any case has not then been superseded or modified, shall be referred to as the “ Additional Registration Statement ”.

 

As of the time of execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act and is not proposed to be amended. Any Additional Registration Statement has or will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and is not proposed to be amended.  The Offered Securities all have been or will be duly registered under the Act pursuant to the Initial Registration Statement and, if applicable, the Additional Registration Statement.

 



 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

430A Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus and retroactively deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b).

 

430C Information ”, with respect to any registration statement, means information included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C.

 

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Applicable Time ” means [  ·  ] pm (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date” has the meaning defined in Section 3 hereof.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Effective Time ” with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement, means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c). If an Additional Registration Statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one, “ Effective Time ” with respect to such Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Final Prospectus ” means the Statutory Prospectus that discloses the public offering price, other 430A Information and other final terms of the Offered Securities and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act.

 

General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being so specified in Schedule B to this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, relating to the Offered Securities in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

 

The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are referred to collectively as the “ Registration Statements ” and each individually as a “ Registration Statement ”.  A “ Registration Statement ” with reference to a particular time means the Initial Registration Statement and any Additional Registration Statement as of such time.  A “ Registration Statement ” without reference to a time means such Registration Statement as of its Effective Time.  For purposes of the foregoing definitions, 430A Information with respect to a Registration Statement shall be considered to be included in such Registration Statement as of the time specified in Rule 430A.

 

Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Securities Laws ” means, collectively, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”), the Act, the Exchange Act, the Rules and Regulations, the auditing principles, rules, standards and practices applicable to auditors of “issuers” (as defined in Sarbanes-Oxley) promulgated or approved by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as applicable, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (“ Exchange Rules ”).

 

2



 

Statutory Prospectus ” with reference to a particular time means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any 430A Information or 430C Information with respect to such Registration Statement.  For purposes of the foregoing definition, 430A Information shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 462(c) and not retroactively.

 

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a “rule” is to the indicated rule under the Act.

 

(b)   Compliance with the Requirements of the Act .  (i) (A) At their respective Effective Times, (B) on the date of this Agreement and (C) on each Closing Date, each of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement (if any) conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (ii) on its date, at the time of filing of the Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Final Prospectus is included, and on each Closing Date, the Final Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances under which they were made.  The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any such document based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

(c)  Ineligible Issuer Status .  (i) At the time of the initial filing of the Initial Registration Statement and (ii) at the date of this Agreement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405.

 

(d)  General Disclosure Package .  As of the Applicable Time, neither (i) the General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the preliminary prospectus, dated January [  ·  ], 2014 (which is the most recent Statutory Prospectus distributed to investors generally) and the other information, if any, stated in Schedule B to this Agreement to be included in the General Disclosure Package, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”), nor (ii) any individual Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Statutory Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

(e)  Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement.  If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, at a time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act by the Underwriter or dealer, there occurred or occurs an event or development as a

 

3



 

result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if republished immediately following such event or development, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (i) the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives and (ii) the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(f)  Good Standing of the Company .  The Company has been duly incorporated and is a validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be duly qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the management, condition (financial or other), business, properties, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”); all such jurisdictions are listed on Schedule F hereto.

 

(g)  Subsidiaries .  The entities listed on Schedule G hereto are the only direct or indirect significant subsidiaries (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) of the Company. Each such significant subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed and is an existing corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, with corporate and/or other similar power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each such significant subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other entity in good standing (in each case, to the extent such concept exists) in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be duly qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and all such jurisdictions are listed on Schedule F hereto; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other ownership interests of each such significant subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of any such corporation, is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock or other ownership interests of each such significant subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package.

 

(h)  Offered Securities .  The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized; the authorized equity capitalization of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package; all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are, and, when the Offered Securities have been delivered and paid for in accordance with this Agreement on each Closing Date, such Offered Securities will have been, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will conform to the information in the General Disclosure Package and to the description of such Offered Securities contained in the Final Prospectus; except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package, the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any security holder. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package there are no outstanding (A) securities or obligations of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock of the Company, (B) warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any such capital stock or any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations or (C) obligations of the Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations or any such warrants, rights or options. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, offered or sold any of the Offered Securities by means of any “prospectus” (within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations) or used any “prospectus” or made any offer (within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations) in connection with the offer or sale of the Offered Securities, in each case other than the preliminary prospectus referred to in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

4



 

(i)  No Finder’s Fee .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

 

(j)  Registration Rights .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act (collectively, “ registration rights ”), and any person to whom the Company has granted registration rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period referred to in Section 5 hereof.

 

(k)  Listing .  The Offered Securities have been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance.

 

(l)  Absence of Further Requirements .  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the offering, issuance and sale of the Offered Securities, except (i) as may be required under state securities or “Blue Sky” laws in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) such as will have been obtained on or prior to the Closing Date and (iii) for such other consents, approvals, authorizations or orders as would not adversely affect the Underwriters and as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m)  Title to Property .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have (i) good and defensible title to all of their oil and gas properties (including oil and gas wells, producing leasehold interests and appurtenant personal property), title investigations having been carried out by the Company or its subsidiaries consistent with the reasonable practice in the oil and gas industry in the areas in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate and (ii) good and marketable title to all other real properties and good title to all personal properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(n)  Rights-of-Way .  The Company and its subsidiaries have such consents, easements, rights-of-way or licenses from any person (collectively, “ rights-of-way ”) as are necessary to enable the Company to conduct its business in the manner described in the General Disclosure Package, subject to qualifications as may be set forth in the General Disclosure Package, except where failure to have such rights-of-way would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)  Reserve Engineers .  The oil and gas reserve estimates for EP Energy LLC and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 contained or referenced, as the case may be, in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure and Final Prospectus were prepared by EP Energy LLC and its subsidiaries and audited by Ryder Scott Company, L.P. (the “ Engineer ”), and the Company has

 

5



 

no reason to believe that such estimates do not fairly reflect the oil and gas reserves of EP Energy LLC and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, respectively. The information underlying such estimates, including commodity prices, was true and correct in all material respects on the respective dates such estimates were made, and there have been no material changes to such information since the respective dates of such estimates, other than normal production of reserves, the impact of changes in commodity prices, and costs and fluctuations in demand for oil and natural gas, and except as disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, General Disclosure and Final Prospectus. The Engineer is, as of the date hereof, an independent reserve engineer with respect to EP Energy LLC, the Company and their subsidiaries.

 

(p)  Absence of Defaults and Conflicts Resulting from Transaction .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties, or (ii) any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any such subsidiary is subject, or (iii) the charter or by-laws or any equivalent organizational document of the Company or any such subsidiary, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), where such breach, violation or default would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has full corporate power and authority to authorize, issue and sell the Offered Securities as contemplated by this Agreement. A “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(q)  Absence of Existing Defaults and Conflicts .  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its respective charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents or (ii) in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective property is bound, except for such defaults in the case of this clause (ii) that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r)  Authorization of Agreement .  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(s)  Possession of Licenses and Permits .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries possess adequate certificates, authorities or permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to conduct their business as described in the General Disclosure Package and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(t)  Absence of Labor Dispute .  No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6



 

(u)  Possession of Intellectual Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know- how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, “ intellectual property rights ”) that, to their best knowledge after due inquiry, are necessary to conduct their business as described in the General Disclosure Package, or presently employed by them, and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)  Environmental Laws .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, to the best knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ environmental laws ”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company is not aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.

 

(w)  Accurate Disclosure .  The statements in the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Corporate Reorganization,” “Description of Capital Stock,”  and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders,” insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or legal or regulatory proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries, in all material respects, of such legal matters, agreements, documents or legal or regulatory proceedings and present the information required to be shown. There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the General Disclosure Package pursuant to Form S-1 or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K which have not been so described or filed as required, except for such exhibits as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)  Absence of Manipulation .  The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(y)  Statistical and Market-Related Data .  Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in a Registration Statement, a Statutory Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

 

(z)  Internal Controls and Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  Except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company, its subsidiaries and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) are in compliance with all applicable provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley and Exchange Rules. The Company maintains a system of internal controls, including, but not limited to, disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over accounting matters and financial reporting, an internal audit function and legal and regulatory compliance controls (collectively, “ Internal Controls ”) that comply with the applicable Securities Laws and are sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“ GAAP ”) and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accounting for assets is compared with the existing assets at

 

7



 

reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  The Internal Controls are, or upon consummation of the offering of the Offered Securities will be, overseen by the Audit Committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) of the Board in accordance with Exchange Rules. The Company has not publicly disclosed or reported to the Audit Committee or the Board, and within the next 135 days the Company does not reasonably expect to publicly disclose or report to the Audit Committee or the Board, a significant deficiency, material weakness, change in Internal Controls or fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in Internal Controls (each, an “ Internal Control Event ”), any violation of, or failure to comply with, the Securities Laws, or any matter which, if determined adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(aa)  Litigation .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and to the best knowledge of the Company, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened.

 

(bb)  Financial Statements .  The historical financial statements included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods shown. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, such financial statements comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Regulation S-X and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The pro forma condensed consolidated financial information and the related notes thereto included under the heading “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” in the General Disclosure Package present fairly in all material respects the information contained therein and have been properly presented on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. The pro forma adjustments comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the pro forma adjustments have been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements.  Ernst & Young LLP has certified the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, and is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the Rules and Regulations and as required by the Act and the applicable rules and guidance from the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP has certified the audited financial statements of Four Star Oil & Gas Company included in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, and is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to Four Star Oil & Gas Company within the Rules and Regulations and as required by the Act and the applicable rules and guidance from the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The other financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and such data has been compiled on a basis consistent with the financial statements presented therein and the books and records of the Company.  The Company does not have any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent (including any off-balance sheet obligations or any “variable interest entities” within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46), not disclosed in the Registration Statement,  the General Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.  There are no financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus that are not included as required.

 

8


 

(cc)  No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package (i) there has been no change, nor any development or event involving a prospective change, in the management, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that is material and adverse, (ii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock and (iii) there has been no material adverse change in the capital stock, short-term indebtedness, long-term indebtedness, net current assets or net assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(dd)  Investment Company Act .  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”).

 

(ee)  Ratings .  No “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined for purposes of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act has imposed (or has informed the Company that it is considering imposing) any condition (financial or otherwise) on the Company’s retaining any rating assigned to the Company or any securities of the Company or (ii) has indicated to the Company that it is considering any of the actions described in Section 7(d)(ii) hereof.

 

(ff)  Insurance .  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company reasonably believes are adequate for the conduct of their business.  All such policies of insurance insuring the Company and its subsidiaries are in full force and effect.  The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no material claims by the Company or its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that any of them will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package.

 

(gg)  Tax Returns .  The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect); and, except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries have paid all taxes (including any assessments, fines or penalties) required to be paid by them, except for any such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties currently being contested in good faith or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(hh)  Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions .  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or its subsidiaries on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or its subsidiaries on the other hand, which is required to be described in the General Disclosure Package which is not so described therein.  The Final Prospectus will contain the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence contained in the General Disclosure Package.

 

(ii)  ERISA .  The minimum funding standard under Section 302 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”), has been satisfied by each “pension plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) which has been established or maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and the trust forming

 

9



 

part of each such plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, is so qualified; each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under Section 515 of ERISA; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries maintain or are required to contribute to a “welfare plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) which provides retiree or other post-employment welfare benefits or insurance coverage (other than “continuation coverage” (as defined in Section 602 of ERISA)); each pension plan and welfare plan established or maintained by the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries are in compliance with the currently applicable provisions of ERISA, except where the failure to comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have incurred or would reasonably be expected to incur any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, any liability under Section 4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA, or any other liability under Title IV of ERISA.

 

(jj)  No Unlawful Payments .  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or similar law of the European Union or any European Union Member State or similar law of a jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries conduct their business and to which they are lawfully subject; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit.  The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

 

(kk)  Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the anti-money laundering laws and regulations of the United States and the European Union and similar laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business and to which they are lawfully subject, as applicable, (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of their directors, officers, agents or employees with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(ll)  No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws .  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, or affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company, any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or the target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Burma (Myanmar), Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria (each, a “ Sanctioned Country ”); and the Company will not directly or

 

10



 

indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Offered Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.  For the past 5 years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, and are not now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

 

Officer’s Certificates .  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

3.  Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities .  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $[  ·  ] per share, that number of Firm Securities (rounded up or down, as determined by the Representatives in their discretion, in order to avoid fractions) obtained by multiplying [  ·  ] Firm Securities by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm Securities.

 

The Company will deliver the Firm Securities to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price by the Underwriters in Federal (same day) funds by wire transfer to an account at a bank specified by the Company (and acceptable to the Representatives) drawn to the order of the Company at the office of Latham & Watkins LLP, 811 Main Street Suite 3700, Houston, Texas 77002, at 9:00 A.M., New York time, on January [  ·  ], 2014, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as the Representatives and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ First Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. Delivery of the Firm Securities will be made through the facilities of the Depositary Trust Company (the “ DTC ”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

In addition, upon written notice from the Representatives given to the Company from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Final Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm Securities.  Such notice(s) shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of shares of Optional Securities to be sold by the Company as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and (ii) the time, date and place at which the Optional Securities will be delivered (each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities being herein referred to as an “ Optional Closing Date ,” which may be the First Closing Date) (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “ Closing Date ”).  The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Optional Securities specified in such notice and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase such Optional Securities.  Such Optional Securities shall be purchased for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name bears to the total number of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by the Representatives to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company.

 

11



 

Each Optional Closing Date shall be determined by the Representatives but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by wire transfer to an account at a bank specified by the Company (and acceptable to the Representatives) drawn to the order of the Company, at the above office of Latham & Watkins LLP.  The delivery of any Optional Securities will be made through the facilities of the DTC unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

4.  Offering by Underwriters .  It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Final Prospectus.

 

5.  Certain Agreements of the Company . The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(a)   Additional Filings .  Unless filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) as part of the Additional Registration Statement in accordance with the next sentence, the Company will file the Final Prospectus, in a form approved by the Representatives, with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by the Representatives, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement.  The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and provide satisfactory evidence to the Representatives of such timely filing. If an Additional Registration Statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the additional registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representatives.

 

(b)  Filing of Amendments; Response to Commission Requests .  The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of any proposal to amend or supplement at any time the Initial Registration Statement, any Additional Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without the Representatives’ consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; and the Company will also advise the Representatives promptly of (i) the effectiveness of any Additional Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement), (ii) any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus, (iii) any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment to any Registration Statement, for any supplement to any Statutory Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement or the threatening of any proceeding for that purpose, and (v) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose.  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(c)  Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .  If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Final Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the

 

12



 

Underwriters and the dealers and any other dealers upon request of the Representatives, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance.  Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof.

 

(d)   Rule 158 .  As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its securityholders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Time on which the Company is required to file its Form 10-Q for such fiscal quarter except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “ Availability Date ” means the day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter on which the Company is required to file its Form 10-K.

 

(e)   Furnishing of Prospectuses .  The Company will furnish to the Representatives copies of each Registration Statement, including all exhibits, and upon the request of the Representatives, signed copies of each Registration Statement, any Statutory Prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as the Representatives reasonably request. The Final Prospectus shall be so furnished within two business days following the execution and delivery of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Representatives. All other such documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

 

(f)   Blue Sky Qualifications .  The Company shall cooperate with the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Securities for resale under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the state securities or Blue Sky laws of those jurisdictions designated by the Underwriters, shall comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or subject to taxation.

 

(g)   Reporting Requirements .  During the period of five years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Representatives may reasonably request.  However, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is timely filing reports with the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”), it is not required to furnish such reports or statements to the Underwriters.

 

(h)   Payment of Expenses .  The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) any filing fees and reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Securities for offer and sale under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and the preparation and printing of memoranda relating thereto, (ii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters up to $50,000, in connection with the FINRA’s review and approval of the Underwriters’ participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered Securities, (iii) costs and

 

13



 

expenses relating to investor presentations or any “road show” in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities including, without limitation, any travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees; provided, however, that the Underwriters agree to pay the costs and expenses of any chartered flight or other transportation in connection therewith, (iv) fees and expenses incident to listing the Offered Securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (v) fees and expenses in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Exchange Act, (vi) expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Final Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters and expenses incurred in preparing, printing and distributing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses to investors or prospective investors and (vii) all other fees, costs and expenses referred to in Item 13 of Part II of the Registration Statement. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursement of their counsel.

 

(i)              Use of Proceeds .  The Company will use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in the manner described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the General Disclosure Package and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(j)             Absence of Manipulation .  The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(k)          Restriction on Sale of Securities by the Company.  For the period specified below (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the Company will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to its Securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of its Securities (“ Lock-Up Securities ”): (i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities, (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (v) file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to Lock-Up Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“ Credit Suisse ”), except (i) issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding on the date hereof and (ii) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to, and the issuance and sale of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to, the terms of a plan described in the General Disclosure Package.  The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and continue for 180 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that Credit Suisse consents to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the materials news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse waives, in writing, such extension.  The Company will provide the Representatives with notice of any results, news, events or announcement described in clauses (1) and (2) of the preceding sentence that gives rise to an extension of the Lock-Up Period.

 

(l)              Agreement to announce lock-up waiver.  If Credit Suisse, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 7(k) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

14



 

6.  Free Writing Prospectuses .  The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission.  Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .”  The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping.  The Company represents that is has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

 

7.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters .  The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein (as though made on such Closing Date), to the accuracy of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

 

(a)   Accountants’ Comfort Letters .  The Representatives shall have received a “comfort letter,” dated the date hereof, from each of Ernst & Young LLP in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, covering the financial information in the Registration Statements and the General Disclosure Package and other customary matters.  In addition, on each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received from such accountants a “bring-down comfort letter” dated such Closing Date addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, in the form of the “comfort letter” delivered on the date hereof, except that (i) it shall cover the financial information in the Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and (ii) procedures shall be brought down to a date no more than three (3) days prior to such Closing Date.

 

(b)  Ryder Scott Comfort Letters .  The Representatives shall have received a letter, dated the date hereof, of Ryder Scott Company, L.P., independent petroleum engineers, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, covering the oil and gas reserves information in the Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package and other customary matters.  In addition, on each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received from such independent petroleum engineers a “bring-down comfort letter” dated such Closing Date addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, in the form of the “comfort letter” delivered on the date hereof, except that (i) it shall cover the oil and gas reserves information in the Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and (ii) procedures shall be brought down to a date no more than three (3) days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)   Effectiveness of Registration Statement .  If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Final Prospectus is finalized and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later time as shall have been consented to by the Representatives.  The Final Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a) hereof. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Representatives, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

 

15



 

(d)   No Material Adverse Change .  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the management, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole which, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities of the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act), or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating) or any announcement that the Company has been placed on negative outlook; (iii)  any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical to market or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, or any setting of minimum or maximum prices for trading on such exchange; (v) or any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (vi) any banking moratorium declared by any U.S. federal or New York authorities; (vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities, payment, or clearance services in the United States or any other country where such securities are listed or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Representatives, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency is such as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Offered Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities.

 

(e)   Opinions of Counsels for the Company .  The Representatives shall have received opinions, dated such Closing Date, (i) of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, counsel for the Company, as to the matters described in Schedule C hereto, and (ii) of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Company, as to the matters described in Schedule D hereto.

 

(f)   Opinion of General Counsel .  The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman, General Counsel for the Company, as to the matters described in Schedule E hereto.

 

(g)  Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters.  The Representatives shall have received from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(h)  Officer’s Certificate .  The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of an executive officer of the Company and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2(a) of this Agreement are true and correct; the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to their knowledge and after inquiry to the Commission, are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was timely filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) of Regulation S-T of the Commission; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the General Disclosure Package, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package or as described in such certificate.

 

16



 

(i)  Lock-up Agreements .  On or prior to the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received lockup letters in the form of Exhibit B from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company and each affiliate of Apollo Global Management, LLC, Riverstone Holdings LLC, Access Industries and Korea National Oil Corporation that owns shares of the Company’s Securities.

 

The Company will furnish the Representatives with any additional certificates, letters and documents as the Representatives reasonably request and conformed copies of documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.  The Representatives may in their discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.

 

8.  Indemnification and Contribution .  (a)  Indemnification of Underwriters .  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to any of the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

 

(b)  Indemnification of Company .  Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and each of its officers who signs a Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Final Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of (i) the following information in the Final Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter:  the concession figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.

 

17


 

(c)  Actions against Parties; Notification .  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above.  In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

 

(d)  Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 8(d).

 

18



 

9.  Default of Underwriters .  If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First Closing Date or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except as provided in Section 10 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

10.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations .  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements, of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 or the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) or (viii) of Section 7(d) hereof, the Company agrees that the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, and the respective obligations of the Company and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall remain in effect.  In addition, if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder, the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect.

 

11.  Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the Representatives at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention:  LCD-IBD and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Ave, 4th floor, NYC 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; fax: 212-622-8353, or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to it at 1001 Louisiana Street, Houston, Texas 77002, Attention: General Counsel; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8 will be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to such Underwriter.

 

12.  Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

13.  Representation of Underwriters .  The Representatives will act for the several Underwriters in connection with this financing, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives will be binding upon all the Underwriters.

 

14.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

15.   Absence of Fiduciary Relationship.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  No Other Relationship .  The Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of Offered Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company, on the one hand, and the Representatives, on the other, has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or are advising the Company on other matters;

 

19



 

(b)                                  Arms’ Length Negotiations .  The price of the Offered Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Absence of Obligation to Disclose .  The Company has been advised that the Representatives and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

(d)                                  Waiver .  The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

16.  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

17.  Patriot Act .  In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

20



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement

 



 

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

For themselves and on behalf of the several Underwriters.

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriter

 

Number of
Firm Securities

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

 

 

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

 

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

 

 

 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

 

 

Evercore Group L.L.C.

 

 

 

Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.

 

 

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

 

 

Jefferies LLC

 

 

 

BBVA Securities Inc.

 

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

 

 

 

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

 

 

 

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

 

 

SG Americas Securities, LLC

 

 

 

TD Securities Inc.

 

 

 

Capital One Securities, Inc.

 

 

 

CIBC World Markets Corp.

 

 

 

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

 

 

 

ING Financial Markets LLC

 

 

 

Mizuho Securities USA Inc.

 

 

 

SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.

 

 

 

Stephens Inc.

 

 

 

Lebenthal & Co., LLC

 

 

 

Topeka Capital Markets, Inc.

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

1.              General Use Free Writing Prospectuses (included in the General Disclosure Package)

 

“General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” includes each of the following documents:

 

[None]

 

2.               Other Information Included in the General Disclosure Package

 

The following information is also included in the General Disclosure Package:

 

Price per share to the public: $[  ·  ]

 



 

SCHEDULE C

 

Form of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP Opinion

 


 

SCHEDULE D

 

Form of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP Opinion

 



 

SCHEDULE E

 

Form of Opinion of General Counsel of the Company

 



 

SCHEDULE F

 

Jurisdictions

 

Entity

 

Jurisdiction

Crystal E&P Company, L.L.C.

 

Louisiana

EP Energy BondCo Inc.

 

None

EP Energy Brazil Holdings Company

 

None

EP Energy Brazil, L.L.C.

 

None

EP Energy Corporation

 

Texas

EP Energy do Brasil Ltda.

 

None

EP Energy E&P Company, L.P.

 

Alabama, Arkansas, Colorado, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, West Virginia, Wyoming

EP Energy Gathering Company, L.L.C.

 

Texas, Utah

EP Energy Global LLC

 

Texas

EP Energy LLC

 

None

EP Energy Management, L.L.C.

 

Alabama, Arkansas, Colorado, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Mississippi, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Washington, Wyoming

EP Energy Pescada Ltda.

 

None

EP Energy Resale Company, L.L.C.

 

Alabama, Arkansas, Colorado, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Texas, Utah, Wyoming

EPE Acquisition, LLC

 

None

EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC

 

None

EPE Holdings LLC

 

New York

Everest Acquisition Finance Inc.

 

None

 



 

SCHEDULE G

 

Subsidiaries

 

Entity

 

Jurisdiction

Crystal E&P Company, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

EP Energy BondCo Inc.

 

Delaware

EP Energy Brazil Holdings Company

 

Cayman Islands

EP Energy Brazil, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

EP Energy do Brasil Ltda.

 

Brazil

EP Energy E&P Company, L.P.

 

Delaware

EP Energy Gathering Company, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

EP Energy Global LLC

 

Delaware

EP Energy LLC

 

Delaware

EP Energy Management, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

EP Energy Pescada Ltda.

 

Brazil

EP Energy Resale Company, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

EPE Acquisition, LLC

 

Delaware

EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC

 

Delaware

EPE Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

Everest Acquisition Finance Inc.

 

Delaware

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Press Release

 

EP Energy Corporation

[Date]

 

EP Energy Corporation (“Company”) announced today that Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, a lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of       shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to    shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.   The [waiver] [release] will take effect on     ,           20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 



 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Lock-Up Letter

 

EP Energy Corporation

1001 Louisiana Street

Houston, Texas 77002

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

As representative of the Several Underwriters,

Eleven Madison Avenue,

New York, N.Y. 10010-3629

 

Dear Sirs:

 

As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), pursuant to which an offering will be made that is intended to result in the establishment of a public market for the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Securities ”), of EP Energy Corporation, and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto, (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“ Credit Suisse ”).  In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities.

 

The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the “ Public Offering Date ”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse waives, in writing, such extension.

 

The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

Any Securities received upon exercise of options or other securities of the Company granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Lock-Up Agreement. Any Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market will not be subject to this Lock-Up Agreement; provided that with respect to any sale or other disposition of such Securities, no filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than on Form 5) or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made by any party in connection with subsequent sales of such Securities acquired in such open market transactions during the Lock-Up Period.  Additionally, the

 



 

restrictions in this Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to (a) any sale of shares of Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market following the Public Offering Date, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such subsequent sales of Securities acquired in the open market, (b) any exercise of options or vesting or exercise of any other equity-based award, in each case, outstanding on the Public Offering Date, and in each case under the Company’s equity incentive plan or any other plan or agreement described in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, provided that any Securities received upon such exercise or vesting will also be subject to this Lock-Up Agreement, (c) the entering into a written trading plan designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, provided that no sales are made pursuant to such trading plan during the Lock-Up Period, provided that no filing or public announcement by any party under the Exchange Act or otherwise shall be required (or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such trading plan), (d) transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, (e) transfers to a family member, trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or his or her family members, (f) transfers by testate or intestate succession or (g) if the undersigned is a partnership, limited liability company or a corporation, transfers to its limited partners, members or stockholders as part of a distribution, or to any corporation, partnership or other entity that is its affiliate, provided that in each transfer pursuant to clauses (d)-(g) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement prior to such transfer, such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing or public announcement by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or otherwise shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 4 or Form 5).

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Credit Suisse agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Securities, Credit Suisse will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by Credit Suisse hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

This Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned.

 

It is understood that if the Underwriting Agreement is executed yet terminates (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Offered Securities, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-Up Agreement.  Further, this Lock-Up Agreement shall lapse and become null and void if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before July 31, 2014.  This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Name of officer, director or stockholder ]

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

EP Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.                                       The name of the Corporation is EP Energy Corporation.

 

2.                                       The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was August 8, 2013 (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

3.                                       The Original Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated in its entirety by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was August 30, 2013 (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

4.                                       This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, restated or modified from time to time, this “ Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) amends and restates the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting in accordance with Sections 14(f), 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ DGCL ”) and by the stockholders of the Corporation by written consent in lieu of a meeting thereof in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

5.                                       The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended hereby, shall, upon the effectiveness hereof, read in its entirety, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is:

 

EP Energy Corporation

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Trust Company.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act and activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1.                    Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 600,878,304 shares, of which 550,000,000 shares shall be Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ” and shares of Class A Common Stock, “ Class A Shares ”), 878,304 shares shall be Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ” and shares of Class B Common Stock, “ Class B Shares ”), and 50,000,000 shares shall be preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ” and shares of Preferred Stock, “ Preferred Shares ”).

 

Section 2.                    Class A Shares .  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, all Class A Shares shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, subject to the same qualifications, limitations and restrictions.  The terms of the Class A Shares set forth below shall be subject to the express terms of the Class B Shares and any series of Preferred Shares.

 

(a)                                  Voting Rights .  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Shares (the “ Class  A Stockholders ”) shall be entitled to one vote per Class A Share on all matters to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders. No Class A Stockholders shall be entitled to exercise any right of cumulative voting.

 

(b)                                  Dividends .  Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares and Class B Shares, and subject to any other provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation the Class A Stockholders shall be entitled to receive, as, if and when declared by the Board out of the funds of the Corporation legally available therefor (such funds, “Available Cash”), such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise)  as the Board may from time to time determine, payable to Class A Stockholders of record on such dates, not exceeding 60 days preceding the dividend distribution dates, as shall be fixed for such purpose by the Board in advance of distribution of each particular dividend, taking into account all debts, liabilities, and obligations of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries then due, and working capital and other requirements, which the Board may deem necessary for the Corporation’s and its Subsidiaries’ businesses or to place into reserves for expenditures, claims or contingencies with respect to such businesses (any such cash dividends, “ Available Cash Dividends ”).

 

Section 3.                    Class B Shares .  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, all Class B Shares shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, subject to the same qualifications, limitations and restrictions.

 

2



 

(a)                                  Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by applicable law and as provided herein, the holders of Class B Shares (the “ Class B Stockholders ”) shall not be entitled to any votes in respect of any matter to be voted on by the Corporation’s stockholders.  No Class B Stockholders shall be entitled to exercise any right of cumulative voting.

 

(b)                                  Dividends .  Following the occurrence of a Threshold Capital Transaction (or following any other distributions or series of distributions of Capital Proceeds or Available Cash Dividends, where after giving effect to such distributions or series of distributions, MOIC is greater than 1.0), at such times as Available Cash Dividends are paid to the Class A Stockholders, dividends out of Available Cash shall be paid to the Class B Stockholders in respect of their Class B Shares (whether or not vested pursuant to any applicable management incentive plan agreement or otherwise) in the same manner and in such amounts as if they were Capital Proceeds distributed pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 (with the term Capital Proceeds used therein being deemed to include dividends out of Available Cash).  In the event that any such dividends are paid to the Class B Stockholders pursuant to this Article IV, Section 3(b) , the calculation of amounts payable to the Class B Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and the calculation of the number of Class A Shares issuable to the Class B Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 6 shall, in each case, be made on a cumulative basis and taking into account all prior distributions of Capital Proceeds and dividends out of Available Cash made pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and this Article IV, Section 3(b) , as applicable, all Prior Distributions and all issuances of Class A Shares made pursuant to Article IV, Section 6 to avoid duplication.

 

Section 4.                    Preferred Shares .  The Board is authorized to provide for the issuance from time to time of Preferred Shares in one or more series by filing a certificate of the voting powers (if any), designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any (a “ Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation ”), pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DGCL, as are stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board and dependent on facts ascertainable outside such Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation or resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board, including, but not limited to, determination of any of the following:

 

(a)                                  the distinctive designation of the series, whether by number, letter or title, and the number of shares which will constitute the series, which number may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding and except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation) from time to time by action of the Board;

 

(b)                                  the dividend rate, if any, and the times of distribution of dividends, if any, on the shares of the series, whether such dividends will be cumulative and, if so, from what date or dates, and the relation which such dividends, if any, shall bear to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of stock;

 

(c)                                   the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, the shares of the series may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation;

 

3



 

(d)                                  whether or not the shares of the series will be entitled to the benefit of a retirement or sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares and, if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

(e)                                   the amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of the shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

 

(f)                                    whether or not the shares of the series will be convertible into, or exchangeable for, any other shares of stock of the Corporation or other securities and, if so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices, or the rates of exchange, and any adjustments thereof, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

 

(g)                                   whether or not the shares of the series will have priority over or be on a parity with or be junior to the shares of any other series or class of stock in any respect, or will be entitled to the benefit of limitations restricting the issuance of shares of any other series or class of stock, restricting the distribution of dividends on or the making of other distributions in respect of shares of any other series or class of stock ranking junior to the shares of the series as to dividends or assets, or restricting the purchase or redemption of the shares of any such junior series or class, and the terms of any such restriction;

 

(h)                                  whether or not the shares of the series will have voting rights in addition to any voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights; and

 

(i)                                      any other terms of the shares of the series;

 

provided , that for so long as the Specified Condition is satisfied, any issuance of Preferred Shares or any specification of the rights of any Preferred Shares by the Board pursuant to this Article IV, Section 3 , shall require Special Board Approval and in the event that the Specified Condition is no longer satisfied, any issuance of Preferred Shares or any specification of the rights of any Preferred Shares by the Board pursuant to this Article IV, Section 3 , shall require the approval of a majority of the Board then in office.

 

Section 5.                    Capital Transactions.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence of a Capital Transaction, Capital Proceeds shall be allocated and distributed to the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders in the following order of priority promptly following the consummation of such Capital Transaction.

 

(i)                                      First , to each Class A Stockholder, its Pro Rata Portion of such Capital Proceeds until the Legacy Class A Stockholders’ Unrecovered Capital balance is reduced to zero;

 

(ii)                                   Second , only to the extent that there is any Previously Paid Class A Preferred Return, an amount of such Capital Proceeds remaining after the Corporation has made the distributions to the Class A Stockholders described in Article IV, Section 5(a)(i) , which amount shall be equal to 3/97ths of the aggregate amount of the Previously

 

4



 

Paid Class A Preferred Return distributed to the Legacy Class A Stockholders prior to the occurrence of such Capital Transaction, to the Class B Stockholders Pro Rata (for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of distributions made to the Class B Stockholders under this Article IV, Section 5(a)(ii) , together with the Tier I MIPS (as defined below) shall not exceed an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the amount of Profits as of such date of distribution);

 

(iii)                                Third , the amount of such Capital Proceeds remaining after the Corporation has made the distributions to the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders described in Article IV, Section 5(a)(i)  and Article IV, Section 5(a)(ii)  (the “ Remaining Tier I Profits ”) to the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders as follows:

 

(A)                                Ninety-seven percent (97%) of the Remaining Tier I Profits to the Class A Stockholders Pro Rata based on the relative Unpaid Class A Preferred Return of each Legacy Class A Stockholder until each Legacy Class A Stockholder’s Unpaid Class A Preferred Return is reduced to, and remains at, zero; and

 

(B)                                Three percent (3%) of the Remaining Tier I Profits (such amount, the “ Tier I MIPS ”) to the Class B Stockholders Pro Rata until the unpaid Tier I MIPS is reduced to zero; and

 

(iv)                               Fourth , the amount of such Capital Proceeds remaining after the Corporation has made the distributions to the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders described in Article IV, Sections 5(a)(i), 5(a)(ii) and 5(a)(iii)  (the “ Remaining Tier II Profits ”) to the Class A Stockholders and Class B Stockholders as follows:

 

(A)                                An amount equal to (x) the Remaining Tier II Profits, minus (y) the Class B Additional Profits Amount (as defined below) or the Alternative Class B Additional Profits Amount (as defined below), as applicable, to the Class A Stockholders Pro Rata; and

 

(B)                                A portion of the Remaining Tier II Profits to the Class B Stockholders Pro Rata, as follows (such amount, the “ Class B Additional Profits Amount ”):

 

(I)                                    if MOIC is greater than or equal to 1.00, but less than or equal to 1.50, an amount equal to (x) the amount of Profits, multiplied by (y) three and one-half percent (3.5%);

 

(II)                               if MOIC is greater than 1.50, but less than or equal to 2.25, an amount equal to (x) the amount determined pursuant to clause (I) above (calculated assuming MOIC is equal to 1.50), plus (y) an amount equal to (1) six and one-half percent (6.5%), multiplied by (2) an amount equal to the excess of (xx) an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Class A

 

5



 

Stockholders in connection with such Capital Transaction pursuant to this Article IV, Section 5 , plus (B) the aggregate amount of Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed to the Class A Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b)  through the date of such distribution, plus (C) the aggregate amount of Subsequent Sale Proceeds theretofore received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders (after deducting any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with such Subsequent Sales giving rise to such proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) through such date, plus (D) the aggregate amount of Prior Distributions received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date, over (yy) an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions theretofore made by the Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), multiplied by (B) 1.50; or

 

(III)                          if MOIC is greater than 2.25, an amount equal to (x) the amount determined pursuant to clause (II) above (calculated assuming MOIC is equal to 2.25), plus (y) an amount equal to (1) six percent (6.0%), multiplied by (2) an amount equal to the excess of (xx) an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Class A Stockholders in connection with such Capital Transaction pursuant to this Article IV, Section 5 , plus (B) the aggregate amount of Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed to the Class A Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b)  through the date of such distribution, plus (C) the aggregate amount of proceeds theretofore received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in connection with Subsequent Sales (after deducting any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with such Subsequent Sales giving rise to such Subsequent Sale Proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) through such date, plus (D) the aggregate amount of Prior Distributions received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date, over (yy) an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions theretofore made by the Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), multiplied by (B) 2.25;

 

provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Article IV, Section 5(a)(iv)(B)  above, in the event that the amount of the Remaining Tier II Profits is insufficient to pay the Class B Additional Profits Amount to the Class B Stockholders, then in lieu of the Class B Additional Profits Amount, the Class B Stockholders shall instead receive, on

 

6



 

a Pro Rata Basis, an aggregate amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Remaining Tier II Profits (the “ Alternative Class B Additional Profits Amount ”).

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (i) in no event shall the aggregate amount distributed to the Class B Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 3(b)  (together with any tax advances previously received by a Class B Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable) in respect of interests of the LLC previously held by such Class B Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable)) exceed eight and one-half percent (8.5%) of the aggregate amount of Profits distributed to the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 3(b) , and (ii) no distributions (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any exchange pursuant to Article IV, Section 6 , which shall be subject to the terms and provisions set forth therein) shall be made to any Class B Stockholder, until the consummation of a Threshold Capital Transaction.

 

(c)                                   Any amount distributed to the Class B Stockholders in connection with any Class B Exchange shall be treated as an advance distribution of, and shall reduce by like amount, the next amounts otherwise payable to the Class B Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 3(b) .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, if any Class B Shares are exchanged pursuant to a Class B Exchange, then the amount of any Capital Proceeds to be distributed to the Class B Members pursuant to this Article IV, Section 5 in connection with any Capital Transaction following such Class B Exchange ( provided , that such Capital Transaction is a Threshold Capital Transaction or that a Threshold Capital Transaction has been previously consummated) shall be (i) calculated by (A) disregarding the amount of Capital Proceeds received in such Capital Transaction in respect of those Class A Shares that were acquired by any Legacy Class A Stockholder in its capacity as the purchaser in a Specified Sale relating to a Class B Exchange and (B) including in such calculation, in lieu of the amount described in the immediately preceding subclause (A), the amount of proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders in such Specified Sale in respect of such Class A Shares, multiplied by the Adjustment Multiple and (ii) reduced by any amount distributed to the Class B Stockholders in connection with any Class B Exchange (in accordance with the first sentence of this Article IV, Section 3(c)).  In addition, any other distributions to be made to the Class B Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 3(b)  following any Class B Exchange shall be calculated in an equitable manner in accordance with the principles described in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(d)                                  Any distributions in kind pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 3(b)  shall be distributed out based on their Fair Market Values, in the same proportions as if cash (whether Available Cash Dividends or Capital Proceeds) were distributed.  If cash and property are to be distributed in kind simultaneously, the Corporation shall pay such cash and property in kind in the same proportion to each Class A Stockholder and Class B Stockholder entitled to such distribution pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, unless otherwise agreed by the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders, in each case, voting as a separate class.  The Fair Market Value of any assets (other than cash) that are distributed pursuant to this Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 3(b)   shall be determined as of the date that such distribution is made.  For the avoidance of

 

7



 

doubt, all amounts payable to the Class B Stockholders under this Article IV, Section 5 in connection with any Capital Transaction shall be in the same form as the distributions received by the Class A Stockholders in connection with such Capital Transaction.

 

Section 6.                    Class B Exchange .

 

(a)                                  In connection with each Specified Sale, the Corporation shall exchange with the Class B Stockholders a number of newly issued Class A Shares calculated pursuant to Article IV, Section 6(c)  for a number of Class B Shares (such number of Class B Shares, the “ Class B Exchange Amount ”) such that, after giving effect to such exchange, the total number of Class B Shares held by the Class B Stockholders shall be equal to (i) the number of Class B Shares held by the Class B Stockholders immediately prior to the first Sale, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, expressed as a percentage (x) the numerator of which is an amount equal to the aggregate number of Class A Shares collectively held by the Specified Stockholders after giving effect to such Specified Sale, and (y) the denominator of which is an amount equal to the total number of Class A Shares collectively held by the Specified Stockholders immediately prior to the first Sale.

 

(b)                                  The aggregate value of the Class A Shares to be issued by the Corporation in exchange for the Class B Exchange Amount (the “ Class B Consideration ”) shall equal:

 

(i)                                      only to the extent that there is any Specified Previously Paid Class A Preferred Return, an amount of Specified Profits equal to 3/97ths of the aggregate amount of the Specified Previously Paid Class A Preferred Return distributed to the Specified Stockholders prior to the occurrence of such Specified Sale (for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of the portion of the Class B Consideration calculated pursuant to this Article IV, Section 6(b)(i) , together with the Specified Tier I MIPS (as defined below) shall not exceed an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the amount of Specified Profits as of such date of exchange) (such amount, the “ Specified Class B Catch-Up Amount ”); plus

 

(ii)                                   an amount of Specified Remaining Tier I Profits equal to three percent (3)% of the Specified Remaining Tier I Profits (such amount, the “ Specified Tier I MIPS ”); plus

 

(iii)                                an amount of the Specified Remaining Tier II Profits equal to:

 

(1)                                  if Specified MOIC is greater than or equal to 1.00, but less than or equal to 1.50, an amount equal to (x) the amount of Specified Profits, multiplied by (y) three and one-half percent (3.5%);

 

(2)                                  if Specified MOIC is greater than 1.50, but less than or equal to 2.25, an amount equal to (x) the amount determined pursuant to clause (1) above (assuming Specified MOIC is equal to 1.50), plus (y) an amount equal to (A) six and one-half percent (6.5%), multiplied by (B) an amount equal to the excess of (xx) an amount equal to (I) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds theretofore distributed to the Specified Stockholders in connection with a Capital Transaction pursuant to

 

8



 

Article IV, Section 5 , plus (II) the aggregate amount of Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed to the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b)  through the date of such Class B Exchange, plus (III) the aggregate amount of Sale Proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders (after deducting any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with such Sales giving rise to such Sale Proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) through such date, plus (IV) the aggregate amount of Specified Prior Distributions received by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date, over (yy) an amount equal to (I) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions theretofore made by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), multiplied by (II) 1.50;

 

(3)                                  if Specified MOIC is greater than 2.25, an amount equal to (x) the amount determined pursuant to clause (2) above (calculated assuming MOIC is equal to 2.25), plus (y) an amount equal to (A) six percent (6.0%), multiplied by (B) an amount equal to the excess of (xx) an amount equal to (I) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds  theretofore distributed to the Specified Stockholders in connection with a Capital Transaction pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 , plus (II) the aggregate amount of Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed to the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b)  through the date of such Class B Exchange, plus (III) the aggregate amount of Sale Proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders (after deducting any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with such Sales giving rise to such Sale Proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) through such date, plus (IV) the aggregate amount of Specified Prior Distributions received by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date, over (yy) an amount equal to (I) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions theretofore made by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), multiplied by (II) 2.25; plus

 

(iv)                               an amount equal to (A) (x) the portion of the Class B Consideration calculated by aggregating the amounts described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii), multiplied by (y) the Adjustment Multiple, minus (B) the aggregate of the amounts described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii);

 

provided , that (A) in no event shall the Class B Consideration distributed to the Class B Stockholders pursuant to this Article IV, Section 6 (together with any tax advances previously received by any Class B Stockholder in respect of membership interests of the LLC previously

 

9



 

held by such Class B Stockholder) exceed eight and one-half percent (8.5%) of the aggregate amount of Specified Profits multiplied by the Adjustment Multiple and (B) no Class B Exchange shall be consummated until the consummation of a Specified Sale; provided , further , that the Class B Consideration shall be calculated without duplication of amounts that were previously distributed to the Class B Stockholders in respect of their Class B Shares (including pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 3(b) ) or in connection with any prior Class B Exchange, and any exchanges of Class B Shares pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement shall be treated as an advance distribution of, and shall reduce by like amount, the next amounts otherwise distributable to the applicable Class B Stockholders pursuant to this Article IV, Section 6 .

 

(c)                                   The aggregate number of Class A Shares to be issued to the Class B Stockholders in exchange for the Class B Exchange Amount pursuant to a Class B Exchange shall be equal to (i) the Class B Consideration, divided by an amount equal to (ii) (A) if such Class B Exchange is consummated prior to an IPO, the price per Class A Share sold in such Specified Sale, or (B) if such Class B Exchange is consummated following an IPO, the average closing price per Class A Share for the five (5) consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date on which the Class B Exchange is consummated (the amount in clause (A) or (B) above, as applicable, the “ Per Class A Share Price ”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, no fractional Class A Shares shall be issued in connection with any Class B Exchange.  In lieu of any fractional Class A Share, the Corporation shall pay to each affected Class B Stockholder an amount in cash equal to (I) such Class B Stockholder’s respective fractional Class A Share amount, multiplied by (II) the Per Class A Share Price.

 

(d)                                  A Class B Exchange shall be consummated as promptly as practicable following the consummation of the related Specified Sale, but in any event no later than ten (10) Business Days following the consummation of such Specified Sale.  Upon the consummation of a Class B Exchange, the Class B Exchange Amount shall be cancelled by the Corporation.

 

(e)                                   This Article IV, Section 6 shall terminate immediately upon the consummation of a Class B Exchange, if following the related Specified Sale, none of the Specified Stockholders shall hold any Class A Shares.

 

ARTICLE V

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                    General Powers .  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in each case as the same may be amended and supplemented, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

Section 2.                    Number of Directors .  The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board shall be as determined from time to time by a majority of the Board then in office; provided , that in no event shall the total number of directors constituting the entire Board be less than three (3) nor more than thirteen (13). Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

10


 

Section 3.                    Classes of Directors; Term of Office .  The Board shall be and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated: Class I, Class II and Class III.  In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.  No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided , that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2015; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2016; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2017; provided , further , that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his successor and be subject to his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 4.                    Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated Bylaws, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, but in no event shall less than one-third of the directors constitute a quorum. A majority of the directors present (though less than such quorum) may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

Section 5.                    Manner of Acting .  Every act or decision done or made by the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board, unless the act of a greater number is required by law, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Amended and Restated Bylaws or the Stockholders Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended and supplemented.

 

Section 6.                    Vacancies .  Any vacancy or newly created directorships in the Board, however occurring, shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, except as otherwise provided by law, and shall not be filled by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided , however , that if (i) a vacancy in the Board is created as a result of a Specified Stockholder or a Principal Stockholder losing its right to designate a director pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement and (ii) the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Class A Shares at such time, then such vacancy shall be filled by a vote of the Majority-in-Interest (each such director designated by such Majority-in-Interest, a “ Replacement Director ”) and such Replacement Director (A) must qualify as an Independent Director and (B) any directors’ fees or similar compensation paid to such Replacement Director shall be taken into account in determining whether such person an Independent Director.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  If any applicable provision of the DGCL expressly confers power on stockholders to fill such a directorship at a special meeting of stockholders, such a directorship may be filled at such meeting only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

 

11



 

Section 7.                    Removal and Resignation of Directors .  Directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the Stockholders that together hold at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) of the voting power entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors; provided , however , that for so long as the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Class A Shares, directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of Stockholders that together hold at least a majority of the voting power entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors; provided , further , that a director may be removed and replaced at any time and for any reason (or no reason) by the Legacy Class A Stockholder or the Majority-in-Interest that has the right to designate such director or may be removed and replaced by the Majority-in-Interest to the extent the applicable Legacy Class A Stockholder has lost the right to designate such director, in each case, pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.  A director may resign at any time by filing his or her written resignation with the secretary of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.                    Voting Rights of Preferred Shares .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Shares issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation) applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by such terms.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

ACCESS TO BOOKS & RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION

 

Except as expressly provided in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders Agreement or in any Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation, no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account, book or document of the Corporation other than such rights as may be conferred by applicable law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any request for access to the accounts, books or documents of the Corporation pursuant to Section 220 of the DGCL shall only be granted during regular business hours, upon reasonable notice to the secretary of the Corporation and in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the business of the Corporation and such access shall be subject to such other reasonable restrictions permitted by Section 220 of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and, subject to the next sentence, may not be effected by any consent or consents in writing by stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until such time as the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own fifty percent (50%) or less of the outstanding Class A Shares, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of

 

12



 

stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the stockholders of the Corporation having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the Corporation that are entitled to vote on such matter were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders of the Corporation are recorded.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS

 

Except as otherwise required by law or provided in the Stockholders Agreement, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called by a majority of the members of the Board then in office pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board, and special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such meeting .

 

ARTICLE IX

 

LIMITED LIABILITY

 

To the extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation will not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. Any repeal or amendment or modification of this Article IX by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any provision of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX , will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide a broader limitation on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of any director of the Corporation at the time of such repeal or amendment or modification or adoption of such inconsistent provision. If any provision of the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.                    Right to Indemnification .  Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding,

 

13



 

whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was, at any time during which this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is in effect (whether or not such person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or payment of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any Proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director, officer or Board observer of the Corporation or is or was at any such time serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation (hereinafter, an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, shall be (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to be) indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation (and any successor of the Corporation by merger or otherwise) to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or modified from time to time (but, in the case of any such amendment or modification that may have retroactive effect, only to the extent that such amendment or modification permits the Corporation to provide greater indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment or modification), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in Article X, Section 3 , the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.  The right to indemnification conferred in this Article X shall include the right, without the need for any action by the Board, to be paid by the Corporation (and any successor of the Corporation by merger or otherwise) the expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter, the “ Undertaking ”) by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal (a “ Final Disposition ”) that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article X or otherwise.  The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article X shall be contract rights between the Corporation and each Indemnitee to whom such rights are extended that vest at the commencement of such person’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and all such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation or ceased to serve at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, as

 

14



 

described herein, and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

Section 2.                    Claims .     To obtain indemnification under this Article X , a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification.  Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Article X, Section 2 , a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows if there is a dispute between the Corporation and the claimant with respect to the claimant’s rights to indemnification hereunder:  (i) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Counsel, or (ii) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (A) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), (B) if a quorum of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (C) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by a majority of the stockholders of the Corporation by Independent Counsel.  In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board unless there shall have occurred within two years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or Proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a Specified Change of Control in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board.  If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.

 

Section 3.                    Recovery of Claims .   If a claim under Article X, Section 1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim pursuant to Article X, Section 2 has been received by the Corporation (except in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, for which the applicable period is twenty (20) days), the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim.  It shall be a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed or that the claimant is not entitled to the requested advancement of expenses, but (except where the required Undertaking, if any, has not been tendered to the Corporation) the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

15



 

Section 4.                    Corporate Estoppel .  If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Article X, Section 2 that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial Proceeding commenced pursuant to Article X, Section 3 .

 

Section 5.                    Preclusion in Judicial Procedure .  The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial Proceeding commenced pursuant to Article X, Section 3 that the procedures and presumptions of this Article X are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such Proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article X .

 

Section 6.                    Nonexclusivity of Rights .  The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its Final Disposition conferred in this Article X :  (i) shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise and (ii) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to a person’s service prior to the date of such termination.  Any amendment, modification, alteration or repeal of this Article X that in any way diminishes, limits, restricts, adversely affects or eliminates any right of an Indemnitee or his or her successors to indemnification, advancement of expenses or otherwise shall be prospective only and shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, in any way diminish, limit, restrict, adversely affect or eliminate any such right with respect to any actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission then or previously existing, or any action, suit or Proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission.

 

Section 7.                    Maintaining Insurance .  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.  To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such current or former director or officer shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such current or former directors or officers, respectively.

 

Section 8.                    Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses .  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding in advance of its Final Disposition, to any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article X with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of current or former directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

Section 9.                    Reliance .  If any provision or provisions of this Article X shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:  (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each

 

16



 

portion of any Section of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each such portion of any Section of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

Section 10.                               Notice .  Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this Article X shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by facsimile, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be effective only upon receipt by the Secretary.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

RELATED PERSONS; CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

 

Neither any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, firm, association, or other entity (an “ Entity ”), nor any other acts of the Corporation with relation to any other Entity will, in the absence of fraud, in any way be invalidated by the fact that any one or more of the directors or officers of the Corporation are pecuniarly or otherwise interested in, or are directors, officers, partners, or members of, such other Entity (such directors, officers, and Entities, each a “ Related Person ”). The fact that any Related Person may be a party to, or may be pecuniarly or otherwise interested in, any contract or transaction of the Corporation, shall not affect the validity of such contract or transaction; provided , that the fact that such person is a Related Person is disclosed or is known to the Board or a majority of directors present at any meeting of the Board at which action upon any such contract or transaction is taken; and any director of the Corporation who is also a Related Person may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which any such contract or transaction is authorized and may vote thereat to authorize any such contract or transaction, with like force and effect as if such person were not a Related Person. Any director of the Corporation may vote upon any contract or any other transaction between the Corporation and any Subsidiary or affiliated corporation without regard to the fact that such person is also a director or officer of such Subsidiary or affiliated corporation.

 

Any contract, transaction or act of the Corporation or of the directors that is ratified at any annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or at any special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation called for such purpose, will, insofar as permitted by applicable law, be as valid and as binding as though ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation; provided , however , that any failure of the stockholders to approve or ratify any such contract, transaction or act, when and if submitted, will not be deemed in any way to invalidate the same or deprive the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees, of its or their right to proceed with such contract, transaction or act.

 

The Corporation waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the application of the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, with respect to the

 

17



 

Corporation, to any of the Legacy Class A Stockholders or any directors of the Corporation who are employees, partners, officers or directors of any of the Legacy Class A Stockholders or any of their Affiliates.  None of the Legacy Class A Stockholders nor any of their Affiliates (including, without limitation, any director who is an employee, partner, officer or director of any of the Legacy Class A Stockholders or any of their Affiliates) shall have any obligation to refrain from (i) engaging in or managing the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation or its Subsidiaries or developing or marketing any products or services that compete, directly or indirectly, with those of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, (ii) investing or owning any interest publicly or privately in, or developing a business relationship with, any Person engaged in the same or similar activities or lines of business as, or otherwise in competition with, the Corporation and its Subsidiaries or (iii) doing business with any client or customer of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries (each of the activities referred to in clauses (i)-(iii), a “ Specified Activity ”) and (iv) the Corporation renounces on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Specified Activity that may be presented to or become known to any of the Legacy Class A Stockholders or any of their Affiliates (including, without limitation, any director who is an employee, partner officer or director of any of the Legacy Class A Stockholders or any of their Affiliates).

 

Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XI .

 

ARTICLE XII

 

SECTION 203 OF THE DGCL

 

The Corporation elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENT

 

Section 1.                    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XIII , except as otherwise expressly provided in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or in any Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation.

 

(b)                                  This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be modified, amended or repealed upon (i) the approval of a majority of the Board then in office and (ii) the affirmative vote of the Class A Stockholders that together hold at least ninety percent

 

18



 

(90%) of the voting power of the Class A Shares entitled to vote thereon; provided , however , that for so long as the Specified Condition is satisfied, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be modified, amended or repealed upon (A) a Special Board Approval and (B) the affirmative vote of the Class A Stockholders that together hold eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the Class A Shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

Section 2.                    Amended and Restated Bylaws .

 

(a)                                  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Amended and Restated Bylaws, subject to the rights reserved in this Article XIII, Section 2 .

 

(b)                                  The Amended and Restated Bylaws may be modified, amended or repealed upon (i) the approval of a majority of the Board then in office and (ii) the affirmative vote of the Class A Stockholders that together hold at least ninety percent (90%)  of the voting power of the Class A Shares entitled to vote thereon; provided , however , that for so long as the Specified Condition is satisfied, the Amended and Restated Bylaws may be modified, amended or repealed upon (A) a Special Board Approval and (B) the affirmative vote of the Class A Stockholders that together hold eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the Class A Shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision or provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

FORUM SELECTION

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a

 

19



 

claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any share of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consent to the provisions of this Article XV .

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

Access Stockholder ” means Texas Oil & Gas Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and/or its Permitted Transferees (as the case may be).

 

Adjustment Multiple ” means a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of outstanding Class A Shares held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders as of immediately prior to the first Sale and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of Class A Shares held by the Specified Stockholders as of immediately prior to the first Sale.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, and with respect to any Legacy Class A Stockholder, an “Affiliate” shall include (i) any Person who is the direct or indirect ultimate holder of Equity Securities of such Specified Person, and (ii) any investment fund, alternative investment vehicle, special purpose vehicle or holding company that is directly or indirectly managed, advised or controlled by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or any Affiliate of such Legacy Class A Stockholder; provided , however , that an Affiliate shall not include any portfolio company of any Person (including any Legacy Class A Stockholder).

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws ” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation adopted as of [              ], 2014, as the same may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Apollo Stockholder ” means, collectively, ANRP (EPE AIV), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, AIF PB VII (LS AIV), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, AIF VII (AIV), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, AOP VII (EPE Intermediate), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, ANRP (EPE Intermediate), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, ANRP 892/TE (EPE AIV), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV I), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV II), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV III), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, AP VII 892/TE (EPE AIV IV), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Investment Fund (PB) VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and/or their Permitted Transferees (as the case may be), all of which Persons are either “Apollo Members” or “Permitted Transferees” thereof (as such terms are defined in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated as of May 24, 2012).

 

20


 

Business Day ” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday or any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

 

Capital Contribution ” means, (i) with respect to any Legacy Class A Stockholder, as of any date of determination, the amount of any capital invested or contributed (or deemed invested or contributed) by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable) to the Corporation and/or the LLC through such date (including the amount of any debt financing expenses of the LLC previously funded by any such Legacy Class A Stockholder (or its predecessor in interest, as applicable) and including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such capital invested or contributed (or deemed or invested or contributed) by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable) to the Corporation or the LLC with respect to Equity Securities of the Corporation or the LLC acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights, and (ii) with respect to the Class A Stockholders that are not Legacy Class A Stockholders, the aggregate amount of proceeds generated in connection with an IPO and Subsequent Public Offerings pursuant to which such Class A Stockholders purchased Class A Shares.

 

Capital Proceeds ” means without duplication, the net cash, securities or other proceeds or property received by the Corporation or the Class A Stockholders in connection with a Capital Transaction.

 

Capital Transaction ” means (i) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any other recapitalization transaction outside of the ordinary course in which cash or other assets are distributed to any of the Class A Stockholders or any extraordinary dividend or other distribution to any of the Class A Stockholders or (ii) a Specified Change of Control.

 

Class A Preferred Return ” means, with respect to any Legacy Class A Stockholder, as of any date of determination, a cumulative return of five percent (5%) per annum on the amount of the Unrecovered Capital balance of such Legacy Class A Stockholder (as it may be adjusted from time to time) during the period from each date that such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable) made a Capital Contribution accrued through such date, compounded annually.

 

Class B Exchange ” means any exchange of Class B Shares for newly issued Class A Shares pursuant to Article IV, Section 6 .

 

control ” (including the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of such subject Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.

 

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

 

21



 

Equity Security ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and in any event, includes any security having the attendant right to vote for directors or similar representatives and any general or limited partner interest in any Person.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to property (other than cash), the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the twelve (12)-month (or shorter) period ending on December 31 of each year.

 

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

 

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under Article X .

 

Independent Director ” means a director who, as of the date of such director’s election or appointment to the Board and as of any other date on which the determination is being made, would qualify as an “independent director” of the Corporation, each Legacy Class A Stockholder and Legacy Class B Stockholder and their respective Affiliates under Rule 303A(2) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (assuming for this purpose that it applies to each such Person).

 

IPO ” means the first firm commitment underwritten public offering of Equity Securities of the Corporation conducted pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8 or any similar form).

 

KNOC Stockholder ” means Korea National Oil Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Korea, and/or its Permitted Transferees (as the case may be).

 

Legacy Class A Stockholders ” means, collectively, the Apollo Stockholder, the Riverstone Stockholder, the Access Stockholder, the KNOC Stockholder, EPE 892 Co-Investors I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, EPE 892 Co-Investors II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, EPE 892 Co-Investors III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, EPE Overseas Co-Investors (FC), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, EPE Domestic Co-Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, EPE Management Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and/or their Permitted Transferees (as the case may be).

 

Legacy Class B Stockholder ” means, EPE Employee Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Permitted Transferees (as the case may be) and EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

22



 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security interest, in respect of such asset.

 

LLC ” means EPE Acquisition, LLC, a limited liability company formerly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware prior to its dissolution.

 

Majority-in-Interest ” means the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding Class A Shares held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders.

 

MOIC ” means, as of any date of determination, the multiple of invested capital by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in the Corporation and their respective predecessors in interest in the LLC (as applicable), which shall be equal to the quotient of (i) an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Legacy Class A Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) through such date (for the avoidance of doubt including, for all purposes, any Available Cash Dividends distributed to the Legacy Class A Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) through such date with respect to any Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), plus (B) solely with respect to Capital Transactions, the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds (after deducting any costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with the Capital Transaction giving rise to such Capital Proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Legacy Class A Stockholders through such date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Capital Proceeds distributed to the Legacy Class A Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 through such date with respect to any Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), plus (C) an amount equal to (x) the offering price per share of Registrable Securities that are offered to the public in an IPO or a Subsequent Public Offering (after deducting the per share amount of any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with such IPO or Subsequent Public Offering (as applicable), but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise), multiplied by (y) the aggregate number of such shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding that are held, directly or indirectly, by the Legacy Class A Stockholders; provided , that solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Available Cash Dividends and Capital Proceeds distributable to the Class A Stockholders and the Class B Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 3(b) and Article IV, Section 5 , the amount set forth in subclause (C) of this definition shall be the aggregate amount of Subsequent Sale Proceeds (after deducting any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with the Subsequent Sales giving rise to such Subsequent Sale Proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) theretofore received or to be received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in connection with such Subsequent Sales (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsequent Sale Proceeds theretofore received or to be received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in connection with such Subsequent Sales with respect to any Registrable Securities acquired pursuant to the

 

23



 

exercise of any preemptive rights), plus (D) the aggregate amount of Prior Distributions, divided by (ii) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions made by the Legacy Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Capital Contributions made by the Legacy Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) to acquire any Equity Securities of the Corporation or the LLC through such date).

 

Permitted Transferee ” means any recipient of Class A Shares pursuant to a Transfer of Class A Shares by a Legacy Class A Stockholder that is permitted under the Stockholders Agreement at any time without prior approval of the Board.

 

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, estate, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity.

 

Previously Paid Class A Preferred Return ” means, with respect to the Legacy Class A Stockholders, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Profits distributed prior to the occurrence of a Threshold Capital Transaction to the Legacy Class A Stockholders and their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date (after the Unrecovered Capital balance of each Legacy Class A Stockholder has been reduced to zero) that reduces the Unpaid Class A Preferred Return of any Legacy Class A Stockholder.

 

Principal Stockholders ” means, collectively, the Riverstone Stockholder, the KNOC Stockholder and the Access Stockholder.

 

Prior Distributions ” means, with respect to any Legacy Class A Stockholder, as of any date of date of determination, the aggregate amount of any distributions of proceeds from capital transactions and available cash and tax distributions received by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable) in respect of membership interests in the LLC previously held by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable) with respect to membership interests in the LLC acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights).

 

Pro Rata ” and “ Pro Rata Portion ” means (i) with respect to each Class A Stockholder, a fraction expressed as a percentage,  the numerator of which is the number of Class A Shares held by such Class A Stockholder and the denominator of which is the number of outstanding Class A Shares, (ii) with respect to each Class B Stockholder, a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Class B Shares held by such Class B Stockholder and the denominator of which is the number of outstanding Class B Shares, and (iii) with respect to each Legacy Class A Stockholder, a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Class A Shares held by such Legacy Class A Stockholder and the denominator of which is the total number of Class A Shares held by all Legacy Class A Stockholders.

 

Profits means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (i) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds and Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Legacy Class A Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) and Article IV, Section 5 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to the

 

24



 

Legacy Class A Stockholders with respect to Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights) and Prior Distributions received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Subsequent Sale Proceeds (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Subsequent Sale Proceeds received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders in respect of Registrable Securities acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), minus (iii) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions made by the Class A Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable).

 

Registrable Securities ” means any and all Class A Shares currently held or hereafter acquired by the Legacy Class A Stockholders and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to any such shares by way of share split, or in connection with a combination of shares, share dividend, recapitalization, merger, exchange, conversion, reclassification or similar event or otherwise.  As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) they are sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act) or (iii) they shall have ceased to be outstanding.  No Registrable Securities may be registered under more than one registration statement at any one time.

 

Riverstone Stockholder ” means, collectively, Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Riverstone V FT Corp Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and/or their Permitted Transferees (as the case may be).

 

Sale ” means any Transfer of Class A Shares by the Specified Stockholders that is not a Permitted Transfer, whether pursuant to a Subsequent Public Offering or otherwise.

 

Sale Proceeds ” means the cash proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders in connection with a Sale, including any consideration received by the Specified Stockholders following the consummation of a Sale (whether in the form of contingent consideration or a post-closing adjustment or pursuant to an escrow or hold-back arrangement or otherwise).

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Special Board Approval ” means the approval of a majority of all of the directors then in office, which majority shall include at least one (1) director designated by the Apollo Stockholder pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, and one (1) director designated by a Principal Stockholder pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or one (1) Replacement Director designated pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.

 

Specified Change of Control ” means the following transactions in which proceeds are (a) received by the Corporation and the Board has approved the distribution of all or a portion of such proceeds to the Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 or (b) received by the Legacy Class A Stockholders from a third party purchaser: (i) an acquisition by any Person or group of Persons of Equity Securities of the Corporation, whether already outstanding or newly issued, in a transaction or series of transactions, if immediately thereafter such Person or group of Persons (other than the Apollo Stockholder, the Principal Stockholders or their respective Affiliates or a

 

25



 

wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Corporation) has, or would have, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined Equity Securities or voting power of the Corporation, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Class B Shares; (ii) the sale of all or substantially all (i.e., eighty percent (80%) or more) of the assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, directly or indirectly, to any Person or group of Persons in a transaction or series of transactions; or (iii) the consummation of a tender offer, merger, recapitalization, consolidation, business combination, reorganization or other transaction, or series of related transactions, involving the Corporation and any other Person or group of Persons; unless, in the case of clause (iii) of this definition, both (1) the Legacy Class A Stockholders, immediately prior to such transaction or the first transaction in such series of transactions, will, solely as a result of their ownership of Class A Shares immediately prior to such transaction or the first transaction in such series of transactions, beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined Equity Securities or voting power of the Corporation (or, if the Corporation will not be the surviving entity in such transaction or series of transactions, such surviving entity) immediately after such transaction or series of transactions and (2) individuals who are directors, immediately prior to such transaction or the first transaction in such series of transactions, will be entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes of the Board (or the board of directors or equivalent body of such surviving entity, as the case may be) after the closing of such transaction or series of transactions.  As used in this definition of Specified Change of Control, the term “group” shall have the same meaning used in Rule 13d-5 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  For the avoidance of doubt, this definition of Specified Change of Control shall not include an IPO.

 

Specified Class A Preferred Return ” means, with respect to the Specified Stockholders, as of any date of determination, a cumulative return of five percent (5%) per annum on the amount of the Specified Unrecovered Capital balance (as it may be adjusted from time to time) during the period from each date that the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) made a Capital Contribution accrued through such date, compounded annually.

 

Specified Condition ” means, as of any date of determination, that (i) the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding Class A Shares and (ii) a Specified Stockholder is entitled to designate at least one (1) director to the Board pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.

 

Specified MOIC ” means, as of any date of determination, the multiple of invested capital by the Apollo Stockholder and the Riverstone Stockholder in the Corporation and their respective predecessors in interest in the LLC (as applicable), which shall be equal to the quotient of (i) an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) through such date (for the avoidance of doubt including, for all purposes, any Available Cash Dividends distributed or to be distributed to the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) through such date with respect to any Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), plus (B) solely with respect to Capital Transactions, the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds (after deducting any costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with the Capital Transactions giving rise to such Capital Proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the

 

26



 

Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) theretofore received or to be received by the Specified Stockholders through such date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Capital Proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Capital Transactions through such date with respect to any Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), plus (C) an amount equal to (x) the offering price per share of Registrable Securities that are offered to the public in an IPO or a Subsequent Public Offering (after deducting the per share amount of any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with such IPO or Subsequent Public Offering (as applicable), but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise), multiplied by (y) the aggregate number of such shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding that are held, directly or indirectly, by the Specified Stockholders; provided , that solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Class B Consideration pursuant to Article IV, Section 6 , the amount set forth in subclause (C) of this definition shall be the aggregate amount of Sale Proceeds (after deducting any underwriting discounts, expenses and commissions and any other costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Stockholders in connection with such Sales giving rise to such Sale Proceeds, but only to the extent that such Stockholders have not previously been reimbursed such amounts by the Corporation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise) theretofore received or to be received by the Specified Stockholders in connection with such Sales (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Sale Proceeds theretofore received or to be received by the Specified Stockholders in connection with such Sales with respect to any Registrable Securities acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), plus (D) the aggregate amount of Specified Prior Distributions, divided by (ii) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions made by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Capital Contributions made by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) to acquire any Equity Securities of the Corporation or the LLC through such date).

 

Specified Previously Paid Class A Preferred Return ” means, with respect to the Specified Stockholders, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Specified Profits distributed prior to the occurrence of a Specified Sale to the Specified Stockholders and their predecessors in interest (as applicable) through such date (after the Specified Unrecovered Capital balance has been reduced to zero) that reduces the  Specified Unpaid Class A Preferred Return.

 

Specified Prior Distributions ” means, with respect to the Specified Stockholders, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of any distributions of proceeds from capital transactions and available cash and tax distributions received by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) in respect of membership interests in the LLC previously held by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to or received by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable) with respect to membership interests in the LLC, which membership interests were acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights).

 

27



 

Specified Profits ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (i) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds and Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 5 and Article IV, Section 2(b) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to the Specified Stockholders with respect to Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights) and Prior Distributions received by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Sale Proceeds (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Sale Proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders in respect of Registrable Securities acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), minus (iii) the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions made by the Specified Stockholders or their respective predecessors in interest (as applicable).

 

Specified Remaining Tier I Profits ” means the remaining amount of Specified Profits after the Specified Unrecovered Capital balance has been reduced to zero, minus the Specified Class B Catch-Up Amount.

 

Specified Remaining Tier II Profits ” means the remaining amount of Specified Remaining Tier I Profits after the Specified Unpaid Class A Preferred Return has been reduced to, and remains at zero, minus the Specified Tier I MIPS.

 

Specified Sale ” means any Sale by the Specified Stockholders where the Specified MOIC after giving effect to such Sale, is greater than one (1.0).

 

Specified Stockholders ” means, collectively, the Apollo Stockholder and the Riverstone Stockholder.

 

Specified Unpaid Class A Preferred Return ” means, with respect to the Specified Stockholders, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of accrued Specified Class A Preferred Return as of such date, over (ii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds and Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) and Article IV, Section 5 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to the Specified Stockholders with respect to Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), Sale Proceeds (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Sale Proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders in respect of Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights) and Specified Prior Distributions, over (y) the aggregate amount of any Capital Contributions made by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable); provided , that amounts received by the Specified Stockholders and their predecessors in interest (as applicable) that reduce the positive balance of the Specified Unrecovered Capital shall not also be applied to reduce the Specified Unpaid Class A Preferred Return in a manner that is duplicative.

 

Specified Unrecovered Capital ” means, with respect to the Specified Stockholders, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of any Capital Contributions made by the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable), over (ii) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds and Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to the Specified Stockholders pursuant to Article IV,

 

28



 

Section 2(b) and Article IV, Section 5 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to the Specified Stockholders with respect to Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), Sale Proceeds (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Sale Proceeds received by the Specified Stockholders in respect of Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights) and Prior Distributions made to the Specified Stockholders or their predecessors in interest (as applicable).

 

Stockholders ” means, collectively, the Class A Stockholders, the Class B Stockholders and the Preferred Stockholders.

 

Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Subsequent Public Offering ” means any public offering of Registrable Securities conducted following the consummation of an IPO pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8).

 

Subsequent Sale ” means any Transfer of Class A Shares by a Legacy Class A Stockholder that is not a Permitted Transfer, whether pursuant to a Subsequent Public Offering or otherwise.

 

Subsequent Sale Proceeds ” means the cash proceeds received by a Legacy Class A Stockholder in connection with a Subsequent Sale.

 

Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of shares of capital stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.

 

Threshold Capital Transaction means a Capital Transaction where the MOIC after giving effect to such Capital Transaction is at least one (1.0).

 

Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, gift, bequest, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition or encumbrance, direct or indirect, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise.  The terms “ Transferred ,” “ Transferring ,” “ Transferor ” and “ Transferee ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Unpaid Class A Preferred Return ” means, with respect to any Legacy Class A Stockholder, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of such Legacy Class A Stockholder’s accrued Class A Preferred Return as of such date, over (ii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds and Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to such Legacy Class A Stockholder

 

29



 

pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) and Article IV, Section 5 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to such Legacy Class A Stockholder and its predecessor in interest with respect to Equity Securities of the Corporation or the LLC acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), Subsequent Sale Proceeds (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Subsequent Sale Proceeds received by such Legacy Class A Stockholder in respect of Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights) and Prior Distributions made to such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable), over (y) the aggregate amount of any Capital Contributions made by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable); provided , that amounts received by such Legacy Class A Stockholder and its predecessor in interest (as applicable) that reduce the positive balance of the Unrecovered Capital of such Legacy Class A Stockholder shall not also be applied to reduce the Unpaid Class A Preferred Return of such Legacy Class A Stockholder in a manner that is duplicative.

 

Unrecovered Capital ” means, with respect to any Legacy Class A Stockholder, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of any Capital Contributions made by such Legacy Class A Stockholder (or its predecessor in interest, as applicable), over (ii) the aggregate amount of Capital Proceeds and Available Cash Dividends theretofore distributed or to be distributed to such Legacy Class A Stockholder pursuant to Article IV, Section 2(b) and Article IV, Section 5 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amounts distributed to such Legacy Class A Stockholder and its predecessor in interest with respect to Equity Securities of the Corporation or the LLC acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights), Subsequent Sale Proceeds (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Subsequent Sale Proceeds received by such Legacy Class A Stockholder in respect of Equity Securities of the Corporation acquired pursuant to the exercise of any preemptive rights) and Prior Distributions made to such Legacy Class A Stockholder or its predecessor in interest (as applicable).

 

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

30



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed this      day of                               , 2014.

 

 

EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES AND RECORDS

 

SECTION 1.1.                                           Delaware Office .  The registered office of EP Energy Corporation (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be located in Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 and the name and address of its registered agent is Corporation Trust Company.

 

SECTION 1.2.                                           Other Offices .  The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

 

SECTION 1.3.                                           Books and Records .  The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.1.                                           Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such place and time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.2.                                           Special Meeting .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of stock having a preference over the Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation (“ Preferred Stock ”), special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a majority of the number of directors then in office pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

SECTION 2.3.                                           Place of Meeting .  The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, as the case may be, may designate the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.  If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.4.                                           Notice of Meeting .  Written or printed notice, stating the place, date and time of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered by the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally, by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ DGCL ”) (except to the extent prohibited by Section 232(e)

 



 

of the DGCL) or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation.  If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the DGCL.  Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting or otherwise by or at the direction of the Board of Directors.  Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with Section 6.4 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws adopted by the Corporation on [                 ], 2014, as may be amended, restated or modified from time to time (these “ Amended and Restated Bylaws ”).  Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless otherwise provided in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [                 ], 2014, as may be amended, restated or modified from time to time (the “ Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”)) any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.5.                                           Quorum and Adjournment .  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”), represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.  The Chairman of the meeting, the Chief Executive Officer or a President may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum.  No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by law.  At any such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed; but only those stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as originally noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments thereof.  The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 2.6.                                           Proxies .  At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing (or in such manner prescribed by the DGCL) by the stockholder, or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact.

 

SECTION 2.7.                                           Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(A)                                Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(1)                                  At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and only other business shall be considered or conducted, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  For

 

2



 

nominations to be properly made at an annual meeting, and proposals of other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations and proposals of other business must be: (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw and at the time of the annual meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw as to such business or nomination; clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “ Exchange Act ”) and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(2)                                  Without qualification or limitation, for any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to paragraph (A)(1)(c) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than one hundred (100) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  In addition, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall further be updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date, and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting, any adjournment or postponement thereof in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.  To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(2) or paragraph (B)) to the Secretary must: (a) set forth, as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such beneficial owner, if any, and of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, (ii) (A) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder, such beneficial owner, and of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or

 

3



 

similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, any derivative or synthetic arrangement having the characteristics of a long position in any class or series of shares of the Corporation, or any contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions designed to produce economic benefits and risks that correspond substantially to the ownership of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, contract or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise, through the delivery of cash or other property, or otherwise, and without regard of whether the stockholder of record, the beneficial owner, if any, or any affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, may have entered into transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such instrument, contract or right (any of the foregoing, a “ Derivative Instrument ”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, or any affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (D) any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of the shares of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder with respect to any class or series of the shares of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the price or value of any security of the Corporation (any of the foregoing, a “ Short Interest ”), (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership, (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s immediate family sharing the same household, (H) any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such stockholder, and (I) any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), and (iii) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement and form of proxy or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated

 

4



 

thereunder; (b) if the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest of such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, in such business, (ii) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration) and (iii) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; (c) set forth, as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection to the Board of Directors (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected) and (ii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and (d) with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.8 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

(3)                                  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(B)                                Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) provided that the Board of Directors has determined

 

5



 

that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw and at the time of the special meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw as to such nomination.  The immediately preceding sentence shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations  (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before a special meeting of stockholders.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Bylaw with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.8 of this Bylaw) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the date of such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to the date of such special meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such special meeting is less than one hundred (100) days prior to the date of such special meeting, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)                                General .

 

(1)                                  Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Amended and Restated Bylaws.  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Amended and Restated Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Amended and Restated Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.  Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to make a nomination or present a proposal of other business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

6



 

(2)                                  For purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Amended and Restated Bylaws; provided , however , that any references in these Amended and Restated Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to paragraph (A)(1)(c) or paragraph (B) of this Bylaw. Nothing in these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws. Subject to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, nothing in these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be construed to permit any stockholder, or give any stockholder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Corporation’s proxy statement any nomination of director or directors or any other business proposal.

 

SECTION 2.8.                                           Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement .  To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.7 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein and (C) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

 

7



 

SECTION 2.9.                                           Procedure for Election of Directors; Required Vote .   Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot, and, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present shall elect directors.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.10.                                    Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls .  The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof.  One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law.

 

The Chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting.

 

SECTION 2.11.                                    Action Without Meeting .  For so long as the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Corporation, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Class A Shares ”), holders of Class A Shares (the “ Class A Stockholders ”) may take action by the written consent of Class A Stockholders, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by or on behalf of the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of incorporation, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed, and dated for the purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (A) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (B) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.  Any consent by means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been signed on the date on which such electronic

 

8



 

transmission was transmitted. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery of a consent given by electronic transmission made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent, and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Any copy, facsimile, or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing (or reproduction in paper form of a consent by electronic transmission) may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing (or original reproduction in paper form of a consent by electronic transmission) for any and all purposes for which the original consent could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile, or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing (or original reproduction in paper form of a consent by electronic transmission).  Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than a unanimous written consent shall be given by the Secretary to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of the holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.12.                                    Effectiveness of Written Consent .  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated written consent received in accordance with Section 2.11 , a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in Section 2.11 .

 

SECTION 2.13.                                    Remote Meetings .  If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(A)                                participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

(B)                                be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided , that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of

 

9



 

remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

In the case of any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of stockholders called upon order of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communications as authorized by this Section 2.13 .

 

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.1.                                           General Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authorities by these Amended and Restated Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by these Amended and Restated Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.2.                                           Number, Tenure and Qualifications .  Subject to (x) the Stockholders Agreement and (y) the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances and for so long as the Specified Condition is satisfied, the number of directors, classes of directors, tenure and qualifications of directors and other matters relating to the composition of the Board of Directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively pursuant to a Special Board Approval set forth in a resolution adopted by such directors constituting a Special Board Approval and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances and in the event the Specified Condition is no longer satisfied, the number of directors, classes of directors, tenure and qualifications of directors and other matters relating to the composition of the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office.  Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, commencing with the date of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as is reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the third class to expire at the 2017 annual meeting of stockholders, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the 2015 annual meeting, (i) directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, and (ii) if authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, directors may be elected to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors, regardless of how such vacancy shall have been created.

 

SECTION 3.3.                                           Regular Meetings .  The Board of Directors shall, by resolution, provide for regular meetings of the Board of Directors at such times and at such places as it deems desirable. Notice of regular meetings need not be given.

 

10


 

SECTION 3.4.                                           Special Meetings .  Subject to the notice requirements in Section 3.6 , special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called at the request of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office or the Chairman of the Board.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings

 

SECTION 3.5.                                           Company Attorney-Client Privilege .  The Chief Executive Officer may be excluded from all or any portion of any meeting of the Board of Directors to the extent that a majority of the other directors then in office determines in good faith and upon the advice of counsel to the Corporation that such exclusion is required to preserve the attorney-client privilege between the Corporation and its counsel, or to the extent the respective interests of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and those of the Chief Executive Officer as to the matter(s) to be discussed or actions to be taken during such portion of such meeting, conflict or could be perceived to conflict (in the good faith judgment of the other directors).

 

SECTION 3.6.                                           Notice .  Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or overnight mail or courier service, facsimile or electronic transmission, or orally by telephone, which notice shall include a brief description of the action or actions to be considered by the Board of Directors.  If mailed by first-class mail, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting.  If by overnight mail or courier service, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting.  If by facsimile or electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting.  If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Amended and Restated Bylaws, as provided under Section 8.1 .  A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 6.4 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

 

SECTION 3.7.                                           Action by Written Consent of Board of Directors .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

SECTION 3.8.                                           Conference Telephone Meetings .  Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

11



 

SECTION 3.9.                                           Quorum .  A majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting without further notice.  The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors (x) unless the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these Amended and Restated Bylaws or applicable law shall require the vote of a greater number and (y) except as provided in the Stockholders Agreement.  The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 3.10.                                    Vacancies .  Subject to applicable law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, except as otherwise provided by law, and shall not be filled by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided , however , that if (i) a vacancy in the Board of Directors is created as a result of the Apollo Stockholder or a Principal Stockholder losing its right to designate a director pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement and (ii) the Legacy Class A Stockholders beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Class A Shares at such time, then such vacancy shall be filled by a vote of the Legacy Class A Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding Class A Shares held by the Legacy Class A Stockholders (a “ Majority-in-Interest ”) (each such director designated by such Majority-in-Interest, a “ Replacement Director ”); provided , that each Replacement Director (A) shall qualify as an Independent Director and (B) any directors’ fees or similar compensation paid to such Replacement Director shall be taken into account in determining whether such person is an Independent Director.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  If any applicable provision of the DGCL expressly confers power on stockholders to fill such a directorship at a special meeting of stockholders, such a directorship may be filled at such meeting only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.  No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the total number of directors then in office shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

SECTION 3.11.                                    Committees of the Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, designate from among members of the Board of Directors one or more committees (including an audit committee and a compensation committee), and delegate to such committee such power, authority and responsibility as the Board of Directors determines is appropriate subject to the limitations set forth in the DGCL or in the establishment of the committee; provided , however , that in no event shall the Board of Directors designate an executive committee or similar committee to exercise all or substantially all of the power of the Board of Directors when not in session.  Each such committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Corporation and, to

 

12



 

the extent permitted by applicable law, rules and regulations (including securities laws and regulations and listing rules and requirements), the composition of each such committee shall be consistent with the right of the applicable Legacy Class A Stockholder(s) to designate directors to the Board of Directors under, and the committee composition provisions of, the Stockholders Agreement.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  Any such committee, may to the extent permitted by law exercise such powers and shall have such responsibilities as shall be specified in the designating resolution.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Each committee shall keep written minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board of Directors when required.

 

A majority of any committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide.  Notice of such meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided for in Section 3.6 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws.  The Board shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided , however , that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board of Directors.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, for so long as any Legacy Class A Stockholder or a Majority-in-Interest has the right to designate a director pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the nominating committee of the Board of Directors shall only nominate the applicable director designee designated by such Legacy Class A Stockholder or Majority-in-Interest entitled to designate such seat on the Board of Directors; provided , that such designee satisfies the applicable qualification requirements.

 

SECTION 3.12.                                    Records .  The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

SECTION 4.1.                                           Officers .  The elected officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a General Counsel, a Chief Accounting Officer, a Treasurer, a Secretary and any other officers of the Corporation that report directly to the Chief Executive Officer, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified.  The Chairman of the Board shall be chosen from among the directors.  All officers elected by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV .  Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of

 

13



 

Directors or by any committee thereof. In addition, the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may from time to time elect, or the Chief Executive Officer may appoint, such other officers (including one or more Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and Tax Officers) and such agents, as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as shall be provided in these Amended and Restated Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or such committee or by the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 4.2.                                           Election and Term of Office .  The elected officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until such officer’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such officer’s death, resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 4.3.                                           Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.4.                                           Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  Unless there shall have been elected one or more Presidents of the Corporation, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.5.                                           President .  The President shall have such general powers and duties of supervision and management as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.6.                                           Vice-Presidents .  Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 4.7.                                           Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation.  He or she shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or a President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He or she shall render to the Chairman of the Board, the President and the Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer may direct the Treasurer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and the Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers

 

14



 

as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time; provided, however, that if the offices of the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer are held by the same person, then the Chief Executive Officer may direct the Chief Accounting Officer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

SECTION 4.8.                                           Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer shall have direct management responsibility for the general business operations of the Corporation, and he or she shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be incident to the office of chief operating officer of a corporation, those duties assigned to him or her by other provisions of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her either directly or indirectly by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

SECTION 4.9.                                           Chief Accounting Officer . The Chief Accounting Officer shall have such general powers and duties of supervision and management as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.  The Chief Accounting Officer shall perform such other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. In addition, the Board of Directors may direct the Chief Accounting Officer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

SECTION 4.10.                                    General Counsel . The General Counsel shall be the chief legal advisor of the corporation and shall have responsibility for the management of the legal affairs and litigation of the corporation and, in general, he or she shall perform the duties incident to the office of general counsel of a corporation and such other duties as may be assigned to him or her either directly or indirectly by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or as may be provided by law.

 

SECTION 4.11.                                    Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. In case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation shall be restored to the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.12.                                    Secretary .  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for that purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the committees of the Board and the stockholders; he or she shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Amended and Restated Bylaws and as required by law; he or she shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all stock certificates of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a

 

15



 

facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; and he or she shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general, he or she shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the Chairman of the Board or a President.

 

SECTION 4.13.                                    Removal .  Any officer elected, or agent appointed, by the Board of Directors may be removed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office whenever, in their judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby. Any officer or agent appointed by the Chief Executive Officer may be removed by him or her whenever, in his or her judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby. No elected officer shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of his or her successor or his or her death, resignation or removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in any incentive plan, including but not limited to, any employment contract or under an employee deferred compensation plan.

 

SECTION 4.14.                                    Vacancies .  A newly created elected office and a vacancy in any elected office because of death, resignation, or removal may be filled by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in an office appointed by the Chief Executive Officer because of death, resignation, or removal may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS

 

SECTION 5.1.                                           Certificated and Uncertificated Stock; Transfers .  The interests of stockholders of the Corporation shall be uncertificated; provided , that the Board of Directors may expressly elect to evidence such interests by certificate and if the Board of Directors so elects, such interests shall be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such form as the appropriate officers of the Corporation may from time to time prescribe or be uncertificated.

 

The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation, in the case of certificated shares of stock, by the holder thereof in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for at least the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require; and, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Certificates of stock, if any, shall be signed, countersigned and registered in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may permit all or any of the signatures on such certificates to be in facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent

 

16



 

or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Amended and Restated Bylaws, at all times that the Corporation’s stock is listed on a stock exchange, the shares of the stock of the Corporation shall comply with all direct registration system eligibility requirements established by such exchange, including any requirement that shares of the Corporation’s stock be eligible for issue in book-entry form.  All issuances and transfers of shares of the Corporation’s stock shall be entered on the books of the Corporation with all information necessary to comply with such direct registration system eligibility requirements, including the name and address of the person to whom the shares of stock are issued, the number of shares of stock issued and the date of issue.  The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of stock of the Corporation in both the certificated and uncertificated form.

 

SECTION 5.2.                                           Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  In the event that the Board of Directors expressly elects to evidence shares of stock in the Corporation by certificate pursuant to Section 5.1 , no certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any such certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on production of such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors or any financial officer may in its or his or her discretion require.

 

SECTION 5.3.                                           Record Owners .  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

SECTION 5.4.                                           Transfer and Registry Agents .  The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 6.1.                                           Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.2.                                           Dividends .  The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

17



 

SECTION 6.3.                                           Seal .  The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise imprinted upon the subject document or paper.

 

SECTION 6.4.                                           Waiver of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

SECTION 6.5.                                           Audits .  The accounts, books and records of the Corporation shall be audited upon the conclusion of each fiscal year by an independent certified public accountant selected by the Board of Directors, and it shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to cause such audit to be done annually.

 

SECTION 6.6.                                           Resignations .  Any director or any officer, whether elected or appointed, may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, or at such later time as is specified therein.  No formal action shall be required of the Board of Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective.

 

SECTION 6.7.                                           Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms that are used by not defined herein, but that are defined in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE VII
CONTRACTS, PROXIES, ETC.

 

SECTION 7.1.                                           Contracts .  Except as otherwise required by law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, any contracts or other instruments may be executed and delivered in the name and on the behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine.  The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President may execute bonds, contracts, deeds, leases and other instruments to be made or executed for or on behalf of the Corporation.  Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Corporation may delegate contractual powers to others under his or her jurisdiction, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

 

18



 

SECTION 7.2.                                           Proxies .  Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper in the premises.

 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

SECTION 8.1.                                           Amendments .  These Amended and Restated Bylaws may be modified, amended or repealed upon (A) the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office and (B) the affirmative vote of the Class A Stockholders that together beneficially own at least ninety percent (90%) of the voting power of the Class A Shares entitled to vote thereon; provided , however , that for so long as the Specified Condition is satisfied, these Amended and Restated Bylaws may be modified, amended or repealed upon (1) a Special Board Approval and (2) the affirmative vote of the Class A Stockholders that together beneficially own eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the Class A Shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

19




Exhibit 5.1

 

GRAPHIC

 

January 6, 2014

 

EP Energy Corporation

1001 Louisiana Street

Houston, Texas 77002

 

Re:                              EP Energy Corporation

Registration Statement on Form S-1

(File No. 333-190979)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to EP Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation and filing by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 , as amended (File No. 333-190979) (the “ Registration Statement ), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”).  The Registration Statement relates to an underwritten public offering by the Company of up to 46,000,000 shares (including up to 6,000,000 shares subject to the Underwriters’ (as defined below) overallotment option) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”) (together with any additional shares of such stock that may be issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Act, the “ Shares ”), pursuant to the terms of an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be executed by the Company and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the underwriters named therein (the “ Underwriters ”).  This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act.

 

We have examined originals or certified copies of such corporate records of the Company and other certificates and documents of officials of the Company, public officials and others as we have deemed appropriate for purposes of this letter.  We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed, certified or reproduced copies. We have also assumed that, upon sale and delivery, valid book-entry notations for the issuance of the Shares in uncertificated form will have been duly made in the share register of the Company. As to various questions of fact relevant to this letter, we have relied, without independent investigation, upon certificates of public officials and certificates of officers of the Company, all of which we assume to be true, correct and complete.

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that when (x) the certificate of incorporation of the Company has been amended and restated to be substantially in the form of the form thereof filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (y) the Underwriting Agreement has been duly

 

1111 Louisiana Street, 44th Floor | Houston, Texas 77002-5200 | 713.220.5800 | fax 713.236.0822 | akingump.com

 



 

executed and delivered and (z) the Shares have been issued and delivered in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement against payment in full of the consideration payable therefor as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof and as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The opinions and other matters in this letter are qualified in their entirety and subject to the following:

 

A.             We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

B.             This opinion letter is limited to the matters expressly stated herein and no opinion is to be inferred or implied beyond the opinion expressly set forth herein.  We undertake no, and hereby disclaim any, obligation to make any inquiry after the date hereof or to advise you of any changes in any matter set forth herein, whether based on a change in the law, a change in any fact relating to the Company or any other person or any other circumstance.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement under the caption “Legal Matters.”  In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ AKIN, GUMP, STRAUSS, HAUER & FELD, L.L.P.

 

AKIN, GUMP, STRAUSS, HAUER & FELD, L.L.P.

 

2


 



Exhibit 10.22

 

AMENDED & RESTATED TRANSACTION FEE AGREEMENT

 

AMENDED & RESTATED TRANSACTION FEE AGREEMENT , dated as of December 20, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among EP ENERGY CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ EP Corp. ”), EP ENERGY GLOBAL LLC (F/K/A EP ENERGY, L.L.C.) , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), EPE ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Apollo ”), RIVERSTONE V EVEREST HOLDINGS, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Riverstone ” and together with Apollo, the “ Initial Service Providers ” and each, an “ Initial Service Provider ”), ACCESS INDUSTRIES, INC. , a New York corporation (“ Access Industries ”) and KOREA NATIONAL OIL CORPORATION , a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Korea (“ KNOC ,” and together with Access Industries and the Initial Service Providers, the “ Service Providers ” and each, a “ Service Provider ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Service Providers previously entered into the Transaction Fee Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012 (the “ Original Agreement ”), by and among the Company, Holdings, and the Service Providers;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 11 of the Original Agreement, the Company, EP Corp., Holdings, and the Services Providers wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS , the Service Providers have expertise in the areas of finance, strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to Holdings, its direct and indirect divisions and subsidiaries, parent entities and controlled affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) and their businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each of Holdings and the Company has availed itself of the Initial Service Providers’ expertise related to the business and affairs of the Company Group and the review and analysis of certain financial and other transactions;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Holdings became indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of EP Corp. pursuant to that certain Restructuring Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, by and among Holdings and the other signatories thereto; and

 

WHEREAS, each of the Service Providers, Holdings, the Company, and EP Corp. agrees that it is in its best interest to enter into this Agreement whereby, for the consideration specified herein, the Service Providers have provided the services identified herein as independent consultants to the Company Group.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

Section 1.                                           Retention of the Service Providers.

 

This letter serves to confirm the retention by Holdings and the Company of the Service Providers to provide structuring and financial services to Holdings and the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.                                           Term.

 

This Agreement shall commence on, and shall be effective from, the date of the Original Agreement and shall terminate upon the Termination Date (as defined in the Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, EP Corp., Holdings and the Service Providers); provided , that the obligations of the Company Group pursuant to Sections 3 , 4(b) , 4(c) , and 5 and the provisions of Section 7 through Section 15 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.                                           Transaction Services.

 

(a)                                  Each of Holdings and the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Initial Service Providers have (i) structured the acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Purchase and Sale Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of February 24, 2012, by and among EP Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ EP Energy ”), EP Energy Holding Company, a Delaware corporation (“ New EPE ”), El Paso Brazil, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ EP Brazil ” and together with EP Energy and New EPE, the “ Sellers ” and each a “ Seller ”) and the Company, (ii) arranged for financing in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (the “ Acquisition Financing ”), and (iii) provided other services in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Acquisition Financing.

 

(b)                                  Intentionally omitted.

 

(c)                                   Each Service Provider shall perform all services to be provided hereunder as an independent contractor to the Company Group and not as an employee, agent, partner, joint venturer or representative of any member of the Company Group.  No Service Provider shall have any authority to act for or to bind any member of the Company Group while acting in its capacity as an advisor to the Company Group under this Agreement without Holdings’ or the Company’s prior written consent.

 

(d)                                  This Agreement shall in no way prohibit the Service Providers, their Affiliates, or any of their or their Affiliates’ current or former limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives from engaging in other activities or performing services for their or their own account or for the account of others, including for any Person that may be in competition with any business of any member of the Company Group.

 

(e)                                   Any advice or opinions provided by any Service Provider may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than Holdings’, the Company’s, or any of their affiliate’s legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with such Service Provider’s prior written consent.

 

2



 

Section 4.                                           Compensation.

 

(a)                                  As consideration for services rendered as set forth in Section 3(a) , the Company agrees to pay:

 

i.                   to Apollo, a nonrefundable fee of $53,625,000 (the “ Apollo Transaction Fee ”), and

 

ii.                to Riverstone, a nonrefundable fee of $17,875,000 (the “ Riverstone Transaction Fee ” and together with the Apollo Transaction Fee, the “ Transaction Fees ”),

 

which shall be earned and payable in full upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (the “ Completion Date ”). The Apollo Transaction Fee will be payable to Apollo by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by Apollo and the Riverstone Transaction Fee will be payable to Riverstone by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by Riverstone.

 

(b)                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall have the effect of prohibiting the Service Providers, their Affiliates or any of their or their Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives from receiving from Holdings, the Company, or any other member of the Company Group, any other fees.

 

(c)                                   All amounts payable to the Service Providers hereunder shall be paid in cash and in U.S. dollars by wire transfer in same-day funds to the respective bank accounts designated by the Service Providers.

 

Section 5.                                           Indemnification; Limitation on Damages

 

(a)                                  Each of the Company and EP Corp. shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Service Provider, its respective Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors (each such Person being an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including in connection with seeking indemnification and, whether joint or several (the “ Liabilities ”), related to, arising out of or in connection with the services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of such Service Provider pursuant to, and the performance by such Service Provider of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, whether or not pending or threatened, whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party, whether or not resulting in any liability and whether or not such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding is initiated or brought by any member of the Company Group.  Each of the Company and EP Corp. shall, jointly and severally, reimburse any Indemnified Party for all costs, fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto.  Neither the Company nor EP Corp. shall be liable under the foregoing indemnification provisions with respect to any Liability of an Indemnified Party to the extent that such is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted primarily from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.  The attorneys’ fees and other expenses of an Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Company and EP Corp., jointly and severally, as they are incurred upon receipt, in each case, of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amounts if it is finally judicially

 

3



 

determined that the Liabilities in question resulted primarily from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.

 

(b)                                  The Company Group’s sole remedy against a Service Provider for breach of this Agreement shall be to offset any fees otherwise payable to such Service Provider by the amount of any Liabilities arising out of or relating to such Service Provider’s performance under this Agreement or the services to be rendered by such Service Provider hereunder, it being understood that any recovery shall be limited to actual damages, and no special, consequential, indirect, or punitive damages shall be allowed.  No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company Group (i) for any breach hereunder by another Indemnified Person or (ii) for any breach by it, unless such breach constitutes fraud or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be made.

 

Section 6.                                           Intentionally omitted.

 

Section 7.                                           Notices.

 

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient if personally delivered, sent by internationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to Apollo, to:

 

Apollo Global Securities, LLC

9 West 57 th  Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention:    Cindy Michel

Telecopier:  (212) 515-3288

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Apollo Management VII, L.P.

9 West 57 th  Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention:    Gregory Beard and Laurie D. Medley

Telecopier:  (212) 515-3288

 

and

 

Apollo Commodities Management, L.P. with respect to Series I

9 West 57 th  Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention:    Gregory Beard and Laurie D. Medley

Telecopier:  (212) 515-3288

 

and

 

4



 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, N.Y. 10019-6064

Attention:  John M. Scott

Telecopier: (212) 757-3990

 

if to Riverstone, to:

 

c/o Riverstone Holdings LLC

712 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  Thomas J. Walker

Telecopier: (212) 993-0077

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  Bruce C. Herzog

Telecopier:  (212) 728-9220

 

if to Access Industries, to:

 

Access Industries

730 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention:    General Counsel

Telecopier:  (212) 977-8112

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:  Jeffrey J. Rosen

                  Kevin A. Rinker

Telecopier: (212) 909-6836

 

if to KNOC, to:

 

Korea National Oil Corporation

57 Gwanpyeong-ro212beong-gil, Dongan-gu,

 

5



 

Anyang, Gyeonggi-do, Korea 431-711

Attention:    VP of New Ventures Dept.

Telecopier:  +82 31 384 1275

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Kim & Chang

Seyang building, 223 Naeja-dong, Jongno-gu

Seoul 110-720 Korea

Attention:   Chung-In Anthony Choi

Telecopier: +82 2 3703 1590

 

if to the Company, EP Corp., or Holdings, to it at:

 

EP Energy Corporation

1001 Louisiana Street

Houston, TX 77002

Attention:  Marguerite Woung-Chapman

Telecopier: (713) 997-4099

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, N.Y. 10019-6064

Attention:  John M. Scott

Telecopier: (212) 757-3990

 

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance herewith.  Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date when sent, (c) in the case of telecopy transmission, when received, and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

 

Section 8.                                           Benefits of Agreement.

 

This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Service Providers, Holdings, the Company, EP Corp., the Indemnified Parties and any successors to or assigns of the Service Providers, Holdings, the Company, EP Corp. and the Indemnified Parties; provided , this Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of any assignment by a Service Provider and; provided , further , that no consent of any party shall be required for any assignment by a Service Provider to an Affiliate of such Service Provider. Upon a Service Provider’s request, the Company shall cause the other members of the Company Group to become parties hereto directly in order to avail themselves of the services hereunder.

 

6



 

Section 9.                                           Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.  The parties hereto hereby declare that it is their intention that this Agreement shall be regarded as made under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all cases where legal interpretation shall be required.  Each of the parties hereto:  (a) agrees that this Agreement involves at least US $100,000.00; (b) agrees that this Agreement has been entered into by the parties hereto in express reliance upon 6 Del. C. § 2708(a); (c) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware with respect to all actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (d) agrees that all claims with respect to any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such courts and agrees not to commence any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby except in such courts; (e) irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and irrevocably and unconditionally waives the defense of an inconvenient forum; (f) irrevocably appoints The Corporation Trust Company as its agent for the sole purpose of receiving service of process or other legal summons in connection with any such dispute, litigation, action or proceeding brought in such courts and agrees that it will maintain The Corporation Trust Company at all times as its duly appointed agent in the State of Delaware for the service of any process or summons in connection with any such dispute, litigation, action or proceeding brought in such courts and, if it fails to maintain such an agent during any period, any such process or summons may be served on it by mailing a copy of such process or summons by a nationally-recognized courier service to the address set forth below its signature to this Agreement, with such service deemed effective on the fifth day after the date of such mailing; and (g) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  The parties hereto agree that any violation of this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and shall constitute irreparable harm.

 

Section 10.                                    Headings.

 

Section headings are used for convenience only and shall in no way affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.                                    Entire Agreement; Amendments.

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to its subject matter and supersedes any and all prior agreements, and neither it nor any part of it may in any way be altered, amended, extended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written agreement signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

7



 

Section 12.                                    Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including via facsimile transmission or PDF copies sent by e-mail, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same document.

 

Section 13.                                    Waivers.

 

Any party to this Agreement may, by written notice to the other party, waive any provision of this Agreement.  The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

Section 14.                                    Severability.

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 15.                                    Definitions.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate,” (i) with respect to Apollo, shall include AIF VII Euro Holdings, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund (PB) VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware 892) VII, L.P., Apollo Advisors VII, L.P., Apollo Natural Resources Partners, L.P. and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Apollo Funds ”), the general partner of each of the Apollo Funds and each Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing Persons, (ii) with respect to Riverstone, shall include Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P. and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Riverstone Funds ”), the general partner of each of the Riverstone Funds and each Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing Persons (iii) with respect to Access Industries, shall include each Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Access Industries and (iv) with respect to KNOC, shall include each Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with KNOC.  Furthermore, for purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, estate, joint venture, unincorporated organization or governmental authority (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” mean include, includes and including “without limitation”.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Name: Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

 



 

 

EP ENERGY GLOBAL LLC (F/K/A EP ENERGY,
L.L.C.)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Name: Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

 



 

 

EPE ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Name: Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

 



 

 

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cindy Michel

 

 

Name: Cindy Michel

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

 



 

 

RIVERSTONE V EVEREST HOLDINGS, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

RIVERSTONE ENERGY PARTNERS V,
L.P., its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RIVERSTONE ENERGY GP V, LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Walker

 

 

Name: Thomas Walker

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

 



 

 

ACCESS INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Thoren

 

 

Name: Peter Thoren

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jared Fertman

 

 

Name: Jared Fertman

 

 

Title: VP, Associate General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

 



 

 

KOREA NATIONAL OIL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Woo Seok Lee

 

 

Name: Woo Seok Lee

 

 

Title: Vice President for Production Management

 

 

Dept.

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Transaction Fee Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

AMENDED & RESTATED MANAGEMENT FEE AGREEMENT

 

AMENDED & RESTATED MANAGEMENT FEE AGREEMENT , dated as of December 20, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among EP ENERGY CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ EP Corp. ”), EP ENERGY GLOBAL LLC (F/K/A EP ENERGY, L.L.C.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), EPE ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), APOLLO MANAGEMENT VII, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Apollo Management ”), APOLLO COMMODITIES MANAGEMENT, L.P., WITH RESPECT TO SERIES I , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Apollo Commodities Management ” and together with Apollo Management, “ Apollo ”), RIVERSTONE V EVEREST HOLDINGS, L.P.  a Delaware limited partnership (“ Riverstone ”), ACCESS INDUSTRIES, INC. , a New York corporation (“ Access Industries ”) and KOREA NATIONAL OIL CORPORATION , a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Korea (“ KNOC ” and together Apollo, Riverstone and Access Industries, the “ Service Providers ” and each a “ Service Provider ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Service Providers previously entered into the Management Fee Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2012 (the “ Original Agreement ”), by and among the Company, Holdings, and the Service Providers;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 10 of the Original Agreement, the Company, EP Corp., Holdings, and the Services Providers wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS , the Service Providers have expertise in the areas of finance, strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to Holdings, its direct and indirect divisions and subsidiaries, parent entities and controlled affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) and their businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each of EP Corp., Holdings, and the Company desires to avail itself of the Service Providers’ expertise and consequently has requested that the Service Providers make such expertise available from time to time in rendering certain management consulting and advisory services related to the business and affairs of the Company Group and the review and analysis of certain financial and other transactions;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Holdings became indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of EP Corp. pursuant to that certain Restructuring Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013 (the “ Restructuring Agreement ”), by and among Holdings and the other signatories thereto;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement, the Company entered into that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013 (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company listed on the signature pages thereto; and

 

WHEREAS, each of the Service Providers, Holdings, the Company, and EP Corp. agrees that it is in its best interest to enter into this Agreement whereby, for the consideration specified herein, the Service Providers have provided and shall provide the services identified herein as independent consultants to the Company Group.

 



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           Retention of the Service Providers.

 

Holdings and the Company retain the Service Providers, and each Service Provider hereby accepts such retention, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.                                           Term.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall commence on, and shall be effective from, the date of the Original Agreement and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b)  below, unless otherwise extended pursuant to the following sentence, shall terminate on the twelve-year anniversary of the date of the Original Agreement (the “ Term ”) or such earlier date as the Service Providers, Holdings and the Company may mutually agree in a written agreement signed by each of them.  Upon the twelve-year anniversary of the date of the Original Agreement, and at the end of each year thereafter (each of such twelve-year anniversary and the end of each year thereafter being a “ Year End ”), the Term shall be extended automatically for an additional year unless notice to the contrary is given by any party at least 30, but no more than 60, days prior to such Year End, as applicable.  The date on which the Term expires (as extended pursuant to the proceeding sentence) or on which the Service Providers, Holdings and the Company mutually agree to terminate the Agreement shall be deemed the “ Termination Date .”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Company Group pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 and the provisions of Section 6 through Section 14 shall survive any the termination of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Service Providers’ obligation to provide services hereunder and the Company’s obligations under Section 4 shall continue through the earliest of (i) the Termination Date, (ii) a Change of Control and (iii) an IPO (each as defined below).

 

Section 3.                                           Management Consulting Services.

 

(a)                                  The Service Providers shall advise the Company Group concerning such management matters that relate to proposed financial transactions, acquisitions and other senior management matters related to the business, administration and policies of the members of the Company Group, in each case as Holdings or the Company shall reasonably and specifically request by way of written notice to the Service Providers, which notice shall specify the services required of the Service Providers and shall include all background materials and information necessary for the Service Providers to complete such services. If requested to provide such services, each Service Provider shall devote such time to any such written request as such Service Provider shall deem, in its sole discretion, necessary. Such consulting services, in each Service Provider’s sole discretion, shall be rendered in person or by telephone or other communication.  The Service Providers shall have no obligation to any member of the Company Group as to the manner and time of rendering its services hereunder, and no member of the Company Group shall have any right to dictate or direct the details of the services rendered hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Holdings and the Company shall promptly provide any materials or information that the Service Providers may reasonably request in connection with the provision of services by the Service Providers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or to comply with Securities and Exchange Commission or other legal requirements (any such materials or information so furnished, the “ Information ”).  Each of Holdings and the Company recognizes and confirms that each Service Provider (i) shall use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized

 

2



 

public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same, (ii) does not assume any responsibility or liability whatsoever for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information and (iii) is entitled to rely upon the Information without independent verification.

 

(c)                                   Each Service Provider shall perform all services to be provided hereunder as an independent contractor to the Company Group and not as an employee, agent, partner, joint venturer or representative of any member of the Company Group.  No Service Provider shall have any authority to act for or to bind any member of the Company Group while acting in its capacity as an advisor to the Company Group under this Agreement without Holdings’ or the Company’s prior written consent.  The Service Providers are not partners or joint venturers.

 

(d)                                  This Agreement shall in no way prohibit the Service Providers, their Affiliates, or any of their or their Affiliates’ current or former limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives from engaging in other activities or performing services for its or their own account or for the account of others, including for any Person that may be in competition with any business of any member of the Company Group.

 

(e)                                   Any advice or opinions provided by any Service Provider may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than Holdings’, the Company’s, or any of their affiliate’s legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with such Service Provider’s prior written consent.

 

Section 4.                                           Compensation.

 

(a)                                  As consideration for the Service Providers’ agreement to render the services set forth in Section 3(a)  of this Agreement and as compensation for any such services rendered by the Service Providers, except as provided in Section 4(g), the Company agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, a nonrefundable annual fee (the “ Annual Fee ”) equal to $25,000,000 to be allocated as follows: (i) a portion of the Annual Fee shall be allocated among each of (A) Riverstone, (B) KNOC and (C) Access Industries in accordance with a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the commitment funded by such Service Provider and/or its Affiliate in exchange for equity securities of Holdings (or any successor thereto) as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase and Sale Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of February 24, 2012, by and among EPE Acquisition, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, EP Energy Corporation, a corporation organized under the Laws of the State of Delaware, EP Energy Holding Company, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and El Paso Brazil, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the commitments funded by investors in Holdings (or any successor thereto) in exchange for equity securities of Holdings (or any successor thereto) as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and (ii) the remaining portion of the Annual Fee shall be allocated to Apollo.  Such Annual Fee shall be payable in full for each calendar year during the Term on the first business day of such calendar year; provided , that the Annual Fee for the 2012 calendar year shall be prorated to cover only the time period commencing on the Completion Date and ending on December 31, 2012 and shall be payable in full and in advance on the Completion Date; provided;   further , that commencing with the calendar year 2014, in lieu of payment of an Annual Fee, the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, a nonrefundable quarterly fee equal to $6,250,000 on the first business day of each calendar quarter (the “ Quarterly Fee ” and either of the Annual Fee or the Quarterly Fee, the “ Management Fee ”), which Quarterly Fee shall be paid in the same manner and apportionment among the Service Providers as the

 

3



 

Annual Fee set forth above in this Section 4(a) .  The Management Fee will be payable to each Service Provider at the same time by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by such Service Provider.

 

(b)                                  The parties acknowledge and agree that an objective of the Company Group is to maximize value for its equity holders which may include consummating (or participating in the consummation of) (i) a transaction (including any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or sale of assets or equity interests) the result of which is that any Person other than the Service Providers or an Affiliate of the Service Providers becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the equity and voting securities, or all or substantially all of the assets, of the Company Group (each such event, a “ Change of Control ”), or (ii) one or more public offerings of any class of equity securities of Holdings, the Company or any other member of the Company Group (including EP Corp.) (each such event, an “ IPO ”). The services provided to the Company Group by the Service Providers pursuant to this Agreement will help to facilitate the consummation of a Change of Control or IPO, should any member of the Company Group decide to pursue such a transaction.  If the Company or any other member of the Company Group shall determine that it is advisable for any such entity to hire a financial advisor, consultant, investment banker or any similar agent in connection with a Change of Control, or in connection with an IPO (any of the foregoing, an “ Additional Transaction ”), the Company shall notify the Service Providers of such determination in writing.  Promptly thereafter, upon the request of the Service Providers, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon appropriate additional services and indemnification for the relevant member of the Company Group to hire one or more of the Service Providers or their Affiliates for such services.  No member of the Company Group may hire any Person, other than one or more of the Service Providers or their Affiliates, for any such services, unless all of the following conditions have been satisfied: (i) the parties are unable to agree after 30 days following receipt by the Service Providers of such written notice, (ii) such other Person has a reputation that is at least equal to the reputation of the Service Providers in respect of such services, (iii) 10 business days shall have elapsed after the Company provides a written notice to the Service Providers of its intention to hire such other Person, which notice shall identify such other Person and shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the services to be provided, the compensation to be paid and the indemnification to be provided, (iv) the compensation to be paid is not more than one or more of the Service Providers are willing to accept in the negotiations described above, and (v) the indemnification to be provided is not more favorable to such other Person than the indemnification that the Service Providers were willing to accept in the negotiations described above.  In the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, at the closing of any Additional Transaction, the Company or another member of the Company Group shall pay to the Service Providers a fee equal to the lesser of (i) (one percent) 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value paid or provided by the Company Group (including the aggregate value of (a) equity securities, warrants, rights and options acquired or retained, (b) indebtedness acquired, assumed or refinanced and (c) any other consideration or compensation paid in connection with such Additional Transaction) and (ii) $100,000,000.00 (the “ Additional Transaction Fee ”), to be allocated as follows: (A) a portion of such fee shall be allocated among each of (1) Riverstone, (2) KNOC, and (3) Access Industries in accordance with a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the commitment funded by such Service Provider and/or its Affiliate in exchange for equity securities of Holdings (or any successor thereto) as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the commitments funded by all investors in Holdings (or any successor thereto) in exchange for equity securities of Holdings (or any successor thereto) as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and (B) the remaining portion of such additional transaction fee shall be allocated to Apollo.

 

(c)                                   Upon presentation by a Service Provider to the Company of such documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Company, the Company shall reimburse such Service Provider for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses, and other

 

4



 

disbursements incurred by such Service Provider, its Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives in the performance of such Service Provider’s obligations hereunder, including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with any Additional Transaction.

 

(d)                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall have the effect of prohibiting the Service Providers, their Affiliates or any of their or their Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives from receiving any other fees from Holdings, the Company or any other member of the Company Group.

 

(e)                                   Reference is made to (i) the Credit Agreement, to be entered into simultaneously with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), dated as of May 24, 2012 and entered into by and among EPE Holdings LLC, EP Energy, LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), the lenders party thereto from time to time and JPMorgan Chase, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, (ii) the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, among EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), (iii) the Indenture (the “ Secured Notes Indenture ”), dated as of April 24, 2012, among EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), Everest Acquisition Finance Inc. (together with EP Energy LLC (f/k/a Everest Acquisition LLC), the “ Issuers ”), the subsidiary guarantors party thereto from time to time and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), relating to the Issuers’ 6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “ Secured Notes ”) and (iv) the Indenture (the “ Unsecured Notes Indenture ” and, together with the Secured Notes Indenture, the “ Indentures ”), dated as of April 24, 2012, among the Issuers, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Trustee, relating to the Issuers’ 9.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Unsecured Notes ” and, together with the Secured Notes, the “ Notes ”) (the Notes, the Indentures and such related documents collectively being the “ Debt Instruments ”).  Any portion of the fees payable to the Service Providers under this Agreement (including the Management Fee or the Additional Transaction Fee) which the Company is prohibited from paying to the Service Providers under the Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement or the Debt Instruments shall be deferred, shall accrue and bear interest at a rate of (five percent) 5.0% per annum and shall be payable at the earliest time permitted under the Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement and the Debt Instruments or upon the payment in full of all obligations under the Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement and the Debt Instruments. The Company shall notify the Service Providers if the Company shall be unable to pay any fees pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement or the Debt Instruments on each date on which the Company would otherwise make a payment of fees under this Agreement to the Service Providers.  Any portion of any fees not paid on the scheduled due date shall bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Discount Rate, compounded quarterly, from the date due until paid.

 

(f)                                    All amounts payable to the Service Providers hereunder shall be paid to each Service Provider in US dollars by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by such Service Provider.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Service Provider shall be entitled to receive any portion of the Management Fee or any Additional Transaction Fee in the event that, at the time that such Management Fee or Additional Transaction Fee becomes payable, none of such Service Provider, its Affiliates or their respective permitted transferees are entitled to appoint a director to the board of directors of EP Corp. pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement (such Service Provider, an “ Ineligible Service Provider ” and the portion of such Management Fee or Additional Transaction Fee, as applicable, so forfeited, the “ Forfeited Fee ”), in

 

5



 

which case the Forfeited Fee shall be allocated to each other Service Provider who is either entitled to, or whose Affiliates or the respective permitted transferees thereof are entitled to appoint a director to the board of directors of EP Corp. pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement (such Service Provider, an “ Eligible Service Provider ”) in accordance with a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the portion of the Management Fee or Additional Transaction Fee, as applicable, that such Eligible Service Provider would have received if the Ineligible Service Provider had remained eligible to receive its portion of the Management Fee or Additional Transaction Fee, as applicable, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the portions of the Management Fee or Additional Transaction Fee, as applicable, that the Eligible Service Providers would have received if the Ineligible Service Provider had remained eligible to receive its portion of the Management Fee or Additional Transaction Fee, as applicable.

 

Section 5.                                           Indemnification; Limitation on Damages

 

(a)                                  Each of the Company and EP Corp. shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Service Provider, its respective Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ limited partners, general partners, directors, members, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisors (each such Person being an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including in connection with seeking indemnification and, whether joint or several (the “ Liabilities ”), related to, arising out of or in connection with the services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of such Service Provider pursuant to, and the performance by such Service Provider of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, whether or not pending or threatened, whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party, whether or not resulting in any liability and whether or not such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding is initiated or brought by any member of the Company Group.  Each of the Company and EP Corp. shall, jointly and severally, reimburse any Indemnified Party for all costs, fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto.  Neither the Company nor EP Corp. shall be liable under the foregoing indemnification provisions with respect to any Liability of an Indemnified Party to the extent that such is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted primarily from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.  The attorneys’ fees and other expenses of an Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Company and EP Corp., jointly and severally, as they are incurred upon receipt, in each case, of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amounts if it is finally judicially determined that the Liabilities in question resulted primarily from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.

 

(b)                                  The Company Group’s sole remedy against a Service Provider for breach of this Agreement shall be to offset any fees otherwise payable to such Service Provider by the amount of any Liabilities arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, it being understood that any recovery shall be limited to actual damages, and no special, consequential, indirect, or punitive damages shall be allowed. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company Group (i) for any breach hereunder by another Indemnified Person or (ii) for any breach by it, unless such breach constitutes fraud or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be made.

 

6



 

Section 6.                                           Notices.

 

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient if personally delivered, sent by internationally-recognized overnight courier, by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to Apollo, to:

 

Apollo Global Securities, LLC

9 West 57 th  Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention:    Cindy Michel

Telecopier:  (212) 515-3288

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Apollo Management VII, L.P.

9 West 57 th  Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention:    Gregory Beard and Laurie D. Medley

Telecopier:  (212) 515-3288

 

and

 

Apollo Commodities Management, L.P. with respect to Series I

9 West 57 th  Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention:    Gregory Beard and Laurie D. Medley

Telecopier:  (212) 515-3288

 

and

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention:  John M. Scott

Telecopier: (212) 757-3990

 

if to Riverstone, to:

 

c/o Riverstone Holdings LLC

712 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  Thomas J. Walker

Telecopier: (212) 993-0077

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

 

7



 

Attention:  Bruce C. Herzog

Telecopier:  (212) 728-9220

E-mail:  bherzog@willkie.com

 

if to Access Industries, to:

 

Access Industries

730 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention:    General Counsel

Telecopier:  (212) 977-8112

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:  Jeffrey J. Rosen

                  Kevin A. Rinker

Telecopier: (212) 909-6836

 

if to KNOC, to:

 

Korea National Oil Corporation

57 Gwanpyeong-ro212beong-gil, Dongan-gu,

Anyang, Gyeonggi-do, Korea 431-711

Attention:    VP of New Ventures Dept.

Telecopier:  +82 31 384 1275

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Kim & Chang

Seyang building, 223 Naeja-dong, Jongno-gu

Seoul 110-720 Korea

Attention:   Chung-In Anthony Choi

Telecopier: +82 2 3703 1590

 

if to the Company, EP Corp., or Holdings, to it at:

 

EP Energy Corporation

1001 Louisiana Street

Houston, TX 77002

Attention:  Marguerite Woung-Chapman

Telecopier:  (713) 997-4099

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

 

8



 

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention:  John M. Scott

Telecopier: (212) 757-3990

 

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance herewith.  Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (b) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date when sent, (c) in the case of telecopy transmission, when received, and (d) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

 

Section 7.                                           Benefits of Agreement.

 

This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Service Providers, Holdings, the Company, EP Corp., the Indemnified Parties and any successors to or assigns of the Service Providers, Holdings, the Company, EP Corp. and the Indemnified Parties; provided , this Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of any assignment by a Service Provider and; provided , further , that no consent of any party shall be required for any assignment by a Service Provider to an Affiliate of such Service Provider. Upon a Service Provider’s request, the Company shall cause the other members of the Company Group to become parties hereto directly in order to avail themselves of the services hereunder.

 

Section 8.                                           Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.  The parties hereto hereby declare that it is their intention that this Agreement shall be regarded as made under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all cases where legal interpretation shall be required.  Each of the parties hereto:  (a) agrees that this Agreement involves at least US $100,000.00; (b) agrees that this Agreement has been entered into by the parties hereto in express reliance upon 6 Del. C. § 2708(a); (c) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware with respect to all actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (d) agrees that all claims with respect to any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such courts and agrees not to commence any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby except in such courts; (e) irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and irrevocably and unconditionally waives the defense of an inconvenient forum; (f) irrevocably appoints The Corporation Trust Company as its agent for the sole purpose of receiving service of process or other legal summons in connection with any such dispute, litigation, action or proceeding brought in such courts and agrees that it will maintain The Corporation Trust Company at all times as its duly appointed agent in the State of Delaware for the service of any process or summons in connection with any such dispute, litigation, action or proceeding brought in such courts and, if it fails to maintain such an agent during any period, any such process or summons may be served on it by mailing a copy of such process or summons by a nationally-recognized courier service to the address set forth below its signature to this Agreement, with such service deemed effective on the fifth day after the date of such mailing; and (g) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  The parties hereto agree that any violation of this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and shall constitute irreparable harm.

 

9



 

Section 9.                                           Headings.

 

Section headings are used for convenience only and shall in no way affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.                                    Entire Agreement; Amendments.

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to its subject matter and supersedes any and all prior agreements, and neither it nor any part of it may in any way be altered, amended, extended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written agreement signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

Section 11.                                    Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including via facsimile transmission or PDF copies sent by e-mail, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same document.

 

Section 12.                                    Waivers.

 

Any party to this Agreement may, by written notice to the other party, waive any provision of this Agreement.  The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

Section 13.                                    Severability.

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 14.                                    Definitions.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate,” (i) with respect to Apollo, shall include AIF VII Euro Holdings, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund (PB) VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners (Delaware 892) VII, L.P., Apollo Advisors VII, L.P., Apollo Natural Resources Partners, L.P. and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Apollo Funds ”), the general partner of each of the Apollo Funds and each Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing Persons, (ii) with respect to Riverstone, shall include Riverstone V Everest Holdings, L.P. and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Riverstone Funds ”), the general partner of each of the Riverstone Funds and each Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing Persons, (iii) with respect to Access Industries, shall include each Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Access Industries and (iv) with respect to KNOC, shall include each Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with KNOC. Furthermore, for purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, estate, joint venture, unincorporated organization or governmental authority (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” mean include, includes and including “without limitation”.

 

10



 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Name: Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 



 

 

EP ENERGY GLOBAL LLC (F/K/A EP ENERGY,
L.L.C.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Name: Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 



 

 

EPE ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Name: Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 



 

 

APOLLO MANAGEMENT VII, L.P.

 

By:

AIF VII Management, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laurie Medley

 

 

Name: Laurie Medley

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 



 

 

APOLLO COMMODITIES MANAGEMENT, L.P. ,
        WITH RESPECT TO SERIES I

 

By:

APOLLO COMMODITIES MANAGEMENT GP,
LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laurie Medley

 

 

Name: Laurie Medley

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 



 

 

RIVERSTONE V EVEREST HOLDINGS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

RIVERSTONE ENERGY PARTNERS V, L.P., its
general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RIVERSTONE ENERGY GP V, LLC

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Walker

 

 

Name: Thomas Walker

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 



 

 

ACCESS INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Thoren

 

 

Name: Peter Thoren

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jared Fertman

 

 

Name: Jared Fertman

 

 

Title: VP, Associate General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 



 

 

KOREA NATIONAL OIL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Woo Seok Lee

 

 

Name: Woo Seok Lee

 

 

Title: Vice President for Production Management

 

 

Dept.

 

Signature Page to Amended & Restated Management Fee Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.41

 

EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of this          day of                       , 2014, by and between EP Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                        (the “ Indemnitee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals to act as directors and officers;

 

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation and investigations have subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability and terms of director and officer liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for the Company to attract and retain such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s certificate of incorporation contains provisions with respect to indemnification of the Company’s directors and officers as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (“ DGCL ”), under which the Company is incorporated, and such certificate of incorporation expressly provides that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive;

 

WHEREAS, in light of the fact that the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company are subject to change and do not contain all the provisions and protections set forth in this Agreement, the Company has determined that the Indemnitee and other directors and officers of the Company may not be willing to commence serving or continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to commence serving or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company, as the case may be, and has proffered this Agreement to the Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity; and

 

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to commence serving, or to continue to serve, as a director or officer of the Company, as the case may be, if the Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for herein by the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                               Definitions .

 

(a)                                          Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth, as of the date hereof, in the Company’s 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

(b)                                          Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served as a (i) director or officer of the Company, (ii) Company employee in a fiduciary capacity with respect to an employee benefit plan of the Company or (iii) director or officer of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(b) , without limitation, a director

 



 

or officer of the Company who is serving or has served as a director or officer of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.

 

(c)                                           Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee and is determined to be “disinterested” under applicable Delaware state law.

 

(d)                                          Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership (general or limited), limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, company, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity, other than the Company.

 

(e)                                           Expenses ” shall be construed broadly to mean all direct and indirect fees of any type or nature whatsoever, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and costs, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of experts, witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, filing fees, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, imaging, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, computer legal research costs, postage, delivery service fees, secretarial services, fees and expenses of third party vendors; the premium, security for, and other costs associated with any bond (including supersedeas or appeal bonds, injunction bonds, cost bonds, appraisal bonds or their equivalents), in each case incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding (including, without limitation, any judicial or arbitration Proceeding brought to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement), as well as all other “expenses” within the meaning of that term as used in Section 145 of the DGCL, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of types customarily and reasonably incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, actions, suits, or proceedings similar to or of the same type as the Proceeding with respect to which such disbursements or expenses were incurred. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding.

 

(f)                                            Indemnifiable Expenses ,”    “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ” and “ Indemnifiable Amounts ” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 2(a)  below.

 

(g)                                           Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a person admitted to practice law in any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall not include any law firm or person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(h)                                          Liabilities ” shall be broadly construed to mean, without limitation, all judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement, in each case, of any type whatsoever, in connection with a Proceeding. References herein to “fines” shall

 

2



 

include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan.

 

(i)                                              Proceeding ” shall be construed broadly to mean, without limitation, any threatened, pending, completed or reasonably likely claim, government, regulatory and self- regulatory action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation (including any internal investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

 

(j)                                             Sponsor Stockholders ” shall mean, collectively, the Apollo Stockholder, the Riverstone Stockholder, the KNOC Stockholder and the Access Stockholder (each as defined the Company’s certificate of incorporation).

 

(k)                                          Subsidiary ” shall mean any Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or indirectly) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such Entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such Entity.

 

(l)                                              References herein to a director of any other Entity shall include, in the case of any Entity that is not managed by a board of directors, such other position, such as manager or trustee or member of the governing body of such Entity, that entails responsibility for the management and direction of such Entity’s affairs, including, without limitation, the general partner of any partnership (general or limited) and the manager or managing member of any limited liability company.

 

2.                                               Agreement to Indemnify .

 

The Company agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted, and in the manner permitted, by applicable law as in effect as of the date hereof or as such laws may, from time to time, be amended (but only if amended in a way that broadens the right to indemnification and advancement of expenses). The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses pursuant to this Agreement shall include, without limitation:

 

(a)                                          Indemnification for Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 3(a)  and Section 5 below, if the Indemnitee was or is a party or was or is otherwise involved in or was or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any capacity to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses and Liabilities actually and reasonably incurred or paid by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such a Proceeding (referred to herein as “ Indemnifiable Expenses ” and “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ,” respectively, and collectively as “ Indemnifiable Amounts ”). In addition, the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status may allow for indemnification under certain agreements containing indemnity provisions with another Entity or protections under the organization documents of such other Entity. In those instances, the Company shall remain wholly liable for making any indemnification payments for all Indemnifiable Amounts

 

3



 

notwithstanding the payment obligation of such amounts by a third party to the Indemnitee; provided , however , that if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, or otherwise, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to the Indemnitee with respect to such Indemnifiable Amounts that have been satisfied. Nothing hereunder is intended to affect any right of contribution of or against the Company in the event the Company and any other person or persons have co-equal obligations to indemnify (or advance expenses to) the Indemnitee.

 

(b)                                          Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company . Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 3(b)  and Section 5 below, if the Indemnitee was or is a party or was or is otherwise involved in or was or is threatened to be made a party to or was or is otherwise involved in any capacity in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses. In addition, the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status may allow for indemnification under certain agreements containing indemnity provisions with another Entity or protections under the organization documents of such other Entity. In those instances, the Company shall remain wholly liable for making any indemnification payments for all Indemnifiable Expenses notwithstanding the payment obligation of such amounts by a third party to the Indemnitee; provided , however , that if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, or otherwise, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to the Indemnitee with respect to such Indemnifiable Expenses that have been satisfied. Nothing hereunder is intended to affect any right of contribution of or against the Company in the event the Company and any other person or persons have co-equal obligations to indemnify (or advance expenses to) the Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                           In the event that the Sponsor Stockholders or any of their affiliates (other than the Company) pays, forwards or otherwise satisfies any Indemnifiable Amounts to the Indemnitee, such amounts shall be promptly reimbursed by the Company to such payor to the extent that such Indemnifiable Amounts were required to be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement creates no obligation on the part of the Sponsor Stockholders or any of their affiliates (other than the Company) to pay any Indemnifiable Amount.

 

3.                                               Exceptions to Indemnification .

 

The Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 2(a)  and Section 2(b)  above in all circumstances other than the following:

 

(a)                                          Exceptions to Indemnification for Third Party Proceedings . If indemnification is requested under Section 2(a)  and there has been a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, the Indemnitee failed to meet the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder, (i) the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Liabilities hereunder and (ii) no Indemnifiable Expenses shall be paid with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite any adjudication of liability, the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnity for such Indemnifiable Expenses which such

 

4



 

court shall deem proper.

 

(b)                                         Exceptions to Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company . If indemnification is requested under Section 2(b)  and there has been a final non- appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, the Indemnitee failed to meet the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder, (i) the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Liabilities hereunder and (ii) no Indemnifiable Expenses shall be paid with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite any adjudication of liability, the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnity for such Indemnifiable Expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

4.                                              Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts.

 

(a)                                         Subject to Section 8 , the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying in reasonable detail the Indemnifiable Amounts for which the Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 2 , Section 5 or Section 6 of this Agreement and a short description of the basis for the claim. The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to the Indemnitee within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the request. At the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to the Indemnitee and necessary to establish that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

(b)                                         Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 4(a)  hereof, if required by applicable law and to the extent not otherwise provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, a determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under applicable law shall be made in the specific case as follows if there is a dispute between the Company and the Indemnitee with respect to the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification hereunder: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and if so requested in writing by the Indemnitee, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred (or if a Change in Control shall have occurred but the Indemnitee shall not have requested that indemnification be determined by Independent Counsel as provided in subpart (i) of this Section 4(b) ), (A) by a majority vote of a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors or (B) if there is no such quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors or, if such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, or (C) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by a majority of the stockholders of the Corporation. Notice in writing of any determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be delivered to the Indemnitee promptly after such determination is made, and if such determination of entitlement to indemnification has been made by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, then such notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such written opinion. If it is determined that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, then payment to the Indemnitee of all amounts to which the Indemnitee is determined to be entitled (other than sums that were already advanced) shall be made within thirty (30) calendar days after such determination. If it is determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, then the written notice to the Indemnitee (or, if such determination has been made by Independent Counsel in a written opinion, the copy of such

 

5



 

written opinion delivered to the Indemnitee) shall disclose the basis upon which such determination is based. The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons, or entity making the determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons, or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

 

(c)                                           If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)  hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 4(c) . If a Change in Control shall not have occurred (or if a Change in Control shall have occurred but the Indemnitee shall not have requested that indemnification be determined by Independent Counsel as provided in subpart (i) of Section 4(b) ), then the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising the Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Indemnitee shall have requested that indemnification be determined by Independent Counsel, then the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and the Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, the Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within thirty (30) calendar days after such written notice of selection has been given, deliver to the Company or to the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the law firm or person so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth the basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the law firm or person so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or another court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware has determined that such objection is without merit. If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)  hereof and, following the expiration of thirty (30) calendar days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 4(a)  hereof, Independent Counsel shall not have been selected, or an objection thereto has been made and not withdrawn, then either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for resolution of any objection that shall have been made by the Company or the Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for appointment as Independent Counsel of a law firm or person selected by such court (or selected by such person as the court shall designate), and the law firm or person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the law firm or person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section4(b)  hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any Proceeding pursuant to Section 10(e)  hereof, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)  hereof, then the Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify and hold harmless such Independent Counsel against any and all expenses, claims,

 

6



 

liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

5.                                               Indemnification for Expenses if the Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Indemnitee is or was, or is or was threatened to be made, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defending any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with the defense of such Proceeding. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful on the merits or otherwise as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Company also shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate the Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue, or matter on which the Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification which he or she would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 2 and Section 3 hereof, regardless of the Indemnitee’s success in a Proceeding.

 

6.                                               Indemnification for Expenses as a Witness .

 

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that the Indemnitee, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, is or was, or is or was threatened to be made, a witness in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is not a party, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith (including, for the avoidance of doubt, discovery expenses relating to locating and producing data or information that may be in the possession of the Indemnitee). To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for Expenses incurred in connection with being or threatened to be made a witness, as provided in this Section 6 , regardless of whether the Indemnitee failed to meet the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

 

7.                                               Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions .

 

The Company shall pay to the Indemnitee all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee was or is a party or was or is otherwise involved or was or is threatened to be made a party to or was or is otherwise involved in any capacity in any Proceeding by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to the Indemnitee if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, from which decision there is no further right to appeal, that the Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to, or is prohibited by

 

7



 

applicable law from, indemnification with respect to such Indemnifiable Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 7 shall be unsecured and interest free. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses as provided in this Section 7 regardless of any determination by or on behalf of the Company that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

 

8.                                               Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses .

 

The Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying in reasonable detail the Indemnifiable Expenses for which the Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 7 of this Agreement, together with documentation reasonably evidencing that the Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses. Payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 7 shall be made no later than ten (10) calendar days after the Company’s receipt of such request.

 

9.                                               Burden of Proof; Defenses; and Presumptions .

 

(a)                                          In any Proceeding pursuant to Section 10 hereof brought by the Indemnitee to enforce rights to indemnification or to an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder, or in any Proceeding brought by the Company to recover an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the burden shall be on the Company to prove that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(b)                                          It shall be a defense in any Proceeding pursuant to Section 10 hereof to enforce rights to indemnification under Section 2(a)  or Section 2(b)  hereof (but not in any Proceeding pursuant to Section 10 hereof to enforce a right to an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 7 and Section 8 hereof) that the Indemnitee has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder, as the case may be, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company. With respect to any Proceeding pursuant to Section 10 hereof brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, or any Proceeding brought by the Company to recover an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), neither (i) the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such Proceeding that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standards of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standards of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standards of conduct or, in the case of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 10 hereof brought by the Indemnitee seeking to enforce a right to indemnification, be a defense to such Proceeding.

 

(c)                                           The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, in and of itself, adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her

 

8



 

conduct was unlawful.

 

(d)                                          For purposes of any determination of good faith, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if the Indemnitee’s action is reasonably based on the records or books of account of the Company or other Entity, including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Company or other Entity in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or other Entity or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or other Entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or other Entity. The provisions of this Section 9(d)  shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e)                                           The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or of another Entity shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement.

 

10.                                        Remedies of the Indemnitees .

 

(a)                                          Right to Petition Court .  In the event that the Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Section 2 or Section 4 herein or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 7 or Section 8 herein and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitee may petition a court to enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                          Expenses .  The Company agrees to reimburse the Indemnitee in full for any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by the Indemnitee under Section 10(a)  above within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of a written request specifying in reasonable detail the amount and nature of such Expenses; provided , however , that to the extent the Indemnitee is unsuccessful on the merits in such action then the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse the Indemnitee under this Section 10(b) .

 

(c)                                          Validity of Agreement . The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding, including, without limitation, an action under Section 10(a)  above, that the provisions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement and shall stipulate in court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                         Failure to Act or Adverse Determination Not a Defense .  The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement or any adverse determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 10(a)  above, and shall not create a

 

9



 

presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

 

(e)                                          Entitlement to Indemnification; Independent Counsel .  In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is not to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)  hereof, no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 4(b)  of this Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Company of the Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification, (iii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)  hereof, no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 4(b)  hereof within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Company of the Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification, unless an objection to the selection of such Independent Counsel has been made and substantiated and not withdrawn, in which case the applicable time period shall be thirty (30) calendar days after the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or another court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware (or such person appointed by such court to make such determination) has determined or appointed the person to act as Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)  hereof, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of this Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) calendar days after a determination has been made pursuant to Section 4(b)  that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication by the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

(f)                                           Not Prejudiced by Adverse Determination . In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 4(b)  of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any Proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.

 

11.                                        Settlement of Proceedings .

 

(a)                                          The Indemnitee agrees that it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment as to the Indemnitee in any pending or threatened Proceeding (whether or not the Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding) in which Indemnitee has sought indemnification hereunder without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, unless such settlement, compromise or consent respecting such Proceeding includes an unconditional release of the Indemnitee and does not (i) require or impose any injunctive or other non-monetary remedy on the Company or its affiliates, (ii) require or impose an admission or consent as to any wrongdoing by the Company or its affiliates or (iii) otherwise result in a direct or indirect payment by or monetary cost to the Company or its affiliates.

 

(b)                                          The Company agrees that it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment as to the Indemnitee in any pending or threatened Proceeding (whether or not the Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding) in which the Indemnitee has sought indemnification hereunder without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Indemnitee and does not (i) require or impose any injunctive or other

 

10


 

non-monetary remedy on the Indemnitee, (ii) require or impose an admission or consent as to any wrongdoing by the Indemnitee or (iii) otherwise result in a direct or indirect payment by or monetary cost to the Indemnitee personally (as opposed to a payment to be made or cost to be paid by the Company on the Indemnitee’s behalf).

 

12.                                        Notice by the Indemnitee .

 

The Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding which could reasonably be expected to result in the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; provided , however , that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify the Indemnitee from the right to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

13.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Company .

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Indemnitee as follows:

 

(a)                                          Authority . The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

 

(b)                                          Enforceability . This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

(c)                                           No Conflicts . This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, does not, and the Company’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not, violate the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, other agreements to which the Company is a party to or applicable law.

 

(d)                                          Insurance .   The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, or incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve on behalf of or at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such D&O Insurance shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Company. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to

 

11



 

the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the D&O Insurance. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such D&O Insurance.

 

14.                                        Contract Rights Not Exclusive; Subrogation .

 

The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights that the Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Company’s bylaws or certificate of incorporation, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of the Indemnitee’s serving in a Corporate Status. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy, given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. In the event of any payment to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

15.                                        Successors .

 

This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of the Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after the Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status. The Company shall require and cause any successor(s) (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law), by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place; provided that no such assumption shall relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder and any obligations shall thereafter be joint and several.

 

16.                                        Change in Law .

 

To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses than is provided under the terms of the bylaws of the Company and this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to such extent, but only to the extent such amendment permits the Indemnitee to broader indemnification and advancement rights other than Delaware law permitted prior to the adoption of such

 

12



 

amendment.

 

17.                                        Severability .

 

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

 

18.                                        Modifications and Waiver .

 

Except as provided in Section 16 above with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of the Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. In the event the Company or any of its subsidiaries enters into an indemnification agreement with another director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the subject matter hereof containing a term or terms more favorable to the indemnitee thereunder than the terms contained herein, the Indemnitee shall be afforded the benefit of such more favorable term or terms and such more favorable term or terms shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein as if set forth in full herein. As promptly as practicable following the execution by the Company or the relevant subsidiary of any such indemnification agreement with any such other director or officer (i) the Company shall send a copy of the indemnification agreement to the Indemnitee, and (ii) if requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Indemnitee an amendment to this Agreement containing such more favorable term or terms.

 

19.                                        General Notices .

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed

 

(a)                                  If to the Indemnitee, to:

 

(b)                                  If to the Company, to:

EP Energy Corporation

1001 Louisiana Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Facsimile: (713) 997-4099

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the

 

13



 

others.

 

20.                                Contribution .

 

To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

21.                                Specific Performance .

 

The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the parties hereto, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

 

22.                                Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement, except that the Sponsor Stockholders and any of their affiliates (other than the Company) shall be third-party beneficiaries hereunder with respect to the obligations of the Company set forth in Section 2(c) .

 

23.                                Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be exclusively governed by and construed and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law of such state.

 

24.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .

 

(a)                                  Each of the Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees and consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action, suit or proceeding that arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agrees that any such action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or in any other state court of the State of Delaware if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such action), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court or tribunal in any other country; (ii) consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (iii) waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the courts of the State of

 

14



 

Delaware; and (iv) waives, and agrees not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of Delaware has been brought in an improper or otherwise inconvenient forum.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Company and the Indemnitee hereby consents to service of any summons and complaint and any other process that may be served in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court of the State of Delaware by mailing by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, copies of such process to such party at its address for receiving notice pursuant to Section 19 hereof. Nothing herein shall preclude service of process by any other means permitted by applicable law.

 

25.                                Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by PDF or facsimile), each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

26.                                Headings .

 

The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

 

27.                                Entire Agreement; Conflicts .

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided , however , that this Agreement is supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, the DGCL and any other applicable law, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of the Indemnitee thereunder.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time), the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time) shall govern.

 

[ remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

EP ENERGY CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of EP Energy Corporation

As of January 6, 2014

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction

 

% Owned

 

Apollo (EPE Intermediate DC I), LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

Apollo (EPE Intermediate DC II), LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EPE Acquisition, LLC(1)

 

Delaware

 

43.69

%

EPE Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy BondCo Inc.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy Global LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy Brazil, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy Pescada Ltda.(2)

 

Brazil

 

99.9999

%

EP Energy Brazil Holdings Company

 

Cayman Islands

 

100

%

EP Energy do Brasil Ltda.(3)

 

Brazil

 

99.8002

%

EP Energy Management, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy Resale Company, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy Gathering Company, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EP Energy E&P Company, L.P.(4)

 

Delaware

 

99

%

Crystal E&P Company, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EnerVest Energy, L.P.(5)

 

Delaware

 

23

%

Everest Acquisition Finance Inc.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EPE Employee Holdings II, LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EPE Overseas Co-Investors (DC), LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

EPE 892 and TE Co-Investors (DC), LLC

 

Delaware

 

100

%

KNOC EPE Corporation

 

Delaware

 

100

%

Riverstone V Non-U.S. Everest Corp.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

 


(1) EPE 892 and TE Co-Investors (DC), LLC owns 20.98%,  KNOC EPE Corporation owns 14.75%, Apollo (EPE Intermediate DC I), LLC owns 7.68%, Apollo (EPE Intermediate DC II), LLC owns 6.43%, Riverstone V Non-U.S. Everest Corp. owns 5.34%, and EPE Overseas Co-Investors (DC), LLC owns 1.12%.

(2) 0.0001% held by EP Energy Brazil Holdings Company

(3) 0.1998% held by EP Energy Brazil Holdings Company

(4) 1% held by EP Energy Management, L.L.C., as general partner

(5) Remaining percentage owned by unaffiliated parties

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 28, 2013 (except for Notes 1 and 2, as to which the date is November 1, 2013, and except for Note 12, as to which the date is January 2, 2014), in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-190979) and the related Prospectus of EP Energy Corporation for the registration of its common stock.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

Houston, Texas

 

 

 

January 3, 2014

 

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement, No. 333-190979, on Form S-1 of EP Energy Corporation of our report (which contains an emphasis of matter paragraph regarding the Company’s significant transactions with affiliated companies) dated February 24, 2012 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Four Star Oil & Gas Company, which appears in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Houston, Texas

January 3, 2014

 




Exhibit 23.3

 

 

 

 TBPE REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-1580

FAX (713) 651-0849

 1100 LOUISIANA

SUITE 4600

HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002-5294

TELEPHONE (713) 651-9191

 

CONSENT OF RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.

 

As independent petroleum engineers, Ryder Scott Company, L.P. hereby consents to the incorporation by reference in this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of EP Energy Corporation (the “Registration Statement”) of the reference to us under the heading “Experts” and our report under the captions “Summary,” “Business,” and “Supplemental Oil and Natural Gas Operations (Unaudited)” and our reserve reports as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 listed as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 to this Registration Statement.

 

 

 

/s/ RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.

 

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.

 

TBPE Firm Registration No. F-1580

 

 

 

 

Houston, Texas

 

January 3, 2014

 

 

SUITE 600, 1015 4TH STREET, S.W.

CALGARY, ALBERTA T2R 1J4

TEL (403) 262-2799

FAX (403) 262-2790

621 17TH STREET, SUITE 1550

DENVER, COLORADO 80293-1501

TEL (303) 623-9147

FAX (303) 623-4258

 




Exhibit 23.5

 

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to being named as director nominee of EP Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 333-190979) (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

 

Date: January 6, 2014

/s/ Michael Helfer

 

Michael Helfer

 




Exhibit 24.3

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Marguerite N. Woung-Chapman and Dane E. Whitehead, and each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and his name place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-190979) of EP Energy Corporation, to sign any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to cause the same to be filed with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and desirable to be done in and about the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all acts and things that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Power of Attorney to be executed as of this 19th day of December, 2013.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John J. Hannan

 

 

John J. Hannan